I 


% 

'  V 

•V 


\ 


\ 


SECOND  LATIN  BOOK ; 

COMPRISING 

A 

HISTORICAL  LATIN  READER, 
Mill  Mb  imii  Halts  far  tonsldiiig ; 

AND  AN 

EXERCISE- BOOK, 

■V  \  N  * 

DEVELOPING  A 

COMPLETE  ANALYTICAL  SYNTAX, 

IN  A  SERIES  OF 

LESSONS  AND  EXERCISES, 


INVOLVING  THE 

CONSTRUCTION,  ANALYSIS  AND  EECONSTEUCTION 
OF  LATIN  SENTENCES. 


BY 

'  ALBERT  HARKNESS,  P.  D., 

PROFESSOR  OF  THE  GREEK  LANGUAGE  AND  LITERATURE  IN  BROWN  UNIVERSITY. 


BOSTON  COLLEGE  LIBRARY 
CHESTNUT  HILL,  MASS. 


NEW  YORK: 

D.  APPLETON  &  CO.,  443  &  445  BEOADWAY. 

1866. 


Entered,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1853,  Dy 
D.  APPLETON  AND  COMPANY, 

in  the  Clerk’s  Office  of  the  District  Court  for  the  Southern  District  of  New* York. 


155378 


PREFACE. 


The  volume  now  offered  to  tlie  public  is  designed  to  be  at 
once  a  Reader  and  an  Exercise  Book.  It  is  in  its  plan  and 
arrangement  especially  adapted  to  follow,  in  tlie  course  of  clas¬ 
sical  study,  tbe  author’s  edition  of  Arnold’s  First  Latin  Book, 
and  accordingly  presupposes  that  the  pupil  has,  by  the  use 
of  that  or  some  similar  work,  or  at  least  by  the  study  of  Latin 
grammar,  become  familiar  with  the  common  forms  and  inflec¬ 
tions  of  the  language.  Starting  from  this  point,  it  aims  to 
introduce  the  learner  to  a  true  knowledge  and  appreciation  of 
the  structure  and  spirit  of  the  Latin  tongue ;  and  thus  to 
prepare  him  to  enter  with  success  and  pleasure  upon  the 
consecutive  study  of  some  Latin  author. 

It  is  a  matter  of  regret  that  classes  are  often  put  upon  the 
study  of  Caesar  or  Virgil,  before  they  have  acquired  sufficient 
knowledge  of  the  structure  and  idioms  of  the  language  to 
prepare  them  for  any  just  appreciation  of  those  authors.  No¬ 
thing  tends  more  to  lower  the  standard  of  true  and  accurate 
classical  scholarship. 

To  explain  more  fully  the  plan  of  the  present  work,  the 
author  begs  leave  to  specify  the  following  points  which  are 
believed  to  be  among  its  leading  characteristics : 

1.  The  Latin,  which  comprises  the  reading  lessons,  pre¬ 
sents  a  brief  epitome  of  Roman  and  Grecian  history,  and  will 
furnish  the  pupil  with  a  multitude  of  facts  and  incidents  at 
once  interesting  and  instructive. 


iv 


PKEFACE. 


2.  The  lessons  and  exercises,  which  are  carefully  adapted 
to  the  Latin  text  and  are  designed  to  be  studied  in  connection 
with  it,  aim  both  to  develop  a  complete  analytical  Syntax  and 
to  present  a  distinct  picture  of  the  Latin  sentence  in  all  the 
marked  varieties  of  its  form. 

3.  The  analvsis  of  the  structure  of  the  Latin  sentence,  is 
designed  to  be  at  once  simple  and  symmetrical.*  While  it 
aims  to  follow  closely  the  growth  of  the  simple  sentence  from 
its  essential  elements  to  its  more  expanded  forms,  while  it 
marks  the  various  ways  in  which  these  forms  combine  with 
each  other,  giving  rise  to  a  variety  of  complex  and  compound 
sentences,  and  yet  further  as  it  traces  the  combinations  of  these 
again  with  still  others  of  any  of  the  varieties  just  mentioned,  it 
recognizes  only  a  few  well-defined  and  leading  principles  per¬ 
vading  and  controlling  all  these  changes — principles  which  the 
youngest  pupil  will  readily  understand  and  successfully  apply. 

4.  The  exercises  consist  of  three  distinct  parts ;  viz., 

1st.  A  selection  of  Latin  sentences,  illustrative  of  the  par¬ 
ticular  subject  of  the  lesson.  These  are  taken  principally  from 
the  Latin  text,  and  are  designed  to  be  carefully  analyzed. 

2d.  An  exercise  in  changing  and  reconstructing  Latin 
sentences;  in  answering  historical  questions  in  Latin;  or  in 
forming  new  sentences  on  given  models, — an  exercise  which 
the  author  has  found  eminently  successful  both  in  awakening 
interest  and  in  giving  the  learner  power  and  facility  in  the  use 
of  the  language. 

3d.  Translations  of  English  into  Latin.  The  sentences  here 
used  are,  as  far  as  practicable,  conversational,  and  relate  to  the 
historical  facts  and  incidents  learned  from  the  reading  lessons, 
thus  securing  to  the  pupil  a  degree  of  interest  and  profit  which 
could  scarcely  be  expected  from  any  set  exercises  on  miscella¬ 
neous  subjects. 

5.  Rules  designed  to  aid  the  pupil  in  recognizing  the  idi¬ 
oms  of  the  language  and  in  rendering  them  into  good  English 


PREFACE. 


V 


are  inserted  in  the  volume,  and  constantly  used  by  means  of 
reference  in  the  notes.  This,  it  is  hoped,  will  not  only  save  the 
teacher  much  labor,  but  will  afford  him  the  pleasure  of  listening 
to  translations  comparatively  free  from  those  foreign  idioms 
which  too  often  mar  the  beauty  and  correctness  even  of  the 
early  efforts  of  the  young  student  in  translating  Latin  and 
Greek. 

In  the  preparation  of  the  present  work,  the  author  has 
resorted  freely  to  whatever  sources  of  information  were  within 
his  reach.  He  has  had  before  him  numerous  Grammars  of  the 
Latin,  Greek,  and  English  languages,  editions  of  Latin  authors, 
works  on  the  structure  of  language,  and  on  the  general  subject 
of  Philology.  Among  the  Latin  Grammars  which  have  come 
under  his  notice,  the  German  of  Kritz  and  Berger  deserves 
special  mention,  as  having  furnished  important  aid  in  the  de¬ 
velopment  of  the  structure  and  analysis  of  the  Latin  sentence. 

The  Latin  has  been  selected  from  Arnold’s  Historiae  Anti- 
quae  Epitome,  founded  on  the  Lateinisch.es  Elementarbuch  of 
Professors  Jacobs  and  Boring.  It  consists,  with  a  few  unim¬ 
portant  exceptions,  of  selections  from  the  Latin  historians, 
Eutropius,  Justin,  and  Cornelius  hTepos.  The  work  of  Eutropius 
was  really  an  abridgment,  founded  on  “the  best  authorities, 
and  is,  in  style,  plain,  concise,  and  simple:”  Justin’s  history 
is  made  up  mainly  of  selections  from  Trogus  Pompeius,  who 
lived  and  wrote  in  the  Augustan  age ;  while  Nepos  belongs  to 
the  same  period,  and  was  at  once  the  contemporary  and  friend 
of  Cicero. 

In  the  arrangement  of  the  volume,  the  Roman  history  is 
placed  before  the  Grecian,  not  only  because  the  former  is  more 
simple  in  style,  but  also  because,  in  the  study  of  Latin,  the 
history  of  Rome  justly  claims  an  earlier  attention  than  that  of 
Greece. 

The  present  volume  is  designed  to  be  used  in  connection 
with  some  Latin  grammar ;  for  the  purposes  of  those,  however, 


VI 


PREFACE. 


who  do  not  intend  to  pursue  the  study  to  any  considerable 
extent,  the  summary  of  Grammar  contained  in  the  author’s 
edition  of  Arnold’s  First  Latin  -  Book  may  be  found  sufficient. 
Accordingly  in  the  preparation  of  the  notes,  such  grammatical 
points  as  seemed  to  require  notice  have  been  explained  mainly 
by  appropriate  references  to  the  First  Latin  Book,  to  the  Latin 
Grammar  of  Andrews  and  Stoddard,  and  to  that  of  Zumpt; 
thus  adapting  the  notes  to  the  convenience  of  all  who  use 
either  of  the  above  works. 

The  author  is  happy  in  this  connection  to  acknowledge  his 
obligations  to  his  friends  who  have  aided  him  in  this  work ; 
especially  to  Professors  J.  L.  Lincoln  and  S.  S.  Greene  of 
Brown  University,  for  their  generous  interest  in  his  efforts,  and 
for  the  valuable  suggestions  with  which  they  have  kindly 
favored  him. 

With  the  above  statement  of  the  design  and  plan  of  the 
work,  the  author  now  commits  it  to  classical  teachers,  and  to 
the  public  generally,  in  the  hope  that  it  may  not  be  found 
unworthy  of  a  share,  at  least,  of  the  marked  favor  with  which 
they  have  been  pleased  to  receive  his  former  work. 

A.  HARKNESS. 

Providence,  April,  1853. 

i 


^pp 


CONTENTS. 


READING  LESSONS. 

ROMAN  HISTORY. 

Period. 

I.  Italian  and  Roman  Kings  .  .  • 

Roman  Struggles  and  Conquests 
Roman  Triumphs  .... 

Civil  Dissensions  .... 

Roman  Empire  .... 

GRECIAN  HISTORY. 

Traditionary  Greece 

Grecian  Triumphs  .... 

Civil  Wars  in  Greece  .  .  . 

% 

Graeco-Macedonian  Empire  . 

Decline  of  Grecian  Power 

LESSONS  AND  EXERCISES  IN  SYNTAX. 
Introduction  .  .  .  .  ^  .  .  .75 

CHAPTER  I. 

SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 

Lesson. 

L  Principal  Elements  of  Sentences;  Subject  and  Predicate. — 

Declarative  Sentences  .  .  .  .  .78 

IL  Subordinate  Elements ;  Modifiers  .  .  .  '  80 


87 
.  40 

45 
.  54 

65 


Page. 
.  1 
7 

.  14 

22 

.  82 


Vlll 


CONTENTS. 


Lesson.  Page. 

TTT.  Elements  of  Sentences,  continued. — Interrogative  and 

Imperative  Sentences  .  .  •  .83 

IV.  Simple  Subject  .  .  .  •  .85 

V  Complex  Subject. — Modifier ;  Simple  .  .  .87 

YI.  Complex  Subject. — Modifier ,  Complex  .  91 

YIl.  Simple  Predicate  .  .  .  .  .93 

YIII.  Complex  Predicate. — Direct  Object;  Simple  .  95 

IX.  Complex  Predicate. — Direct  Object;  Complex  .  97 

X.  Complex  Predicate. — Indirect  Object;  Simple  or  Com¬ 
plex  ......  99 


XI.  Complex  Predicate. — Demote  Object ;  Genitive  .  101 

XIL  Complex  Predicate. — Remote  Object ;  Ablative  104 

XIII.  Complex  Predicate. — Direct  Object  with  Attributive 

Accusative  .  .  .  .  .  .106 

XIY  Complex  Predicate. — Combined  Objects ;  two  Accu¬ 
satives  ......  109 

XY.  Complex  Predicate. — Combined  Objects;  Accusative 

and  Dative  .  .  .  .  .  .111 

XYI.  Complex  Predicate. — Combined  Objects  ;  Accusative 

and  two  Datives  .....  113 

XYII.  Complex  Predicate. — Combined  Objects;  Accusative 

and  Genitive  ......  115 

XYIIL  Complex  Predicate. — Combined  Objects ;  Accusative 

and  Ablative  .  .  .  .  .117 

XIX.  CompUx  Predicate. — Combined  Objects  ;  two  Datives  119 

XX.  Complex  Predicate. — Combined  Objects ;  Dative  and 

Ablative  .  .  .  *'  .  .  121 

XXL  Complex  Predicate. — Adverbial  Attribute ;  Adverbs  .  122 

XXII.  Complex  Predicate.— Adverbial  Expressions  of  Man¬ 
ner,  Means,  &o.  .  .  .  .  .  126 

XXTTT.  Complex  Predicate. — Adverbial  Expressions  of  Time  .  129 

XXIY.  Complex  Predicate. — Adverbial  Expressions  of  Place  131 

XXY.  Complex  Predicate. — Oblique  Cases  with  Preposition? 

as  Adverbial  Expressions  .  .  .134 


CONTENTS. 


IX 


Lesson.  Page. 

XXYL  Complex  Substantive-Predicate. — Modifier;  Objective 

or  Attributive  .  .  .  .137 

XXYII.  Complex  Adjective-Predicate. — Modifier;  Objective 

or  Attributive  .  .  .  .  .139 

XXYIIL  Complex  Adjective-Predicate. — Modifier;  Complex  142 

XXIX.  Elements  of  Sentences. — Recapitulation  .  144 

CHAPTER  II 

COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 

§  1. — Complex  Sentences  ;  unabridged. 

XXX.  Sentence  as  Subject  .....  152 

XXXL  Sentence  as  Predicate  .  .  .  .157 

XXXH.  Sentence  as  Modifier  of  Subject  or  other  Noun  .  160 

<  r- 

XXXHI.  Accusative  with  Infinitive,  or  Sentence  with  Quod  as 

Object  ......  165 

XXXIY.  Dependent  Question  as  Object  .  .  .168 

XXXY.  Sentence  with  ut  or  ne  as  Object. — Indirect  Object  170 

XXXYI.  Adverbial  Attributive-Sentences. — Place  .  174 

XXXYH.  Adverbial  Attributive-Sentences. — Time  .  .377 

XXXYHI.  Adverbial  Attributive-Sentences. — Cause  .  182 

XXXIX  Adverbial  Attributive-Sentences.— -Cause ;  Condition 

and  Concession  .  .  .  .  .185 

C/  » 

XL.  Adverbial  Attributive-Sentences. — Manner  ;  Conse¬ 
quence  and  Comparison  .  .  .  191 

XLL  Complex  and  Compound  Sentences  as  ‘Elements  of 

other  Sentences  .  .  .  .  .194 

§  2. — Complex  Sentences  ;  abridged. 

XLIL  Principal  Elements,  Abridged  .  .  .  .198 

XLHL  Modifier  of  Subject  or  other  Noun,  Abridged  .  202 

XLIY.  Object  of  Predicate,  Abridged  .  .  .  206 

XLY.  Attribute  of  Predicate,  Abridged. — Comparison  and 

Participles  .  .  .  .  .  210 


X 


CONTENTS. 


Lesson. 

XLYI.  Attribute  of  Predicate,  Abridged; 
pines  ... 


Paga 

Gerunds  and  Su- 

.  214 


CHAPTER  III. 
COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 

1. — Compound  Sentences;  unabridged. 


XL VII.  Classes  of  Compound  Sentences  .  .  .218 

XLVHI.  Formation  of  Compound  Sentences  .  .  221 

§  2.  Compound  Sentences  ;  abridged. 

XLIX.  Compound  Elements. — Subjects,  United  .  .  224 

L.  Compound  Elements. — Predicates,  United  .  .  228 


LI.  Compound  Elements. — Modifiers  of  Subject,  United  .  231 
LH.  Compound  Elements. — Objects  of  Predicate,  United  233 
LIH.  Compound  Elements. — Attributives  of  Predicate,  United  235 


LIV.  Elements  Common  to  Different  Members  .  .  237 

LV.  Classification  of  Sentences. — Recapitulation  .  239 

Rules  for  Translating  ....  245 

Notes  ......  257 

Latin-Englisu  Vocabulary  .  .  .  287 

English-Latin  Vocabulary  .  .  .  .327 

Historical  and  Geographical  Index  .  ,  343 


EXPLANATIONS. 


A.  <fc  S.  .  .  =  Andrews  &  Stoddard’s  Latin  Grammar. 

Z.  »  Zumpt’s  Latin  Grammar,  American  edition. 

F.  B.  .  .  .  =  Harkness’  Arnold’s  First  Latin  Book. 

P.  C.  .  .  .  =  Arnold’s  Latin  Prose  Composition,  American  edit. 
Smith’s  Diet.  =  Smith’s  Dictionary  of  Greek  and  Roman  Antiqui¬ 
ties. 

Schmitz’s  Hist.  =  Schmitz’s  History  of  Rome,  Andover  edition. 

Numerals  not  preceded  by  any  initials  refer  to  articles  in  this 
work ;  and,  in  the  Notes,  those  enclosed  in  parentheses  refer  to  the 
Rules  for  Translating. 

The  enclosed  numerals  standing  at  the  beginning  of  each  lesson 
refer  to  the  paragraphs  in  the  Latin  which  this  lesson  is  designed  to 
accompany ;  thus,  [1  &  2]  at  the  beginning  of  the  1st  and  2d  lessons 
denotes  that  those  lessons  are  designed  to  be  learned  in  connection 
with  the  1st  and  2d  paragraphs  of  the  Latin. 


/ 


t 


SECOND  LATIN  BOOK. 


ROMAN  HISTORY. 

Period  I. — Italian  and  Roman  Kings . 

FROM  THE  EARLIEST  TIMES  TO  THE  BANISHMENT  OF  TARQUUI, 

510  B.  C. 

Early  Italian  Kings. — Aeneas  in  Italy. 

1.  Antiquissimis  temporibus  Saturnus  in  Italiam 
venisse  dicitur.  Ibi  baud  procul  a  Janiculo  arcem 
condidit,  eamque  Saturniam  appellavit.  Hie  Italos  pri¬ 
mus  agriculturam  docuit. 

2.  Postea  Latlnus  in  ilbs  regionibus  imperavit.  Sub 
hoc  rege  Troja  in  Asia  eversa  est.  Hinc  Aeneas,  An- 
cbisae  filius,  cum  multis  Trojanis,  quibus  ferrum  Grae¬ 
corum  pepercerat,  aufugit,  et  in  Italiam  pervenit.  Ibi 
Latlnus  rex  ei  benigne  recepto  filiam  Layiniam  in 
matrimonium  dedit.  Aeneas  urbern  condidit,  quam  in 
bonorem  conj  ugis  Layinium  appellavit. 

Ascanius  and  the  Kings  of  A  Iba. 

3.  Post  Aeneae  mortem  Ascanius,  Aeneae  filius, 
regnum  accepit.  Hie  sedem  regni  in  alium  locum 
transtulit,  urbemque  condidit  in  monte  Albano,  eam¬ 
que  Albam  Longam  nuncupavit.  Eum  secutus  est 
Silvius,  qui  post  Aeneae  mortem  a  Lavinia  genitus  erat. 

1 


2 


ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  I. 


Ejus  posteri  omnes,  usque  ad  Romam  conditam,  Albae 
regnaverunt. 

4.  Unus  horum  regum,  Romulus  Silvius,  se  Jove 
majorem  esse  dicebat,  et,  quum  tonaret,  militibus  impe¬ 
ril  vit,  ut  clypeos  bastis  percuterent,  dicebatque  hunc 
sonum  multo  clariorem  esse  quam  tonltru.  Ful&nne 
ictus,  et  in  Albanum  lacum  praecipitatus  est. 

5.  Silvius  Procas,  rex  Albanorum,  duos  filios  rell- 
quit,  Numitorem  et  Amulium.  Horum  minor  natu, 
Amulius,  fratri  optionem  dedit,  utrum  regnum  habere 
vellet,  an  bona,  quae  pater  reliquisset.  Numitor  paterna 
bona  praetulit ;  Amulius  regnum  obtinuit. 

Birth  of  Romulus  and  Remus . 

6.  Amulius,  ut  regnum  firmissime  possideret,  Nu- 
mitoris  filium  per  insidias  interemit,  et  filiam  fratris, 
Rheam  Silviam,  Yestalem  virgmem  fecit.  Nam  his 
Yestae  sacerdotibus  non  licet  viro  nubere.  Sed  haec  a 
Marte  geminos  filios,  Romulum  et  Remum,  peperit. 
Hoc  quum  Amulius  comperisset,  matrem  in  vincula 
conjecit,  pueros  autem  in  Tiberim  abjici  jussit. 

7.  Porte  Tiberis  aqua  ultra  ripam  se  effuderat,  et, 
quum  pueri  in  vado  essent  positi,  aqua  refluens  eos  in 
sicco  rellquit.  Ad  eorum  vagltum  lupa  accurrit,  eosque 
uberibus  suis  aluit.  Quod  videns  Faustiilus  quidam, 
pastor  illlus  regionis,  pueros  sustulit,  et  uxori  Accje 
Laurentiae  nutriendos  dedit. 

Rome  founded ,  753  B.  C. 

8.  Sic  Romulus  et  Remus  pueritiam  inter  pastures 
transegerunt.  Quum  adolevissent,  et  forte  comperissent, 
quis  ipsorum  avus,  quae  mater  fuisset,  Amulium  inter- 


ITALIAN  AND  KOMAN  KINGS. 


3 


fecerunt,  ct  Numitori  avo  regnum  restituerunt.  Turn 
urbem  condiderunt  in  monte  A  vent  mo,  quam  Romulus 
a  suo  nomine  Romam  vocavit.  Haec  quum  moeiribus 
circumdaretur,  Remus  occlsus  est,  dum  fratrem  irrldens 
moenia  transiliebat. 

Seizure  of  the  Sabine  Women. 

9.  Romulus,  ut  civium  numerum  augeret,  asylum 
patefecit,  ad  quod  multi  ex  civitatibus  suis  pulsi  accur- 
rerunt.  Sed  novae  urbis  civibus  conjuges  deerant. 
Festum  itaque  Neptuni  et  ludos  instituit.  Ad  bos 
quum  multi  ex  fmitimis  populis  cum  mulieribus  et 
liberis  venissent,  Romani  inter  ipsos  ludos  spectantes 
virgmes  rapuerunt. 

10.  Populi  illi,  quorum  virgmes  raptae  erant,  bel- 
lum  adversus  raptores  susceperunt.  Quum  Romae 
approjiinquarent,  forte  in  Tarpeiam  virgmem  incide- 
runt,  quae  in  arce  sacra  procurabat.  Hanc  rogabant, 
ut  viam  in  arcem  monstraret,  elque  permiserunt,  ut 
munus  sibi  posceret.  Ilia  petiit,  ut  sibi  darent,  quod 
in  sinistris  manibus  gererent,  annulos  aureos  et  armillas 
significans.  At  bostes  in  arcem  ab  ea  perducti  seutis 
Tarpeiam  obruerunt;  nam  et  ea  in  sinistris  manibus 

j 

gerebant. 

The  Sabines  are  received  into  the  City. — Death  of  Romulus. 

11.  Turn  Romulus  cum  lioste,  qui  montem  Tarpe- 
ium  tenebat,  pugnam  conseruit  in  eo  loco,  ubi  nunc 
forum  Romanum  est.  4  In  media  caede  raptae  processe* 
runt,  et  bine  patres,  bine  conjuges  et  soceros  complec 
tebantur,  et  rogabant,  ut  caedis  finem  facerent.  Utrl* 
que  bis  precibus  commoti  sunt.  Romulus  foedus  icit, 
et  Sablnos  in  urbem  recepit. 


ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  I. 


12.  Postea  civitatem  descripsit.  Centum  senatores 
legit,  eosque  cum  ob  aetatem,  turn  ob  reverentiam  iis 
debitam,  Patres  appellavit.  Plebem  in  triginta  curias 
distribuit,  easque  raptarum  nominibus  nuncupavit.  An¬ 
no  regni  tricesimo  septimo,  quum  exercitum  lustraret, 
inter  tempestatem  ortam  repente  oculis  hominum  sub- 
ductus  est.  Hinc  alii  eum  a  senatonbus  interfectum, 
alii  ad  deos  sublatum  esse  existimaverunt. 

Numa  Pompilius. 

13.  Post  Romuli  mortem  unlus  anni  interregnum 
fuit.  Quo  exacto,  Numa  Pompilius  Cunbus,  urbe  in 
agro  Sabinorum,  natus  rex  creatus  est.  Hie  vir  bellum 
quidem  nrllum  gessit ;  sed  non  minus  civitati  profuit. 
Nam  et  leges  dedit,  et  sacra  plunma  instituit,  ut  populi 
barbari  et  bellicosi  mores  molllret.  Omnia  autem, 
quae  faciebat,  se  nympliae  Egeriae,  conj  ugis  suae,  mo- 
nitu  facere  dicebat.  Morbo  decessit,  quadragesimo 
tertio  imperii  anno. 

Tullus  Hostilius. 

14.  Numae  successit  Tullus  Hostilius,  cujus  avus 
se  in  bello  adyersus  SabTnos  fortem  et  strenuum  yirum 
praestiterat.  Rex  creatus  bellum  Albanis  indixit,  id- 
que  trigeminorum,  Horatiorum  et  Curiatiorum,  certa- 
mine  finlvit.  Albam  propter  perfidiam  Metii  Suffetii 
diruit.  Quum  triginta  duobus  annis  regnasset,  fulmine 
ictus  cum  domo  sua  arsit. 

Ancus  Marcius. 

15.  Post  bunc  Ancus  Marcius,  Numae  ex  filia  ne» 
pos,  suscepit  imperium.  Hie  vir  aequitate  et  religion© 


ITALIAN  AND  KOMAN  KINGS. 


5 


avo  similis,  Latinos  bello  domuit,  urbem  ampliavit,  et 
nova  ei  moenia  circumdedit.  Carcerem  primus  aedifi- 
cavit.  Ad  Tiberis  ostia  urbem  condidit,  Ostiamque 
vocavit.  Vicesimo  quarto  anno  imperii  morbo  obiit. 

Lucius  Tarquinius  Priscus 

16.  Deinde  regnum  Lucius  Tarquinius  Priscus  ac- 
cepit,  Demarati  filius,  qui  tjrannos  patriae  Corinthi  fu- 
giens  in  Etruriam  venerat.  Ipse  Tarquinius,  qui  nomen 
ab  urbe  Tarquiniis  accepit,  aliquando  Eomam  profectus 
erat.  Advenienti  aquila  pileum  abstulit,  et,  postquam 
alte  evolaverat,  reposuit.  Hinc  Tanaquil  conjux,  mu- 
lier  auguriorum  perlta,  regnum  ei  portendi  intellexit. 

17.  Quum  Romae  commoraretur,  Anci  regis  fami- 
liaritatem  consecutus  est,  qui  eum  filiorum  suorum  tuto- 
rem  rellquit.  Sed  is  pupillis  regnum  intercepit.  Sena- 
toribus,  quos  Romulus  creaverat,  centum  alios  addidit, 
qui  minorum  gentium  sunt  appellati.  Plura  bella  feli- 
citer  gessit,  nec  paucos  agros,  bostibus  ademptos,  urbis 
territorio  adjunxit.  Primus  triiimplians  urbem  intra- 
vit.  Cloacas  fecit ;  CaJ)itolium  inchoavit.  Tricesimo 
octavo  imperii  anno  per  Anci  filios,  quibus  regnum 
eripuerat,  occlsus  est. 

s 

Servius  Tullius. 

18.  Post  hunc  Servius  Tullius  suscepit  imperium, 
genitus  ex  nobili  femina,  captlva  tamen  et  famnla. 
Quum  in  domo  Tarquinii  Prisci  educaretur,  flamma  in 
ej  us  capite  visa  est.  Hoc  prodigio  Tanaquil  ei  summam 
dignitatem  portendi  intellexit,  et  conjugi  persuasit,  ut 
eum  sicuti  liberos  suos  educaret.  Quum  adolevisset, 
rex  ei  filiam  in  matrimonium  dedit. 


6 


ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  I. 


19.  Quum  Priscus  Tarquinius  occlsus  esset,  Tar.a- 
quil  de  superiore  parte  dojnus  pop  ul  urn  allocuta  est, 
dicens :  regem  grave  quidem,  sed  non  letale  vulnus 
aocepisse ;  eum  petere,  ut  pop  ulus,  dum  convaluisset, 
Servio  Tullio  obediret.  Sic  Servius  regnare  coepit, 
sed  bene  imperium  administravit.  Montes  tres  urbi 
adjunxit,  Primus  omnium  eensum  ordinavit.  Sub  eo 
Eoma  liabuit  capitum  octoginta  tria  millia  civium  Ro- 
manorum  cum  bis,  qui  in  agris  erant. 

20.  Hie  rex  interfectus  est  scelere  filiae  Tulliae  et 
Tarquinii  Superbi,  filii  ejus  regis,  cui  Servius  successe- 
rat.  Nam  ab  ipso  Tarquinio  de  gradibus  curiae  dejec- 
tus,  quum  domum  fugeret,  interfectus  est.  Tullia  in 
forum  properavit,  et  prima  conjugem  regem  salutavit. 
Quum  domum  redlret,  aurlgam  super  patris  corpus,  in 
viajacens,  carpentum  agere  jussit. 

Banishment  of  Tarquinius  Sujperbus ,  510  B.  C. 

21.  Tarquinius  Superb  us  cognomen  monbus  me¬ 
ruit.  Bello  tamen  strenuus  plures  finitimorum  populo- 
rum  yicit.  Tern  plum  Jovis  in  Capitolio  aedificavit. 
Postea,  dum  Ardeam  oppugnabat,  urbem  Latii,  impe¬ 
rium  perdidit.  Nam  quum  filius  ejus  Lucretiae,  nobi- 

,  lissimae  feminae,  conjugi  Tarquinii  Collatini,  vim  fecis- 
set,  baec  se  ipsa  occidit  in  conspectu  marlti,  patris  et 
amicorum,  postquam  eos  obtestata  fuerat,  ut  banc  inju- 
riam  ulciscerentur. 

22.  Ilanc  ob  causam  L.  Brutus,  Collatinus,  aliique 
nonnulli  in  exitium  regis  conjurarunt,  populoque  per- 
suaserunt,  ut  ei  portas  urbis  clauderet.  Exercitus  quo- 
que,  qui  civitatem  Ardeam  cum  rege  oppugnabat,  eum 
rellquit.  Fugit  itaque  cum  uxdre  et  liberis  suis.  Ita 


ROMAN  STRUGGLES  AND  CONQUESTS. 


7 


JRomae  regnatum  est  per  septem  reges  annos  ducentos 
quadraginta  tres. 

* 

Period  II. — Roman  Struggles  and  Conquests , 

FEOM  THE  ESTABLISHMENT  OF  THE  COMMONWEALTH  TO  THE 

FIRST  PUNIC  WAR,  264  B.  C. 

Consuls  at  Borne ,  509  B.  C. —  War  with  Tarqmn. 

23.  Tarquinio  expulso,  consules  coepere  pro  uno 
rege  duo  creari,  ut,  si  unus  malus  esset,  alter  eum  coer- 
ceret.  Annuum  iis  imperium  tributum  est,  ne  per  diu- 
turnitatem  potestatis  insolentiores  redderentur.  Fue- 
runt  igitur  anno  primo,  expulsis  regibus,  consules  L. 
Junius  Brutus,  acernmus  libertatis  vindex,  et  Tarqui- 
nius  Collatlnus,  maritus  Lucretiae.  Sed  Collatlno  pau- 
lo  post  dignitas  sublata  est.  Placuerat  enim,  ne  quis 
ex  Tarquiniorum  familia  Komae  maneret.  Ergo  cum 
omni  patrimonio  suo  ex  urbe  migravit,  et  in  ejus  locum 
Valerius  Publicbla  consul  factus  est. 

24.  Commovit  bellum  urbi  rex  Tarquinius.  In 
prima  pugna  Brutus  consul,  et  Aruns,  Tarquinii  filius, 
sese  invicem  occiderunt.  Romani  tamen  ex  ea  pugna 
victores  recesserunt.  Brutum  Romanae  matronae,  quasi 
communem  patrem,  per  annum  luxerunt.  Valerius 
Publicola  Sp.  Lucretium,  Lucretiae  patrem,  collegam 
sibi  fecit ;  qui  quum  morbo  exstinctus  esset,  Horatium 
Pulvillum  sibi  collegam  sumpsit.  Ita  primus  annus 
quinque  consules  habuit. 

War  with  JPorsena ,  508  B.  C. 

25.  Secundo  quoque  anno  iterum  Tarquinius  bel¬ 
lum  Romanis  intulit,  Porsena,  rege  Etruscorum,  auxi- 


8 


ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  II. 


lium  ei  ferente.  In  illo  bello  Horatius  Codes  solus 
pontem  .ligneum  defendit,  et  hostes  cohibuit,  donee 
pons  a  tergo  ruptus  esset.  Turn  se  cum  armis  in  Tibe- 
rim  conjecit,  et  ad  suos  transnavit. 

26.  Hum  Porsena  urbem  obsidebat,  Qu.  Mucius 
Scaevola,  juvenis  fortis  animi,  in  castra  hostium  se 
contulit  eo  consilio,  ut  regem  occideret.  At  ibi  scribam 
regis  pro  ipso  rege  interfecit.  Turn  a  regiis  satellitibus 
comprehensus  et  ad  regem  deductus,  quum  Porsena 
eum  ignibus  allatis  terreret,  dextram  arae  accensae  im- 
posuit,  donee  dammis  consumpta  esset.  Hoc  faemus 
rex  miratus  juvenem  dimlsit  incolumem.  Turn  hie, 
quasi  beneficium  referens,  ait,  trecentos  alios  juvenes  in 
eum  conjurasse.  Hac  re  terntus  Porsena  pacem  cum 
Eomanis  fecit,  Tarquinius  antem  Tusculum  se  contulit, 
iblque  priyatus  cum  uxore  consenuit. 

Secession  to  the  Mons  Sacer ,  494  B.  C. 

27.  Sexto  decimo  anno  post  reges  exactos,  populus 
Romae  seditionem  fecit,  questus  quod  tributis  et  militia 
a  senatu  exhauriretur.  Magna  pars  plebis  urbem  rell- 
quit,  et  in  montem  trans  Anienem  amnem  secessit. 
Turn  patres  turbati  Menenium  Agrippam  miserunt  ad 
plebem,  qui  earn  senatui  conciliaret.  Hie  iis  inter  alia 
fabulam  narravit  de  yentre  et  membris  humani  corpo¬ 
ris  ;  qua  populus  commotus  est,  ut  in  urbem  rediret. 
Turn  primum  tribuni  plebis  creati  sunt,  qui  plebem 
adversum  nobilitatis  superbiam  defenderent. 

Banishment  of  Coriolanus ,  491  B.  G. 

28.  Octavo  decimo  anno  post  exactos  reges,  Qu. 
Marcius,  Coriolanus  dictus  ab  urbe  Volscorum  Coriolis, 


ROMAN  STRUGGLES  AND  CONQUESTS. 


9 


quam  bello  ceperat,  plebi  invlsus  fieri  coepit.  Quare 
urbe  expulsus  ad  Yolscos,  acemmos  Romandrum  bos- 
tes,  contendit,  et  ab  iis  dux  exercitus  factus  Romanos 
saepe  vicit.  Jam  usque  ad  quintum  milliarium  urbis 
accesserat,  nec  ullis  civium  suorum  legationibus  flecti 
poterat,  ut  patriae  parceret.  Denique  Yeturia  mater  et 
Yolumnia  uxor  ex  urbe  ad  eum  venerunt ;  quarum 
fletu  et  precibus  commotus  est,  ut  exercitum  remove- 
ret.  Quo  facto  a  Yolscis  ut  proditor  occlsus  esse  dici- 
tur. 

•  The  Fabii  cut  off  at  the  Gremera ,  477  B.  C. 

29.  Romani  quum  adversum  Yeientes  bellum  gere- 
rent,  familia  Fabiorum  sola  hoc  bellum  suscepit.  Pro- 
fecti  sunt  trecenti  sex  nobilissimi  homines,  duce  Fabio 
consiile.  Quum  saepe  hostes  yicissent,  apud  Cremeram 
fluvium  castra  posuerunt.  Ibi  Yeientes  dolo  usi  eos  in 
insidias  pellexerunt.  In  proelio  ibi  exorto  omnes  peri- 
erunt.  Unus  superfuit  ex  tanta  familia,  qui  propter 
aetatem  puerilem  duci  non  potuerat  ad  pugnam.  Hie 

c- 

genus  propagavit  ad  Qu.  Fabium  Maximum  ilium,  qui 
Hannibalem  prudenti  cunctatione  debilitavit. 

The  Decemviri. — Laws  of  the  Twelve  Tables ,  451  B.  G. 

30.  Anno  trecentesimo  et  altero  ab  urbe  condita 
decemviri  creati  sunt,  qui  civitati  leges  scriberent.  Hi 
primo  anno  bene  egerunt ;  secundo  autem  dominatio- 
nem  exercere  coeperunt.  Sed  quum  unus  eorum  Ap- 
pius  Claudius  virginem  ingenuam,  Yirginiam,  Yirginii 
centurionis  filiam,  corrumpere  vellet,  pater  earn  occidit. 
Turn  ad  milites  profugit,  eosque  ad  seditidnem  commd- 
vit.  Sublata  est  decemviris  potestas,  ipslque  omnes 
aut  morte  aut  exilio  punlti  sunt. 


10 


ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  IL 


Election  of  Military  Tribunes ,  444  B.  C. 

31.  Anno  trecentesimo  decimo  ab  urbe  condita  dig- 
nitates  mutatae  sunt,  et  pro  duobus  consulibus  facti 
tribuni  m ili tares  consul ari  potestate.  Ilinc  jam  coepit 
Romana  res  crescere.  Nam  Camillus  eo  anno  Volsco- 
rum  civitatem,  quae  per  septuaginta  an  nos  bellutn  ges - 
serat,  vicit ;  et  Aequorum  urbem  et  Sutrinorum,  omni¬ 
bus  deletis  exercitibus,  occupavit,  et  tres  simul  trium- 
pbos  egit. 

Camillus  and  the  Schoolmaster  of  Falerii. 

32.  In  bello  contra  Yeientanos  Furius  Camillus  ur¬ 
bem  Falerios  obsidebat.  In  qua  obsidione  quum  ludi 
literarii  magister  principum  filios  ex  urbe  in  castra  hos- 
tium  duxisset,  Camillus  scelestum  munus  non  accepit, 
sed  bominem  denudatum,  manibus  post  tergum  illiga- 
tis,  reducendum  Falerios  pueris  tradidit;  virgasque  iis 
dedit,  quibus  proditorem  in  urbem  agerent. 

Veil  taken,  396  B.  C. — Rome  taken  and  burnt  by  the  Gauls,  390 

b.  c. 

33.  Hac  tanta  ammi  nobilitate  commoti  Falisci  ur¬ 
bem  Romanis  tradiderunt.  Camillo  autem  apud  Roma¬ 
nos  crirnmi  datum  est,  quod  albis  equis  triumphasset, 
et  praedam  inlque .  divisisset ;  damnatusque  ob  earn 
causam,  et  civitate  expulsus  est.  Paulo  post  Galli  Se- 
nones  ad  urbem  venerunt,  Romanos  apud  flumen  Alli- 
am  vicerunt,  et  urbem  etiam  occuparunt.  Jam  nibil 
praeter  Capitolium  defendi  potuit.  Et  jam  praesidium 
fame  laborabat,  et  in  eo  erant,  ut  pacem  a  Gall  is  auro 
erne  rent,  quum  Camillus  cum  manu  militum  superve* 
niens  I  >stes  magno  proelio  superaret. 


ROMAN  STRUGGLES  AND  CONQUESTS. 


11 


Valor  of  Titus  Manlius  Torquatus ,  361  B.  C. 

34  Anno  trecentesimo  nonagesimo  quarto  post  ur- 
bem  conditam  Galli  iterum  ad  urbem  accesserant,  et 
quarto  milliario  trans  Anienem  fluvium  consederant. 
Contra  eos  missus  est  T.  Quinctius.  Ibi  Gallus  quidam 
eximia  corporis  magnitudme  fortissimum  Romanorum 
ad  certamen  singulare  provocavit.  T.  Manlius,  nobilis* 
simus  juvenis,  provocationem  accepit,  Galium  occidit, 
eumque  torque  aureo  spoliavit,  quo  ornatus  erat.  Hinc 
et  ipse  et  posteri  ejus  Torquati  appellati  sunt.  Galli 
fugam  capessiverunt. 

Valor  of  Valerius  Corvus ,  348  B.  C. — The  Gauls  cease  to  trouble 

Borne. 

35.  Novo  bello  cum  Gallis  exorto,  anno  urbis  quad- 
ringentesimo  sexto,  iterum  Gallus  processit  robore  at- 
que  armis  insignis,  et  provocavit  unum  ex  Komanis,  ut 
secum  armis  decerneret.  Turn  se  M.  Valerius,  tribunus 
militum,  obtulit ;  et,  quum  processisset  armatus,  corvus 
ei  supra  dextrum  brachium  sedit.  Mox,  commissa 
pugna,  bic  corvus  alis  et  unguTbus  Galli  oculos  verbe- 
ravit.  Ita  factum  est,  ut  Gallus  facili  negotio  a  Valerio 
interficeretur,  qui  bine  Corvlni  nomen  accepit. 

Beginning  of  Samnite  Wars,  343  B.  C. 

36.  Postea  Romani  bellum  gesserunt  cum  Samniti- 
bus,  ad  quod  L.  Papirius  Cursor  cum  bonore  dictatoris 
profectus  est.  Qui  quum  negotii  cujusdam  causa  Ro- 
mam  redlret,  praecepit  Q.  Fabio  Rulliano,  magistro 
equitum,  quern  apud  exercitum  rellquit,  ne  pugnam 
cum  boste  committeret.  Sed  ille  occasionem  nactus 
febcissime  dimicavit,  Samnltes  delevit.  Ob  banc  rem 


12 


ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  II. 


a  dictatore  capitis  damnatus  est.  At  ille  in  urbem  con- 
fugit,  et  ingenti  favore  militum  et  populi  liberatus  est ; 
in  Papirium  autem  tanta  exorta  est  seditio,  nt  paene 
ipse  interficeretur. 

The  Roman  Army  is  made  to  pass  under  the  yoke,  321  B.  G. — 
The  Samnites  are  conquered ,  290  B.  C. 

37.  Duobus  annis  post  T.  Yeturins  et  Spurins  Pos- 
tumius  consiiles  bellum  adversnm  Samnites  gerebant. 
Hi  a  Pontio  Theleslno,  duce  bostinm,  in  insidias  induc- 
ti  sunt.  Ham  ad  Furculas  Caudlnas  Romanos  pellexit 
in  angustias,  unde  sese  expedlre  non  poterant.  Ibi 
Pontius  patrem  suum  Herennium  rogavit,  quid  facien¬ 
dum  putaret.  Ille  respondit,  aut  omnes  occidendos 
esse,  ut  Romanorum  vires  frangerentur,  aut  omnes  di- 
mittendos,  ut  beneficio  obligarentur.  Pontius  utrum- 
que  consilium  improbavit,  omnesque  sub  jugum  misit. 
Samnites  demque  post  bellum  undequinquaginta  anno- 
rum  superati  sunt. 

War  with  Pyrrhus ,  281  B.  G. 

38.  Devictis  Samnitibus,  Tarentlnis  bellum  indic¬ 
tum  est,  quia  legatis  Romanorum  injuriam  fecissent. 
Hi  Pyrrbum,  Eplri  regem,  contra  Romanos  auxilium 
poposcerunt.  Is  mox  in  Italiam  venit,  tumque  primum 
Romani  cum  transmarlno  hoste  pugnaverunt.  Missus 

«st  contra  eum  consul  P.  Valerius  Laevlnus.  Hie, 

✓ 

quum  exploratores  Pyrrbi  cepisset,  jussit  eos  per  castra 
duci,  tumque  dimitti,  ut  renuntiarent  Pyrrho,  quaecun- 
que  a  Romanis  agerentur. 

39.  Pugna  commissa,  Pyrrhus  auxilio  elephantorum 
vicit.  Nox  proelio  finem  dedit.  Laevlnus  tamen  per 


ROMAN  STRUGGLES  AND  CONQUESTS. 


13 


noctem  fugit.  Pyrrhus  Romanos  mille  octingentos  ce- 
pit,  eosque  summo  honore  tractavit.  Quum  eos,  qui  in 
proelio  interfecti  fuerant,  omnes  adversis  vulneribus  et 
truci  vultu  etiam  mortuos  jacere  videret,  tulisse  ad  coe- 
.lum  manus  dicitur  cum  hac  voce :  “Ego  cum  talibus 
yiris  brevi  orbem  terrarum  subigerem.” 

40.  Postea  Pyrrhus  Romam  perrexit ;  omnia  ferro 
igneque  vastavit;  Campaniam  depopulates  est,  atque 
ad  Praeneste  venit  milliario  ab  urbe  octavo  decimo. 
Mox  terrore  exercitus,  qui  cum  consule  sequebatur,  in 
Campaniam  se  recepit.  Legati  ad  Pyrrhum  de  captlvis 
redimendis  missi  honorifice  ab  eo  suscepti  sunt ;  capti- 
vos  sine  pretio  reddidit.  Unum  ex  legatis,  Fabricium, 
sic  admiratus  est,  ut  ei  quartam  partem  regni  sui  pro- 
mitteret,  si  ad  se  transTret ;  sed  a  Fabricio  contemptus 
est. 

41.  Quum  jam  Pyrrhus  ingenti  Romanorum  admi- 
ratione  teneretur,  legatum  misit  Cineam,  praestantissi- 
mum  virum,  qui  pacem  peteret  ea  conditione,  ut  Pyr¬ 
rhus  earn  partem  Italiae,  quam  armis  occupaverat,  obti- 
neret.  Romani  responderunt,  eum  cum  Romanis  pacem 
habere  non  posse,  nisi  ex  Italia  recessisset.  Cineas 
quum  rediisset,  Pyrrho  eum  interroganti,  qualis  ipsi 
Roma  visa  esset ;  respondit,  se  regum  patriam  vidisse. 

42.  In  altero  proelio  cum  rege  Eplri  commisso  Pyr¬ 
rhus  vulneratus  est,  elephanti  interfecti,  viginti  millia 
hostium  caesa  sunt.  Pyrrhus  Tarentum  fugit.  Inter- 
jecto  anno,  Fabricius  contra  eum  missus  est.  Ad  hunc 
medicus  Pyrrhi  nocte  venit  promittens,  se  Pyrrhum 
veneno  occisurum,  si  munus  sibi  daretur.  Hunc  Fa¬ 
bricius  vinctum  reduci  jussit  ad  dominum.  Tunc  rex 
admiratus  ilium  dixisse  fertur :  “  Ille  est  Fabricius,  qui 


14 


ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  III. 


difficilius  ab  honestate,  quam  sol  a  cursu  suo  averti  pot¬ 
est.”  Paulo  post  Pyrrhus,  tertio  etiam  proeho  i'usus, 
a  Tarento  recessit,  et,  quum  in  Graeciam  rediisset,  apud 
Argos,  Peloponnesi  urbem,  interfectus  est. 


Period  III. — Roman  Triumphs. 

FROM  THE  FIRST  PUNIC  WAR  TO  THE  CONQUEST  OF  GREECE, 

146  B.  C. 

First  Punic  ( Carthaginian )  War ,  264  B.  C. 

43.  Anno  quadringentesimo  nonagesimo  post  ur- 
bem  conditam  Romanorum  exercitus  primum  in  Sici- 
liam  trajecerunt,  regemque  Syracusarum  Hieronem, 
Poenosque,  qui  multas  civitates  in  ea  insula  occupave- 
rant,  superaverunt.  Quinto  anno  hujus  belli,  quod 
contra  Poenos  gerebatur,  primum  Romani,  C.  Duillio 
et  Cn.  Cornelio  Asina  consulibus,  in  mari  dimicave- 
runt.  Duillius  Carthaginienses  yicit,  triginta  naves 
occupavit,  quatuordecim  mersit,  septem  millia  hostium 
cepit,  tria  millia  occldit.  Nulla  victoria  Romanis  gra- 
tior  fuit.  Duillio  concessum  est,  ut,  quum  a  coena  re- 
dlret,  pueri  funalia  gestantes  et  tiblcen  eum  comitaren- 
tur. 

First  Punic  War ,  continued. — Invasion  of  Africa,  256  B.  0. 

44.  Paucis  annis  interjectis,  bellum  in  Africam 
translatum  est.  Hamilcar,  Carthaginiensium  dux,  pug- 
na  navali  superatur ;  nam  perditis  sexaginta  quatuor 
navibus  se  recepit ;  Romani  viginti  duas  amiserunt. 
Quum  in  Africam  venissent,  Poenos  in  pluribus  proe- 
liis  vicorunt,  magnam  vim  hominum  ceperunt,  septua* 


HOMAN”  TRIUMPHS. 


15 


ginta  quatuor  civitates  in  fidem  acceperunt.  Turn  victi 
Carthaginienses  pacem  a  Romanis  petierunt.  Qnam 
qnum  M.  Atilius  Regulus,  Romanorum  dux,  dare  nol- 
let  nisi  durissimis  conditionibus,  Carthaginienses  auxi- 
lium  petierunt  a  Lacedaemoniis.  Hi  Xanthippum  mise- 
runt,  qui  Romanum  exercitum  magno  proelio  vicit. 
Regulus  ipse  captus  et  in  vincula  conjectus  est. 

45.  Non  tamen  ublque  fortuna  Carthaginiensibus 
favit.  Quum  aliquot  proeliis  victi  essent,  Regulum  ro- 
gaverunt,  ut  Romam  proficisceretur,  et  pacem  capti- 
vorumque  permutationem  a  Romanis  obtineret.  Ille 
quum  Romam  venisset,  inductus  in  senatum  dixit,  se 
desiisse  Romanum  esse  ex  ilia  die,  qua  in  potestatem 
Poenorum  venisset.  Turn  Romanis  suasit,  ne  pacem 
cum  Carthaginiensibus  facerent :  illos  enim  tot  casibus 
fractos  spem  nullam  nisi  in  pace  habere :  tanti-  non 
esse,  ut  tot  millia  captivorum  propter  se  unum  et  pau- 
cos,  qui  ex  Romanis  capti  essent,  redderentur.  Haec 
sententia  obtinuit.  Regressus  igitur  in  Afncam  crude- 
lissimis  suppliciis  exstinctus  est. 

End  of  the  First  Punic  War ,  241  B.  G. 

46.  Tandem,  C.  Lutatio  Catulo,  A.  Postumio  con- 
sulibus,  anno  belli  Puni'ci  vicesimo  tertio  magnum  proe- 
lium  navale  commissum  est  contra  Lil jbaeum,  promon- 
torium  Siciliae.  In  eo  proelio  septuaginta  tres  Cartha- 
giniensium  naves  captae,  centum  viginti  quinque  de- 
mersae,  triginta  duo  millia  hostium  capta,  tredeciru 
millia  occlsa  sunt.  Statim  Carthaginienses  pacem  peti¬ 
erunt,  eisque  pax  tributa  est.  Captlvi  Romanorum, 
qui  tenebantur  a  Carthaginiensibus,  redditi  sunt.  Poe- 
Tii  Sicilia,  Sardinia,  et  ceteris  insulis,  quae  inter  Italiam 


16 


ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  III. 


Africamque  jacent,  decesserunt,  omnemque  Hispaniam, 
quae  citra  Iberum  est,  Romanis  permiserunt. 

Siege  of  Saguntum. — The  Second  Punic  War ,  218  B.  C. 

47.  Paulo  post  Punicum  bellum  renovatum  est  per 
Hannibalem,  Carthaginiensium  ducem,  quem  pater 
Hamilcar  novem  annos  natum  aris  admoverat,  ut  odium 
perenne  in  Romanos  juraret.  Hie  annum  agens  vicesi- 
mum  aetatis  Saguntum,  Hispaniae  civitatem,  Romanis 
amlcam,  oppugnare  aggressus  est.  Huic  Romani  per 
legatos  denuntiaverunt,  ut  bello  abstineret.  Qui  quum 
legatos  admittere  nollet,  Romani  Carthagmem  mise- 
runt,  ut  mandaretur  Hannibali,  ne  bellum  contra  socios 
populi  Romani  gereret.  Dura  responsa  a  Carthagini- 
ensibus  reddita.  Saguntinis  interea  fame  victis,  Roma¬ 
ni  Carthaginiensibus  bellum  indixerunt. 

Hannibal  crosses  the  Alps ,  218  B.  C. — Battles  of  the  Ticlmts ,  Tre- 

bia ,  and  Lake  Trasimenus. — Battle  of  Cannae ,  216  B.  C. 

48.  Hannibal,  fratre  Hasdrubale  in  Hispania  relicto, 
Pyrenaeum  et  Alpes  transiit.  Traditur  in  Italiam  oo- 
toginta  millia  peditum,  et  viginti  millia  equitum,  septem 
et  triginta  elepbantos  abduxisse.  Interea  multi  Ligu- 
res  et  Galli  Hannibali  se  conj  unxerunt.  Primus  ei  oc- 
currit  P.  Cornelius  Scipio,  qui,  proelio  ad  Ticlnum 
commisso,  superatus  est,  et,  vulnere  accepto,  in  castra 
rediit.  Turn  Sempronius  Gracchus  conflixit  ad  Trebi- 
am  amnem.  Is  quoque  vincitur.  Multi  populi  se 
Hannibali  dediderunt.  Inde  in  Tusciam  progressua 
Flaminium  consulem  ad  Trasimenum  lacum  superat. 
Ipse  Flaminius  interemptus,  Romanorum  viginti  quin- 
que  millia  caesa  sunt. 


ROMAN  TRIUMPHS. 


17 


49.  Quingentesimo  et  quadragesimo  anno  post  ur- 
bem  conditam  L.  Aemilius  Panllus  et  P.  Terentius 
Varro  contra  Hannibalem  mittuntur.  Quamquam  in- 
tellectum  erat,  Hannibalem  non  aliter  vinci  posse  quam 
mora,  Yarro  tamen,  morae  impatiens,  apud  vicum,  qui 
Cannae  appellatur,  in  Apnlia  pugnavit ;  ambo  consoles 
victi^Paullus  interemptns  est.  In  ea  pngna  consulates 
aut  praetorii  viginti,  senatores  triginta  capti  aut  occisi ; 
militum  quadraginta  millia,  equitum  tria  millia  et  quin- 
genti  perierunt.  In  his  tantis  malis  nemo  tamen  pacis 
mentionem  facere  dignatus  est.  Servi,  quod  nunquam 
ante  factum,  manumissi  et  milites  facti  sunt. 

50.  Post  earn  pugnam  multae  Italiae  civitates,  quae 
Pomanis  paruerant,  se  ad  Hannibalem  transtulerunt. 
Hannibal  Romanis  obtiilit,  ut  capti vos  redimerent ;  re- 
sponsumque  est  a  senatu,  eos  cives  non  esse  necessarios, 
qui  armati  capi  potuissent.  Hos  omnes  ille  postea  ya- 
riis  suppliciis  interfecit,  et  tres  modios  aureoruin  annu- 
lorum  Carthaginem  misit,  quos  manibus  equitum  Ro- 
manorum,  senatorum,  et  militum  detraxerat.  Interea 
in  Hispania  frater  Hannibalis,  Hasdrubal,  qui  ibi  re- 
manserat  cum  magno  exercitu,  a  duobus  Scipionibus 
vincitur,  perditque  in  pugna  triginta  quinque  millia 
hominum. 

51.  Anno  quarto  postquam  Hannibal  in  Italiam 
yenerat,  M.  Claudius  Marcellus  consul  apud  Holam, 
civitatem  Campaniae,  contra  Hannibalem  bene  pugna¬ 
vit.  Illo  tempore  Philipjius,  Demetrii  filius,  rex  Mace- 
doniae,  ad  Hannibalem  legatos  mittit,  elque  auxilia 
contra  Romanos  pollicetur.  Qui  legati  quum  a  Roma¬ 
nis  capti  essent,  M.  Valerius  Laevinus  cum  navibus 
missus  est,  qui  regem  impedlret,  quo  minus  copias  in 


18 


ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  III. 


Italiam  trajiceret.  Idem  in  Macedoniam  penetrans  re* 
gem  Philippum  vicit. 

52.  In  Sicilia  quoque  res  prospere  gesta  est.  Mar¬ 
cellas  magnam  liujns  insulae  partem  cepit,  quam  Poeni 
occupaverant ;  Syracusas,  nobilissimam  urbem,  expug- 
navit,  et  ingentem  inde  praedam  Romam  misit.  Lae 
vlnus  in  Macedonia  cum  Pkilippo  et  multis  Graeciae 
populis  amicitiam  fecit ;  et  in  Siciliam  profectus  Han- 
nonem,  Poenorum  ducem,  apud  Agrigentum  cepit; 
quadraginta  civitates  in  deditionem  accepit,  yiginti  sex 
expugnavit.  Ita  omni  Sicilia  recepta,  cum  ingenti  glo¬ 
ria  Romam  regressus  est. 

53.  Interea  in  Hispaniam,  ubi  duo  Scipiones  ab 
Hasdrubale  interfecti  erant.  missus  est  P.  Cornelius 
Scipio,  vir  Romanorum  omnium  fere  primus.  Hie, 
puer  duodeviginti  annorum,  in  pugna  ad  Tielnum,  pa- 
trem  singulari  virtute  servavit.  Deinde  post  cladem 
Cannensem  multos  nobilissimorum  juvenum  Italiam 
desercre  cupientium,  auctoritate  sua  ab  hoc  consilio 
deterruit.  Yiginti  quatuor  annorum  juvenis  in  Hispa¬ 
niam  missus,  die,  qua  venit,  CartbagTnem  Hoyam  ce¬ 
pit,  iu  qua  omne  aurum  et  argentum  et  belli  apparatum 
Poeni  kabebant,  nobilissimos  quoque  obsides,  quos  ab 
Hispanis  acceperant.  Hos  obsides  parentibus  suis  red¬ 
didit.  Quare  omnes  fere  Hispaniae  civitates  ad  eum 
uno  animo  transierunt. 

54:.  Ab  eo  inde  tempore  res  Romanorum  in  dies 
laetiores  factae  sunt.  Hasdriibal  a  fratre  ex  Hispania  in 
Italiam  evocatus,  apud  Senam,  Piceni  civitatem,  in  in- 
sidias  incidit,  et  strenue  pugnans  occlsus  est.  Plunmac 
autem  civitates,  quae  in  Bruttiis  ab  Hannibale  teneban- 
tur,  Romanis  se  tradiderunt. 


ROMAN  TRIUMPHS. 


19 


55.  Anno  decimo  quarto  postquam  in  Italiam  Han¬ 
nibal  venerat,  Scipio  consul  orcatus,  et  in  Africam  mis¬ 
sus  est.  Ibi  contra  Hannonem,  ducem  Cartliaginien- 
sium,  prospere  pugnat,  totumque  ejus  exercitum  delet. 
Secundo  proelio  undecim  millia  hommurn  occldit,  et 
castra  cepit  cum  quatuor  millibus  et  quingentis  militi- 
bus.  Syphacem,  Numidiae  regem,  qui  se  cum  Poenis 
conjunxerat,  cepit,  eumque  cum  nobilissimis  Numidis 
et  infmltis  spoliis  Eomam  misit.  Qua  re  audita,  omnis 
fere  Italia  Hannibalem  deserit.  Ipse  a  Carthaginiensi- 
bus  in  Africam  redlre  jubetur.  Ita  anno  decimo  septi- 
mo  Italia  ab  Iiannibale  liberata  est. 

Battle  of  Zama,  202  B.  G. 

56.  Post  plures  pugnas  et  pacem  plus  semel  frustra 
tentatam,  pugna  ad  Zamam  committitur,  in  qua  peri- 
tissimi  duces  copias  suas  ad  bellum  eaucebant.  Scipio 
victor  recedit ;  Hannibal  cum  paucis  equitibus  evadit.  * 
Post  hoc  proelium  pax  cum  Carthaginiensibus  facta 
est.  Scipio,  quum  Romam  rediisset,  ingenti  gloria  tri- 
umphavit,  atque  Africanus  appellatus  est.  Sic  finem 
accepit  secundum  Punicum  bellum  post  annum  unde- 
vicesimum  quam  coeperat. 

War  with  Philip. —  Cynoscephalae ,  197  B.  C. 

57.  Finlto  Punico  bello,  secutum  est  Macedonicum 
contra  Philippum  regem.  Superatus  est  rex  a  T 
Quinctio  Flaminio  apud  Cynoscephalas,  paxque  ei  data 
est  his  legibus :  ne  Graeciae  civitatibus,  quas  Romani 
contra  eum  defenderant,  bellum  inferret ;  ut  captlvoa 
ct  transfugas  redderet;  quinquaginta  solum  naves  ha- 
beret  ;  reliquas  Romanis  daret ;  mille  talenta  praesta- 


20 


ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  III. 


ret,  et  obsidem  daret  filium  Demetrium.  T.  Quinctius 
etiam  Lacedaemoniis  intulit  bellum,  et  ducem  eorum 
Nabidem  yicit. 

War  with  Antiochus ,  192  B.  G. 

58.  Finito  bello  Macedonico,  secuturn  est  bellum 
Syriacum  contra  Antiochum  regem,  cum  quo  Hanni¬ 
bal  se  junxerat.  Missus  est  contra  eum  L.  Cornelius 
Scipio  consul,  cui  frater  ejus  Scipio  Africanus  legatus 
est  additus.  Hannibal  navali  proelio  victus,  Antiochus 
autem  ad  Magnesiam,  Asiae  civitatem,  a  Cornelio  Sci- 
pione  coDsule  ingenti  proelio  fusus  est.  Turn  rex  An¬ 
tiochus  pacem  petit.  Data  est  ei  hac  lege,  ut  ex  Euro- 
pa  et  Asia  recederet,  atque  intra  Taurum  se  contineret, 
decern  millia  talentorum  et  viginti  obsides  praeberet, 
Hannibalem,  concitorem  belli,  dederet.  Scipio  Eomam 
rediit,  et  ingenti  gloria  triumphavit.  Homen  et  ipse, 
ad  imitationem  fratris,  Asiatici  accepit. 

War  with  Perseus. — Pydna ,  168  B.  C. 

59.  Philippo,  rege  Macedoniae,  mortuo,  filius  ejus 
Perseus  rebellavit,  ingentibus  copiis  paratis.  Dux  Eo- 
manorum,  P.  Licinius  consul,  contra  eum  missus,  gravi 
proelio  a  rege  victus  est.  Eex  tamen  pacem  petebat. 
Cui  Eomani  earn  praestare  noluerunt,  nisi  his  conditio- 
nibus,  ut  se  et  suos  Eomanis  dederet.  Mox  Aemilius 
Paullus  consul  regem  ad  Pydnam  superavit,  et  viginti 
millia  peditum  ejus  occidit.  Equitatus  cum  rege  fugit. 
LTrbes  Macedoniae  omnes,  quas  rex  tenuerat,  Eomanis 
se  dediderunt.  Ipse  Perseus  ab  amicis  desertus  in 
Paulli  potestatem  venit.  Hie,  multis  etiam  aliis  rebus 
gestis,  cum  ingenti  pompa  Eomam  rediit  in  nave  Per- 


ROMAN  TRIUMPHS. 


21 


sei,  inusitatae  magnitudinis ;  nam  sedecim  remorum 
ordines  habuisse  dicitur.  Triumphavit  magnificentis- 
sime  in  curru  aureo,  duobus  filiis  utroque  latere  adstan- 
tibus.  Ante  currum  inter  captlvos  duo  regis  Ulii  et 
ipse  Perseus  ducti  sunt. 

Third  Punic  War,  149-6  B.  C. 

60.  Tertium  deinde  bellum  contra  Cartbaginem 
susceptum  est  sexcentesimo  et  altero  anno  ab  urbe  con- 
dita,  anno  quinquagesimo  primo  postquam  secundum 
bellum  Punicum  transactum  erat.  L.  Marcius  Censo- 
rlnus  et  M.  Manlius  consules  in  Africam  trajecerunt, 
et  oppugnaverunt  Cartbaginem.  Multa  ibi  praeclare 
gesta  sunt  per  Scipionem,  Scipionis  Africani  nepotem, 
qui  tribunus  in  Africa  militabat.  Hujus  apud  omnes 
in  gens  metus  et  reverentia  erat,  neque  quidquam  magis 
Carthaginiensium  duces  vitabant,  quam  contra  eum 
proelium  committere. 

61.  Quum  jam  magnum  esset  Scipionis  nomen,  ter- 
tio  anno  postquam  Eomani  in  Africam  trajecerant,  con¬ 
sul  est  creatus,  et  contra  Cartbaginem  missus.  Is  banc 
urbem  a  civibus  acernme  defensam  cepit  ac  diruit. 
Ingens  ibi  praeda  facta,  plurimaque  inyenta  sunt,  quae 
multarum  civitatum  excidiis  Carthago  collegerat.  Haee 
omnia  Scipio  civitatibus  Italiae,  Siciliae,  Africae  red¬ 
didit,  quae  sua  recognoscebant.  Ita  Carthago  scptin- 
gente3imo  anno,  postquam  condita  erat,  deleta  est. 
Scipio  nomen  Africani  junioris  accepit. 

Corinth  taken ,  146  B.  C. 

62.  Interim  in  Macedonia  quidam  Pseudophilippus 
arma  movit,  et  P.  Juvencium,  Romanorum  ducem,  ad 


22 


ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  IV. 


internecionem  vicit.  Post  eum  Q.  Caecilius  Metellus 
dux  a  Romanis  contra  Pseudophilippum  missus  est,  et, 
viginti  quinque  millibus  ex  militibus  ejus  occisis,  Ma- 
cedoniam  recepit ;  ipsum  etiam  Pseudophilippum  in 
potestatem  suam  redegit.  Corinthiis  quoque  bellum 
indictum  est,  nobilissimae  Graeciae  civitati,  propter  in- 
juriam  Romanis  legatis  illatam.  Hanc  Mummius  con¬ 
sul  cepit  ac  diruit.  Tres  igitur  Romae  simul  celeberri- 
mi  triumphi  fuerunt;  Scipionis  ex  Africa,  ante  cujus 
currum  ductus  est  Hasdrubal ;  Metelli  ex  Macedonia, 
cujus  currum  praecessit  Andriscus,  qui  et  Pseudophi- 
lippus  dicitur ;  Mummii  ex  Corintho,  ante  quern  signa 
aenea  et  pictae  tabulae  et  alia  urbis  clarissimae  orna- 
menta  praelata  sunt 


Period  IY. — Civil  Dissensions . 

FEOM  THE  CONQUEST  OF  GREECE  TO  THE  DISSOLUTION  OF  THE 
ROMAN  COMMONWEALTH,  31  B.  C. 

•  War  with  the  Lvsitanians. —  Viriathus ,  149  B.  C. 

63.  Anno  sexcentesimo  decimo  post  urbem  condi- 
tam  Viriathus  in  Lusitania  bellum  contra  Romanos  ex- 
citavit.  Pastor  prirno  fuit,  mox  latronum  dux ;  pos- 
tremo  tantos  ad  bellum  populos  concitavit,  ut  vindex 
libertatis  Ilispaniae  existimaretur.  Denique  a  suis 
interfectus  est.  Quum  interfectores  ejus  praemium  a 
Caepidne  consiile  peterent,  responsum  est,  nunquam 
Romanis  placuisse,  imperatorem  a  militibus  suis  inter- 

r»w  * 

I1C1. 


CIVIL  DISSENSIONS. 


23 


Numantia  taken ,  133  B.  0. 

■ 

64.  Deinde  bellum  exortum  est  cum  Numantlnis 
eivitate  Hispaniae.  Victus  ab  bis  Qu.  Pompeius,  ei 
post  eum  C.  Hostilius  Manclnus  consul,  qui  pacem  cum 
iis  fecit  infamem,  quam  populus  et  senates  jussit  infrin- 
gi,  atque  ipsum  Manclnum  bostibus  tradi.  Turn  P. 
Scipio  Africanus  in  Hispaniam  missus  est.  Is  primum 
militem  ignavum  et  corruptum  correxit ;  turn  multas 
Hispaniae  civitates  -partim  bello  cepit,  partim  in  dedi¬ 
tionem  accepit.  Postremo  ipsam  Numantiam  fame  ad 
deditionem  coegit,  urbemque  evertit ;  reliquam  provin- 
ciam  in  fidem  accepit. 

War  with  Jugurtha ,  112  A  C. 

65.  P.  Scipione  ISTasIca  et  L.  Calpurnio  Bestia  con- 
sulibus,  Jugurtbae,  Namidarum  regi,  bellum  illatum 
est,  quod  Adberbalem  et  Hiempsalem,  Micipsae  filios, 
patrueles  suos,  interemisset.  Missus  adversus  eum  con¬ 
sul  Calpurnius  Bestia  corruptus  regis  pecunia  pacem 
cum  eo  flagitiosissimam  fecit,-  quae  a  senatu  improbata 
est.  Denique  Qa.  Caecilius  Metellus  consul  Jugurtham 
variis  proeliis  vicit,  elepbantos  ejus  occldit  vel  cepit, 
multas  civitates  ipslus  in  deditionem  accepit.  Ei  sue- 
cessit  C.  Marius,  qui  bello  terminum  posuit,  ipsumque 
Jugurtbam  cepit.  Ante  currum  triumpbantis  Marii 
Jugurtba  cum  duobus  filiis  ductus  est  vinctus,  ct  mox 
jussu  consulis  in  carcere  strangulatus. 

Social  or  Marsian  TFar,  91  A  G. 

66.  Sexcentesimo  quinquagesimo  nono  anno  ab  ur* 
be  condita  in  Italia  gravissimum  bellum  exarsit.  Nam 


24 


ROHAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  IY. 


Picentes,  Marsi,  Pelignlque,  qui  multos  annos  populo 
Bomano  obedierant,  aequa  cum  illis  jura  sibi  dari  pos- 
tulabant.  Perniciosum  admodum  hoc  bellum  fuit.  P. 
Butilius  consul  in  eo  occlsus  est ;  plures  exereitus  fusi 
fugatlque.  Tandem  L.  Cornelius  Sulla  cum  alia  egre- 
gie  gessit,  turn  Cluentium,  hostium  ducem,  cum  magnis 
copiis,  fudit.  Per  quadriennium  cum  grayi  utriusque 
partis  calamitate  hoc  bellum  tractum  est.  Quinto  de- 
mum  anno  L.  Cornelius  Sulla  ei  imposuit  finem.  Bo- 
mani  tamen,  id  quod  prius  negaverant,  jus  civitatis, 
bello  finlto,  sociis  tribuerunt. 

Mithridatic  War. — First  Civil  War. — Marius ,  Sulla ,  88  B.  C. 

67.  Anno  urbis  conditae  sexcentesimo  sexagesimo 
sexto  primum  Eomae  bellum  civile  exortum  est ;  eo- 
dem  anno  etiam  Mithridaticum.  Causam  bello  civili 
C.  Marius  dedit.  Nam  quum  Sullae  bellum  adversus 
Mithridatem,  regem  Ponti,  decretum  esset,  Marius  ei 
liunc  bonorem  eripere  conatus  est.  Sed  Sulla,  qui  ad- 
buc  cum  legionibus  suis  in  Italia  morabatur,  cum  exer- 
citu  Eomam  venit,  et  adversaries  cum  interfecit,  turn 
fugavit.  Turn  rebus  Eomae  utcunque  compositis,  in 
Asiam  profectus  est,  pluribusque  proeliis  Mitbridatem 
coegit,  ut  pacem  a  Bomanis  peteret,  et  Asia,  quam  in 
vaserat,  relicta,  regni  sui  finibus  contentus  esset. 

>  /  ,  .  .  I 

Civil  War ,  continued. 

68.  Sed  dum  Sulla  in  Graecia  et  Asia  Mitbridatem 
V'incit,  Marius,  qui  fugatus  fuerat,  et  Cornelius  Cinna, 
unu3  ex  consulibus,  bellum  in  Italia  repararunt,  et  in- 
gressi  Eomam  nobilissimos  ex  senatu  et  consulares  vi- 
ros  interfecerunt ;  multos  proscripserunt ;  ipslus  Sullae 


CIVIL  DISSENSIONS. 


25 


domo  eversa,  filios  et  uxorem  ad  fugam  compulerunt. 
Uni  versus  reliquus  senatus  ex  urbe  fugiens  ad  Sullarn 
in  Graeciam  venit,  orans  ut  patriae  sub  venire  t.  Sulla 
in  Italiam  trajecit,  bostium  exercitus  vicit,  mox  etiam 
urbem  ingressus  est,  quam  caede  et  sanguine  civium 
replevin  Quatuor  millia  inermium,  qui  se  dediderant, 
interflci  jussit ;  duo  millia  equitum  et  senatorum  pro- 
ecripsit.  Turn  de  Mitbridate  triumpbavit.  Duo  baec 
bella  funestissima,  Italicum,  quod  et  sociale  dictum  est, 
et  civile,  consumpserunt  ultra  centum  et  quinquaginta 
millia  bominum,  viros  consulares  viginti  quatuor,  prae- 
torios  septem,  aedilitios  sexaginta,  senatores  fere  du- 
centos. 


Mithridatic  TFar,  continued. — Lucullus. 

69.  Anno  urbis  conditae  sexcentssimo  septuagesi- 
mo  sexto,  L.  Licinio  Lucullo  et  M.  Aurelio  Cotta  con- 
sulibus,  mortuus  est  Nicomedes,  rex  Bitbyniae,  et  testa- 
mento  populum  Romanum  fecit  beredem.  Mitbridates, 
pace  rupta,  Asiam  rursus  voluit  invadgre.  Adversus 
eum  ambo  consules  missi  variam  babuere  fortunam. 
Cotta  apud  Chalcedonem  victus  proelio,  a  rege  etiam 
intra  oppidum  obsessus  est.  Sed  quum  se  inde  Mitbri¬ 
dates  Cyzicum  transtulisset,  ut,  bac  urbe  capta,  totam 
Asiam  invaderet,  Lucullus  ei,  alter  consul,  occurrit,  ac 
dum  Mithridates  in  obsidione  Cyzici  commoratur,  ipse 
eum  a  tergo  obsedit,  fameque  consumptum  multis  proe- 
liis  vicit.  Postremo  Byzantium  fugavit ;  navali  quo- 
que  proelio  ejus  duces  oppressit.  Ita  una  hieme  et 
acstate  a  Lucullo  centum  fere  millia  militum  regis  ex- 
stincta  sunt. 


2 


26 


BOMAN  HISTOBY. — PEBIOD  IY. 


War  of  the  Gladiators . — Spartacus ,  73  B.  C. 

70.  Anno  nrbis  sexcentesimo  septuagesfmo  octavo 
novum  in  Italia  bellum  commotum  est.  Septuaginta 
enim  quatuor  gladiatores,  ducibus  Spartaco,  Crixo,  et 
Oenomao,  e  ludo  gladiatorio;  qui  Capuae  erat,  effuge 
runt,  et  per  Italiam  vagantes  paene  non  levius  bellum, 
quam  Hannibal,  moverunt.  Ham  contraxerunt  exer- 
eitum  fere  sexaginta  millium  armatorum,  multosque 
duces  et  duos  Romanos  consules  vicerunt.  Ipsi  victi 
sunt  in  Apulia  a  M.  Licinio  Crasso  proconsule,  et,  post 
multas  calamitates  Italiae,  tertio  anno  huic  bello  finis 
est  impositus. 

Successes  of  Lucullus  against  Mithridates. 

71.  Interim  L.  Lucullus  bellum  Mitbridaticum  per- 
secutus  regnum  Mithridatis  invasit,  ipsumque  regem 
apud  Cablra  civitatem,  quo  ingentes  copias  ex  ornni 
regno  adduxerat  Mithridates,  ingenti  proelio  superatum 
fugavit,  et  castra  ejus  diripuit.  Armenia  quoque  Mi¬ 
nor,  quam  tenebat,  eldem  erepta  est.  Susceptus  est 
Mithridates  a  Tigrane,  Armeniae  rege,  qui  turn  ingenti 
gloria  imperabat ;  sed  hujus  quoque  regnum  Lucullus 
est  ingressus.  Tigranocerta,  nobilissimam  Armeniae 
civitatem,  cepit;  ipsum  regem,  cum  magno  exercitu 
venientem,  ita  vicit,  ut  robur  militum  Armeniorum 
deleret.  Sed  quum  Lucullus  finem  bello  imponere  pa* 
’•aret,  successor  ei  missus  est. 

Pompey  puts  down  the  Pirates ,  67  B.  C. — Is  appointed  successor 

to  Lucullus. — Death  of  Mithridates,  63  B.  G. 

...  / 

72.  Per  ilia  tempora  piratae  omnia  maria  infestabant 
ita,  ut  Romanis,  toto  orbe  terrarum  victorfbus,  sola 


CIVIL  DISSENSIONS. 


27 


navigatio  tuta  non  esset.  Quare  id  bellum  Cn.  Pom 
peio  decretum  est,  quod  intra  paucos  menses  incredibili 
felicitate  et  celeritate  confecit.  Mox  ei  delatum  bellum 
contra  regem  Mithridatem  et  Tigranem.  Quo  suscepto, 
Mitbridatem  in  Armenia  Minore  nocturno  proelio  vicit, 
castra  diripuit,  et  quadraginta  millibus  ejus  occlsis,  vi- 
ginti  tantum  de  exerciti*  suo  perdidit  et  duos  centurio- 
nes.  Mitbridates  fugit  cum  uxore  et  duobus  comitibus, 
neque  multo  post,  Pbarnacis  filii  sui  seditione  coactus, 
venenum  bausit.  Hunc  vitae  finem  babuit  Mitbrida- 
tes,  vir  ingentis  industriae  atque  consilii.  Regnavit 
annis  sexaginta,  vixit  septuaginta  duobus :  contra  Ro¬ 
manos  bellum  babuit  annis  quadraginta. 

Victories  of  Pompey  over  Tigranes :  he  taJces  Jerusalem ,  63  B.  C. 

73.  Tigrani  deinde  Pompeius  bellum  intulit.  Ule 
se  ei  dedidit,  et  in  castra  Pompeii  venit,  ac  diadema 
suum  in  ejus  manibus  collocavit,  quod  ei  Pompeius  re- 
posuit.  Parte  regni  eum  multavit  et  grandi  pecunia. 
Turn  alios  etiam  reges  et  populos  superavit.  Armeni* 
am  Minorem  Deiotaro,  Gralatiae  regi,  donavit,  quia  auxi- 
lium  contra  Mitbridatem  tulerat.  Seleuciam,  viclnam 
Antiocblae  civitatem,  libertate  donavit,  quod  regem 
Tigranem  non  recepisset.  Inde  in  Judaeam  transgres- 
sus,  Hierosolymam,  caput  gentis,  tertio  mense  cepit, 
duodecim  millibus  Judaeorum  occlsis,  ceteris  in  fidem 
receptis.  His  gestis  finem  antiquissimo  bello  imposuit. 
Ante  triumpbantis  currum  ducti  sunt  filii  Mitbridatis, 
filius  Tigranis,  et  Aristobulus,  rex  Judaeorum.  Prae- 
lata  ingens  pecunia,  auri  atque  argenti  infinitum.  Hoc 
tempore  nullum  per  orbem  terrarum  grave  bellum  erat 


28 


ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  1Y. 


Catiline's  Conspiracy,  63  B.  C. 

74.  M.  Tullio  Cicerone  oratore  et  C.  Antonio  con¬ 
sul  ibus,  anno  ab  urbe  condita  sexcentesimo  undenona- 
gesimo  L.  Sergius  Catillna,  nobilissimi  generis  vir,  sed 
ingenii  pravissimi,  ad  delendam  patriam  conjuravit  cum 
quibusdam  claris  quidem  sed  audacibus  viris.  A  Cice- 
rone  urbe  expulsus  est,  socii  ejus  deprehensi  et  in  car- 
cere  strangulati  sunt.  Ab  Antonio,  altero  consule, 
Catillna  ipse  proelio  victus  est  et  interfectus. 

Caesar  Consul ,  59  B.  C. :  in  Gaul ,  58  B.  C. 

75.  Anno  urbis  conditae  sexcentesimo  nonagesimo 
tertio  C.  Julius  Caesar  cum  L.  Bibulo  consul  est  factus. 
Quum  ei  Gallia  decreta  esset,  semper  vincendo  usque 
ad  Oceanum  Britanmcum  processit.  Domuit  autem 
annis  novem  fere  omnem  Galliam,  quae  inter  Alpes, 
flumen  Rhodanum,  Bhenum  et  Oceanum  est.  Britan- 
nis  mox  bellum  intulit,  quibus  ante  eum  no  nomen  qui¬ 
dem  Romanorum  cognitum  erat ;  Germanos  quoque 
trans  Bhenum  aggressus,  ingentibus  proeliis  yicit. 

Crassus  slain  l>y  the  Parthians ,  53  B.  C. 

76.  Circa  eadem  tempora  M.  Licinius  Crassus  con¬ 
tra  Parthos  missus  est.  Et  quum  circa  Carras  contra 
omina  et  auspicia  proelium  commisisset,  a  Surena,  Oro- 
dis  rogis  duce,  victus  et  interfectus  est  cum  filio,  claris- 
simo  et  praestantissimo  juvene.  Reliquiae  exercitus 
per  C.  Cassium  quaestorem  servatae  sunt. 

Civil  War  of  Pompe.y  and  Caesar ,  49  B.  C. 

77.  Hinc  jam  bellum  civile  successit,  quo  Romani 
nominis  fortuna  mutata  est.  Caesar  enim  victor  e  Gal* 


CIVIL  DISSENSIONS. 


29 


lia  rediens,  absens  coepit  poscere  alterum  consulatum  • 
qnem  quum  aliqui  sine  dubitatione  deferrent,  contra- 
dictum  est  a  Pompeio  et  aliis,  jussusque  est,  dimissis 
exercitibus,  in  urbem  redlre.  Propter  hanc  injuriam 
ab  Arimino,  ubi  milites  congregates  habebat,  infesto 
exereitu  Roinam  contendit.  Consules  cum  Pompeio, 
senatusque  onmis  atque  universa  nobilitas  ex  urbe  fu- 
git,  et  in  Graeciam  transiit;  et,  dum  senatus  bellum 
contra  Caesarem  parabat,  hie  vacuam  urbem  ingressus 
dictatorem  se  fecit. 

Defeat  of  Pompefs  party  in  Spain. — Battle  of  Pharsalia.  48 

B.  C. — Death  of  Pompey. 

78.  Inde  Hispanias  petit,  ibique  Pompeii  legiones 
superavit ;  turn  in  Graecia  adversum  Pompeium  ipsum 
dimicavit.  Primo  proelio  victus  est  et  fugatus ;  evasit 
tamen,  quia  nocte  interveniente  Pompeius  sequi  noluit ; 
dixitque  Caesar,  nec  Pompeium  scire  vineere,  et  illo 
tan  turn  die  se  potuisse  superari.  Deinde  in  Thessalia 
apud  Pharsalum  ingentibus  utrinque  copiis  commissis 
dimicaverunt.  Kunquam  adhuc  Romanae  copiae  ma- 
jores  neque  melioribus  ducibus  convenerant.  Pugna- 
tum  est  ingenti  contentione,  victusque  ad  postremum 
Pompeius,  et  castra  ejus  direpta  sunt.  Ipse  fugatus 
Alexandrlam  petiit,  ut  a  rege  Aegypti,  cui  tutor  a  se- 
natu  datus  fuerat,  acciperet  auxilia.  At  hie  fortunam 
magis  quam  amicitiam  secutus,  occldit  Pompeium,  ca¬ 
put  ejus  et  annulum  Caesari  misit.  Quo  conspecto, 
Caesar  lacrymas  fudisse  dicitur,  tanti  viri  intuens  caput, 
et  generi  quondam  sui. 


30 


ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  IV. 


Caesar  assassinated  in  the  Senate-House ,  44  B.  C. 

79.  Quum  ad  Alexandrlam  venisset  Caesar,  Ptole* 
maeus  ei  insidias  parare  voluit,  qua  de  causa  regi  hel¬ 
ium  illatum  est.  Eex  y ictus  in  Nilo  periit,  inventum 
que  est  corpus  ejus  cum  lorlca  aurea.  Caesar,  Alexan* 
diia  potltus,  regnum  Cleopatrae  dedit.  Turn  inde  pro- 
fectus  Pompeianarum  partium  reliquias  est  persecutus, 
bellisque  civilibus  toto  terrarum  orbe  compositis,  Eo- 
mam  rediit.  Ubi  quum  insolentius  agere  coepisset, 
conjuratum  est  in  eum  a  sexaginta  vel  amplius  senato- 
ribus,  equitibusque  Romanis.  Praecipui  fuerunt  inter 
conjuratos  Bruti  duo  ex  gen  ere  illlus  Bruti,  qui,  regibus 
expulsis,  primus  Romae  consul  fuerat,  C.  Cassius  et 
Servilius  Casca.  Ergo  Caesar,  quum  in  curiam  venis¬ 
set,  viginti  tribus  vulnenbus  confossus  est. 

♦ 

The  Second  Triumvirate ,  Octavius ,  Antony ,  and  Lepidus ,  43  B.  C. 

— Death  of  Cicero. 

80.  Inter fecto  Caesare,  anno  urbis  septic gentesimo 
nono  bella  eivilia  reparata  sunt.  Senatus  favebat  Cae- 
saris  percussonbus,  Antonius  consul  a  Caesaris  partibus 
stabat.  Ergo  turbata  republica,  Autonius,  multis  sce- 
leribus  commissis,  a  senatu  bostis  judicatus  est.  Fusus 
fugatusque  Antonius,  amisso  exercitu,  confugit  ad  Le- 
pidum,  qui  Caesari  magister  equitum  fuerat,  et  turn 
grandes  copias  militum  habebat ;  a  quo  susceptus  est. 
Mox  Octavianus  cum  Antonio  pacem  fecit,  et  quasi 
vindicaturus  patris  sui  mortem,  a  quo  per  testamentum 
fuerat  adoptatus,  Romam  cum  exercitu  profectus  extor- 
sit,  ut  sibi  juveni  viginti  annorum  consulatus  daretur. 
Turn  junctus  cum  Antonio  et  Lepido  rempublicam  ar- 


CIVIL  DISSENSIONS. 


31 


mis  tenere  coepit,  senatumque  proscripsit.  Per  Ilos 
etiam  Cicero  orator  occlsus  est,  multlque  alii  nobiles. 

Battle  of  Philippi,  42  B.  G. 

81.  Interea  Brutus  et  Cassius,  interfectores  Caesaris, 
ingens  bellum  moverunt.  Profecti  contra  eos  Caesar 
Octavianus,  qui  postea  Augustus  est  appellatus,  et  M. 
Antonius,  apud  Philippos,  Macedoniae  urbem,  contra 
eos  pugnaverunt.  Primo  proelio  victi  sunt  Antonius 
et  Caesar ;  periit  tamen  dux  nobilitatis  Cassius ;  secun- 
do  Brutum  et  infinltam  nobilitatem,  quae  cum  illis  bel¬ 
lum  susceperat,  victam  interfecerunt.  Turn  victores 
rempublicam  ita  inter  se  diviserunt,  ut  Octavianus 
Caesar  Hispanias,  Gallias,  Italiam  teneret ;  Antonius 
Orientem,  Lepidus  Africam  acciperet. 

Battle  of  Actium,  31  B.  G. 

82.  Paulo  post  Antonius,  repudiata  sorore  Caesaris 
Octaviani,  Cleopatram,  reglnam  Aegvpti,  uxorem  duxit. 
Ab  hac  incitatus  ingens  bellum  commovit,  dum  Cleo¬ 
patra  cupiditate  muliebri  optat  Romae  regnare.  Yictus 
est  ab  Augusto  navali  pugna  clara  et  illustri  apud  Ac¬ 
tium,  qui  locus  in  Eplro  est.  Hinc  fugit  in  Aegyptum, 
et,  desperatis  rebus,  quum  omnes  ad  Augustum  transi- 
rent,  se  ipse  interemit.  Cleopatra  quoque  aspidem  sibi 
admlsit,  et  veneno  ejus  exstincta  est.  Ita  bellis  toto 
orbe  confectis,  Octavianus  Augustus  Romam  rediit  an¬ 
no  duodecimo  quam  consul  fuerat.  Ex  eo  inde  tem¬ 
pore  rempublicam  per  quadraginta  et  quatuor  an  nos 
solus  obtinuit.  Ante  enim  duodecim  annis  cum  Anto¬ 
nio  et  Lepido  tenuerat.  Ita  ab  initio  principatus  ejus 
usque  ad  finem  quinquaginta  sex  anni  fuere. 


32 


ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  V. 


Period  Y. — Homan  Empire. 

FROM  THE  DISSOLUTION  OF  THE  COMMONWEALTH  TO  THE  DEATH 
OF  DOMIT1AN,  THE  LAST  OF  THE  CAESARS,  96  A.  D. 

Tiberius ,  14  A.  D . 

83.  Tiberius  Nero,  privignus  idem  ac  gener  heres- 
que  Augusti,  tot  us  ab  illo  di  versus  fuit ;  ingenio  non 
solum  arroganti  truclque,  sed  etiam  occulto,  fingendis- 
que  virtutibus  subdolo.  Principia  ejus  imperii  mode- 
rata,  Germamci  Caesaris  metu.  Quo  exstincto,  metu 
solutus,  mores  solvit.  Sed  ejus*petulantiae  a  Livia 
matre,  quam  reverebatur,  non  nibil  obstitum.  Rege 
Cappadociae,  per  speciem  amicitiae,  evocato  retentoque, 
ejus  regnum  in  provinciam  redegit.  Herodem  Agrip- 
pam,  in  custodiam  tradidit,  quia  publice  precatus  erat, 
ut  Caium,  Germamci  filium,  videret  Augustum.  Inter 
haec,  Livia  matre  demortua,  in  omne  ruit  crudelitatis 
genus.  Drusum  Caesarem,  ex  se  genitum,  affectati 
regni  suspectum,  veneno  sustulit.  Neronem  ac  Dru¬ 
sum,  Germamci  Glios,  nepotes  suos,  fame  necavit.  Se- 
jani  praefecti  praetorii  instinctu,  Romam  primorum 
civitatis  caedibus  polluit.  Sed  tandem  ira  PrincTpis  in 
ipsum  vertit  crudelitatis  auctorem.  In  Capream  insu- 
lam  quum  secessisset,  earn  infamem  reddidit  sua  nequi- 
tia  luxuque.  Ad  ultimum,  deliciis  confectus,  ad  Mise- 
num  exstinguitur,  principatus  sui  anno  vicesimo  tertio. 

Caligula,  37  A.  D. 

84.  Caius  Caligula,  Germamco  et  Agrippina  gem- 
tus,  in  castris  militari  habitu  educatus,  ex  eoque  Cali¬ 
gula  dictus  est.  Is  primo  quidem  haud  indlgnum  se 


ROMAN  EMPIRE. 


33 


German  ico  patre,  ac  populi  Romani  favore,  praebuit. 
Sed  brevi  tyrannus  exstitit,  Tiberio  immanior.  Quum 
plurima  vesanae  mentis  deliria  edidisset,  et  adversum 
cunctos  ingenti  avaritia,  libidine,  crudelitate  saevlret, 
interfectus  in  palatio  est  anno  imperii  tertio. 

Claudius ,  41  A.  D. 

85.  Claudius  Nero,  Caligulae  patruus,  ab  eo  ad  lu 
dibrium  reservatus,  imperii  successor  fuit ;  bonus  prin* 
ceps  magis,  quam  sapiens.  Britanniam  et  Orcadas  in¬ 
sulas,  sine  proelio  ac  sanguine,  subegit.  In  amlcos 
adeo  effusus,  ut  A.  Plautium,  ob  res  in  Britannia  pros- 
pere  gestas  triumphantem,  Caesar  ipse  prosequeretur, 
elque  Capitolium  conscendenti  laevum  tegeret  latus. 
Illud  dementer,  quod,  praeterito  Britannico  filio,  Nero- 
nem  privlgnum  lieredem  imperii  fecit.  Itaque  privlgni 
fraude  pater  cum  filio  exstinguitur.  Tenet  fama,  vene- 
num  Claudio  ab  Agrippina  conjuge  in  boleto  datum. 
Annos  imperavit  quatuordecim. 

Nero,  54  A.  D. 

86.  Nero,  Germanici  ex  filia  nepos,  Caligulae  avun- 
culo  magis,  quam  avo,  se  similem  praebuit.  Agrippl- 
nam  matrem,  Octaviam  conjugem,  Antoniam  amitam, 
aliosque  cognatione  proximos,  Senecam  quoque  prae- 
ceptorem,  Lucani  poetae  patruum,  ipsumque  Lucanum, 
necavit.  Ad  haec  magnam  urbis  partem,  obscuris 
aedibus  informem,  per  ludum  incendit,  ut  Trojae  re- 
praesentaret  incendium :  culpam  poenamque  in  Chris- 
tianos  transtulit.  In  re  militari  nihil  omnlno  ausus, 
Britanniam  paene  amlsit.  A  senatu  hostis  judicatus,  e 
palatio  fugit,  et  in  suburbano  se  liberti  sui  interfecit, 

2* 


34 


ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  Y. 


trigesimo  et  altero  aetatis  anno,  imperii  quarto  decimo  ] 
atque  in  eo  omnis  familia  Augnsti  consumpta  est. 

Galba ,  68  A.  D.,  Otho  and  Vitellius ,  69  A.  D. 

87.  Sergius  Galba,  Caesar  ab  exercitu  creatus,  Ne- 
roni  successit.  Sed  nimia  severitas  breve  ejus  imperi- 
um  fecit.  Othonis  insidiis  mense  septimo  jugulatur. 

88.  Otbo  Silvius.  invaso  imperio,  baud  diuturnior 
co,  quem  sustulerat,  Caesar  fuit.  Quippe,  a  Yitellio, 
qui  a  Germanicis  legionibus  imperium  acceperat,  ad 
Cremonam  levi  proelio  victus,  voluntariam  mortem  op- 
petiit  mense  imperii  quarto. 

89.  Yitellius,  a  Vespasiani  ducibus  multo  cum  dede¬ 
core  captus,  per  urbem  raptatur  nudus.  Tandem  jugu- 
latus,  praecipitatur  in  Tiberim  mense  imperii  octavo. 

Vespasian,  70  A.  D. 

90.  Yespasianus  buic  successit,  factus  apud  Palaes- 
tlnam  imperator ;  princeps  obscure  quidem  natus,  sed 
optimis  comparandus.  A  Claudio  in  Germaniam,  dein- 
de  in  Britanniam  missus,  tricies  et  bis  cum  hoste  con- 
flixit,  duas  validissimas  gentes,  viginti  oppida,  insulam 
Yectam,  Britanniae  proximam,  imperio  Bomano  adje- 
cit.  Romae  se  in  imperio  moderatissime  gessit :  pecu¬ 
niae  tantum  avidior  fuit,  ita  ut  earn  nulli  injuste  aufer- 
ret ;  quam  quum  omni  diligentia  colligeret,  tamen  stu- 
diosissime  largiebatur,  praecipue  indigentibus.  Placi- 
dissimae  lenitatis,  ut  qui  majestatis  quoque  contra  se 
reos  non  facile  punlret  ultra  exsilii  poenam.  Sub  hoc 
Judaea  Romano  accessit  imperio,  et  Hierosolyma,  quae 
fuit  urbs  nobilissima  Palaestlnae.  Acbaiam,  Lyciam, 
Rbodum,  Byzantium,  Samum,  quae  liberae  ante  boo 


ROMAN  EMPIRE. 


35 


tempus  fuerant,  item  Thraciam,  Ciliciam,  Commagenen, 
quae  sub  regibus  amlcis  egerant,  in  provinciarum  for- 
mam  redegit. 

91.  Oflensarum  et  inimicitiarum  immemor  fuit : 
convicia,  a  causidicis  et  philosophis  in  se  dicta,  leniter 
tulit :  diligens  tamen  coercitor  discipllnae  militaris. 
Hie  cum  Tito  filio  de  Hierosolymis  triumphavit.  Per 
haec  quum  senatui  et  populo,  postremo  cunctis  amabi- 
lis  ac  jucundus  esset,  exstinctus  est  in  villa  propria, 
circa  Sablnos,  annum  aetatis  agens  sexagesimum  no- 
num,  imperii  nonum  et  diem  septimum:  atque  inter 
Divos  relatus  est. 


Titus,  79  A.  D. 

92.  Huic  Titus  filius  successit,  qui  et  ipse  Vespasia- 
nus  est  dictus  ;  vir  omnium  virtutum  gen  ere  mirabilis 
adeo,  ut  amor  et  deliciae  humani  generis  diceretur. 
Romae  tantae  civilitatis  in  imperio  fuit,  ut  nullum  om- 
nlno  punlret,  convictos  adversum  sese  conjurationis 
ita  dimiserit,  ut  in  eadem  familiaritate,  qua  antea,  ha- 
buerit.  Facilitatis  et  liberalitatis  tantae  fuit,  ut  negaret 
quemquam  oportere  tristem  a  principe  discedere  ;  prae* 
terea  quum  quodam  die  in  coena  recordatus  fuisset, 
nihil  se  illo  die  cuiquam  praestitisse,  dixerit :  “Amici, 
hodie  diem  perdidi.”  Hie  Romae  amphitheatrum  ae- 
dificavit,  et  quinque  millia  ferarum  in  dedicatione  ejus 
occildit. 

93.  Per  haec  inusitato  favore  dilectus,  morbo  periit 
in  ea,  qua  pater,  villa,  post  biennium,  menses  octo,  dies 
viginti,  quam  imperator  erat  factus,- aetatis  anno  altero 
et  quadragesimo.  Tantus  luctus  eo  mortuo  publicus 
fuit,  ut  omnes  tanquam  in  propria  doluerint  orbitate. 


‘  36  ROMAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  Y. 

Senatus,  obitu  ipslus  circa  vesperam  nunciato,  nocte 
irrupit  in  curiam,  et  tantas  ei  mortuo  laudes  gratiasque 
congessit,  quantas  nec  vivo  unquam  egerat,  nec  prae- 
senti.  Inter  Divos  relatus  est. 

Domitian ,  81  A.  D. 

94.  Domitianus  mox  accepit  imperium,  frater  ipslus 
junior;  Neroni,  aut  Caligulae,  aut  Tiberio  similior, 
quarn  patri,  vel  fratri  suo.  Primis  tamen  annis  mode- 
ratus  in  imperio  fuit,  mox  ad  ingentia  vitia  progressus, 
libidTnis,  iracundiae,  crudelitatis,  avaritiae,  tantum  in 
se  odii  concitavit,  ut  merita  et  patris  et  fratris  aboleret. 
Interfecit  nobilissTmos  ex  senatu  :  dominum  se  et  deum 
primus  appellari  jussit :  nullam  sibi  nisi  auream  et  ar- 
genteam  statuam  in  Capitolio  poni  passus  est :  conso- 
brlnos  suos  interfecit :  superbia  quoque  in  eo  exsecra- 
bilis  fuit.  Expeditiones  quatuor  babuit :  unam  adver- 
sum  Sarmatas ;  alteram  adversum  Cattos  ;  duas  adver- 
sum  Dacos.  De  Dacis  Cattisque  duplicem  triumphum 
egit:  de  Sarmatis  solam  lauream  usurpavit.  Multas 
tamen  calamitates  iisdem  bellis  passus  est.  Quum  ob 
seel  era  universis  exdsus  esse  coepisset,  interfectus  est 
suorum  conjuratione  in  palatio,  anno  aetatis  quadrage* 
simo  quinto,  imperii  quinto  dectmo.  Funus  ejus  cum 
ingenti  dedecore  per  vespillones  exportatum.  et  ignobi- 
litcr  est  sepultum. 


TRADITIONARY  GREECE. 


37 


GRECIAN  HISTORY. 

Period  I. — Traditionary  Greece. 

FROM  THE  FOUNDING  OF  ATHENS  BY  CECROPS,  1556  B.  C.,  TO  THE 

PERSIAN  INVASION,  490  B.  0. 

The  Early  Kings  of  Attica. 

95.  Ante  Deucalionis  tempora  Athenienses  regem 
habuere  Cecropem  Aegyptium ;  quem,  ut  omnis  anli- 
quitas  fabulosa  est,  biformem  tradidere,' quia  primus 
marem  feminae  matrimonio  junxit.  Huic  successit 
Cranaus,  cujus  filia  Atthis  regioni  nomen  dedit.  Post 
hunc  Amphictyon  regnavit,  qui  primus  Minervae  ur- 
bem  sacravit,  et  nomen  civitati  Athenas  dedit.  Hujus 
temporibus  aquarum  illuvies  majorem  partem  populo- 
rum  Graeciae  absumpsit.  Superfuerunt,  qui  in  montes 
se  receperunt,  aut  ad  regem  Thessaliae  Deucalionem 
ratibus  evecti  sunt ;  a  quo  propterea  genus  humanum 
conditum  dicitur.  Per  ordinem  deinde  successionis 
regnum  ad  Erectheum  descendit,  sub  quo  frumenti  sa- 
tio  apud  Eleusin  a  Triptolemo  reperta  est.  In  hujus 
muneris  honorem  noctes  initiorum  sacratae.  Tenuit  et 
Aegeus,  Thesei  pater,  Athenis  regnum:  cui  quum 
Theseus  successisset,  Atticos  demigrare  ex  agris,  et  in 
astu,  quod  appellatur,  omnes  se  conferre  j  ussit. 

The  Founders  and  first  Princes  of  other  Cities. 

96.  Argivorum  rex  primus  Inachus  exstitit ;  cujus 
filius  Phoroneus  vagos  homines  ac  dispersos  in  unum 
coegisse  locum,  et  moenibus  legibusque  sepsisse  memo* 
ratur.  Danaus,  quinquaginta  generis  per  totidem  filias 


38 


GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  I. 


contrucidatis,  Argos  occupat.  Cadmus,  Europae  frater, 
literas  e  Phoenicia  deportavit  in  Graeciam  ;  Thebas  in 
Boeotia  condidit.  fthadamanthus  in  Lvcia,  Minos  in 
Greta,  summa  cum  severitatis  laude  regnarunt.  Pelops 
quoque,  Tantali  filius,  Pisae  rex,  deductis  colonis,  Pelo- 
ponneso  nomen  fecit. 

Grecian  Colonies. 

97.  Turn  Graecia  maximis  concussa  est  motibus. 
Achaei,  ex  Lacomca  pulsi,  eas  occupavere  sedes,  quas 
nunc  obtinent :  Pelasgi  Athenas  commigravere  ;  acer- 
que  belli  juvenis,  nomine  Thessalus,  natione  Thesprotius 
cum  magna  civium  manu  earn  regionem  armis  occupa* 
yit,  quae  nunc  ab  ejus  nomine  Thessalia  appellatur. 

Lycurgus ,  884  B.  C. :  Some  of  his  Laws. 

98.  Ea  tempestate  clarissimus  Graii  nominis  Lycur¬ 
gus  Lacedaemonius,  vir  generis  regii,  fuit  severissima- 
rum  justissimarumque  legum  auctor,  et  discipllnae  con- 
venientissimae  yiris :  cujus  quamdiu  Sparta  diligens 
fuit,  excelsissime  floruit.  Ac  primum  quidem  populum 
in  obsequia  principum,  j'lrincipes  ad  justitiam  imperio- 
rum  formavit.  Parsimoniam  omnibus  suasit.  Emi 
singula  non  pecunia,  sed  compensatione  mercium  jussit. 
Auri  argentlque  usum,  velut  omnium  scelerum  mate- 
riam,  sustulit.  Fundos  omnium  aequaliter  inter  omnes 
di visit.  Convivari  omnes  publice  jussit,  ne  cujus  di- 
vitiae  vel  luxuria  in  occulto  essent.  Pueros  puberes  in 
agrum  deduci  praecepit,  ut  primos  annos  non  in  luxu¬ 
ria,  sed  in  opere  et  laboribus  agerent.  Yirgines  sine 
dote  nubere  jussit,  ut  uxores  eligerentur  non  pecuniae. 
Maximum  honorem  senum  esse  voluit.  Haec  quoniam 


TRADITIONARY  GREECE. 


39 


primo,  solutis  antea  monbus,  dura  videbat  esse,  aitcto* 
rem  eorum  Apollinem  Delphicum  fingit.  Dein,  ut 
aeternitatem  legibus  suis  daret,  jurejurando  obligat 
civitatem,  nihil  eos  de  ejus  legibus  mutaturos,  prius- 
quam  reverteretur,  et  simulat,  se  ad  oraculum  Delphi- 
cum  proficisci,  consulturum,  quid  addendum  mutan- 
dumque  legibus  videretur  Deo.  Proficiscitur  autem 
Cretam,  ibique  perpetuum  exsilium  egit,  abjiclque  in 
mare  ossa  sua  moriens  jussit,  ne,  reliquiis  suis  Lacedae- 
monem  relatis,  Spartani  se  religione  jurisjurandi  solutos 
arbitrarentur. 

Institution  of  the  Olympic  Games. — Decennial  Archons  at  Athens. 

— Annual  Archons. 

99.  Clarissimum  deinde  omnium  ludicrum  certa- 
men,  et  ad  excitandam  corporis  animique  virtutem  effi- 
cacissimum,  Oljmpiorum  initium  habuit,  auctore  Iphi- 
to  Elio.  Is  eos  ludos*  mercatumque  instituit  ante  annos 
quam  Roma  conderetur  septuaginta.  Hoc  sacrum  eo- 
dem  loco  instituisse  fertur  Atreus,  quum  Pelopi  patri 
funebres  ludos  faceret.  Quo  quidem  in  ludicro,  omnis- 
que  generis  certaminum  Hercules  victor  exstitit.  Turn 
Athenis  perpetui  Archontes  esse  desierunt,  quum  fuis- 
set  ultimus  Alcmaeon :  coeperuntque  in  denos  annos 
creari ;  quae  consuetudo  in  annos  septuaginta  mansit : 
ac  deinde  annuis  commissa  est  magistratibus  respubli- 
ca.  Ex  iis,  qui  denis  annis  praefuerunt,  primus  fuit 
Charops,  ultimus  Eryxias ;  ex  annuis,  primus  Creon. 

Legislation  of  Solon,  594  B.  C. 

100.  Quum  Draconis  leges  crudeliores  essent,  quam 
ut  possent  observari,  legitur  Solon,  yir  justitia  insignis, 


40 


GRECIAN  HISTORY, — PERIOD  If. 


qui  velut  novam  civitatem  novis  legibus  conderet 
Quo  munere  ita  functus  est,  ut  et  apud  plebem  et  opti 
mates,  diuturnis  antea  dissidiis  agitatos,  parem  inlret 
gratiam.  Hujus  viri,  inter  multa  egregia,  illud  quoque 
memorabile  fuit.  Inter  Atbenienses  et  Megarenses  de 
Salamlne  insula,  quam  sibi  uterque  popillus  vindicabat, 
prope  usque  ad  interitum  dimicatum  fuerat.  Post  mul- 
tas  clades  acceptas,  Atbenienses  legem  tulerunt,  ne  quis 
illud  bellum  reparandum  proponeret.  Solon  igitur 
quum  opportunitatem  quandam  yidisset  insulae  vindi* 
candae,  dementiam  simulat ;  habituque  deformis,  more 
vecordium,  in  publicum  evolat ;  factoque  concursu  ho* 
minum,  versibus  suadere  populo  coepit,  quod  vetaba- 
tur ;  omniumque  animos  ita  inflammavit,  ut  cxtemplo 
bellum  adversus  Megarenses  decerneretur,  cfc,  devictis 
hostibus,  insula  Atheniensium  fieret. 


Period  II. — Grecian  Triumphs. 

FROM  THE  PERSIAN  INVASION  TO  THE  PELOPONNESIAN  WAR, 

431  B.  C. 

Darius  invades  Scythia :  prepares  to  invade  Greece. 

101.  Multis  in  Asia  feliciter  gestis,  Darius  Scjtbis 
bellum  intulit,  et  armatis  septingentis  millibus  homi- 
num,  Scythiam  ingressus,  quum  hostes  ei  pugnae  potes- 
tatem  non  facerent,  metuens,  ne  interrupto  ponte  Istri, 
reditus  sibi  intercluderetur,  amissis  octoginta  millibus 
hominum,  trepidus  refugit.  Inde  Macedoniam  domuit : 
et  quum  ex  Europa  in  Asiam  rddiisset,  hortantibus 
amlcis  ut  Graeciam  redigeret  insuampotestatem,  clas- 


GRECIAN  TRIUMPHS. 


41 


sem  quingentarum  navium  comparavit,  eique  Datim 
praefecit  et  Artaphernen ;  hisque  ducenta  peditum  mil- 
lia,  et  decern  equitum  dcdit,  causam  interserens,  se  hos- 
tem  esse  Atheniensibus,  quod  eorum  anxilio  Iones  Sar¬ 
des  expugnassent,  suaque  praesidia  interfecissent. 

Battle  of  Marathon ,  490  B.  C. 

102.  Praefecti  regii,  classe  ad  Euboeam  appulsa, 
celeriter  Eretriam  ceperunt,  omnesqueejus  gentis  cives 
abreptos  in  Asiam  ad  regem  miserunt.  Inde  ad  Atti- 
cam  accesserunt,  ac  suas  copias  in  Campum  Marathona 
deduxerunt.  Is  abest  ab  oppido  circiter  millia  passuum 
decem.  Hoc  in  tempore  nulla  civitas  Atiieniensibus 
auxilio  fuit,  praeter  Plataeenses ;  ea  mille  misit  mili- 
tum.  Itaque  horum  adventu  decem  millia  armatorum 
completa  sunt :  quae  manus  mirabili  flagrabat  pugnan- 
di  cupiditate :  quo  factum  est,  ut  plus,  quam  collegae, 
Miltiades  valuerit,  qui  unus  maxime  nitebatur,  ut  pri- 
mo  quoque  tempore  dimicarent.  Ejus  auctoritate  im- 
pulsi,  Athenienses  copias  ex  urbe  eduxerunt,  locoque 
idoneo  castra  fecerunt ;  deinde  postero  die,  sub  montis 
radicibus,  vi  summa  proelium  commiserunt.  Datis  et- 
si  non  aequum  locum  videbat  suis,  tamen,  fretus  nu- 
mero  copiarum  suarum,  confligere  cupiebat ;  eoque 
magis,  quod,  priusquam  Lacedaemonii  subsidio  venl- 
rent,  dimicare  utile  arbitrabatur.  Itaque  in  aciem  pe¬ 
ditum  centum,  equitum  decem  millia  produxit,  proeli- 
umque  commlsit.  In  quo  tanto  plus  virtute  valuerunt 
Athenienses,  ut  decemplicem  numerum  hostium  profli- 
garint ;  adeoque  perterruerunt,  ut  Persae  non  castra,  sed 
naves  petierint.  Qua  pugna  nihil  est  nobilius;  nulla 
enim  unquam  tarn  exigua  manus  tantas  opes  piostravit 


4:2 


GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  II. 


Xerxes  invades  Greece ,  480  B.  G. 

103.  Quum  Darius,  bellum  instauraturus,  in  ipso 
apparatu  decessisset,  filius  ejus  Xerxes  Europam  cum 
tantis  copiis  invasit,  quantas  neque  antea  neque  postea 
babuit  quisquam :  hujus  enim  classis  mille  et  ducenta- 
rum  navium  longarum  fuit,  quam  duo  millia  oneraria- 
rum  sequebantur:  terrestres  autem  exercitus  septin- 
gentorum  millium  peditum,  equitum  quadringentorum 
millium  fuerunt.  Cujus  de  adventu  quum  fama  in 
Graeciam  esset  perlata,  et  maxime  Atbenienses  peti 
dicerentur,  propter  pugnam  Maratboniam,  miserunt 
Delpbos  consultum,  quidnam  facerent  de  rebus  suis. 
Deliberantibus  Pytbia  respondit,  ut  moenibus  ligneis 
se  munlrent.  Id  responsum  quo  valeret,  quum  intelli- 
geret  nemo,  Themistocles  persuasit,  consilium  esse 
Apollinis,  ut  in  naves  se  suaque  conferrent :  eum  enim 
a  deo  significari  murum  ligneum.  Tali  consilio  proba- 
to,  addunt  ad  superiores  totidem  naves  triremes :  sua¬ 
que  omnia,  quae  moveri  poterant,  partim  Salamlna, 
partim  Troezena,  asportant;  arcem  sacerdotibus  pau- 
cisque  majoribus  natu,  ac  sacra  procuranda  tradunt; 
reliquum  oppidum  relinquunt. 

Actions  at  Thermopylae  and  Artemisium ,  480  B.  <7. 

104.  Hujus  consilium  plerisque  civitatibus  displice- 
bat,  et  in  terra  dimicari  magis  placebat.  Itaque  missi 
sunt  delecti  cum  Leonida,  Lacedaemoniorum  rege,  qui 
Thermopylas  occuparent,  longiusque  barbaros  progredi 
non  paterentur.  Hi  vim  bostium  non  sustinuerunt, 
eoque  loco  omnes  interierunt.  At  classis  communis 
Graeciae  trecentarum  navium,  in  qua  ducentae  erant 


GEECIAN  TEITJMPHS. 


IS 

Atheniensium,  primnm  apud  Artemisium,  inter  Euboe- 
am  continentemque  terram,  cum  classiariis  regiis  con- 
flixit :  angustias  enim  Themistocles  quaerebat,  ne  mul- 
titudine  cireumiretur.  Hinc  etsi  pari  proelio  discesse- 
rant,  tamen  eodem  loco  non  sunt  ausi  manere,  quod 
erat  periculum,  ne,  si  pars  navium  adversariorum  Eu- 
boeam  snperasset,  ancipiti  premerentur  periculo.  Quo 
factum  est,  ut  ab  Artemisio  discederent,  et  exadversum 
Athenas,  apud  Salamina,  classem  suam  constituerent. 

Battle  of  Salamis,  480  B.  C. 

105.  At  Xerxes,  Thermopylis  expugnatis,  protinus 
accessit  astu,  idque,  nullis  defendentlbus,  interfectis 
sacerdotibus.  quos  in  arce  invenerat,  incendio  delevit. 
Cujus  fama  perterriti  classiarii  quum  manere  non  aude- 
rent.  et  plurimi  hortarentur,  ut  domos  suas  quisque 
discederent  moenlbusque  se  defenderent ;  Themist5- 
cles  anus  restitit,  et,  universos  esse  pares  posse  aiebat, 
disperses  testabatur  perituros.  Idque  Eurybiadi,  regi 
Lacedaemoniorum,  qui  turn  summae  imperii  praeerat, 
fore  afurmabat.  Quern  quum  minus,  quam  vellet,  mo^ 
veret,  noctu  de  servis  suis,  quern  babuit  fidelissimum, 
ad  regem  misit,  ut  ei  nuntiaret  suis  verbis  :  adversarios 
ejus  in  fuga  esse,  qui  si  discessissent,  majore  cum  labo- 
re,  et  longinquiore  tempore  bellum  confecturum,  quum 
singulos  con  sec  tar  i  cogeretur ;  quos  si  statim  aggrede- 
retur,  brevi  universos  oppressurum.  Hoc  eo  valebat, 
ut  ingratiis  ad  depugnandum  omnes  cogerentur.  Hac 
re  audita,  barbarus,  nihil  doli  subesse  c  redens,  p  os  tridie 
alienissimo  sibi  loco,  contra  opportunissimo  hostibus, 
adeo  an  gusto  man  conflixit,  ut  ejus  multitudo  navium 


44 


GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  II. 


explicari  non  potuerit.  Victus  ergo  est  magis  consilio 
Themistoclis,  quam  armis  Graeciae. 

Xerxes  flies  back  into  Asia. 

106.  Hie  etsi  male  rem  gesserat,  tamen  tantas  habe- 
bat  reliquias  copiarum,  nt  etiam  cum  bis  opprimere 
posset  hostes.  Iterum  ab  eodem  gradu  depulsus  est. 
Nam  Themistbcles,  verens  ne  bellare  perseveraret,  cer- 
tiorem  eum  fecit,  id  agi,  ut  pons,  quern  ille  in  Helles- 
ponto  fecerat,  dissolveretur,  ac  reditu  in  Asiam  exclu- 
deretur ;  idque  ei  persuasit.  Itaque,  qua  sex  mensibus 
iter  fecerat,  eadem  minus  diebus  triginta  in  Asiam  re- 
versus  est,  seque  a  Themistocle  non  superatum,  sed 
conservatum  judicavit.  Sic  unlus  viri  prudentia  Grae- 
cia  liberata  est,  Europaeque  succubuit  Asia.  Haec  al¬ 
tera  victoria,  quae  cum  Marathonio  possit  comparari 
tropaeo :  nam  pari  modo  apud  Salamlna,  parvo  numero 
n avium,  maxima  post  bominum  memoriam  classis  est 
devicta. 


Battles  of  Plataea  and  Mycale ,  479  B.  C. 

107.  Postero  anno  quam  Xerxes  in  Asiam  refuge- 
rat,  Graeci,  duce  Pausania,  Mardonium,  regis  generum, 
apud  Plataeas  fuderunt :  quo  proelio  ipse  dux  cecidit, 
Barbarorumque  exercitus  interfectus  est.  Keprehensua 
Pausanias,  quod  ex  praeda  tripbdem  aureum  Delphis 
posuit,  epigrammate  scripto,  in  quo  erat  baec  senten- 
tia:  suo  ductu  Barbaros  apud  Plataeas  esse  deletos, 
ej  usque  victoriae  ergo  Apollmi  donum  dedisse.  Hos 
versus  Lacedaemonii  exsculpserunt,  neque  aliud  scrip- 
serunt,  quam  nomina  earum  civitatum,  quarum  auxilio 
Porsae  erant  victi.  Eodem  forte  die,  quo  Mardonii 


CIVIL  WARS  IN  GREECE. 


45 


copiae  deletae  sunt,  in  Asia,  ad  montem  Mycalen,  Per- 
sae  a  Graecis  navali  proelio  superati  sunt.  Jamque 
omnibus  pacatis,  Athenienses  belli  damna  reparare 
coeperunt.  Quumque  Phalenco  portu  neque  magno 
neque  bono  uterentur,  Themistoclis  consilio  triplex 
Piraeei  portus  constitutus  est,  isque  moenibus  circum- 
datus,  ut  ipsam  urbem  dignitate  aequipararet,  utilitate 
superaret.  Idem  muros  Athenarum  restituit,  non  sine 
periculo  suo,  quum  Lacedaemonii  legatos  Athenas  mi- 
sissent,  qui  id  fieri  vetarent. 


Period  III. — Civil  Wars  in  Greece . 

FEOM  THE  PELOPONNESIAN  WAR  TO  THE  ACCESSION  OF  PHILIP 

OF  MACEDON,  3C0  B.  C. 

The  Peloponnesian  War ,  431  B.  C. — Pericles. 

108.  Quum  Athenienses  maris  imperium  non  sine 
superbia  sociorum que  injuria  exercerent,  multlque,  gra* 
vi  eorum  jugo  fatigati,  alios,  qui  se  tuerentur,  circum- 
spicerent ;  tota  Graecia,  ducibus  Lacedaemoniis,  aemu- 
lae  urbi  magnitudmem  et  incrementa  inyidentibus,  in 
duas  partes  divisa,  velut  in  viscera  sua  arma  convertit. 
Hoc  bellum,  quo  nullum  aliud  florentes  Graeciae  res 
gravius  afflixit,  saepius  susceptum  et  depositum  est. 
Initio  Spartani  fines  Atticae  populabantur,  hostesque 
ad  proelium  provocabant.  Sed  Athenienses,  Periclis 
consilio,  ultionis  tempus  exspectantes  intra  moenia  se 
continebant.  Deinde,  paucis  diebus  interjectis,  naves 
conscendunt,  et,  nihil  sentientibus  Lacedaemoniis,  totam 
Laconiam  depraedantur.  Clara  quidem  haec  Periclis 


46 


GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  III. 


expeditio  est  habita ;  sed  multo  clarior  privati  patrimo 
mi  contemptus  fuit.  Nam  in  populatidne  ceterorum 
agrorum,  Penclis  agros  hostes  intactos  reliquerant,  ut 
aut  invidiam  ei  apud  cives  concitarent,  aut  in  proditio- 
nis  suspicionem  adducerent.  Quod  intelligens,  Peri¬ 
cles  agros  reipublicae  dono  dedit.  Post  haec  aliquot 
diebus  interjectis,  navali  proelio  dimicatum  est.  Yicti 
Lacedaemonii  fugerunt.  Post  plures  an  nos,  fessi  malis, 
pacem  in  annos  quinquaginta  fecere,  quam  non  nisi 
sex  annos  servaverunt.  Nam  inducias,  quas  proprio 
nomine  pepigerant,  ex  sociorum  persona  rumpebant. 
Hinc  bellum  in  Siciliam  translatum  est. 

Expedition  of  the  Athenians  against  Sicily ,  415  B.  C. 

109.  Quum  enim  jam  antea,  bello  inter  Catinienses 
et  Syracusanos  exorto,  Athenienses  Catiniensibus  opem 
tulissent,  tempore  interjecto,  quum  pacis  conditiones  a 
Syracusanis  non  servarentur,  illi  denuo  legatos  Atbe- 
nas  miserunt,  qui  sordida  veste,  capillo  barbaque  pro- 
missa,  conciduem  adeunt,  populumque  lacrymis  mo¬ 
vent,  nt,  quamvis  Peloponnesiaco  bello  districtus,  aux- 
ilium  illis  mittendum  censeret.  Igitur  classis  ingens 
decermtur ;  creantur  duces  Nicias,  Alcibiades  et  La- 
maclius  ;  tantaeque  vires  in  Siciliam  effusae  sunt,  nt  iis 
ipsis  terrori  essent,  quibus  auxilio  venerant. 

Sicilian  Expedition ,  continued . 

110.  Brevi  post,  quum  Alcibiades  revocatus  esset, 
Nicias  et  Lamachus  duo  proelia  pedestria  secundo 
Marte  pugnant ;  munitionibusque  nrbi  Syracusarum 
circumdatis,  incolas  etiam  marinis  commeatibus  inter- 
cludunt.  Quibus  rebus  fracti  Syracusani,  auxilium  a 


CIVIL  WARS  1 1ST  GREECE. 


47 


Lacedaemoniis  petiverunt.  Ab  bis  mittitur  Gylippus, 
qui,  quum  in  itinere  de  belli  jam  inclinato  statu  audi- 
visset,  auxiliis  partim  in  Graecia,  partim  in  Sicilia  con¬ 
tracts,  opportuna  bello  loca  occupat.  Duobus  deinde 
proeliis  victus,  tertio  hostes  in  fugam  conjecit,  socios- 
que  obsidione  liberavit.  In  eo  proelio  Lamachus  fort! 

ter  pugnans  occlsus  est. 

* 

Fatal  termination  of  the  Expedition ,  413  B.  C. 

111.  Sed  quum  Atbenienses,  terrestri  bello  supera* 
ti,  portum  Syracusarum  tenerent,  Gylippus  classem 
Lacedaemone  cum  auxiliis  arcessit.  Quo  cognito  et 
ipsi  Atbenienses  in  locum  amissi  ducis  Demosthenem 
et  Eurymedonta  cum  supplemento  copiarum  mittunt ; 
et,  quasi  Graeciae  bellum  in  Siciliam  translatum  esset, 
ita  ex  utraque  parte  summis  viribus  dimicabatur.  Pri- 
ma  igitur  congressione  navalis  certaminis  Atbenienses 
vincuntur ;  castra  quoque  cum  omni  publica  ac  privata 
pecunia  amittunt.  Inter  baec  mala  quum  etiam  terres¬ 
tri  proelio  victi  essent,  Demosthenes  censere  coepit,  ut 
ablrent  Sicilia,  dum  res,  quamvis  afflictae,  nondum  ta- 
men  perditae  essent.  Nicias  autem,  seu  pudore  male 
actae  rei,  seu  impellente  fato,  manere  contendit.  Re- 
paratur  igitur  navale  bellum ;  sed  inscitia  aucum,  qui 
Syracusanos,  inter  angustias  maris  facile  se  tuentes,  te- 
mere  aggressi  fuerant,  Atbeniensium  copiae  iterum  vin¬ 
cuntur.  Eurymedon  dux  in  prima  acie  fortissime  di- 
micans,  primus  cadit :  triginta  naves,  quibus  praefue- 
rat,  incenduntur;  Demosthenes  et  Nicias  autem  cum 
reliquiis  exercitus  terrestri  itinere  fugiunt.  Ab  bis  re- 
lictas  centum  triginta  naves  Gylippus  invasit,  ipsos  de- 
inde  insequitur ;  fugientes  partim  capit,  partim  caedit. 


48 


GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  III. 


Demosthenes,  amisso  exercitu,  a  captivitate  gladio  et 
voluntaria  morte  *se  vindicat:  Nicias  autem  cladem 
suorum  auxit  dedecore  captivitatis. 

Alcibiades  negotiates  with  the  Athenians  at  Samos. — The  Four 

Hundred,  411  B.  C. 

112.  Per  idem  tempus  Alcibiades  cum  duce  exer- 
citus  Atheniensium,  qui  apud  Samum  morabatur,  per 
internun tios  colloquitur,  polliceturque  his  amicitiam,  si 
respublica  a  populo  ad  senatum  translata  foret.  Itaque, 
permittente  populo,  imperium  ad  senatum  transfertur. 
Qui  quum  crudeliter  in  plebem  consuleret,  ab  exercitu 
Alcibiades  exsul  revocatur,  duxque  classi  eonstituitur. 
Statim  igitur  Athenas  scripsit,  se  cum  exercitu  ventu- 
rum,  recepturumque  a  quadringentis  jura  populi,  nisi 
ipsi  redderent.  Hac  denuntiatione  territi  senatores, 
primo  urbem  prodere  Lacedaemoniis  tentavere  ;  dein, 
quum  id  nequissent,  in  exsilium  profecti  sunt.  Itaque 
Alcibiades,  patria  ab  intestlno  malo  liberata,  summa 
cura  classem  instruit,  atque  ita  in  bellum  adversus  La- 
cedaemonios  perrexit. 

Successes  of  Alcibiades  against  the  Lacedaemonians . 

113.  Hac  expeditione  tanta  subito  rerum  coramu- 
tatio  facta  est,  ut  Lacedaemonii,  qui  paulo  ante  victores 
viguerant,  perterriti  pacem  peterent ;  yicti  enim  erant 
quinque  terrestnbus  proeliis,  tribus  navalibus,  in  qui- 
bus  trecentas  triremes  amiserant,  quae  captae  in  hos 
tium  venerant  potestatem.  Alcibiades  simul  cum  col- 
legis  receperat  Ioniam,  Hellespontum,  multas  praeterea 
urbes  Graecas,  quae  in  ora  sitae  sunt  Asiae :  quarum 
expugnav erant  quam  plurimas,  in  his  Byzantium ;  ne- 


CIVIL  WARS  IN  GREECE. 


49 


que  minus  multas  consilio  ad  amicitiam  adjunxerant, 
quod  in  captos  benevolentia  fuerant  usi.  Inde  praeda 
onusti,  locupletato  exercitu,  maximis  rebus  gestis, 
Athenas  venerunt. 

Cyrus  (the  Younger)  favors  Lysander  and  the  Lacedaemonians , 

407  B.  C. 

114.  Dum  haec  geruntur,  a  Lacedaemoniis  Lysan¬ 
der  classi  belloque  praeficitur ;  et  in  locum  Tissapher- 
nis  Darius,  rex  Persarum,  filium  suum,  Cyrum,  Ioniae 
Lydiaeque  praeposuit,  qui  Lacedaemonios  auxiliis  opi- 
busque  ad  spem  fortunae  prioris  erexit.  Aucti  igitur 
viribus  Alcibiadem  cum  centum  navibus  in  Asiam 
profectum,  dum  agros  populatur,  repentlno  adventu 
oppressere.  Magnae  et  inopinatae  cladis  nuntius  quum 
Athenas  venisset,  tanta  Atheniensium  desperado  fuit, 
ut  statim  Cononem  in  Alcibiadis  locum  mitterent,  du¬ 
els  se  fraude  magis  quam  belli  fortuna  victos  arbitran- 
tes.  Alcibiades  autem,  impetum  multitudinis  veritus, 
in  voluntarium  exsilium  proficiscitur. 

Fatal  defeat  of  the  Athenians  at  Aegospotamos ,  405  B.  C. 

115.  Itaque  Conon,  Alcibiadi  suffectus,  classem 
maxima  industria  adornat ;  sed  navibus  exercitus  de- 
erat.  Nam,  ut  numerus  militum  expleretur,  senes  et 
pueri  arma  capere  coacti  sunt.  Plunbus  itaque  proe- 
liis  adverso  Marte  pugnatis,  tandem  Lysander,  Sparta- 
norum  dux,  Atheniensium  exercitum,  qui,  navibus  re- 
lictis,  in  terram  praedatum  exierat,  ad  Aegos  flumen 
oppressit,  eoque  impetu  totum  bellum  delevit.  Hac 
enim  -clade  res  Atheniensium  pemtus  inclinata  est. 
Tributariae  civitates,  quas  metus  in  fide  retinuerat, 

3 


50 


GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  III. 


Lysandro  se  tradiderunt ;  qui,  ejectis  iis,  qui  Atheni- 
ensium  rebus  studerent,  decern  in  unaquaque  civitate 
delegit  yiros,  quibus  summum  imperium  potestatemque 
omnium  rerum  commlsit. 

Athens  surrenders  to  Ly sander ,  404  B.  C. 

116.  Lysander  Athenas  navigavit,  miseramque  civi- 
tatem,  obsidione  circumdatam,  fame  urget.  Sciebat 
enim,  ncque  ex  advectis  copiis  multum  superesse,  et, 
ne  novae  advehi  possent,  providebat.  Quibus  malis 
Athenienses  fracti,  multis  fame  et  ferro  amissis,  pacem 
petivere ;  quae  an  dari  deberet,  diu  inter  Spartanos 
sociosque  deliberatum  est.  Quum  nonnulli  nomen 
Atheniensium  delendum,  urbemque  incendio  consu- 
mendam  censerent,  Spartani  negarunt,  se  passuros,  ut 
ex  duobus  Graeciae  oculis  alter  erueretur ;  pacemque 
Atbeniensibus  sunt  polliciti,  si  longi  muri  brachia  deji- 
cerent,  navesque,  quae  reliquae  forent,  traderent ;  de- 
nique  si  respublica  triginta  rectores,  ex  embus  deli- 
gendos,  acciperet. 

Tyranny  of  the  Thirty. 

117.  His  legibus  acceptis,  tota  civitas  subito  mutari 
coepit.  Triginta  rectores  reipublicae  constituuntur, 
Lacedaemon  iis  et  Lysandro  dediti,  qui  brevi  tyranni- 
dem  in  cives  exercere  coeperunt.  Quippe  a  principio 
tria  millia  satellitum  sibi  statuunt ;  et,  quasi  hie  nume- 
rus  ad  continendam  civitatem  non  sufficeret,  septingen- 
tos  milites  a  victonbus  accipiunt.  His  copiis  instructi 
exhaustam  urbem  caedibus  et  raplnis  fatlgant :  quum* 
que  hoc  uni  ex  numero  suo  Therameni  displicere  didi* 
cissent,  ipsum  quoque  ad  terrorem  omnium  interticiunt 


CIVIL  WARS  IN  GREECE. 


51 


Quo  factum  est,  ut  multi,  urbe  relicta,  exsilii  miserias, 
quam  domesticum  terrorem  pati  mallent. 

Thrasybulus  occupies  Phyle ,  404  B.  C. 

118.  Quum  triginta  tyranni,  praepositi  a  Lacedae- 
moniis,  servitute  oppressas  tenerent  Athenas,  Thrasy¬ 
bulus  (cui  nemo  fere  praeferendus  fide,  constantia,  mag- 
nitudme  animi,  in  patriam  amore)  Phylen  confugit, 
quod  est  castellum  in  Attica  munitissimum,  quum  non 
plus  secum  haberet,  quam  triginta  de  suis.  Contemp- 
tus  est  primo  a  tyrannis,  ignorantibus,  nihil  in  bello 
debere  contemni.  Hinc,  viribus  paulatim  auctis,  in 
Piraeum  transiit,  Munychiamque  munlvit.  Hanc  bis 
tyranni  oppugnare  sunt  adorti,  ab  eaque  turpiter  re- 
pulsi  protinus  in  urbem,  armis  impedimentisque  amis- 
sis,  refugerunt.  Usus  est  Thrasybulus  non  minus  pru- 
dentia,  quam  fortitudme,  nam  cedentes  violari  vetuit : 
cives  enim  civibus  parcere  aequum  censebat;  neque 
quisquam  est  vulneratus,  nisi  qui  prior  impugnare  vo- 
luit;  neminem  jacentem  yeste  spoliavit;  nihil  attigit 
praeter  arma,  quorum  indigebat,  et  quae  ad  victum 
pertinebant.  In  secundo  proelio  cecidit  Critias,  trigin¬ 
ta  tyranndrum  acerrimus. 

The  Expedition  of  Cyrus  the  Younger. — Retreat  of  the  Ten 

Thousand ,  401  B.  C. 

119.  Eodem  fere  tempore  Darius,  rex  Persarum, 
montur,  Artaxerxe  et  Cyro  filiis  relictis.  Kegnum 
Artaxerxi,  Cyro  urbes  Lydiae,  quibus  praefectus  fuit, 
testamento  legavit.  Sed  Cyro  judicium  patris  injuria 
videbatur ;  itaque  occulte  adversus  fratrem  bellum  pa- 
ravit.  Quod  quum  nuntiatum  esset  Artaxerxi,  Cyrum 


52  GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  III. 

ad  se  arcessitum  compedibus  aureis  yinxit,  interfecis- 
setque,  nisi  mater  probibuisset.  Quod  periculum  quum 
effugisset,  Cyrus  jam  non  occulte  bellum,  sed  palam 
parare  coepit ;  auxilium  undique  contrabit.  Sed  quum 
in  proelio  commisso  fratrem  imprudentius  aggreditur, 
hunc  quidem  equi  fuga  periculo  subtraxit,  Cyrus  autem 
a  coborte  regia  circumventus  interficltur.  In  eo  proe¬ 
lio  decern  millia  Graecorum  in  auxilio  Cyri  fuere ; 
quae  et  in  cornu,  in  quo  steterant,  vice  runt,  et  post 
mortem  Cyri  neque  armis  a  tanto  exercitu  vinci,  neque 
dolo  capi  potuerunt,  sed  per  indomitas  natidnes  et  gen- 
tes  barbaras,  virtute  sua  conflsi,  in  patriam  revertun- 
tur. 

Peace  of  Antalcidas ,  387  B.  G. — Phoebidas  seizes  the  Cadmea , 

382  B.  G. 

120.  Dum  baec  geruntur,  Artaxerxes,  rex  Persa- 
rum,  legatos  in  Graeciam  mittit,  per  quos  jubet  omnes 
ab  armis  discedere ;  qui  aliter  fecisset,  eum  se  pro 
boste  babiturum :  civitatibus  libertatem  suaque  omnia 
restituit.  Fessi  tot  bellis  Graeci  cupide  paruerunt. 
Paucis  annis  interjectis,  Pboebidas  Lacedaemonius, 
quum  exercitum  Olyntbum  duceret,  itaque  per  Tbebas 
faceret,  Cadmeam  occupavit  impulsu  perpaucorum  The- 
banorum,  qui,  adversariae  factioni  quo  facilius  resiste- 
rent,  Laconum  rebus  studebant.  Quo  facto,  eum  Lace- 
daemonii  ab  exercitu  removerunt,  pecuniaque  multa- 
runt ;  neque  eo  magis  arcem  Tbebanis  reddiderunt. 
Liberandae  patriae  propria  laus  est  Pelopidae,  qui,  ex- 
silio  multatus,  Atbenas  se  contulerat.  Ille,  quum  tern- 
pus  est  visum  rei  gerendae,  communiter  cum  bis,  qui 
Tbebis  idem  sentiebant,  diem  delegit,  ad  inimicos  op- 


CIVIL  WARS  IN  GREECE. 


53 


primendos  civitatemque  liberandam,  eum,  quo  maximi 
magistrates  simul  consueverant  epulari.  Quum,  vespe- 
rascente  coelo,  duodecim  adolescentuli  Thebas  perve- 
nissent,  magistratuum  statim  ad  aures  pervenit,  exsu- 
les  in  urbem  devenisse.  Id  illi,  vino  epulisque  dediti, 
usque  eo  despexerunt,  ut  ne  quaerere  quidem  de  tanta 
re  laborarint :  qui  omnes,  quum  jam  nox  processisset, 
vinolenti  ab  exsulibus,  duce  Pepolida,  sunt  interfecti. 
Quibus  rebus  confectis,  vulgo  ad  arma  libertatemque 
vocato,  non  solum  qui  in  urbe  erant,  sed  etiam  undique 
ex  agris  concurrerunt ;  praesidium  Lacedaemoniorum 
ex  arce  pepulerunt ;  patriam  obsidione  liberaverunt. 

Ejpaminondas. — Battle  of  Leuctra ,  371  B.  C. :  of  Mantinea ,  362 

B.  G. 

121.  Paucis  post  annis,  Epaminondas,  dux  Theba- 
nus,  apud  Leuctra  superavit  Lacedaemonios,  eoque  res 
utrorumque  perduxit,  ut  Thebani  Spartam  oppugna- 
rent,  Lacedaemonii  satis  haberent,  si  salvi  esse  possent. 
Idem  imperator  apud  Mantineam,  quum  universi  in 
unnm  hostes  impetum  fecissent,  graviter  vulneratus 
concidit.  Hujus  casu  aliquantum  retardati  sunt  Boeo- 
tii,  neque  tamen  prius  pugna  excesserunt,  quam  repug- 
nantes  profligarunt.  At  Epaminondas  quum  animad- 
verteret,  mortiferum  se  vulnus  accepisse,  simulque,  si 
ferrum,  quod  ex  bastlli  in  corpore  remanserat,  extrax- 
isset,  animam  statim  emissurum,  usque  eo  retinuit, 
quoad  renuntiatum  est,  vicisse  Boeotios.  Id  postquam 
audlvit,  “Satis,”  inquit,  “vixi;  invictus  eniin  morior.” 
Turn,  ferro  extracto,  confestim  exanimatus  est. 


54 


GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  IY. 


Period  IY. — Graeco-Macedonian  Empire. 

FROM  THE  ACCESSION  OF  PHILIP  TO  THE  DEATH  OF  ALEXANDER 

323  B.  C. 

Decline  of  the  Grecian  States. — Rise  of  the  Macedonian  Power. 

122.  Sine  dubio  post  Leuctricam  pugnam  Lacedae- 
monii  se  nunquam  refecerunt ;  et  Thebae,  quod,  quam- 
diu  Epaminondas  praefuit  reipublicae,  eaput  fuit  totlus 
Graeciae,  et  ante  eum  natum,  et  post  ejus  interitum, 
perpetuo  alieno  paruerunt  imperio.  Atlienienses,  non 
ut  olim  in  classem  et  exercitum,  sed  in  dies  festos  appa- 
ratusque  ludorum  reditus  publicos  effundebant,  frequen- 
tiusque  in  theatris  quam  in  castris  versabantur.  Qui- 
bus  rebus  effectum  est,  ut  obscurum  antea  Macedbnum 
nomen  emergeret ;  et  Philippus,  obses  triennio  Tbebis 
habitus  in  Epaminondae  domo,  hujus  praestantissimi 
viri  et  Pelopidae  yirtutibus  erudltus,  Graeciae  servitu- 
tis  jugum  imponeret. 

Philip  takes  Amphipolis ,  358  B.  C. 

123.  Huic  regi  primum  cum  Atheniensibus  certa- 
men  ad  Amphipolin  fuit ;  quibus  per  insidias  victis, 
quum  interficere  omnes  posset,  incol times  sine  pretio 
dimisit.  Post  haec,  bello  in  Illyrios  translato,  multa 
millia  hostium  caedit.  Urbem  nobilissimam  Larissam 
capit  in  Thessalia,  non  praedae  cupid itate,  sed  quod 
exercitui  suo  robur  Thessalorum  equitum  adjungero 
gestiebat. 

Extension  of  Philip's  power. 

124.  Philippus,  quum  magnam  gloriam  apud  om¬ 
nes  nationes  adeptus  esset,  Olynthios  aggreditur.  Re- 


GRAECO-MACEDONIAN  EMPIRE. 


65 


ceperant  enim  per  misericordiam,  post  caedem  uni  us, 
duos  fratres  ejus,  quos  Philippus  ex  noverca  genitos, 
velut  aemulos  regni,  interficere  gestiebat.  Ob  banc 
igitur  causam  urbem  antlquam  et  nobilem  exscindit,  et 
fratres  olim  destinato  supplicio  tradit,  simulque  praeda 
ingen ti  fruitur.  Inde  auraria  in  Thessalia,  argenti  me- 
talla  in  Thracia  occupat.  His  ita  gestis,  forte  evenit, 
ut  eum  fratres  duo,  reges  Thraciae,  disceptationum  sua- 
rum  judicem  eligerent.  Sed  Philippus  ad  judicium, 
velut  ad  bellum,  instructo  exercitu  supervenit,  et  regno 
utrumque  spoliavit. 

Battle  of  Chceronea ,  338  B.  G. 

125.  Quum,  in  Scythiam  praedandi  causa  profectus, 
virtute  et  numero  praestantes  Scythas  dolo  yicisset,  diu 
dissimulatum  bellum  Atbeniensibus  infert,  quorum 
causae  Thebani  se  junxerunt.  Facta  igitur  inter  duas 
an  tea  infestissimas  civitates  societate,  legatiorubus  Grae- 
ciam  fatlgant.  Communem  hostem  putant  communi- 
bus  viribus  summovendum ;  neque  enim  cessaturum 
Philippum,  nisi  omnem  Graeciam  domuerit.  Motae 
quaedam  civitates  Atheniensibus  se  jungunt ;  quasdam 
autem  ad  Philippum  belli  metus  traxit.  Proelio  ad 
Chaeroneam  commisso,  quum  Athenienses  longe  majo- 
re  militum  numero  praestarent,  tamen  assiduis  bellis 
indurata  Macedonum  virtute  vincuntur.  Hon  tamen 
immemores  pristmae  virtutis  ceciderunt;  quippe  ad- 
versis  vulneribus  omnes  loca,  quae  tuenda  a  ducibus 
acceperant,  morientes  corporibus  texerunt.  Hie  dies 
universae  Graeciae  et  gloriam  dominationis  et  vetustis- 
simam  libertatem  finlvit. 


V 


56  GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  IY. 

Philip  prepares  to  invade  Persia. 

126.  Hujus  victoriae  callide  dissimulata  laetitia  est 
Non  solita  sacra  Philippus  ilia  die  fecit ;  non  in  convi- 
vio  risit ;  non  coronas  ant  unguenta  sumpsit ;  et,  quan¬ 
tum  in  illo  Puit,  ita  vicit,  ut  yictorem  nemo  scntTret. 
Atheniensibus,  quos  pass  as  infestissimos  fuerat,  et  cap- 
tlvos  gratis  remlsit,  et  bello  consumptorum  corpora 
sepulturae  reddidit.  Compositis  in  Graecia  rebus,  om¬ 
nium  civitatum  legatos  ad  formandum  rerum  praesen- 
tium  statum  evocari  Corinthum  jubet.  Ibi  pacis  leges 
universae  Graeciae  pro  mentis  singularum  civitatum 
statuit,  conciliumque  omnium,  veluti  unum  senatum,  ex 
omnibus  legit.  Auxilia  deinde  singularum  civitatum 
describuntur ;  nec  dubium  erat,  eum  Persarum  impe* 
rium  et  suis  et  Graeciae  viribus  impugnaturum  esse. 

Death  of  Philip,  336  B.  C. 

127.  Interea  dum  auxilia  a  Graecia  coeunt,  nuptias 
Cleopatrae  filiae,  et  Alexandri,  quern  regem  Epiri  fe- 
cerat,  magno  apparatu  celebrat.  Ubi  quum  Philippus 
ad  ludos  spectandos,  medius  inter  duos  Alexandros,  et 
filium  et  generum,  contenderet,  Pausanias,  nobilis  ex 
Macedonibus  adolescens,  occupatis  angustiis,  Philippum 
in  transitu  obtruncat.  Hie  ab  Attalo  indigno  modo 
tractatus,  quum  saepe  querelam  ad  Philippum  frustra 
detulisset,  et  honoratum  insiiper  adversarium  videret, 
iram  in  ipsum  Philippum  vertit,  ultionemque,  quam 
ab  adversario  non  poterat,  ab  iniquo  judice  exegit. 

Alexander  the  Great  succeeds  to  the  Macedonian  Throne ,  336  B.  C. 

128.  Philippo  Alexander  filius  successit,  et  viriute 
et  vitiis  patre  major.  Yincendi  ratio  utrlque  diversa. 


GRAECO-MACEDONIAN  EMPIRE.  67 

Hie  aperte,  ille  artibus  bella  tractabat.  Deceptis  ill© 
gaudere  hostibus,  bic  pal  am  fusis.  Prudentior  ille  con- 
silio,  hie  ammo  magnificentior.  Iram  pater  dissimu- 
lare,  plerumque  etiam  vincere ;  hie  ubi  exarsisset,  nee 
dilatio  ultionis,  nee  modus  erat.  Vini  uterque  nimis 
avidus ;  sed  ebrietatis  diversa  ratio.  Pater  de  convivio 
in  hostem  procurrere,  manum  conserere,  periculis  se 
temere  ofierre  ;  Alexander  non  in  hostem,  sed  in  suos 
saevlre.  Kegnare  ille  cum  amlcis  volebat ;  hie  in  ami- 
cos  regna  exercebat.  Amari  pater  malle,  hie  metui. 
Literarum  cultus  utrlque  similis.  Solertiae  pater  ma- 
joris,  hie  fidei.  Yerbis  atque  oratione  Philipp  us,  hie 
rebus  moderation  Parcendi  victis  filio  animus  promp- 
tior  ;  ille  nee  sociis  abstinebat.  Frugalitati  pater,  lux- 
uriae  filius  magis  deditus  erat.  Quibus  artibus  orbis 
imperii  fundamenta  pater  jecit,  operis  totlus  gloriam 
filius  consummavit. 

Beginning  of  Alexander's  Reign. 

129.  Imperio  suscepto,  prima  Alexandro  cura  pater- 
narum  exsequiarum  fuit ;  in  quibus  ante  omnia  caedis 
conscios  ad  tumulum  patris  occldi  jussit.  Inter  initia 
regni  multas  gentes  rebellantes  compescuit ;  orientes 
nonnullas  seditiones  exstinxit.  Deinde  ad  Persicum 
bellum  proficiscens,  patrimonium  omne  suum,  quod  in 
Macedonia  et  Europa  habebat,  amlcis  divlsit ;  sibi 
Asiam  sufficere  praefatus.  Nee  exercitui  alius  quam 
regi  animus  fuit.  Quippe  omnes  obllti  conjugum  libe- 
rorumque,  et  longinquae  a  domo  militiae,  nihil  nisi 
Orientis  opes  cogitabant.  Quum  delati  in  Asiam  es- 
sent,  primus  Alexander  jaculum  yelut  in  hostllem  ter¬ 
rain  jecit ;  armatusque  de  navi  tripudianti  similis  pro- 

3* 


58 


GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  IT. 


siluit,  atque  ita  hostias  caedit,  precatus,  ne  se  regem 
illae  terrae  inyltae  accipiant.  In  Ilio  quoque  ad  tumu- 
los  herouro,  qui  Trojano  bello  ceciderant,  parentavit. 

Battle  of  the  Granlcus ,  334  B.  G. 

180.  Indc  hostem  petens  milites  a  populatione  Asiae 
proliibuit  parcendum  suis  rebus  praefatus,  nec  perdenda 
ea,  quae  possessuri  venerint.  In  exercitu  ejus  fuere 
peditum  triginta  duo  millia,  equitum  quatuor  millia 
quingenti,  naves  centum  octoginta  duae.  Hac  tam 
parva  manu  universum  terrarum  orbem  vincere  est 
aggressus.  Quum  ad  tam  periculosum  bellum  exerci- 
tum  legeret,  non  juvenes  robustos,  sed  veteranos,  qui 
cum  patre  patruisque  militaverant,  elegit :  ut  non  tam 
milites,  quam  magistros  militiae  electos  putares.  Pri- 
ma  cum  lioste  congressio  in  campis  Adrastlae  fuit.  In 
acie  Persarum  sexcenta  millia  militum  fuerunt,  quae 
non  minus  arte  quam  virtute  Macedbnum  superata,  ter- 
ga  verterunt.  Magna  itaque  caedes  Persarum  fuit. 
De  exercitu  Alexandri  novem  pedites,  centum  viginti 
equites  cecidere ;  quos  rex  magnif  ice  liumatos  statuis 
equestribus  donavit ;  cognatis  eorum  autem  immunita- 
tes  a  publicis  muneribus  dedit.  Post  victoriam  major 
pars  Asiae  ad  eum  defecit.  Habuit  et  plura  proelia 
cum  praefectis  Darli,  quos  jam  non  tam  armis,  quam 
terrore  nominis  sui  vicit. 

Battle  of  Issus,  333  B.  C. 

131.  Interea  Darius  cum  quadringentis  millibus 
peditum  ac  centum  millibus  equitum  in  aciem  procedit. 
Commisso  proelio,  Alexander  non  ducis  magis  quam 
militis  munia  exsequebatur,  oplmum  decus  c°eso  xege 


GRAECO-MACEDONIAN  EMPIRE. 


69 


expetens.  Quippe  Darius  curru  subllmis  eminebat,  et 
suis  ad  se  tuendum,  et  hostibus  ad  incessendum,  ingeus 
incitamentum.  Macedones  cum  rege  ipso  in  equitum 
agmen  irrumpunt.  Turn  vero  similis  r ulnae  strages 
erat.  Circa  currum  Darli  jacebant  nobilissimi  duces, 
ante  oculos  regis  egregia  morte  defuncti.  Macedonum 
quoque,  non  quidem  multi,  sed  promptissimi  tamen 
caesi  sunt :  inter  quos  Alexandri  dextrum  femur  levi- 
ter  mucrone  perstrictum  est.  Jamque  qui  Darlum  ve- 
hebant  equi,  confossi  hastis  et  dolore  efferati,  jugum 
quatere  et  regem  curru  excutere  coeperant:  quum 
ille,  veritus  ne  yivus  venlret  in  bostium  potestatem, 
desilit,  et  in  equum,  qui  ad  hoc  ipsum  sequebatur,  im- 
ponitur,  insignibus  quoque  imperii,  ne  fugam  prode¬ 
rent,  indecore  abjectis.  Turn  vero  ceteri  dissipantur 
metu,  et,  qua  culque  patebat  via,  erumpunt.  Inter 
captivos  castrorum  mater  et  uxor  et  filiae  duae  Darli 
fuere :  in  quas  Alexander  ita  se  gessit,  ut  omnes  ante 
eum  reges  et  continentia  et  dementia  vinceret. 

Tyre  besieged  and  taken ,  332  B.  C. 

132.  Jam  tota  Syria,  jam  Phoenlce  quoque  Mace¬ 
donum  erat,  excepta  Tyro,  cujus  urbis  incolae,  fiducia 
loci,  obsidionem  ferre  decreverant.  Alexander,  quum 
et  classem  procul  haberet,  et  longam  obsidionem  mag- 
no  sibi  ad  cetera  impedimento  videret  fore,  caduceato- 
res,  qui  ad  pacem  eos  compellerent,  misit :  quos  Tyrii 
contra  jus  gentium  occisos  praecipitaverunt  in  altum. 
Atque  ille,  tarn  indigna  morte  commotus,  urbem  obsi- 
dere  statuit.  Sed  ante  jacienda  moles  erat,  quae  conti- 
nenti  urbem  committeret :  magna  vis  saxorum  ad  ma- 
uum  erat,  Tyro  vetere  praebente :  materies  ex  Libano 


60  GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  17. 

monte  ratibus  et  turnbus  faciendis  advehebatur.  In- 
cepto  operi  et  fretum  ipsnm,  Africo  maxime  objectum, 
obstabat ;  et  Tyrii,  quicquid  ad  impediendam  molem 
excogitari  poterat,  non  segniter  exsequebantur.  Septi- 
mo  demum  mense  capta  est  urbs  et  vetustate  originis 
et  crebra  fortunae  varietate  ad  memoriam  posteritatis 
inslgnis.  Alexander,  exceptis  qui  in  templa  confuge- 
rant,  omnes  interfici,  ignemque.tectis  injici  jubet.  His 
per  praeconem  nuntiatis,  nemo  tamen  armatus  opem  a 
diis  petere  sustinuit :  pueri  virgihesque  templa  comple- 
ver-ant ;  yiri  in  vestibulo  suarum  quisque  aedium  sta- 
bant,  parata  saevientibus  tnrba :  qnantumque  sanguinis 
fusurn  sit,  vel  ex  hoc  aestimari  potest,  quod  intra  muni- 
menta  urbis  sex  millia  armatdrum  trucidati  sunt.  Triste 
deinde  spectaculum  yictonbus  ira  praebuit  regis.  Duo 
millia,  in  quibus  occidendis  defecerat  rabies,  crucibus 
affixi  per  ingens  litoris  spatium  pependerunt. 

Alexa ruler  in  Egypt ,  332  B.  C. — lie  visits  the  Temple  of  Jupiter 

Hammon. 

133.  Aegyptii,  olim  Persarum  opibus  infensi,  Alex- 
andrum  laeti  receperunt :  nec  sustinuere  adventum  ejus 
Persae,  defectione  quoque  perternti.  A  Memphi,  Nilo 
amne  vectus  rex  in  interiora  penetrat ;  compositisque 
rebus  ita,  ut  nihil  ex  patrio  Aegyptiorurn  more  muta- 
ret,  adlre  Jovis  Hammonis  oraculum  statuit.  Quatri- 
duo  per  vastas  solitudmes  absumpto,  tandem  ad  sedem 
consecratam  deo  ventum  est,  undique  ambientibus  ra- 
mis  contectam.  Eegem  propius  adeuntem  maximus 
natu  e  saeerdotibus  filium  appellat,  hoc  nomen  illi 
parentem  Jovem  reddere  affirmans.  Ille  se  vero  et 
accipere  ait  et  agnoscere,  humanae  sortis  oblltus.  Con- 


GRAECO-MACEDONIAN  EMPIRE.  61 

Bulit  deinde,  an  totlus  orbis  imperium  sibi  destinaret 
pater.  Aeque  in  adulationem  compositus,  terrarum 
omnium  rectorem  fore  ostendit.  Post  haec  institit  quae- 
lere,  an  omnes  parentis  sui  interfectores  poenas  dedis¬ 
sent.  Sacerdos  parentem  ejus  negat  nlllus  scelere 
posse  violari,  Philippi  autem  omnes  luisse  supplicia. 
Sacrificio  deinde  facto,  dona  et  sacerdotibus  et  deo  da¬ 
ta,  permissumque  amlcis,  nt  ipsi  quoque  consulerent 
Jovem.  Nihil  amplius  quaesiverunt,  quam  an  auctor 
esset  sibi  divlni3  hononbus  colendi  suum  regem.  Hoc 
quoque  acceptum  fore  Jovi  vates  respondit.  Yera  et 
salubri  aestimatione  fides  oraciili  vana  profecto  ei  videri 
potuisset :  sed  fortuna,  quos  uni  sibi  credere  coegit, 
magna  ex  parte  avidos  gloriae  magis  quam  capaces  fa- 
eit.  Rex  ex  Hammone  rediens  elegit  urbi  locum,  ubi 
nunc  est  Alexandria,  appellationem  trahens  ex  nomine 
auctoris. 

» 

j Darius  malces  his  last  proposals  of  Peace. 

134.  Jam  Darius  pervenerat  Arbela  vicum,  nobilem 
sua  clade  facturus.  Hie,  quum  fides  ei  facta  esset,  regl- 
nam  suam  quae  captlva  in  Alexandri  castris  paulo  ante 
decesserat,  caste  sancteque  habitam  esse,  victus  conti¬ 
nents  hostis,  ad  novas  pacis  condi tiones  ferendas  decern 
legatos,  cognatorum  principes,  misit.  Neque  jam  im- 
perio  Alexandri  finem  destinat  Halvm  amnem,  qui 
Lydiam  terminat :  quicquid  inter  Hellespontum  et  Eu- 
phratem  est,  in  dotem  filiae  offert.  Quum  Parmenio 
ingrata  regi  oratione  suasisset,  ut  oplmum  regnum  con- 
ditione  occuparet,  non  bello:  “Et  ego,”  inquit,  “pecu- 
niam  quam  gloriam  mallem,  si  Parmenio  essem.”  Di 
missi  legati  nuntiant,  adesse  certamen. 


62 


GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  IV. 


Darius  conquered  near  Arbela ,  331  B.  C. 

135.  Alexander,  non  alias  magis  territus,  sacrificio 
rite  perpetrato,  rePquum  noctis  acquieturus  in  taberna- 
culnm  rediit.  Sed  nec  somnum  capere  nec  quietum 
pati  poterat :  tandem  gravatum  ammi  anxietate  corpus 
altior  somnus  oppressit.  Jamqne  luce  orta,  quum  da¬ 
ces  ad  accipienda  imperia  convenissent,  Parmenio,  re¬ 
gem  saepius  nomine  compellatum,  quum  voce  non  pos¬ 
set,  tactu  excitavit.  Earo  admddum,  admonitu  magis 
amicorum  quam  metu  discriminis  adeundi,  tkorace  uti 
solebat :  tunc  quoque  munimento  corporis  sumpto  pro- 
cessit  ad  milites.  Haud  alias  tarn  alacrem  viderant  re¬ 
gem,  et  vultu  ejus  internto.spem  victoriae  auguraban- 
tur.  Earo  in  ullo  proelio  tantum  sanguinis  fusum  est. 
Tandem  Darli  aurlga,  qui  ante  ipsum  sedens  equos  re- 
gebat,  basta  transfixus  est ;  nec  aut  Persae  aut  Mace- 
dones  dubitavere,  quin  ipse  rex  esset  occlsus.  Cedere 
Persae,  et  laxare  ordmes ;  jamque  non  pugna  sed  cae- 
des  erat,  quum  Darius  quoque  currum  suum  in  fugam 
vertit ;  victori  Alexandro  Asiae  imperium  obtigit. 

Disturbances  in  Greece. 

136.  Dum  haec  in  Asia  gerebantur,  Graecia  fere 
omnis,  spe  recuperandae  libertatis,  ad  arma  concurre- 
rat,  auctoritatem  Lacedaemoniorum  secuta.  Dux  hujus 
belli  Agis,  rex  Lacedaemoniorum,  fuit.  Quern  motum 
Antipater,  dux  ab  Alexandro  in  Macedonia  relictus, 
in  ipso  ortu  oppressit.  Magna  tamen  utrimque  caedes 
fuit.  Agis  rex,  quum  suos  terga  dantes  videret,  dimis- 
sis  satellitibus  ut  Alexandro  felicitate,  non  virtute  infe¬ 
rior  videretur,  tantam  stragem  hostium  edidit,  ut  agmi* 


GRAECO-MACEDONIAN  EMPIRE. 


63 


na  interdum  fugaret.  Ad  postremum,  etsi  a  multitu- 
dine  yictus,  gloria  tamen  omnes  yicit. 

Alexander  invades  India. 

137.  Post  haec  Indiam  petit,  nt  Oceano  finiret  im- 
perium.  Cui  gloriae  ut  etiam  exercitus  ornamenta  con- 
venirent,  phaleras  equorum  et  arma  militum  argento 
inducit ;  exercitumque  suum,  ab  argenteis  clypeis,  Ar- 
gyraspidas  appellavit.  Quum  ad  Nysam  urbem  yenis- 
set,  oppidanis  non  repugnantibus,  fiducia  Liberi  patris, 
a  quo  condita  urbs  erat,  parci  jussit.  Tunc  ad  sacrum 
montem  duxit  exercitum,  vite  hederaque  non  aliter 
vestltum,  quam  si  manu  cultus  exornatusque  esset. 
Ubi  ad  montem  accessit,  exercitus,  repentlno  mentis 
impetu  correptus,  ululare  coepit,  et  Bacchantium  more 
discurrit. 

The  limit  of  Alexander's  Conquests. 

138.  Quum  ad  Hypliasim  venisset,  ubi  eum  cum  du- 
centis  millibus  equitum  hostes  opperiebantur,  exercitus 
omnis  labonbus  fessus,  lacrymis  eum  precatur,  flnem 
tandem  belli  faceret ;  aliquando  patriae  reditusque  me- 
minisset,  militumque  annos  respiceret.  Ostendere  alius 
canitiem,  alius  vulnera,  alius  aetate  consumptum  corpus 
et  cicatricibus  obductum.  Motus  eorum  precibus,  ye- 
luti  finem  victoriis  facturus,  castra  solito  magnificen- 
tiora  fieri  jussit,  quorum  molitionibus  et  hostis  terrere- 
tur,  et  posteris  sui  admiratio  relinqueretur.  Nullum 
opus  laetius  milites  fecerunt.  Itaque  caesis  hostlbus 
cum  gratulatione  in  haec  castra  reverterunt. 


64 


GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  IY. 


Alexander  returns  to  Babylon,  824  B.  C. 

139.  Ab  ultimis  oris  Oceani  Babyloniam  rever- 
tenti  nuntiatur,  non  solum  legationes  Cartbaginiensium 
ceterarumque  Africae  civitatum,  sed  et  Hispaniarum, 
Siciliae,  Galliae,  Sardiniae,  nonnullas  quoque  ex  Ita¬ 
lia  ejus  adventum  Babyloniae  opperiri.  Hac  igitur  ex 
causa  Babyloniam  festinanti  quidam  ex  Magis  praedix- 
it,  ne  urbem  introlret,  testatus,  bunc  locum  ei  fatalem 
fore.  Sed  ab  Anaxarcho  pbilosopbo  compulsus,  ut 
Magorum  praedicta  contemneret,  Babyloniam  reversus, 
convivium  solemniter  instituit.  Ibi  quum  totus  in  lae- 
titiam  effusus  esset,  recedentem  jam  e  convivio  Medius 
Tbessalus,  instaurata  comissatione  invltat.  Accepto 
poculo,  inter  bibendum  veluti  telo  confixus  ingemuit, 
elatusque  e  convivio  semianimis,  tanto  dolore  cruciatus 
est,  ut  ferrum  in  remedia  posceret. 

Death  of  Alexander,  823  B.  G. 

140.  Quarta  die  Alexander  indubitatam  mortem 
sentiens,  agnoscere  se  fatum  domus  majorum  suorum, 
ait;  namque  plerosque  Aeacidarum  intra  tricesimum 
annum  defunctos.  Tumultuantes  deinde  inilites,  insi- 
diis  periisse  regem  suspicantes,  ipse  sedavit, v  eosque 
omnes  ad  conspectum  suum  admisit,  osculandamque 
dextram  porrexit.  Quum  lacrymarent  omnes,  ipse  non 
sine  lacrymis  tantum,  verum  etiam  sine  ullo  tristioris 
mentis  argumento  fuit.  Ad  postremum  corpus  suum 
in  Hammonis  templo  condi  jubet.  Quum  deficere  eum 
amici  viderent,  quaerunt,  quern  imperii  faciat  beredem  ; 
respondit,  dignissimum.  Hac  voce  omnes  amicos  suoa 
ad  aemulam  regni  cupiditatem  accendit.  Sexta  die, 


DECLINE  OF  GRECIAN  POWER. 


65 


praeclusa  voce,  exemptum  digito  annulum  Perdiccae 
tradidit,  quae  res  gliscentem  amieorum  discordiam  se* 
davit.  Nam  etsi  non  voce  nuncupatus  heres,  judicio 
tamen  electus  esse  videbatur. 

Remarks  on  the  character  of  Alexander. 

141.  Decessit  Alexander  mensem  unum  tres  et  tri- 
ginta  annos  natus,  vir  supra  humanum  modum  vi  ani- 
mi  praeditus.  Ornina  quaedam  magnitudinem  ejus  in 
ipso  ortu  portendisse  existimabantur.  Quo  die  natus 
est,  pater  ejus  nuntium  duarum  victoriarum  accepit 
alterius  belli  Illynci,  alterius  certaminis  Olympiad,  in 
quod  quadrigas  miserat.  Puer  acerrimis  literarum  stu- 
diis  erudltus  fuit.  Exacta  pueritia,  per  quinquennium 
Aristotele,  philosopho  praestantissimo,  usus  est  magis- 
tro.  Accepto  tandem  imperio  tantam  militibus  suis 
fiduciam  fecit,  ut,  illo  praesente,  nulllus  hostis  arma 
timerent.  Itaque  cum  nullo  hoste  unquam  congressus 
est,  quern  non  vicerit ;  nullam  urbem  obsedit,  quam 
non  expugnaverit.  Yictus  denique  est  non  virtute 
bostlli,  sed  insidiis  suorum  et  fraude. 


Period  Y. — Decline  of  Grecian  Power . 

V 

FROM  THE  nEATn  OF  ALEXANDER  TO  THE  SUBJUGATION  OF 
GREECE  BY  THE  ROMANS,  146  B.  C. 

Aridaeus ,  the  son  of  Philip,  is  proclaimed  King. 

142.  Pedites  Aridaeum,  Alexandri  fratrem,  regem 
appellant,  satellitesque  illi  ex  turba  sua  legunt,  et  no¬ 
mine  Philippi  patris  vocari  jubent.  Magna  hinc  in 


66 


GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  V. 


castris  seditione  orta,  tandem  ab  equitibus  quoque  Ari- 
daeus  rex  agnoscitur.  His  ita  compositis,  Macedoniae 
et  Graeciae  Antipater  praeponitur:  regiae  pecuniae 
custodia  Cratero  traditur :  castrorum  et  exercitus  cura 
Meleagro  et  Perdiccae  assignatur ;  j  ubeturque  Aridaeus 
rex  corpus  Alexandri  in  Hammonis  templum  deducere. 
Tunc  Perdicca,  lustratione  castrorum  indicta,  seditiosos 
supplicio  occulte  tradi  jubet.  Keversus  inde,  provin- 
cias  inter  principes  diylsit. 

Disputes  between  Alexander's  Generals. 

143.  Post  baec  bellum  inter  Perdiccam  et  Antigo- 
num  oritur,  quod,  velut  incendium,  mox  latius  serpsit. 
Macedonia,  in  duas  partes  discurrentibus  ducibus,  in 
sua  viscera  armatur,  ferrumque  a  barbaris  in  civllem 
sanguinem  vertit.  In  boc  bello  Perdicca  occlsus  est : 
pluresque  ejusdem  partis  duces  perierunt.  Et  jam  finl- 
tum  certamen  inter  successores  Alexandri  Magni  vide- 
batur,  quum  repente  inter  ipsos  victores  nata  est  discor- 
dia.  Ptolemaeus  et  Cassander,  Antipatri  filius,  inita 
cum  Lysimacho  et  Seleuco  societate,  contra  Antigonum 
bellum  terra  marique  enixe  instruunt.  Tenebat  Ptole¬ 
maeus  Aegyptum  cum  Afncae  parte  minore  et  Cypro 
et  Phoenlce.  Cassandro  parebat  Macedonia  cum  Grae- 
cia.  Asiam  et  partes  Orientis  occupaverat  Antigonus, 
cujus  filius  Demetrius,  prima  belli  congressidne,  a  Pto- 
lemaeo  apud  Gamalam  vincitur.  In  quo  proelio  major 
Ptolemaei  moderationis  gloria,  quam  ipslus  victoriae 
fuit.  Siquidem  et  amlcos  Demetrii  non  solum  cum 
suis  rebus,  verum  etiam  additis  insuper  munenbus,  di- 
mlsit ;  et  ipslus  Demetrii  privatum  omne  instrumentum 
ac  familiam  reddidit,  dicens :  non  se  propter  praedam, 


DECLINE  OF  GRECIAN  POWER. 


67 


sed  propter  dignitatem  inisse  bellum,  indignatum,  quod 
Antigonus,  devictis  diversae  factionis  ducibus,  solu3 
communis  yictoriae  praemia  corripuisset. 

The  Generals  assume  the  title  of  Kings. 

144.  Interea  Ptolemaeus  cum  Demetrio  navali  proe- 
lio  iterato  congreditur,  et,  amissa  classe,  in  Aegyptum 
refugit.  Hac  victoria  elatus  Antigonus  regem  se  cum 
Demetrio  filio  appellari  jubet.  Ptolemaeus  quoque,  ne 
minoris  apud  suos  auctoritatis  esset,  rex  ab  exercitu 
cognominatur.  Quibus  audltis,  Cassander  et  Lysima- 
chus  et  ipsi  regiam  sibi  majestatem  vindicarunt. 

War  in  Greece. 

145.  Omnes  ferme  Graeciae  civitates,  ducibus  Spar- 
tanis,  ad  spem  libertatis  erectae,  in  bellum  prorumpunt ; 
et,  ne  cum  Antigono,  sub  cujus  regno  erant,  bellum 
cepisse  viderentur,  socios  ejus  Aetolos  aggrediuntur, — 
causam  belli  praetendentes,  quod  sacratum  Apollini 
campum  Cirrbaeum  per  vim  occupassent.  Conjuncto 
exercitu,  Aetolorumque  finibus  devastatis,  magnam 
cladem  passi  sunt.  Deinde,  Spartanis  bellum  reparan- 
tibns,  auxilium  multae  gentes  negaverunt,  existiman- 
tes,  dominationem  eos,  non  libertatem  Graeciae  quae* 
rere. 

Irruption  of  the  Gauls  into  Greece ,  279  B.  C. 

146.  Galli,  abundante  multitudine,  quum  eos  non 
caperent  terrae,  quae  genuerant,  trecenta  millia  bomi- 
num  ad  sedes  novas  quaerendas  miserunt.  Ex  his  por- 
tio  in  Italia  consedit,  quae  et  Eomam  incendit ; ‘alia 
portio  in  Illyricos  sinus  penetravit,  et  in  Pannonia  con- 


68 


GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  Y. 


sedit,  ubi  per  multos  annos  bella  cum  finitimis  gessS- 
runt.  Hortante  deinde  successu,  divisis  agininibus, 
alii  Graeciam,  alii  Macedoniam  petivere.  Tantusque 
terror  Gallici  nominis  fuit,  ut  etiam  reges  non  lacesslt) 
ultro  pacem  ingenti  pecunia  mercarentur. 

147.  Paulo  post  Brennus,  quo  duce  portio  Gallomm 
in  Graeciam  se  effuderat,  cum  centum  et  quinquaginta 
millibus  peditum  et  quindecim  millibus  equitum  in 
Macedoniam  irrumpit.  Yicto  exercitu,  totlus  regionis 
agros  depraedatur.  Turn  Delplios  iter  vertit  ad  Apol- 
linis  templum  spoliandum.  Hoc  templum  positum  est 
in  monte  Parnasso,  in  rupe  undTque  impendente,  cujus 
praecipitiis,  ut  natural!  praesidio,  defenditur.  Multa 
ibi  et  opulenta  regum  populorumque  visuntur  munera, 
quaeque  magnificentia  sua  et  gratam  liominum  yolun- 
tatem,  et  Apollinis  responsa  manifestant. 

The  Gauls  are  repulsed. 

148.  Brennus  quum  in  conspectu  liaberet  templum, 
ad  acuendos  suorum  ammos,  praedae  ubertatem  militi- 
bus  osten debat,  statuasque  cum  quadrlgis,  quarum  in¬ 
gens  copia  procul  visebatur,  solido  auro  fusas  esse  affir- 
mabat.  Qua  asseveratione  ineitati  Galli,  simul  et  mero 
saucii,  sine  respectu  periculorum  in  bellum  ruebant. 
Habebat  Brennus  lecta  ex  omni  exercitu  peditum  sexa- 
ginta  quinque  millia  ;  Delphorum  sociorumque  non  nisi 
quatuor  millia  militum  erant.  •  Hi  plus  in  Deo,  quam 
in  vinbus  spei  ponentes,  cum  contemptu  liostium  resis- 
tebant,  Gallosque  scandentes  e  summo  montis  vertice, 
partim  saxo,  partim  armis  obruebant.  Inter  haec  tem- 
plorum  antistites,  sparsis  crinibus,  cum  insignibus  et 
infulis,  in  primam  pugnantium  aciem  procurrunt,  eos 


DECLINE  OF  GRECIAN  POWER. 


69 


hortantes,  ne  cunctarentur  diis  antesignanis  liostem 
caedere.  Quibus  vocibus  incensi  omnes  certatim  in 
proelium  prosiliunt.  Praesentiam  Dei  statim  sensere. 
Nam  et  terrae  motu  portio  montis  abrupta  Gallorum 
stravit  exercitum,  et  tempestas  insecuta  grandine  et 
frigore  saucios  absumpsit.  Dux  ipse  Brennus,  quum 
dolorem  vulnerum  ferre  non  posset,  pugione  vitam  finl- 
vit.  Alter  ex  ducibus  cum  decern  millibus  sauciorum 
citato  agmine  Graecia  excedit.  Sed  nec  fugientibus 
fortuna  aequior  fuit ;  nullus  sine  labore  et  periciilo 
dies ;  assidui  imbres  et  gelu,  nix,  fames,  lassitudo,  et 
pervigiliae  miseras  infellcis  belli  reliquias  obterebant. 
Quo  pacto  evenit,  ut  brevi  ex  tanto  exercitu  nemo  su- 
peresset. 

Pyrrhus,  King  of  Epirus ,  invades  Macedonia ,  274  B.  C. 

149.  Interea  Pyrrhus  ex  Sicilia  in  Eplrum  reversus 
fines  Macedoniae  invadit ;  cui  Antigonus  cum  exercitu 
occurrit,  victusque  proelio  in  fugam  vertitur.  Atque 
ita  Pyrrhus  Macedoniam  in  deditionem  accipit ;  Anti- 
gonus  autem  cum  paucis  equitibus  Thessalonlcam  se 
recepit,  ut  inde  cum  conducta  Gallorum  manu  bellum 
repararet.  Rursus  a  Ptolemaeo,  Pyrrhi  filio,  funditus 
victus,  cum  septem  comitibus  fugiens  salutis  latebras  in 
solitudme  quaerit. 

A  general  change  of  Rulers. 

150.  Iisdem  ferme  temporibus  prope  universi  orbis 
imperia  nova  regum  successione  mutata  sunt.  Nam  et 
in  Macedonia  Pliilippus,  mortuo  Antigono,  regnum 
suscepit ;  et  in  Asia,  interfecto  Seleuco,  impubes  adhuc 
rex  Antiochus  constitutus  est.  Aegyptum,  patre  ac 
matre  interfectis,  occupaverat  Ptolemaeus,  cui  ex  cri- 


70 


GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  V. 


mine  facinoris  cognomen  Philopator  fait.  Etiam  Spar- 
tani  in  locum  Cleomenis  suffecere  Lycurgum ;  et  apud 
Carthaginienses  aetate  immatura  dux  Hannibal  consti- 
tuitur,  non  penuria  seniorum,  sed  odio  Romanorum, 
quo  eum  a  pueritia  sciebant  imbutum.  In  his  regibus 
pueris  magna  indoles  virtutis  enituit.  Solus  Ptolemae- 
us,  sicut  scelestus  in  occupando  regno,  ita  et  segnis  in 
administrando  fuit. 

The  Romans  declare  War  against  Philip ,  200  B.  C. :  Battle  of 

Cynoscephalae ,  197  B.  0. 

151.  Nee  multo  post  tempore  tota  Graecia,  fiducia 
Romanorum  ad  spem  pristinae  libertatis  erecta,  bellum 
Philippo  intulit ;  atque  ita*quum  rex  undique  urgere- 
tur,  pacem  petere  compellitur.  Repudiata  a  Senatu 
pace,  proelium  commissum  est  apud  Cynoscephalas  in 
Thessalia  inter  Philippum  et  Flaminlnum,  Romano¬ 
rum  ducem.  Macedonas  Romana  fortuna  yicit.  Frac- 
tus  itaque  bello  Philippus,  pace  accepta,  nomen  quidem 
regium  retinuit ;  sed,  omnibus  Graeciae  urbibus  extra 
terminos  antiquae  possessions  amissis,  solam  Macedo¬ 
nian!  retinuit. 

*  - 

-  Perseus  plots  successfully  against  his  brother's  life. 

152.  Interim  regis  Macedonum  domus  intestlnis 
malis  agitabatur.  Nam  quum  Demetrius,  Philippi  fili- 
us,  a  patre  Romam  missus,  ob  inslgnem  pudorem  mul- 
ta  favoris  documenta  a  senatu  accepisset,  patri  invlsus 
esse  coepit,  indignanti,  plus  momenti  apud  senatum 
personam  filii,  quam  auctoritatem  patris  habuisse.  Igi- 
tur  Perseus,  major  filiorum  regis,  perspecta  patris  aegri- 
tudine,  quotidie  absentem  Demetrium  apud  eum  crimi- 
nari,  et  primo  invlsum,  mox  etiam  suspectum  reddSre : 


DECLINE  OF  GRECIAN  POWER. 


71 


nunc  amieitiam  Romanorum,  nunc  proditionem  ei  pa- 
tris  objectare.  Ad  postremum  insidias  sibi  ab  eo  para* 
tas  confingit,  ad  cujus  crimlnis  probationem  immittit 
indices,  testesque  subornat.  Quibus  rebus  patrem  im- 
piilit,  ut  supplicium  de  innocente  sumeret. 

Death  of  Philip,  179  B.  C. 

153.  Occlso  Demetrio  sublatoque  aemulo,  non  negli 
gentior  tantum  Perseus  in  patrem,  verum  etiam  conta¬ 
in  acior  erat ;  nec  heredem  regni,  sed  regem  se  gerebat. 
His  rebus  offensus  Philippus  impatientius  in  dies  mor¬ 
tem  Demetrii  dolebat,  et,  denique  fraude  cognita,  non 
minus  scelere  Persei,  quam  innoxii  Demetrii  morte  cru- 
ciabatur.  Brevi  post  tempore,  morbo  ex  aegrituaine 
animi  contract©  decessit,  relicto  magno  belli  apparatu 
adversus  Romanos,  quo  postea  Perseus  usus  est. 

Perseus  conquered. — Macedonia  a  Homan  Province. 

154.  Jam  Macedomcum  bellum  summa  omnium 
virium  contentione  a  Romanis  geri  coeptum  est.  Pri- 
ma  equitum  congressio  fuit,  qua  Perseus  victor  suspen- 
sam  omnium  exspectationem  in  sui  favorem  traxit ; 
misit  tamen  legatos  ad  consulem,  qui  pacem  peterent, 
quam  patri  suo  Romani  etiam  victo  dedissent,  impensas 
belli  lege  victi  suscepturus.  Sed  consul  Sulpicius  non 
minus  graves,  quam  victo,  leges  dixit.  Dum  baec 
aguntur,  Romani  Aemilium  Paulum  consulem  creant, 
elque  extra  ordinem  Macedonicum  bellum  decemunt ; 
qui  quum  ad  exercitum  venisset,  non  magnam  moram 
pugnae  fecit.  Pridie,  quam  proelium  consereretur, 
luna  nocte  defecit ;  quod  ostentum  Perseo  cladem 
finemque  Macedonici  regni  portendere  vaticinabantur. 


72 


GRECIAN  HISTORY. — PERIOD  Y. 


Quod  vaticinium  non  fefellit.  Perseus  rex  fuga  cum 
decern  millibus  talentum  Samothraciam  defertur ;  quem 
Cnaeus  Octavius  ad  persequendum  missus  a  consule, 
cum  dudbus  filiis,  Alexandro  et  Philippo,  cepit,  cap- 
tumque  ad  consulem  duxit.  Macedonia  Romanorum 
ditioni  addita.  Aetolorum,  nova  semper  bella  in  Grae- 
cia  excitantium,  principes  Romam  missi ;  ibique,  ne 
quid  in  patria  novarent,  diu  detenti  sunt.  Tandem  per 
multos  annos  legationibus  civitatium  senatu  fatigato,  in 
suam  quisque  patriam  remissus  est. 

The  Romans  seek  occasion  to  quarrel  with  the  Achaeans. 

155.  Macedonibus  subactis,  Aetolorumque  viribus 
debilitatis,  soli  adhuc  ex  universa  Graecia  Achaei  nimis 
potentes  tunc  temporis  Romanis  videbantur,  non  prop¬ 
ter  singularum  civitatium  nimias  opes,  sed  propter  con- 
spirationem  universarum.  Namque  Achaei,  licet  per 
civitates  divlsi,  unum  tamen  imperium  habent,  singula- 
rumque  urbium  pericula  mutuis  viribus  propulsant. 
Quaerentibus  igitur  Romanis  causas  belli,  tempestlve 
fortuna  querelas  Spartanorum  obtulit,  quorum  agros 
Achaei  propter  mutuum  odium  populabantur.  Spar- 
tanis  a  senatu  responsum  est,  legatos  se  ad  inspiciendas 
res  sociorum  in  Graeciam  missuros.  Legatis  clam  man- 
datum  est,  ut  corpus  Achaeorum  dissolverent.  Hi  ita- 
que,  omnium  civitatum  principibus  Corinthum  evoca- 
tis,  decretum  senatus  recitant,  dicentes,  expedlre  omni¬ 
bus,  ut  singulae  civitates  sua  jura  et  suas  leges  habeant. 
Quod  ubi  omnibus  innotuit,  velut  in  furorem  versi  uni- 
versum  peregrlnum  popiilum  trucldant :  legatos  quo- 
que  ipsos  Romanorum  viol  assent,  nisi  hi,  audlto  tumul- 
tu,  trepidi  fugissent. 


DECLINE  OF  GRECIAN  POWER. 


73 


The  Achacans  are  conquered. — Corinth  plundered  ly  Mummius , 

146  B.C. 

156.  Haec  ubi  Romae  nun  data  sunt,  statim  senatus 
Mummio  consuli  bellum  Acbaicum  decernit,  qui,  omni¬ 
bus  strenue  provlsis,  pugnandi  copiam  bostibus  fecit. 
Sed  apud  Aebaeos  omnia  neglecta  et  soluta  fuerunt. 
Itaque  praedam,  non'proelium  agitantes,  vebicula  ad 
spolia  bostium  reportanda,  secum  duxerunt,  et  conjuges 
liberosque  suos  ad  spectaciilum  certaminis  in  montibus 
posuerunt.  Sed  proelio  commisso  ante  oculos  suorum 
caesi  sunt.  Conjuges  quoque  et  liberi  eorum  praeda 
bostium  fuere.  Urbs  Corintbus  diruitur  :  pcpulusom- 
nis  sub  corona  venditur ;  ut  boc  exemplo  cetexis  civita- 
tibus  metus  novarum  rerum  imponeretur. 


4 


EXERCISES  IN  SYNTAX. 


INTRODUCTION. 


157.  In  Latin,  as  in  English,  words  are  divided, 
according  to  their  use,  into  various  classes,  called  Parts 
of  Speech. 

158.  Parts  of  speech,  either  singly  or  combined,  form 
Propositions  ;  e.  g., 


Audis. 
Puer  ludit. 


Thou  hearest. 
The  boy  plays. 


159.  Propositions,  either  singly  or  combined,  form 
Sentences  ;  e.  g., 


Equus  currit  {one  prop.). 
Puer  ludit  et  equus  currit 
{two  propositions). 


The  horse  runs. 

The  boy  is  playing  and  the 
horse  is  running. 


160.  Sentences,  in  their  various  forms  and  combina¬ 
tions,  of  course,  comprise  the  Language. 

161.  The  object  of  all  language  is  the  expression  of 
thought. 

162.  A  sentence  may  express  thought, 

1)  In  the  form  of  an  assertion ,  either  affirmative 
or  negative.  It  is  then  called  a  declarative 
sentence ;  e.  g., 


Puer  legit. 
Puer  noi^  legit. 


The  boy  is  reading . 

The  boy  is  not  reading. 


i 


76 


INTRODUCTION. 


2)  In  the  form  of  a  question.  It  is  then  called  an 
interrogative  sentence  ;  e.  g., 

Qnis  legit  ?  |  Who  is  reading  f 

3)  In  the  form  of  a  command ,  exhortation ,  or  en- 
treaty.  It  is  then  called  an  imperative  sen¬ 
tence  ;  e.  g., 

Read  thou . 

Let  him  read. 


Lege. 

Legat. 


163.  In  each  of  the  above  forms,  sentences  some¬ 
times  imply  passion  or  emotion  on  the  part  of  the  speak¬ 
er,  and  may  then  be  called  exclamatory  declarative  if  of 
the  declarative  form,  exclamatory  interrogative  if  of  the 
interrogative  form,  and  exclamatory  imperative  if  of  the 
imperative  form.  The  emotion ,  however,  does  not  affect 
the  structure  of  the  sentence,  though  it  often  renders  it 
elliptical. 

164.  A  sentence  may  express, 

1)  A  single  thought;  i.  e.,  may  make  but  one 
assertion,  ask  but  one  question,  or  give  but 
one  command.  It  may  then  be  called  a  sim¬ 
ple  sentence ;  e.  g., 

Balbus  a  nullo  videbatur.  |  Balbus  teas  seen  by  no  one. 

2)  Two  or  more  thoughts  so  related  to  each 
other  that  one  or  more  of  them  are  made  de¬ 
pendent  upon  the  others.  It  may  then  be 
called  a  complex  sentence  ;  e.  g., 


ft 


Quod  ubi  Caesar  comperit, 
se  in  Galliam  recepit. 


When  Caesar  learned  this , 
he  retired  into  Gaul. 


Rem. — The  two  simple  sentences,  which  compose  the  above  complex , 
are,  (1)  Caesar  learned  this ,  and  (2)  Caesar  Retired  into  Gaul. 


INTRODUCTION. 


77 


These  are,  however,  so  combined  that  the  first  does  little  more 
than  specify  the  time  of  the  action  denoted  by  the  second. 
Caesar  retired  into  Gaid  (when  ?)  when  he  learned  this. 


3)  Two  or  more  independent  thoughts.  It  may 
then  be  called  a  compound  sentence  ;  e.  g., 


Balbus  a  nullo  videbatur, 
ipse  autem  cmnia  vide- 
bat. 


Balbus  was  seen  by  no  one , 
but  he  himself  saw  every 
thing . 


78 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


CHAPTER  I. 

SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


Lesson  I. 

Principal  Elements  of  Sentences  ;  Subject  and  Predicate. — 

Declarative  Sentences. 

[l  &  2.] 

165.  Eveey  sentence,  however  simple,  consists  of 
two  distinct  parts  ;  viz., 

1)  The  Subject ,  or  that  of  which  it  speaks,  as 
puer  in  the  sentence,  puer  ludit. 

2)  The  Predicate ,  or  that  which  is  said  of  the 
subject,  as  ludit  in  the  above  sentence. 

166.  In  Latin  the  subject  is  often  omitted,  because 
the  form  of  the  predicate  shows  what  subject  is  meant ; 
thus,  the  single  word  rides ,  thou  art  laughing,  is  in 
itself  a  complete  proposition,  because  the  ending  es 
shows  that  the  subject  in  English  cannot  be  I,  he,  or 
they ,  but  must  be  thou. 

167.  When  a  proposition  is  thus  expressed  by  a  sin¬ 
gle  word,  that  word  is  always  a  verb,  and  the  omitted 
subject,  implied  in  the  ending  of  the  verb,  is  always  a 
pronoun  of  the  same  number  and  person  as  the  verb 
itself;  as  Amat,  He  loves. 

168.  The  analysis  of  a  proposition,  or  sentence,  con¬ 
sists  in  separating  it  into  its  elements  or  parts. 

MODELS. 

1.  Proposition  :  Puer  ludit,  The  boy  is  playing. 


PRINCIPAL  ELEMENTS.  79 


This  is  a  simple  sentence,  because  it  expresses  a  sin¬ 
gle  thought. 

Puer  is  the  subject,  because  it  is  that  of  which  the 
proposition  speaks.  Ludit  is  the  predicate,  because  it 
is  that  which  is  said  of  the  subject  puer. 

2.  Proposition  :  Rides,  Thou  art  laughing. 

This  is  a  simple  sentence. 

Rides  is  the  predicate,  because  it  is  that  which  is  said 
of  the  omitted  subject.  The  subject  is  a  pronoun  of 
the  second  person  singular  ( tu ,  thou),  implied  in  the 
ending  es  of  the  predicate. 


169.  Vocabulary. 

Citadel,  arx,  arris,  f. 

City,  urbs,  urbis ,  f.' 

Come,  venio,  venire,  veni ,  ven- 
tum. 

Destroy,  everto,  ever  ter  e,  ti, 
sum . 

Flee,  fugio,  fugere ,  fugi,  fugi- 
tum  ;  aufugio,  fugere,  fugi. 

Found,  condo,  dere,  didi,  ditum. 


He,  Hie,  a,  ud,  or,  as  subject,  it 
may  be  implied  in  the  ending 
of  the  verb. 

I,  ego,  mei ,  &c.,  or,  as  subject, 
it  may  be  omitted. 

You,  tu,  tui ,  &c.,  or,  as  subject, 
it  may  be  omitted. 

Teach,  doceo,  ere,  ui,  turn. 

Trojan,  Trojdnus ,  a,  um. 


170.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze  the  following  Latin ,  explain¬ 
ing  the  omitted  subjects : 

1.  Latlnus  imperabat.  2.  Imperavit.  3.  Troja 
eversa  est.  4.  Aeneas  aufugit.  5.  Aufugiebant.  6. 
Hie  docuit.  7.  Docuerunt.  8.  Docuimus. 

II  1 .  Construct  one  or  more  Latin  declarative  sentences 
on  each  cf  the  following  subjects  : 

Puer,  puellae,  patres,  avis,  ayes. 


80 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


2.  Construct  three  Latin  declarative  sentences ,  using  the 
following  predicates : 

Discebant,  legebat,  currant. 

8,  Construct  five  or  more  Latin  declarative  sentences 
with  subjects  omitted ,  using  as  predicates  some  parts  of  the 
following  verbs : 

Ridere,  laudare,  docere,  currere,  timere. 

MODELS. 

1.  Ridebatis.  You  were  laughing. 

2.  Laudabitur.  He  will  be  praised. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  They  have  come.  2.  A  citadel  will  be  founded. 
8.  Cities  will  be  founded.  4.  Cities  have  been  found¬ 
ed.  5.  W e  have  been  tauglit.  6.  The  cities  had  been 
destroyed.  7.  The  Trojans  fled.  8.  You  will  flee.  9. 
We  were  fleeing.  10.  I  shall  come. 


Lesson  II. 

Subordinate  Elements  ;  Modifiers. — Declarative  Sentences . 

[l  &  2.] 

171.  Both  subject  and  predicate  may  have  qualify¬ 
ing  words  and  clauses  connected  with  them,  to  limit  or 
modify  their  meaning  ;  e.  g., 

1.  Latinus  rex  regnavit.  (  Latinus  the  king  reigned. 

Rem. — In  this  example,  rex  limits  Latinus ;  i.  e.,  it  shows  that  the 
predicate  regnavit  is  not  affirmed  of  every  one  who  may  have 
borne  the  name  Latinus,  but  only  of  Latinus  the  king. 

4 

2.  Milites  fortiter  pugnant.  |  The  soldiers  fight  bravely. 

Rem.  1. — Here  the  predicate  is  modified  by  fortiter,  showing  how 
the  soldiers  fight. 


SUBORDINATE  ELEMENTS. 


81 


%  * 

Rem.  2. — Qualifying  words  and  clauses,  whether  belonging  to  the 
subject  or  predicate,  may  be  called  modifiers. 

172.  Any  modifier,  whether  in  the  subject  or  predi- 
cate,  may  be  itself  modified ;  e.  g., 

Latlnus,  bonus  rex,  regna-  Latinus ,  the  good  king , 

vit.  reigned. 

173.  The  subject  ( expressed  or  implied)  and  the  pre¬ 
dicate  are  essential  to  the  structure  of  every  sentence, 
and  may,  therefore,  be  called  the  essential  or  principal 
elements  of  sentences. 

174.  All  modifiers  are  subordinate  to  the  subject  and 
predicate,  and  may,  therefore,  be  called  the  subordinate 
elements  of  sentences. 

175.  Vocabulary. 


Aeneas,  Aeneas ,  ae. 

Agriculture,  agricultural  ae ,  £* 
Anchises,  Anchises ,  ae. 

Call,  appello,  are ,  dvi,  dtum. 
Daughter,  filia,  ae. 

Early,  ancient,  antiquus ,  a,  urn. 
First,  primus ,  a,  um. 

Give,  do,  dare ,  dedi ,  datum. 
Italian,  Itdlus ,  a,  um. 

In,  in  (with  abl. ;  sometimes 

176.  Exercises. 


with  accus.,  as  in  matrimo- 
nium). 

King,  rex ,  regie. 

Latinus,  Latinus ,  i. 

Marriage,  matrimonium ,  i,  n. 
Rome,  Roma ,  ae,  f. 

Saturn,  Saturnus ,  i. 

Saturnia,  Satumia ,  f. 

Son,y??ms,  i. 

Time,  tempus,  oris,  n. 


I.  Translate  the  following  sentences ,  anc?  analyze  them 
so  far  as  to  show  their  subjects  and  predicates,  and  the 
separate  modifiers  of  each: 

1.  Hicdocuit.  2.  Hie  primus  docuit.  3.  Hie  Italos 
primus  docuit.  4.  Hie  Italos  primus  agriculturam  do¬ 
cuit.  5.  Troja  eversa  est.  6.  Sub  rege  Troja  eversa 

4# 


82 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


est.  7.  Sub  hoc  rege  Troja  eversa  est.  8.  Aeneas  au* 
fugit.  9.  Aeneas Jilius  aufugit.  10.  Aeneas,  Anchlsae 
filius,  aufugit.  11.  Hinc  Aeneas,  Anchlsae  filius,  au¬ 
fugit.  12.  Hinc  Aeneas,  Anchlsae  filius,  cum  Trojanis 
aufugit.  13.  Hinc  Aeneas,  Achlsae  filius,  cum  multis 
Trojanis  aufugit. 

II.  First  construct  three  or  more  Latin  declarative  sen - 
fences  ivithout  modifiers  ;  then  add  modifiers ,  either  to  the 
subject  or  predicate ,  or  to  both. 

MODELS. 


Without  modifiers. 

1.  Puer  scribebat.  The  boy  was  writing. 

2.  Canis  mordebit.  The  dog  will  bite. 


With  modifiers. 


1.  Bonus  puer  epistolam 
scribebat. 

2.  Pasturis  canis  puerum 
mordebit. 


The  good  boy  was  writing  a 
letter. 

The  shepherd's  dog  will  bite 
the  boy. 


III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Saturn  taught  the  Ltalians.  2.  Saturn  was  the 
first  to  teach  (lit.  the  first  taught)  the  Italians.  3.  In 
very  early  times  he  taught  the  Italians  agriculture.  4. 
They  will  call  the  citadel  Saturnia.  5.  The  city  was 
called  Pome.  6.  Latinus  gave  his  daughter  to  Aeneas. 
7.  Latinus  the  king  gave  his  daughter  in  marriage  to 
Aeneas.  8.  Latinus  the  king  gave  his  daughter  in 
marriage  to  Aeneas,  the  son  of  Anchises. 


INTERROGATIVE  AND  IMPERATIVE  SENTENCES.  83 


Lesson  III. 


Elements  of  Sentences ,  continued. — Interrogative  and  Im • 

joerative  Sentences. 

[3  &  4.] 

177.  Interrogative  sentences  are  used  in  asking  ques¬ 
tions,  and  may  be  introduced, 

1)  By  an  interrogative  pronoun,  adjective,  or  ad¬ 
verb  ;  e.  g., 


Quis  venit  ? 
Quot  sunt  ? 
Unde  venis  ? 


Who  has  come  ? 

How  many  are  there  f 
Whence  do  you  come  ? 

2)  By  one  of  the  interrogative  particles,  we,  wow- 
we,  num  ;  e.  g., 


Scribitwe  Caius  ? 
Nonne  scribit  ? 
Num  scribit  ? 


Is  Caius  writing  t 
Is  he  not  writing  ? 
Is  he  writing  ? 


Rem.  1. — If  ne  is  used,  it  must  follow  some  other  word,  and  be 
joined  to  it,  as  in  the  first  example. 

Rem.  2. — A  question  with  ne  asks  for  information  (Ex.  1),  with 
nonne  expects  the  answer  yes  (Ex.  2),  and  with  num  expects  the 
answer  no  (Ex.  3). 

Rem.  3. — Net  nonne*  and  numy  are  not  modifiers  of  the  predicate, 
but  mere  particles  showing  the  interrogative  character  of  the 
sentence. 

178.  Imperative  sentences  are  used  in  commands , 
exhortations ,  and  entreaties ,  and  take  the  verb  either  in 


*  J\Tonne,  strictly  speaking,  is  compounded  of  the  modal  adverb  non 
and  the  particle  ne  ;  but  we  are  now  regarding  it  merely  as  an  inten 
rogative  particle. 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


84  . 


the  imperative  or  in  the  subjunctive  mood,  and  usually 
in  the  present  tense ;  e.  g., 


Perge  in  exsilium. 
Conservate  vos. 
Yeniat  servus. 
Veniamus. 

179.  Vocabulary. 

Alba,  Alba ,  ae,  f. 

Ascanius,  Ascanius ,  i. 

He,  is,  ea,  id;  Me,  ilia,  illud; 
or,  when  subject,  it  may  be 
implied  by  the  ending  of  the 
verb. 


Go  into  exile . 

Preserve  yourselves . 

Let  the  slave  come . 

Let  us  come 

Longa,  Longa,  ae,  f. 

Reign,  regno,  are,  dvi ,  dtum. 
Silvius,  Silvius,  i. 

Succeed,  sequor ,  sequi,  secutus 
sum. 

Who  ?  Quis,  quae ,  quid  ? 


180.  Exercises. 


I.  Translate  and  analyze  the  following  sentences ,  stat¬ 
ing  whether  declarative ,  interrogative ,  or  imperative : 

I.  Ascanius  regnum  accepit.  2.  Quis  regnum  acce- 
pit?  3.  Purga  urbem.  4.  Cogitate  de  vobis.  5.  Quis 
Albae  regnavit?  6.  Omnes  Albae  regnaverunt.  7, 
Conservate  fortunas  vestras.  8.  Quis  te  salutavit? 
JSTum  Albae  regnavit  ?  Nonne  Albae  regnaverunt  ? 

II.  Change  the  declarative  sentences  constructed  in  the 
first  and  second  Lessons ,  to  the  interrogative  or  imperative 
form. 

MODELS. 


Declarative. 

Puer  ludebat. 

The  boy  was  playing. 

Declarative. 

Kidebatis. 

You  were  laughing. 


Interrogative. 

ISTum  puer  ludebat  ? 
Was  the  boy  playing? 

Imperative. 

Ridete. 

Laugh  ye. 


SIMPLE  SUBJECT. 


85 


HI.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Ascanius  founded  a  city.  2.  Who  founded  the 
city  ?  8.  Let  us  found  cities.  4.  Who  founded  Alba 

Longa  ?  5.  Did  Ascanius  found  it  ?  6.  He  did  found 

it.  7.  Who  was  reigning  ?  8.  Latinus  was  reigning. 

9.  Let  him  reign.  10.  He  will  reign.  11.  Who  suc¬ 
ceeded  Ascanius  ?  12.  Silvius  succeeded  him. 


Lesson  IV. 

Simple  Subject. 

[5  &  6.] 

181.  Every  simple  sentence  must  have  for  its  subject 
either 

1)  A  noun ;  e.  g.,  Puer  ludit,  or 

2)  A  pronoun  ;  e.  g.,  Ille  ludit. 

182.  Rule. — Case  of  Subject. 

The  subject  of  a  finite  verb  is  put  in  the  nominative. 

(See  examples  above.) 

[F.  B.  609  ;  A.  &  S.  §  209  ;  Z.  §  379.]* 

183.  In  the  arrangement  of  the  Latin  sentence,  the 
s  subject  is  put, 

*  These  references  relate  respectively  to  the  First  Latin  Book,  to 
the  Latin  Grammar  of  Andrews  &  Stoddard,  and  to  that  of  Zumpt, 
American  edition. 

Bote. — The  author  indulges  the  hope  that  all  who  may  use  this 
book  will  constantly  bear  in  mind  that  the  writing  of  Latin  cannot,  in 
any  way,  supersede  the  necessity  of  thorough  grammatical  drills.  Both 
exercises  are  indispensable  to  high  scholarship,  and  should  go,  hand  in 
hand,  throughout  the  entire  course  of  classical  instruction.  For  this 
reason  the  Rules  of  Syntax,  as  we  have  occasion  to  use  them  in  our 
Exercises,  are  inserted  in  this  work,  with  references  to  the  correspond¬ 
ing  rules  in  the  First  Latin  Book,  in  Andrews  &  Stoddard’s  Latin 
Grammar,  and  in  that  of  Zumpt, 


86 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


1)  When  not  emphatic, 


mng ;  e.  g., 

Superbus  cognomen  meruit. 

2)  When  emphatic, 
Commovit  bellum  rex. 

184.  Vocabulary. 

Boy,  puer,  eri. 

Girl,  puella ,  ae. 

Play,  ludo ,  ere ,  Zim,  lusum. 
Praise,  laudo ,  are,  <m,  dtum. 
Pupil,  discipulus,  i,  m. 

Read,  ere,  Zeyi,  lectum. 


at  or  near  the  begin- 

|  Superbus  merited  his  name . 
at  or  near  the  end  ;  e.  g., 

|  The  king  excited  a  war. 

Shield,  clypeus  or  clipeus ,  i,  m. 
Spear,  hasta,  ae ,  f. 

Strike,  percutio ,  ere,  cwssi,  cwa* 
sum. 

Walk,  ambulo ,  are,  <m,  aZtm. 


185.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Roma  condita  est.  2.  Urbs  condita  est.  3. 
Quis  veniet?  4.  Venient.  5.  Troja  eversa  est.  6. 
Roma  eversa  est.  7.  Urbes  eversae  sunt.  8-  Aeneas 
aufugit.  9.  Trojani  aufugerunt.  10.  Aurugimus.  11. 
Silvius  regnavit.  12.  Quis  regnabat?  13.  Rex  reg¬ 
nabat.  14.  Hie  regnavit.  15.  Ille  regnabat. 

II.  1.  Explain  position  of  elements  in  the  above  senten¬ 
ces.  (See  183.) 

2.  Construct  six  Latin  sentences:  two  declarative ,  tioo 
interrogative ,  and  two  imperative;  two  with  substantives 
as  subjects ,  two  with  pronouns,  and  two  with  subjects  omit¬ 
ted. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  The  pupil  was  praised.  2.  The  boys  will  be  prai¬ 
sed.  3.  Have  not  the  girls  been  praised?  4.  They 
have  been  praised.  5.  The  shields  were  struck.  6. 


COMPLEX  SUBJECT. 


87 


The  spears  will  be  struck.  7.  Will  you  read  ?  8.  We 
have  been  reading.  9.  Who  will  come?  10.  Will 
not  the  king  come  ?  11.  He  will  come.  12.  Let  us 

walk.  13.  Let  them  play.  14.  They  have  been  play¬ 
ing.  15.  Were  not  the  boys  playing?  16.  They  were 
playing, 


Lesson  V. 

Complex  Subject. — Modijier  ;  Simple. 

[7  &  8.] 

186.  The  elements  of  a  sentence  may  be  either  sim¬ 
ple  oj±  complex : 

1)  Simple,  when  not  modified  by  other  words ; 
e-  g-> 

Rex  regnavit.  |  The  Icing  reigned. 

2)  Complex,  when  thus  modified  ;  e.  g., 

Bonus  rex  bene  regnavit.  |  The  good  king  reigned  well. 

Rem. — In  the  first  example  {Rex  regnavit),  both  subject  and  predi¬ 
cate  are  simple,  while,  in  the  second,  they  are  both  complex. 

187.  Modifiers  are  of  two  kinds  ;  viz., 

1)  Such  as  limit  other  words  by  completing  their 
meaning.  These  may  be  called  objective  modi¬ 
fiers  ;  e.  g., 

Mater  filiam  amat.  The  mother  loves  her  daugh 

ter. 

Amor  auri.  The  love  of  gold. 

Rem. — In  the  first  example,  filiam  not  only  qualifies  amat.  but  also 
completes  its  meaning  by  showing  the  object  loved.  In  the  se¬ 
cond  example,  too,  auri  both  qualifies  and  completes  the  mean¬ 
ing  of  amor ,  by  showing  the  object  of  that  love :  the  love  of 
(what  ?)  gold. 

2)  Such  as  restrict  the  meaning  of  other  words 


88 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


by  specifying  some  quality  or  attribute.  These 
may  be  called  attributive  modifiers  j  e.  g., 

Bonus  rex  bene  regnavit.  |  The  good  king  reigned  well. 

Rem.  1. — Bonus  expresses  the  attribute  of  rex  [good  king),  and  bene 
of  regnavit  (reigned  well). 

Rem.  2. — It  will  be  observed  that  the  adverb  bene  sustains  the  same 
relation  to  the  verb  regnavit  as  the  adjective  bonus  does  to  the 
noun  rex ;  both  are  attributive,  but,  for  distinction’s  sake,  the 
latter  may  be  called  the  adjective  attribute ;  and  the  former,  the 
adverbial  attribute. 

188.  The  subject  of  a  sentence  may  be  limited, 

1)  By  an  objective  modifier ;  e.  g., 

Amor  gloriae  nos  impulit.  |  The  love  of  glory  actuated  us. 

Rem. — This  modifier  has  been  very  properly  called  the  objective 
genitive  ;  though  some  grammarians  regard  it  as  merely  attribu¬ 
tive.  It  will  be  readily  seen  that  gloriae ,  in  the  above  example, 
expresses  no  attribute  of  amor  (love) ;  it  says  nothing  of  the 
character  or  qualities  of  that  love  ;  but  simply  specifies  the  object 
on  which  it  is  exercised. 

2)  By  an  attributive  modifier ;  e.  g., 

Bonus  rex  regnat.  A  good  king  reigns. 

Regis  filius  regnabit.  The  king's  son  will  reign. 

Rem. — It  will  be  observed  from  the  above  examples  that  the  attri¬ 
bute  of  the  subject  is  expressed  sometimes  by  an  adjective,  and 
sometimes  by  a  noun  used  with  the  force  of  an  adjective. 

189.  Rule. — Agreement  of  Adjectives. 

Adjectives  and  adjective  pronouns  (whether  in  the 

subject  or  the  predicate)  agree  in  gender ,  number ,  and 

case  with  the  nouns  which  they  qualify  ;  e.  g,, 

Bonus  rex.  The  good  king. 

Bona  reglna.  The  good  queen. 

[F.  B.  614 ;  A.  &  S.  §  205.] 

190*  Rule, — Limiting  Nouns. 


COMPLEX  SUBJECT. 


89 


A  noun  limiting  the  meaning  of  another  noun  denot* 
ing  a  different*  person  or  thing,  is  put  in  the  genitive^ 
unless  it  denotes  character  or  quality ,  in  which  case  it  is 
accompanied  by  an  adjective,  and  is  put  either  in  the 
genitive  or  ablative  ;  e.  g., 

Pegis  filius.  The  king's  son. 

Puer  eximiae  pulchritudi-  A  boy  of  remarkable  beauty 
nis,  or  Puer  eximia  pul- 
chritudine. 

[F.  B.  624;  A.  &  S.  §211  and  R.  6 ;  Z.  §426.] 

Rem. — Instead  of  the  genitive  of  the  limiting  noun,  we  sometimes 
find  the  dative ,  or  the  accusative  or  ablative  with  a  preposition  ; 
e.  g.,  Troja  in  Asia  eversa  est,  Troy  in  Asia  was  destroyed. — - 
Transmissus  ex  Gallia  in  Britanniam,  The  passage  from  Gaul 
into  Britain. 

191.  In  the  arrangement  of  the  parts  of  the  complex 
subject, 

1)  The  adjective  precedes  or  follows  its  substan¬ 
tive,  according  as  it  is  or  is  not  emphatic* 

e.  g., 

Bonus  rex  regnat.  ]  ,  7  7 .  .  .  . 

-r,  7  \  A  qood  king  is  reigning. 

Eex  bonus  regnat.  ) 

2)  The  attributive  genitive  generally  precedes  its 
substantive  when  the  latter  is  not  emphatic ; 

e.  &, 

Aeneae  filius  regnavit.  j  The  son  of  Aeneas  reigned. 

8)  The  objective  genitive  generally  follows  its  sub¬ 
stantive  ;  e.  g., 

Amor  gloriae  nos  impulit.  |  The  love  of  glory  actuated  us. 

192.  In  analyzing  a  sentence  which  contains  modifi- 


*  See  441. 


90 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


ers,  the  pupil  is  expected  to  show  both  the  influence  of 
the  several  modifiers  upon  the  thought,  and  their  gram 
matical  relation  to  the  elements  which  they  limit. 

MODELS. 

1.  Regis  filius  regnabit.  |  The  king's  son  will  reign. 
This  is  a  simple  sentence. 

Filius  is  the  subject,  and  regnabit  the  predicate. 

The  subject  filius  is  modified  by  regis ,  showing  whose 
son,  viz.  the  king's.  Regis  is  in  the  genitive ,  according 
to  Rule,  190. 

Regis  filius  is  the  complex  subject. 

2.  Rex  bonus  regnat.  |  A  good  king  is  reigning. 

This  is  a  simple  sentence. 

Rex  is  the  subject,  and  regnat  is  the  predicate. 

The  subject  rex  is  modified  by  the  adjective  bonusy 
showing  the  character  of  the  king  (a  good  king).  Bonus 
agrees  with  the  subject  rex ,  according  to  Rule,  189. 

Rex  bonus  is  the  complex  subject. 

193.  Vocabulary. 

Alban,  Albanus ,  a,  um. 

Bite,  mordeo ,  ere,  momordi ,  mor- 
sum. 

Brother,  f rater,  tris. 

Dog,  canis,  is,  c. 

Five,  quinque,  indec. 

Good,  bonus,  a,  um. 

194.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze ,  parsing  the  complex  subjects. 

1.  Multi  Trojani  aufugerunt.  2.  Anchlsae  filius  au- 
fugit.  3.  Numa  regnavit.  4.  Bonus  Numa  regnabat. 


Jlill,  occido,  ere,  cidi,  cisum. 
Queen,  regina ,  ae. 

Romulus,  Romulus,  i. 
Shepherd,  pastor,  oris,  m. 
What?  qui,  quae,  quod?  (See 
F.  B.  284.) 


COMPLEX  SUBJECT. 


91 


5.  Remus  occisus  est.  6.  Hie  vir  occlsus  est.  7.  Tro 
ja  in  Asia  eversa  est.  8.  Rex  Alban orum  mortuus  est. 

II.  1.  Explain  position  of  elements  in  the  above  senten¬ 
ces.  (See  183  and  191.) 

2.  Construct  three  or  more  Latin  sentences  with  complex 
subjects. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  What  king  was  reigning  ?  2.  A  good  king  was 

reigning.  3.  Had  not  the  king  of  the  Albans  been 
reigning?  4.  Were  the  good  shepherds  killed?  5. 
Five  shepherds  had  been  killed.  6.  The  brother  of 
Romulus  was  killed.  7.  The  shepherd’s  son  will  be 
praised.  8.  The  shepherd’s  dog  will  bite.  9.  The 
good  queen  will  be  praised.  10.  The  daughter  of  the 
queen  has  been  praised. 


Lesson  VI. 


Complex  Subject. — Modifier  ;  Complex. 

[9  &  10.] 

195.  Any  modifier  in  the  complex  subject,  whether 
objective  or  attributive,  may  itself  become  complex. 

196.  Any  substantive  may  be  modified  in  the  vari¬ 
ous  ways  already  specified  for  the  subject.  (See  last 
Lesson.) 

197.  Vocabulary. 


American,  Americdnus ,  a,  um. 
Citizen,  civis,  is,  c. 

Himself,  lie  himself,  -  ipse,  a, 
um. 

Increase  (trans  ),  augeo,  ere, 
auxij  auctum. 


Neighboring,  finitimus,  a,  um 
Number,  numerus,  i,  m. 
People,  populus ,  i ,  m. 

Roman,  Romdnus,  a,  um. 
State,  civitas ,  at  is,  f. 

United,  foederdtus,  a,  um. 


92 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


198.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze ,  parsing  the  several  parts  of 
the  complex  subjects. 

1.  Eilius  boni  regis  veniebat.  2.  Pastor  illlus  regio- 
nis  occlsus  est.  8.  Novae  urbis  cives  occlsi  sunt.  4. 
Eestum  Neptuni  magni  institutum  est.  5.  Populi  illl¬ 
us  virgmes  raptae  erant.  6.  Numerus  civium  Eoma- 
norum  auctus  est. 


II.  1.  In  the  first  three  of  the  above  sentences ,  substitute 
other  complex  attributives  in  place  of  those  now  used. 

MODEL. 

Eilius  pulchrae  reginae  veniebat. 

2.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences  with  simple 
subjects  ;  then  make  these  subjects  complex ,  by  the  addition 
of  simple  attributives  ;  and  finally  put  these  attributives  in 
the  complex  form. 

MODEL. 


1.  Dux  occlsus  est. 

2.  Dux  exercitus  occlsus 
est. 

8.  Dux  exercitus  Romani 
occlsus  est. 


The  leader  was  killed. 

The  leader  of  the  army  was 
killed. 

The  leader  of  the  Roman 
army  was  killed. 


III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Has  tbe  number  of  states  been  increased?  2. 
The  number  of  the  United  States  has  been  increased. 
8.  Will  not  the  number  of  American  citizens  be  in 
creased  ?  4.  The  number  of  Koman  citizens  had  been 

increased.  5.  The  shepherd  was  killed.  6.  Will  not 
the  good  shepherds  be  killed?  7.  The  sons  of  the 
good  shepherds  had  been  killed.  8.  The  neighboring 


SIMPLE  PEEDICATE. 


93 


people  came.  9.  Did  the  sons  of  the  neighboring  shep¬ 
herds  come  ?  10.  The  shepherds  themselves  came. 


Lessor  VII. 

Simple  Predicate. 

[11—13.] 

199.  The  predicate  of  a  sentence  consists  of  two 
parts,  an  attribute  of  the  subject  and  a  copula ,  by  which 
that  attribute  is  predicated  or  asserted  of  the  subject. 

200.  The  attribute  and  copula,  which  form  the  pre¬ 
dicate,  sometimes  appear  separately,  as  when  the  for¬ 
mer  is  expressed  by  a  noun  or  adjective,  and  the  latter 
by  the  verb  esse,  and  sometimes  united  in  one  word,  in 
which  case  they  must  be  expressed  by  a  verb.* 

201.  The  predicate  of  a  simple  sentence  may,  there¬ 
fore,  be, 

1)  A  verb ;  e.  g., 

Puer  ludit.  |  The  boy  is  playing. 

2)  The  verb  esse  (or  sometimes  a  passive  verb) 
with  an  attributivef  noun  or  adjective  ;  e.  g., 

Cicero  fuit  consul.  Cicero  was  consul. 

Terra  est  rotunda.  The  earth  is  round. 

Eem. — In  the  first  example,  the  predicate  is  not  simply  fuit,  but 
fuit  consul ;  for  the  assertion  is  not  that  Cicero  was  (i.  e.  existed ), 
but  was  consul ;  so  in  the  second  example,  the  predicate  is  est 
rotunda,  the  assertion  being  that  the  earth  is  round. 

*  Even  in  the  verb,  the  attribute  and  copula  are  sometimes  repre¬ 
sented  by  distinct  words,  as  in  the  compound  tenses ;  e.  g.,  Rex  occlsus 
est.  Here  occlsus  is  the  attribute  and  est  the  copula. 

f  By  an  attributive  noun  is  meant  one  which  is  used  to  qualify  or 
describe  another  noun. 


94 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


% 


202.  Rule. — Finite  Verbs. 

A  finite  verb  must  agree  with  its  subject  in  number 
and  person ;  e.  g., 

Latlnus  regnabat.  |  Latinus  was  reigning . 

[F.  B.  612;  A.  &  S.  §209;  Z.  §365.] 

203.  Rule. — Predicate  Nouns. 

An  attributive  noun  in  the  predicate  after  esse  and  a 
few  passive  verbs,  is  put  in  the  same  case  as  the  subject, 
when  it  denotes  the  same*  person  or  thing ;  e.  g., 

Latlnus  fait  rex.  |  Latinus  was  king. 

[F.  B.  613  ;  A.  &  S.  §  210 ;  Z.  §  365.] 

For  agreement  of  attributive  adjective,  see  189. 

204.  Vocabulary. 

Amulius,  Amulius ,  i. 

Be,  sum,  esse,  fui,  futurus. 

Brave,./br£is,  e. 

Choose,  elect,  lego,  ere,  legi, 
lectum. 

Father,  pater,  tris. 

205.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze ,  parsing  and  explaining  pre¬ 
dicates. 

1.  Silvius  Procas  fuit  rex.  2.  Faustulus  fuit  pastor. 
3.  Quisestavus?  4.  Quae  fuit  mater  ?  5.  Ur bs  fuit 
nova.  6.  Urbes  sunt  novae.  7.  Annuli  sunt  aurei., 
8.  Numa  rex  creatus  est.  9.  Senatores  appellati  sunt 
Patres.  10.  Romani  bellicosi  fuerunt. 

IT.  Construct  two  Latin  sentences  with  verbs  as  predi - 


Hundred,  centum,  indec. 

Make,  creo,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
Senator,  senator ,  oris. 

'Who  (interrog.),  quis,  quae, , 
quid  ?  (See  F.  B.  284.) 


*  See  435. 


COMPLEX  PREDICATE. — DIRECT  OBJECT.  95 

cates  ;  two  with  esse  and  nouns ;  and  two  with  esse  and 
adjectives. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Who  was  king  ?  2.  Latinus  was  king.  3.  Let 
him  be  king.  4.  Were  not  the  Romans  brave?  5. 
The  Romans  were  brave.  6.  Let  us  be  good.  7.  We 
will  be  good.  8.  Who  was  made  king  ?  9.  Amulius 

was  made  king.  10.  Was  not  the  city  called  Rome  ? 
11.  The  city  was  called  Rome.  12.  A  hundred  sena¬ 
tors  had  been  chosen.  13.  These  senators  were  called 
fathers.  14.  Who  will  be  made  senators  ?  15.  You 

will  be  elected  senators. 


Lessox  VIII. 

Complex  Predicate. — Direct  Object :  Simple. 

[14  &  15.] 

206.  The  predicate,  like  the  subject,  may  be  limited, 

I.  By  Objective  Modifiers. 

II.  By  Attributive  Modifiers. 

207.  The  objective  modifiers  of  the  verb-predicate 
may  be  divided  into  three  classes  ;  viz., 

1)  Direct  Objects. 

2)  Indirect  Objects. 

3)  Remote  Objects. 

Rem. — These  objects  appear  both  singly  and  combined. 

208.  In  tire  arrangement  of  the  Latin  sentence,  the 
object,  of  whatever  kind,  generally  precedes  its  verb ; 

e.  g-, 

Rex  helium  gerit. 

Legibus  paret. 


The  king  is  waging  war . 
He  obeys  the  laws. 


96 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


Rem. — Any  word  is  rendered  emphatic  by  being  placed  in  an  unu¬ 
sual  position,  especially  if  that  position  is  near  the  beginning  or 
end  of  the  sentence  or  clause. 


209.  The  direct  object  of  the  predicate  may  repre¬ 
sent, 

1)  The  person  or  thing  on  which  the  action  of 
the  verb  is  directly  exerted  ;  e.  g., 

Caius  puellam  laudat.  Caius  praises  (what  ?)  the 

girl. 

2)  The  direct  effect  of  the  action,  i.  e.  the  object 
produced  by  it ;  e.  g., 


Caius  epistolam  scribit. 


Caius  is  writing  (what  ?)  a 
letter. 


210.  Rule. — Direct  Object. 

Any  transitive  verb  may  take  an  accusative  as  the 
direct  object  of  its  action.  (See  examples  above.) 

[F.  B.  641 ;  A.  &  S.  §  229  ;  Z.  §  382.] 

2 IT.  Any  thought,  which  may  be  expressed  by  a 
transitive  verb  with  a  direct  object,  may  also  be  ex¬ 
pressed  by  the  passive  voice  of  the  same  verb,  having 
for  its  subject  the  noun  used  as  the  direct  object  of  the 
active ;  e.  g., 

(Act.)  Balbum  accusant.  They  accuse  BaTbus. 
(Pass.)  Balbus  accusatur.  BaTbus  is  accused. 

Rem. — The  agent  of  the  action  with  passive  verbs,  when  expressed, 
is  generally  put  in  the  ablative  with  a  or  a&,  but  as  it  then  be¬ 
comes  an  attributive  modifier ,  showing  by  whom  the  action  is  per¬ 
formed,  we  shall  have  occasion  to  examine  it  in  another  place. 

212.  Vocabulary. 


Ancus,  Ancus,  i. 

Declare,  indlco ,  ere,  dixi,  dic¬ 
tum. 


Enlarge,  amplio,  are,  dvit  dtum. 
Marcius,  Marcius ,  i. 

"War,  helium;  i,  n. 


COMPLEX  PREDICATE. — DIRECT  OBJECT.  97 

213.  Exercises.  * 

I.  Translate  and  analyze,  explaining  position, 

I.  Kuma  Pompilius  leges  dedit.  2.  Hie  vir  sacra 
instituit.  3.  Ancus  Marcius  suscepit  imperium.  4. 
Numae  nepos  suscepit  imperium.  5.  Hie  vir  urbem 
ampliavit.  6.  Carcerem  primus  aedificavit.  7.  Po- 
miilus  foedus  icit.  8.  Quis  Albam  diruit  ?  9.  Tullus 
Hostilius  Albam  diruit.  10.  Pex  bellum  indixit. 

II.  Construct  nine  or  more  sentences  with  objective  modi¬ 
fiers  in  the  accusative — three  declarative ,  three  interroga¬ 
tive ,  and  three  imperative. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  They  have  declared  war.  2.  Will  be  not  declare 
war?  3.  Who  has  declared  war?  4.  Will  you  de¬ 
clare  war?  5.  Who  founded  Pome?  6.  Pomulus 
founded  Pome.  7.  Who  enlarged  the  city  ?  8.  An¬ 

cus  Marcins  enlarged  the  city.  9.  The  city  was  en¬ 
larged.  10.  Pome  was  enlarged.  11.  Did  not  Ancus 
Marcius  enlarge  the  city?  12.  Was  not  Pome  en¬ 
larged  ?  13.  Who  was  the  first  to  teach  (lit.  who  the 
first  taught)  the  Italians  ?  14.  Saturn  was  the  first  to 

teach  the  Italians. 


Lesson  IX. 

Complex  Predicate. — Direct  Object :  Complex. 

[16  &  17.  J 

214.  The  object,  and,  in  fact,  any  noun,  whether  in 
the  subject  or  predicate,  may  be  modified  in  the  various 
ways  already  specified  for  the  subject.  (See  Lesson 

V.) 

5 


( 


98 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


215.  Vocabulary. 

Build,  aedifico ,  are,  dvi ,  alum. 
Capitol,  Capitolium ,  i,  n. 
Commence,  inchoo ,  are,  <m,  d- 
tum. 

Festival,  festum-,  i,  n. 
Friendship,  intimacy,  familia- 
ritas ,  f. 

Game,  ludus,  i,  m. 

Institute,  instituo ,  ere,  in,  ulum. 
Large,  magnus ,  a,  wm. 

Many,  multus ,  <2,  um. 


Neptune,  JLeptunus,  i. 

No,  nullus ,  a,  mot.  (See  F.  B. 
113,  R.) 

Ostia,  «e,  f. 

Prison,  career ,  em,  m. 

Secure,  consequor ,  sequi,  secutus 
sum. 

Sewer,  cloaca ,  ore,  f. 

This,  fo'c,  haec ,  Aoe. 

Wage,  yero,  ere,  yessi,  gestum. 


216.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Regnum  Lucius  Tarquinius  Priscus  accepit.  2. 
Saturnus  primus  Italos  docuit.  3.  Aeneae  filius  reg¬ 
num  accepit.  4.  Silvius  Procas  filios  rellquit.  5. 
Silvius  Procas  duos  filios  rellquit.  6.  Rex  Albanorum 
duos  filios  rellquit.  7.  Anci  familiaritatem  consecutus 
est.  8.  Regis  familiaritatem  consecutus  est.  9.  Rom¬ 
ulus  centum  senatores  legit. 

II.  1.  Arrange  the  elements  in  the  first  of  the  above  sen¬ 
tences  in  the  usual  order ,  and  state  the  effect  of  placing  reg¬ 
num  first.  (See  208,  R.) 

2.  Construct  five  or  more  Latin  sentences  containing 
modifiers ,  either  in  the  subject  or  predicate ,  or  in  both. 

3.  Answer  the  following  questions  in  Latin  in  the  form 
of  declarative  sentences : 

1.  Who  founded  Rome?  2.  Who  founded  Alba 
Longa  ?  3.  Who  was  the  first  to  build  a  prison  ?  4. 

Who  founded  Ostia  ?  5.  What  king  waged  no  war  ? 


COMPLEX  PREDICATE. — INDIRECT  OBJECT.  99 


6.  What  king  waged  many  wars  ?  7.  Who  built  the 

sewers  ?  8.  Who  commenced  the  Capitol  ? 

MODEL. 

Romulus  Romam  condidit. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Who  instituted  the  festival  of  Neptune  ?  2.  Did 

not  Romulus  institute  these  games  ?  8.  Romulus  insti¬ 

tuted  the  festival  of  Neptune.  4.  He  founded  Rome. 
5.  Shall  you  found  a  large  city  ?  6.  We  have  found¬ 

ed  a  large  city.  7.  Who  secured  the  friendship  of 
Ancus?  8.  Have  you  secured  the  friendship  of  the 
king?  9.  Let  us  secure  the  friendship  of  the  good 
king. 


Lesson  X. 


Complex  Predicate. — Indirect  Object ;  Simple  or  Complex . 

[18—20.] 

217.  The  verb  of  the  predicate  may  be  modified  by 
a  noun  denoting  the  person  or  thing  to  or  for  which 
any  thing  is,  or  is  done.  This  modifier  is  called  an 
indirect  object. 

218.  Rule. — Indirect  Object. 

The  indirect  object  is  put  in  the  dative,  and  is  used, 
1)  After  esse  in  expressions  denoting  possession  ; 


e.  g-, 

Puero  est  liber.  The  boy  has  a  booh.  {Lit. 

There  is  a  book  to  the 
boy.) 

2)  After  the  compounds  of  esse,  except  posse; 


e.  g 


•j 


100 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


Mini  prof  ait.  |  It  profited  me. 

3)  After  the  compounds  of  bene ,  satis,  and  male  ; 

e*  &».  . 

Officio  suo  satisfecit.  He  has  discharged  his  duty. 

{Lit.  He  has  done  enough 
for,  &c.) 

4)  After  the  compounds  of  the  prepositions  ad, 
ante,  con ,  in,  inter ,  oh,  post,  prae,  sub,  and  su¬ 
per,  together  with  a  few  others  ;  e.  g., 

Yeni  ut  mihi  succurras.  I  ha,ve  come  that  you  may 

assist  (succor)  me. 

5)  After  verbs  signifying  to  command  or  obey , 
please  or  displease ,  favor  or  injure,  serve  or  re¬ 
sist,  together  with  to  indulge,  spare,  pardon , 
envy,  believe,  persuade ,  &c. ;  e.  g., 


Legibus  paret. 


He  obeys  the  laws  (is  obedi¬ 
ent  to). 

[F.  B.  643 ;  A.  &  S.  §  223  and  R.  2,  and  §§  224,  225,  226 ;  Z.  §.§  406, 

412,  415,  420.] 

Rem. — The  indirect  object  is  sometimes  expressed  by  the  accusative 
with  a  preposition,  as  ad  or  in;  e.  g.,  Culpam  in  multitudinem 
contulerunt,  They  charged  the  blame  upon  the  multitude. 


219.  Vocabulary. 


All,  omnis ,  c 

Believe,  credo ,  ere,  didi,  ditum , 
Census,  census,  us,  m. 

Country,  native  country,  pa- 
tria,  ae ,  f. 

Educate,  educo,  are,  dm,  alum. 
Kill,  inter fcio,  ere,  feci,  fec- 
tum. 

Law,  lex,  legis ,  f. 


Obey,  obedio,  ire,  ivi,  Hum. 
Order,  institute,  ordino,  are,  dvi, 
a  turn. 

Prise  us,  Friscus,  i. 

Servins,  Servius,  i. 

Succeed,  succedo,  ere,  cessi,  ccs* 
sum. 

Tarquinius,  Tarquinius,  i. 
Tullius  Tullius ,  i. 


COMPLEX  PREDICATE. — REMOTE  OBJECT.  101 

220.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

I.  Numae  successit  Tullus  Hostilius.  2.  ISTuma 
Pompilius  civitati  profuit.  3.  Tanaquil  conjugi  per- 
suasit.  4.  Tarquinio  Servius  successerat.  5.  Nemo 
tibi  credet.  6.  Priscus  Tarquinius  plura4  bella  gessit. 
7.  Agros  urbis  territorio  adjunxit.  8.  Hie  rex  inter- 
fectus  est.  9.  Boni  patriae  legibus  parebunt. 

II.  Construct  six  Latin  sentences :  three  with  direct ,  and 
three  with  indirect  objects. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  The  citizens  will  obey  the  laws.  2.  Will  you 
not  obey  the  laws  ?  3.  Let  us  obey  the  laws  of  our 

country.  4.  Who  will  obey  him  ?  5.  Who  will  be¬ 

lieve  him?  6.  They  will  believe  you.  7.  Whom  did 
Servius  Tullius  succeed  ?  8.  Servius  succeeded  Tar¬ 

quinius  Priscus.  9.  Tarquinius  Priscus  was  killed. 
10.  Who  killed  him?  11.  The  sons  of  Ancus  killed 
him.  12.  Who  educated  Servius  Tullius  ?  13.  Who 

ordered  a  census  of  the  Eoman  people  ?  14.  Servius 

was  the  first  to  order  a  census  of  all  the  Roman  citi¬ 
zens. 


Lessox  XI. 

Complex  Predicate. — Remote  Object ;  Genitive. 

[21  &  22.] 

221.  The  verb  of  the  predicate  may  be  modified  by 
a  genitive  appearing  in  the  English  translation  as  the 
object  of  an  action,  though  in  the  Latin  the  distinction 
between  the  direct  object  and  this  genitive  is  clearly 


102 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


marked.  To  indicate  this  distinction,  we  will  call  the 
latter  a  remote  object ;  e.  g., 

Miseremini  sociorum.  |  Pity  the  allies. 


Rem. — The  accusative  as  object  denotes  that  on  which  the  action  is 
directly  exerted,  while  the  genitive  denotes  that  in  regard  to 
which  the  action  or  feeling  is  exercised,  and  sometimes  seems  re- 
ally  to  express  its  cause.  This  genitive  might  perhaps,  there¬ 
fore,  be  not  improperly  treated,  in  some  instances  at  least,  as  an 
adverbial  attributive  ;  but,  as  we  uniformly  render  it  by  the  ob¬ 
ject,  it  seems  to  present  a  more  simple  classification  of  the  facts 
of  the  language  to  regard  it  as  a  remote  object. 

222.  Bule. — Genitive  of  Remote  Object . 

The  genitive  is  used, 

1)  After  verbs  of  pitying  ;  e.  g., 

Miseretur  sociorum.  ]  He  pities  the  allies. 

2)  After  verbs  of  remembering  and  forgetting ; 


&•> 

Memmi  vivorum. 

3)  After  refert  and  interest ;  e.  g., 


Interest  omnium.  It  interests  all ,  or  It  is  the 


interest  of  all. 


[F.  B.  642;  A.  &  S.  §§215,  216,  219;  Z.  §§439,  442,  449.] 


Rem.  1. — Verbs  of  remembering  and  forgetting  sometimes  take  the 
accusative  ;  e.  g.,  Memini  Cinnam,  I  remember  China. 

Rem.  2. — According  to  Key’s  Latin  Grammar,  verbs  of  memory  take 
the  accusative  of  the  object  actually  remembered,  or  the  genitive 
of  that  about  which  the  memory  is  concerned. 


223.  Vocabulary. 

Add,  addo ,  Here,  didi ,  ditum. 
Ardea,  Ardea ,  ae,  f. 

Besiege,  oppugno ,  are,  dvi ,  d- 


Friend,  amicus,  i,  m. 

His,  her,  its,  suus,  a,  um ,  refer¬ 


ring  to  the  subject. 

Jupiter,  Jupiter ,  Jovis.  (See 


turn. 

Collatinus,  Collatinus ,  i. 


A.  &  S.  §  85.) 


COMPLEX  PREDICATE. — REMOTE  OBJECT.  103 


Lucretia,  Lucretia ,  ae. 

Other,  alius ,  a,  ud.  (See  F.  B. 
113,  R.) 

Our,  noster ,  tra ,  trum. 
Persuade,  persuaded , 
suasum. 

Poor,  pauper ,  ms,  adj. 


Pity,  misereor ,  m,  miseritus  cv 
misertus  sum. 

Remember,  remiiiiscor ,  ci. 
Remus,  Remus ,  i. 

Temple,  templum ,  i.  n. 

Wife,  conjux ,  wyzs. 


224.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Vivorum  memini.  2.  Reminiscatur  popiili  Ro¬ 
mani.  8.  Reminiscantur  veteris  incommodi  popiili 
Romani.  4.  Reminiscere  veteris  famae  popiili  Roma¬ 
ni.  5.  Tarquinius  Superbus  cognomen  meruit.  6. 
Templum  Jovis  aedificavit.  7.  Ardeam  oppugnabat. 
8.  Oppugnabat  urbem  Latii.  9.  Brutus  popiilo  per- 
suasit.  10.  Alii  nonnulli  popiilo  persuaserunt.  11. 
Miseremini  sociorum. 

II.  1.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences ,  limiting 
the  verb  'predicate  by  a  genitive. 

2.  Construct  Latin  sentences  in  answer  to  the  following 
questions : 

1.  What  city  did  Romulus  found  ?  2.  What  be¬ 
came  of  Remus  ?  3.  How  many  senators  did  Romulus 

choose  ?  4.  What  did  he  call  them  ?  5.  What  king 

added  to  these  a  hundred  other  senators?  6.  Who 
built  the  temple  of  Jupiter  ? 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Pity  the  poor.  2.  We  pity  the  poor.  3.  Does 
he  not  pity  us  ?  4.  I  pity  them.  5.  They  remember 
the  king.  6.  Let  them  remember  their  friends.  7. 
Let  ns  remember  our  friends.  8.  We  will  persuade 


104 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


the  king.  9.  Did  the  king  wage  many  wars?  10. 
Tarquin  besieged  Ardea.  11.  The  wife  of  Collatinus 
slew  herself.  12.  Lucretia  slew  herself.  13.  Who 
was  Lucretia  ?  14.  She  was  the  wife  of  Collatinus. 


Lesson  XII. 


Complex  Predicate. — Remote  Object ;  Ablative. 

[23  &  24.] 

225.  After  a  few  verbs,  the  ablative  is  used  as  a  re¬ 
mote  object,  though  it  could  probably  be  easily  ex¬ 
plained,  at  least  in  most  instances,  as  an  adverbial  attri¬ 
butive  ;  e.  g., 


Lacte  vescuntur. 


They  live  upon  milk ,  or  are 
nourished  by  means  of 
milk. 


Rem. — The  ablative  lacte  in  this  example  may  be  explained  as  an 
adverbial  attributive  of  means. 


226.  Kule. — Ablative  of  Remote  Object, 

The  ablative  is  used, 

1)  After  the  deponent  verbs  utor ,  fruor ,  fungor , 
potior ,  vescor)  and  their  compounds  ;  e.  g., 


Lacte  vescuntur.  |  They  live  upon  milk. 

2)  After  verbs  signifying  to  abound  or  be  destitute 
of;  e.  g., 

Nemo  aliorum  ope  carere  No  one  can  be  (do)  without 
potest.  the  assistance  of  others. 


[F.  B.  644;  A.  &  S.  §§245,  25C,  Rem.  1,  (2);  Z.  §§460,  465  ] 


COMPLEX  PREDICATE. — REMOTE  OBJECT.  105 

1 

227.  Vocabulary. 

Aid,  s.,  auxilium ,  i,  n. 

Aid,  bear  aid,  auxilium  fero , 
ferre ,  tuli,  latum. 

Appoint,  creo ,  are ,  <m,  dtum. 

Book,  Zifor,  Z>ri,  m. 

Brutus,  Brutus ,  Z. 

Confer,  tribuo , 
tum. 

Consul,  consul ,  wZZs,  m. 

Discharge,  fungor ,  functus 

sum. 

Duty,  officium ,  Z,  n. 

Enjoy,  fruor ,  Z,  ZZws  or  cZws 
sum. 

228.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze ,  parsing  objects. 

1.  Lacte  vescunt.ur.  2.  Barbari  pellibus  utuntur. 

8.  Utatur  suis  bonis.  4.  Fruantur  suis  bonis.  5. 
Luce  fruimur.  6.  Officiis  fungebatur.  7.  Fuit  consul 
Brutus.  8,  Fuit  consul  acerrimus  libertatis  vindex. 

9.  Valerius  Publicola  consul  factus  est.  10.  Commovit 
bellum  Tarquinius.  11.  Consul  occisus  est.  12.  Tar- 
quinii  filius  occisus  est.  13.  Primus  annus  quinque 
con  stiles  liabuit. 

II.  1.  Change  the  moods  of  the  verbs  in  the  first  five  of 
die  above  sentences  ;  the  indicative  to  the  subjunctive  or  im¬ 
perative, ,  and  the  subjunctive  to  the  indicative  or  impera¬ 
tive  ;  and  then  translate. 

MODEL. 

Lacte  vescantur.  |  Let  them  live  upon  milk. 

2.  Construct  two  Latin  sentences ,  limiting  the  predicate 
by  an  ablative. 


tor  a  year,  lasting  a  year,  an 
nuus ,  a,  um. 

Junius,  Junius ,  i. 

Life,  vita,  ae,  f. 

Make,  facio ,  ere ,  feci,  factum  ; 

be  made,  fio,  fieri,  f actus  sum. 
Matron,  matrona,  ae. 

Mourn,  lugeo ,  ere ,  luxi,  luctum . 
Power,  imperium ,  i,  n. 
Publicola,  Publicola ,  ae,  m. 
Two,  duo,  ae,  o.  (See  F.  B.  317.) 
Use,  utor,  i,  usus  sum. 
Valerius,  Valerius,  i. 

Your,  Tester ,  tra,  trum. 


5* 


106 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


3.  Construct  Latin  sentences  in  answer  to  the  following 
questions :  * 

1.  How  many  consuls  were  appointed  ?  2.  For  how 
long  a  time  was  power  conferred  upon  them?  3. 
What  Koman  king  waged  war  against  the  Romans  ? 
4.  Who  aided  Tarquin  ? 

MODEL. 

Consiiles  duo  creati  sunt. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  He  has  discharged  all  his  duties.  2.  Let  us  dis¬ 
charge  our  duties.  3.  Let  them  enjoy  life.  4.  Do  you 
enjoy  life  ?  5.  He  is  using  his  book.  6.  Let  all  use 

these  books.  7.  Will  he  use  this  book  ?  8.  He  will 

use  your  books.  9.  Were  not  two  consuls  appointed  ? 
10.  Junius  Brutus  was  consul.  11.  Who  was  made 
consul?  12.  Valerius  Publicola  was  made  consul.  13. 
Did  not  the  Roman  matrons  mourn  for  the  consul? 
14.  They  did  mourn  for  him. 


Lesson  XIII. 


Complex  Predicate. — Direct  Object  with  Attributive  Accu¬ 
sative. 

[25—27.] 


229.  Rule. — Direct  Object  with  Attributive  Accusative. 
Verbs  of  making ,  choosing ,  electing ,  calling ,  showing , 
and  the  like,  are  followed  by  two  accusatives  denoting 
the  same  person  or  thing  ;  e.  g., 

Saturnus  arcem  Saturniam  Saturn  called  the  citadel  Sar 
appellavit.  turnia. 


[A.  <fc  S.  §230;  Z.  §394] 


COMPLEX  PREDICATE. — OBJECT  AND  ATTRIBUTE.  107 


Rem. — One  of  these  accusatives  is  the  direct  object :  the  other  is  not 
a  modifier,  but  an  essential  part  of  the  predicate,  and  may  be 
called  the  attributive  accusative  :  thus,  Saturniam  is  an  essential 
part  of  the  predicate,  for  the  assertion  is  not  that  Saturn  called 
the  citadel,  but  that  he  called  it  Saturnia.  Sentences  of  this 
class  should  be  analyzed  according  to  the  following 

MODEL. 

Saturnus  arcem  Saturniam  appellavit. 

Saturn  called  the  citadel  Saturnia, 


This  is  a  simple  sentence. 

Saturnus  is  the  subject,  and  Saturniam  appellavit  is 
the  predicate. 

Saturniam  appellavit ,  the  predicate,  is  modified  by 
the  direct  object ,  arcem. 

Arcem  Saturniam  appellavit  is  the  complex  predicate. 

Rem. — The  attributive  accusative  is  sometimes  a  noun,  and  some¬ 
times  an  adjective. 

230.  When  verbs  of  this  class  assume  the  passive 
form,  the  direct  object  becomes  the  subject,  and  the 
attributive  accusative  becomes  the  nominative,  and  still 
continues  a  part  of  the  predicate  ;  e.  g., 

(Act.)  Numam  regem  crea-  They  appointed  Numa  king. 

verunt. 

(Pass.)  Numa  rex  creatus  Numa  was  appointed  king . 
est. 


231.  Vocabulary. 

Bridge,  pons ,  pontis ,  m. 

Codes,  Codes ,  Uis. 

Defend,  defendo ,  ere,  di ,  sum. 
Horatius,  Horatius ,  i. 

Insolent,  insolens ,  tis. 

Not,  non  ;  with  imper.  or  subj. 
ne ;  in  questions,  generally 
nonne. 


Render,  reddo ,  ere,  didi,  ditum . 
Scaevola,  Scaevola ,  ae. 
Secretary,  scriba ,  ae,  m. 

Show  (as  to  show  one’s  self)? 

praesto ,  are,  stiti. 

Soldier,  miles,  Uis ,  c. 

Yourself,  tu  ;  tu  ipse . 


108 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES 


232.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Saturnus  arcem  condidit.  2.  Earn  Saturmam 
appellavit.  3.  Aeneas  urbem  Luvinium  appellavit. 
4.  Ascanius  urbem  condidit.  5.  Earn  Albam  Longam 
nuncupavit.  6.  Eomulus  centum  senatores  legit.  7. 
Eos  patres  appellavit.  8.  Diuturmtas  potestatis  reges 
insolentes  reddidit.  9.  Eeges  insolentiores  reddlti 
sunt. 

II.  1.  Change  the  first  six  of  the  above  sentences  to  iht 
'passive  form ,  omitting  the  agent  of  the  action. 

MODELS. 

1.  Arx  condita  est. 

2.  Ea  Saturnia  appellata  est. 

2.  Change  the  sentences ,  thus  reconstructed,  to  the  inter tr 
gative  form. 

MODEL. 

Honne  arx  condita  est  ? 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1 

1.  We  will  call  this  soldier  Horatius  Codes.  2. 
This  soldier  was  called  Horatius  Codes.  3.  Did  he 
not  call  the  city  Eome  ?  4.  He  called  it  Eome.  5. 
The  city  was  called  Eome.  6.  Who  defended  the 
bridge  ?  7.  Which  bridge  will  you  defend  ?  8.  Whom 
did  Scaevola  kill?  9.  Did  he  kill  the  king  himself? 
10.  He  killed  the  secretary  of  the  king.  11.  They 
elected  him  king.  12.  He  was  elected  king.  13.  The 
people  will  elect  them  senators.  14.  He  has  been 
elected  senator.  15.  Do  not  render  the  boy  insolent. 
16.  Show  yourself  brave. 


COMPLEX  PREDICATE. — COMBINED  OBJECTS.  109 


Lesson  XIV. 


Complex  Predicate . —  Combined  Objects;  two  Accusatives, 

[28—31.] 

233.  The  objects  already  considered  are  not  only 
used  singly  as  modifiers  of  verbs,  but  are  variously 
combined  with  each  other.  These  combinations  we 
will  now  notice  in  order. 

234.  A  few  verbs  take  two  direct  objects,  the  one  of 
a  person  and  the  other  of  a  thing. 

235.  Rule. —  Combined  Objects;  two  Accusatives. 
Verbs  of  asking ,  demanding ,  teaching ,  and  concealing , 

may  take  two  accusatives,  the  one  of  a  person  and  the 
other  of  a  thing  ;  e.  g., 


Caesar  frumentum  Aeduos 
flagitabat. 

[F.  B.  645 ;  A.  &  S. 


Caesar  demanded  corn 
the  Aedui. 

231;  Z.  §§391,  393.] 

* 


236.  When  verbs,  which  in  the  active  voice  take 
two  accusatives,  become  passive,  the  direct  object  of 
the  person  generally  becomes  the  subject,  and  the  ac¬ 
cusative  of  the  thing  is  retained. 

237.  Rule. —  Object  after  Passive  Verbs. 

Verbs  in  the  passive  voice  are  followed  by  the  same 
cases  as  in  the  active,  except  the  direct  object,  which 
becomes  the  subject  of  the  passive  ;  e.  g., 


{Act.)  Caesarem  senten* 
tiam  rogant. 

{Pass.)  Caesar  sententiam 
rogatur. 


They  ask  Caesar  his  opi¬ 
nion. 

Caesar  is  asked  his  opinion , 


110 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


Rem. — This  rule,  it  -will  be  observed,  applies  to  all  verbs  which 
take  combined  objects  in  any  of  their  several  forms. 

[F.  B.  658  ;  A.  &  S.  §  234 ;  Z.  §  382.1 


238.  Vocabulary. 

Army,  exercitus ,  us,  m. 

Ask,  rogo ,  are ,  dvi,  atum. 
Coriolanus,  Corioldnus ,  i. 
Leader,  dux ,  due  is,  c. 

Letter,  litera ,  ae,  f. ;  letters, 
learning,  liter  ae,  drum. 

239.  Exercises. 


Marcius,  Marcius ,  i. 
Opinion,  sententia ,  «<?,  f. 
Quintus,  Quintus ,  L 
Virginia,  Virginia , 
Virginius,  Virginius ,  i. 
Volscians,  Fofoa,  orwm. 


I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Hie  Italos  agriculturam  docuit.  2.  Te  sententiam 
rogabunt.  3.  Balbunr  sententiam  rogabant.  4.  Te 
literas  docuit.  5.  Quintus  Marcius  Coriolanus  dictus 
est.  6.  Coriolanus  dux  exercitus  factus  est.  7.  De¬ 
cemviri  creati  sunt.  8.  Quis  te  literas  docuit?  9. 
Quern  literas  docuisti?  10.  Familia  Fabiorum  sola 
hoc  bellum  suscepit.  11.  Fabius  Maximus  Hannibal- 
em  debilitavit. 

II.  1.  Change  the  first  four  of  the  above  sentences  to  the 
passive  form. 

2.  Change  the  next  three  of  the  above  sentences  to  the  ac¬ 
tive  form ,  using  some  of  the  pronouns  as  subjects. 

3.  Construct  three  Latin  sentences  with  two  direct  objects. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Who  taught  the  Italians?  2.  Who  taught  the 
Italians  agriculture  ?  3.  Saturn  taught  them  agricul¬ 
ture.  4.  Will  you  teach  them  this  ?  5.  I  will  teach 

you  this.  6.  We  asked  him  his  opinion.  7.  He  asked 
us  our  opinion.  8.  We  were  asked  our  opinion.  9. 


COMPLEX  PREDICATE. — COMBINED  OBJECTS.  Ill 


Who  taught  him  letters  ?  10.  The  king’s  son  taught 

him  letters.  11.  Who  was  called  Coriolanus?  12. 
Was  not  Quintus  Marcius  called  Coriolanus?  13. 
Whom  did  the  Yolscians  elect  leader  of  the  army? 
14.  A  Roman  was  made  leader  of  the  army.  15.  Who 
slew  Virginia  ?  16.  Yirginius  killed  his  daughter. 


Lesson  XV. 


Complex  Predicate. — Combined  Objects  ;  Accusative  and 

Dative. 

'32  &  33.] 

240.  Rule. — Combined  Objects;  Accusative  and  Da¬ 
tive.  * 

Any  transitive  verb  may  take  the  accusative  of  the 
direct ,  and  the  dative  of  the  indirect  object ;  e.  g., 


Balbus  puero  viam  mon- 
strat. 


Balbus  shows  the  way  to  the 
boy. 


[F.  B.  648  ;  A.  &  S.  §  229  and  R.  1 ;  Z.  §405  (a).] 

241.  In  the  arrangement  of  objects,  the  direct  seems 
to  prefer  the  place  after  the  indirect ,  but  this  order  is 
often  reversed  ;  e.  g., 


Fratri  optionem  dedit. 


He  gave  the  choice  to  his 
brother. 


Rem.  1. — For  passive  construction,  see  237. 

Rem.  2. — For  accusative  and  dative  after  verbs  of  depriving ,  see 
Lesson  XVIII. 


242.  Vocabulary. 

Camillus,  Camillus,  i. 

Conquer,  vinco,  ere,  vici ,  mc- 
tum. 


Deliver,  give  up,  trado,  ere ,  dl~ 
di ,  ditum. 

Enemy,  hostis,  is ,  o. 


112 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES, 


Falerii,  Falefii ,  drum. 
Gaul,  a  Gaul,  Gallus ,  i. 
Golden,  aureus ,  ». 

Mother,  mater ,  £m. 
My,  wiews,  a,  wro. 


Ring,  annulus ,  i,  m. 

Take  possession  of,  occiipo ,  arCj 


avi,  dtum. 
That,  iZfe,  a, 
Three,  im,  £na. 


243.  Exercises. 

I,  Translate  and  analyze ,  'parsing  objects. 

1.  Camillus  scelestum  hominem  pueris  tradidit.  2. 
Virgas  iis  dedit.  3.  Falisci  urbem  Bomanis  tradide- 
runt.  4.  Tarquinius  bellum  intulit.  5.  Amulius  fra* 
tri  optionem  dedit.  6.  Numitori  regnum  restituerunt. 
7.  Camillus  Volscorum  civitatem  vicit.  8.  Tres  trium- 
phos  egit.  9.  Eurius  Camillus  urbem  obsidebat.  10. 
Camillus  expulsus  est. 

II.  1.  Change  the  jirst  jive  of  the  above  sentences  to  the 
passive  form ,  omitting  the  agent. 

2.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences  with  both  di¬ 
rect  and  indirect  objects. 

3.  Change  the  sentences  thus  constructed  to  the  passive 
form. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Will  you  give  me  a  book  ?  2.  We  will  give  you 
three  books.  3.  Who  gave  you  that  book  ?  4.  My 
brother  gave  it  to  me.  5.  What  did  he  give  to  his 
mother  ?  6.  He  gave  her  a  gold  ring.  7.  What  city 

was  Camillus  besieging?  8.  Who  was  besieging  Fa¬ 
lerii  ?  9.  Whom  did  Camillus  deliver  to  the  boys  ? 

10.  Who  conquered  the  enemy?  11.  Camillus  con¬ 
quered  them.  12.  Who  had  taken  possession  of  the 
city  ?  13.  The  Gauls  had  taken  possession  of  Borne. 


COMPLEX  PREDICATE. — COMBINED  OBJECTS.  113 


Lesson  XVI. 


Complex  Predicate. —  Combined  Objects  ;  Accusative  and 

two  Datives. 

[34—36.] 

244.  After  a  few  verbs  the  direct  object  is  found  coin- 
bined  with  two  indirect  objects. 

Rem. — One  of  these  indirect  objects  generally  represents  the  person 
to  whom ,  and  the  other  the  thing  or  object  for  which  the  action 
is  performed. 

245.  Rule. —  Combined  Objects;  Accusative  and  two 
Datives. 

Transitive  verbs  of  giving ,  sending ,  imputing  (dare, 
mittere,  vertere,  &c.),  sometimes  take  a  direct  object  in 
the  accusative,  together  with  two  indirect  objects  in  the 
dative ;  e.  g., 

Regnum  suum  Romanis  He  gave  his  kingdom  to  the 

dono  dedit.  Romans  as  a  present  (for 

a  present). 

[F.  B.  649 ;  A.  &  S.  §  227  and  R.  1 ;  Z.  §422.] 

246.  With  the  passive  construction,  the  direct  object, 
of  course,  becomes  the  subject,  and  the  two  indirect 
objects  remain  after  the  passive  verb.  (See  Rule,  237.) 

247.  Vocabulary. 


Accept,  accipio,  ere ,  cepi,  cep- 
tum. 

Balbus,  Balbus ,  i. 

Bra ve,fortis,  e. 

Certain,  certain  one,  quidam , 
quaedam ,  quoddam ,  and  subs. 
quiddam. 


Challenge,  s.,  provocation  onis,  f. 
Challenge,  v.,  provoco ,  are ,  dvi, 
dtum. 

Crime,  crimen ,  inis ,  n. 

Cursor,  Cursor ,  oris. 
Descendants,  posterity,  poster i, 
drum%  m. 


114 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


Dictator,  dictator ,  oris,  m. 
Impute,  do,  dare,  dedi ,  datum  ; 

tribuo ,  ere,  utum. 
Manlius,  Manlius , 


Papirius,  Papirius ,  i. 
Present,  s.,  donum ,  n. 
Titus,  Titus,  i . 

Torquati,  Torquati ,  ortm. 


248.  Exercises.  - 

# 

I.  Translate  and  analyze ,  parsing  objects. 

1.  Romani  haec  Camillo  crimini  dederunt.  2.  Hoc 
Camillo  crimini  datum  est.  8.  Decemviri  civitati  leges 
scripserunt.  4.  Regnum  suum  Romanis  dono  dedit. 
5.  Librum  mihi  dono  dedit.  6.  Gallus  quidam  fortis- 
simum  Romanorum  provocavit.  7.  Gallus  quidam 
eximia  corporis  magnitudme  fortissimum  Romanorum 
provocavit.  8.  Posted  ejus  Torquati  appellati  sunt. 
9.  Gallus  quidam  provocavit  unum  ex  Romanis. 

II.  1.  Change  the  third,  fourth,  fifth,  and  sixth  of  the 
above  examples  to  the  passive  form. 

2.  ChcCnge  the  declarative  sentences ,  thus  formed ,  to  in¬ 
terrogative  or  imperative  sentences. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  What  will  you  give  Balbus  ?  2.  We  will  give 
him  these  books  as  a  present.  8.  They  will  impute 
this  to  us  as  a  crime.  4.  Did  not  the  Romans  impute 
this  to  Camillus  as  a  crime  ?  5.  A  certain  Gaul  chal¬ 

lenged  the  bravest  of  the  Romans.  6.  Who  accepted 
this  challenge  ?  7.  Who  were  called  Torquati  ?  8. 

The  Romans  called  the  descendants  of  T.  Manlius, 
Torquati.  9.  The  Romans  appointed  Papirius  Cursor 
lictator. 


COMPLEX  PREDICATE. — COMBINED  OBJECTS.  115 


Lesson  XVII. 


Complex  Predicate. — Comlined  Objects  ;  Accusative  ana 

Genitive. 

[37— 39.] 

249.  Bute. — Combined  Objects  ;  Accusative  and  Gen¬ 
itive. 

Verbs  of  accusing ,  convicting ,  acquitting ,  warning ,  and 
the  like,  take  the  accusative  of  the  person,  and  the 
genitive  of  the  crime,  charge,  &c. ;  e.  g., 

Caium  proditionis  accu-  They  accuse  Caius  of  trea- 

sant.  chery . 

[F.  B.  646  ;  A.  &  S.  §§  217,  229  ;  Z.  §  446.] 

Rem. — The  genitive  is  perhaps  best  explained  by  making  it  depend 
upon  the  ablative  crimine  understood.  See  F.  B.  214,  note. 

250.  Bule. —  Combined  Objects  ;  Accusative  and  Gen¬ 
itive. 


The  impersonal  verbs  of  feeling,  miseret ,  poeniiet ,  pu- 
det ,  taedet ,  and  piget ,  take  the  accusative  of  the  person 
and  the  genitive  of  the  object  which  produces  the  feel¬ 
ing  ;  e.  g., 


Taedet  me  vitae. 

[F.  B.  647  ;  A.  &  S. 


I  am  weary  of  life.  {Lit.  It 
wearies  me  of  life.) 

;§  215,  229;  Z.  §441.] 


251.  In  the  arrangement  of  objects,  the  direct  gene¬ 
rally  precedes  the  remote  ;  e.  g., 


Caium  fur ti  accusant.  |  They  accuse  Cuius  of  theft. 


116 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES 


252.  Vocabulary. 

Accuse,  accuso ,  are,  dvi ,  atum. 
Advice,  comilium ,  i ,  n. 
Cavalry,  equites ,  -tm ;  sing., 
eques,  itis ,  ra. 

Condemn,  damno ,  are,  dvi ,  d- 

Fabius,  Fabius,  i. 

Master,  magister ,  tri. 

Must,  expressed  by  periphrastic 


conjugation .  (See  F.  B.  425 
A.  &  S.  §162,  15.) 

Pontius,  Pontius , 

Put  to  death,  kill,  occido ,  Ire, 
cldi,  cisum. 

Reject,  imprbbo ,  are,  <m,  atum. 

To  death,  capitis  ;  to  condemn 
to  death,  capitis  damnare. 

Treachery,  proditio ,  5ms,  f. 


253.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze ,  explaining  position  and  pars - 
iny  objects. 

I.  Caium  proditionis  accusant.  2.  Dictator  Rullia- 
num  capitis  damnavit.  3.  Vos  furti  accusaverunt.  4. 
Magister  equitum  capitis  damnatus  est.  5.  Caius  pro¬ 
ditionis  accusatus  est.  6.  Proditionis  accusati  estis.  7. 
Tui  me  miseret.  8.  Taedet  me  belli.  9.  Pyrrhum 
auxilium  poposcerunt.  10.  Hi  Eplri  regem  auxilium 
poposcerunt.  11.  Tarentinis  bellum  indictum  est.  12. 
Nox  proelio  finein  dedit. 

II.  1.  In  the  first  three  of  the  above  sentences ,  make  the 
subject  the  direct  object,  and  the  direct  object  the  subject; 
then  put  the  sentences  in  the  interrogative  form ,  and  trans¬ 
late. 

MODEL. 

1.  Caius  illos  proditionis  accusat. 

2.  Hum  Caius  illos  proditionis  accusat? 

Does  Caius  accuse  them  of  treachei'y  ? 

Rem. — In  number  1  of  the  Model,  it  will  be  observed,  the  object 
Caium  is  changed  to  the  subject  Caius ,  and  the  subject  illi  im¬ 
plied  in  the  ending  of  the  verb  is  changed  to  the  object  illos , 


COMPLEX  PREDICATE. — COMBINED  OBJECTS.  117 


and,  as  the  subject  is  now  in  the  singular,  the  predicate  accit > 
sant  becomes  aecusat.  In  number  2,  the  same  sentence  is  put 
in  the  interrogative  form. 


2.  Construct  two  Latin  sentences ,  limiting  the  predicate 
by  an  accusative  and  a  genitive . 

3.  Change  the  sentences ,  thus  constructed ,  to  the  passive 
form ,  omitting  the  agent. 


MODEL. 


{Act.)  Caium  proditionis 
accusant. 

{Pass.)  Caius  proditionis 
accusatur. 

III.  Translate  into  La,tin. 


They  accuse  Caius  of  trea¬ 
chery. 

Caius  is  accused  of  trea¬ 
chery. 


1.  Who  condemned  Fabius  to  death?  2.  Was  he 
condemned  to  death  ?  3.  He  was  condemned  to  death. 

4.  The  dictator  condemned  the  master  of  the  cavalry 
to  death.  5.  Will  he  not  accuse  us  of  treachery  ?  6. 

We  shall  be  accused  of  treachery.  7.  I  have  been  ac¬ 
cused  of  treachery.  8.  You  have  all  been  accused  of 
treachery.  9.  Were  the  Eomans  put  to  death  ?  10. 

Must  they  all  be  put  to  death  ?  11.  Did  Pontius  re¬ 

ject  his  father’s  advice  ? 


Lesson  XYIII. 

Complex  Predicate. — Combined  Objects  ;  Accusative  and 

Ablative. 

[40—42.] 

254.  Pule. — Combined  Objects;  Accusative  and  Ab¬ 
lative. 

Verbs  signifying  to  separate  from,  deprive  of,  &c.,  take 


118  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 

f 

the  accusative  of  the  direct  object,  and  the  ablative  of 
that  from  which  it  is  separated ;  e.  g., 

Me  luce  privant.  |  They  deprive  me  of  light. 

[F.  B.  650 ;  A.  &  S.  §  229  and  R.  1,  and  §  251 ;  Z.  §460.] 

Rem. — Sometimes,  especially  in  poetry,  verbs  of  depriving ,  <fcc.  take 
the  accusative  and  dative  ;  e.  g.,  Id  mihi  eripuisti  atque  abstu- 
listi,  You  have  taken  this  from  me  and  carried  it  away. 


255.  Vocabulary. 

Ambassador,  legdtus ,  i,  m. 
Appear,  videor ,  m,  visas  sum. 
Cineas,  Cineas ,  ae. 

Decemvirs,  decemviri ,  drum. 
Deprive,  privo ,  are,  avi ,  dtum. 
Fabius,  Fabius,  i. 

Fabricius,  Fabricius ,  i. 

Fourth,  quartus ,  a,  urn. 

Glory,  gloria ,  f. 

Home,  domus ,  i  or  'us,  f.  (See 
A.  &  S.  §89.) 

How,  of  what  kind,  qualis ,  e. 


Kingdom,  regnum ,  1  n. 

No  one,  nobody,  (mis,  not 
in  good  use). 

Part,  pars ,  tis,  f. 

Promise,  v.,  promitto ,  ers,  misi 
missum. 

Pyrrhus,  Pyrrhus ,  i. 

Rullianus,  Rullidnus ,  i. 

Samnites,  Samnites ,  ium. 

Send,  mitto,  ere ,  wisi,  missum. 

"Write,  prepare,  scribo,  ere , 
scripsi ,  scriptum. 


256.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze ,  parsing  objects. 

I.  Me  luce  privatis.  2.  Num  me  luce  privatis  ?  8. 

Puerum  libro  fraudaverunt.  4.  Gloria  mea  privatus 
sum.  5.  Pueri  libris  fraudabantur.  6.  Pueri  boni  li- 
bris  fraudati  erant.  7.  Fabricium  admiratus  est.  8. 
Unum  ex  legatis  admiratus  est.  9.  Pyrrhus  vulnera- 
tus  erat.  10.  Hostes  caesi  sunt.  11.  Yiginti  millia 
hostium  caesa  sunt. 

II.  1.  Change  the  first  three  of  the  above  sentences  to  the 
passive  form. 


COMPLEX  PKEDICATE. — COMBINED  OBJECTS.  119 

2.  Change  the  next  three  to  the  active  form,  supplying 
such  subjects  as  you  please. 

3.  Construct  Latin  sentences  in  answer  to  the  folloiving 
questions : 

1.  Who  prepared  {wrote)  the  laws  for  Rome?  2. 
Who  was  made  dictator  ?  3.  Whom  did  this  dictator 

condemn  to  death  ?  4.  Who  conquered  the  Samnites  ? 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Who  deprived  you  of  your  books?  2.  I  will 
give  you  this  book.  3.  Will  you  deprive  yourself  of 
it  ?  4.  Will  you  deprive  the  Romans  of  their  glory  ? 
5.  No  one  will  deprive  them  of  their  glory.  6.  Who 
will  deprive  us  of  our  city  ?  7.  They  have  been  de¬ 

prived  of  their  homes.  8.  What  did  Pyrrhus  promise 
to  Fabricius  ?  9.  He  promised  him  a  fourth  part  of 

his  kingdom.  10.  Whom  did  Pyrrhus  send  as  ambas¬ 
sador?  11.  Cineas  was  sent  as  ambassador.  12.  How 
does  the  city  appear  to  you?  13.  We  have  seen  the 
country  of  kings. 


Lesson  XIX. 


Complex  Predicate. —  Combined  Objects;  two  Datives. 

[43  &  44.] 

257.  Rule. —  Combined  Objects;  two  Datives. 
Intransitive  verbs  signifying  to  be,  to  come,  to  go,  and 
the  like,  often  take  two  datives,  one  denoting  the  ob¬ 
ject  to  which,  and  the  other  the  object  for  which  ;  e.  g., 


Caesari  auxilio  venit. 


He  has  come  to  the  assist 
ance  of  Caesar. 


[F.  B.  651 ;  A.  &  S.  §  22 1 ;  Z.  §  422.] 


120 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


Rem. — Yeibs  of  this  class  cannot,  of  course,  assume  the  passive  form. 

258.  Vocabulary. 

Carthaginian,  Carthaginien 
sis ,  e. 

Elephant,  elephantus ,  i,  m. 

Great,  magnus ,  a,  um. 

259.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze ,  parsing  objects. 

1.  Una -res  erat  usui.  2.  Una  res  Romanis  erat 
magno  nsui.  3.  Hoc  fait  mihi  magno  usui.  4.  Haec 
fuerunt  fratri  magno  usui.  5.  Balbo  auxilio  venit.  6. 
Vobis  auxilio  venimus.  7.  Rornanorum  exercitus  Hi- 
eronem  superaverunt.  8.  Rornanorum  exercitus  regem 
Syracusarum  superaverunt.  9.  Duillius  septem  millia 
hostium  cepit.  10.  Cartbaginienses  pacem  petierunt. 

II.  1.  Construct  three  or  more  Latin  declarative  senten¬ 
ces. 

2.  Change  the  sentences ,  thus  constructed ,  to  the  interro¬ 
gative  form. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin . 

1.  Pyrrbus  conquered  tbe  Romans.  2.  Pyrrhus 
used  elephants.  3.  The  elephants  were  of  great  ser¬ 
vice  to  Pyrrhus.  4.  "Were  not  the  elephants  of  great 
service  to  him  ?  5.  Are  not  books  of  great  service  to 

us?  6.  Who  conquered  Hamilcar?  7.  Who  con- 
quered  the  leader  of  the  Carthaginians  ?  8.  The  Ro- 

,  mans  conquered  him.  9.  Who  conquered  the  Romans  ? 
10.  Who  conquered  the  Roman  army  ?  11.  Xanthip- 

•  pus  conquered  the  Roman  army. 


Hamilcar,  Hamilcar ,  arts. 
Service,  usus ,  us,  m. 
Xanthippus,  Xanthippus,  i. 


COMPLEX  PREDICATE. — COMBINED  OBJECTS.  121 


Lesson  XX. 


Complex  Predicate. — Combined  Objects  ;  Dative  and  Ab¬ 
lative. 

[45—47.] 

260v  Rule. —  Combined  Objects  ;  Dative  and  Ablative. 
Opus  est  and  usus  est,  haying  the  force  of  impersonal 
verbs  signifying  need,  take  the  dative  of  the  person, 
and  the  ablative  of  the  object  needed  ;  e.  g., 

Duce  nobis  opus  est.  We  need  a  leader.  (Lit. 

There  is  to  us  the  need 
of  a  leader.) 

Rem. — With  opus ,  the  thing  needed  is  frequently  made  the  subject, 
and  then  opus  est  is  used  personally ;  e.  g.,  Dux  nobis  opus  est. 

[F.  B.  652 ;  A.  &  S.  §  243  ;  Z.  §  464  and  N.  2.] 


261.  Vocabulary. 


Aid,  s.,  auxilium ,  i ,  n. 

Ask  for,  seek,  peto ,  ere,  Ivi, 
Hum. 

Captive,  captlvus ,  a,  um. 
Exchange,  s.,permutatio,dnis ,  f. 
Favor,  v.,  faveo,  ere ,  fad,  fau- 
tum. 


Fortune,  for  tuna,  ae,  f. 

Grant,  tribuo,  ere,  bui,  butum. 
Need,  v.,  opus  est ,  usus  est. 
Obtain,  obtineo,  ere ,  tinui,  ten- 
turn. 

Peace,  pax,  pads ,  f. 

Regulus,  Eegulus,  i. 


262.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze,  parsing  the  objects. 

1.  Leglbus  nobis  opus  est.  2.  Urbe  vobis  opus  est. 
3.  Libris  nobis  omnibus  opus  est.  4.  Liber  mihi  opus 
est.  5.  Usus  exercitu  fuit  Romanis.  6.  Fortuna  Car- 
thaginiensibus  favit.  7.  Regulus  Romanis  suasit.  8. 
Septuaginta  tres  Carthaginiensium  naves  captae  sunt. 

6 


122 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


9.  Tredecim  millia  hostium  occlsa  sunt.  10.  Cartha 
giniensibus  pax  tributa  est.  11.  Poeni  omnem  Hispa 
niam  Romanis  permiserunt. 

II.  Construct  five  Latin  sentences  with  combined  objects 
in  any  of  the  forms  above  specified. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin . 

1.  We  need  you.  2.  Do  you  need  us?  3."  Who 
needs  this  book  ?  4.  My  brother  needs  it.  5.  We  all 

need  aid.  6.  Does  not  your  father  need  aid  ?  7.  The 

Romans  needed  Regulus.  8.  The  Carthaginians  need¬ 
ed  him.  9.  Let  fortune  favor' us.  10.  Did  the  Car¬ 
thaginians  obtain  an  exchange  of  captives  ?  11.  Who 

asked  for  peace  ?  12.  The  Carthaginians  asked  for 

peace.  13.  Did  the  Romans  grant  them  peace  ?  14. 

The  Romans  did  grant  peace  to  them.  15.  Peace  was 
granted  to  them. 


Lesson  XXL 


Complex  Predicate. — Adverbial  Attribute  ;  Adverbs . 

[48—51.] 

263.  The  verb  of  the  predicate,  as  already  stated 
(Lesson  VIII.),  may  be  limited  or  modified  by  attribu¬ 
tives.  These  are, 

I.  Adverbs. 

II.  Adverbial  Expressions. 

264.  Adverbs,  as  attributive  modifiers  of  the  predi¬ 
cate,  may  denote 

1)  The  place  of  the  action  or  event ;  e.  g., 


Ibi  scribam  regis  interfe- 
cit. 


There  he  Icilled  the  secretary 
of  the  king \ 


ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTE. — ADVERBS. 


123 


2)  Its  time  ;  e.  g., 


Turn  se  tribunus  obtulit.  Then  the  tribune  presented 

himself. 

3)  Its  manner ,  means ,  &c. ;  e.  g., 


Plura  bella  feliciter  gessit. 

4)  Its  cause  ;  e.  g., 
Quamobrem  regem  interfe- 
cit. 


He  waged  many  wars  suc¬ 
cessfully. 

Wherefore  he  hilled  the  king . 


265.  There  is  also  a  class  of  adverbs  which  do  not 
express  the  attribute  of  the  predicate,  but  show  the 

manner  or  mode  of  the  assertion.  These  are  accord- 

% 

ingly  called  modal  adverbs,  and  strictly  modify  the  co- 
'pula  (see  199).  They  denote  either  certainty  or  uncer¬ 
tainty ,  and  are  either  affirmative  or  negative  ;  e.  g., 


Non  veniet, 
Fortasse  veniet. 
Certe  veniet. 


He  will  not  come. 
Perhaps  he  will  come. 
He  will  certainly  come. 


Rem.  1. — Adverbs  of  manner,  means ,  <fcc.,  are  the  most  numerous, 
and  present  far  the  greatest  variety,  including  quality,  degree , 
quantity,  <fcc. 

Rem.  2. — Cause  is  generally  denoted  by  adverbial  expressions;  ac¬ 
cordingly  but  few  adverbs  of  this  class  occur. 

Rem.  3. — Nonne  is  compounded  of  ne  and  the  adverb  non,  and  may 
in  future  be  thus  treated  in  analyzing. 

266.  Kule. — Adverbs 

Adverbs  modify  verbs,  adjectives ,  and  other  adverbs / 

e.  g., 

Haud  difficilis.  Not  difficult. 

Miles  for  titer  pugnat.  The  soldier  fights  bravely, 

[F.  B.  629  ;  A.  S.  §  2 17  ;  Z.  §  262.] 


124 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


267.  The  attributive  modifiers  of  the  predicate,  whe* 
ther  in  the  form  of  adverbs  or  adverbial  expressions, 
generally  stand  immediately  before  the  verb,  between 
that  and  the  object,  if  an  object  is  used ;  e.  g., 

Bellum  feliciter  gessit.  |  He  waged  war  successfully. 

Rem.  1. — Interrogative  adverbs  are  placed  at  the  beginning  of  the 
sentence  or  clause ;  e.  g.,  Quamdiu  furor  tuus  nos  eludet?  IIow 
long  shall  your  recklessness  elude  us  ? 

Rem.  2. — Emphasis  often  causes  the  adverbial  attributive  (187,  R.  2) 
to  stand  at  or  near  the  beginning  or  end.  (See  examples,  264.) 

268.  Vocabulary. 

Afterwards,  postea. 

Assistance,  auxilium ,  i,  n. 

Auxiliaries,  auxilia ,  pi.  of  aux¬ 
ilium. 

Be  made,  fio ,  fieri,  J actus  sum , 
pass,  of  facio. 

Captive,  cap  ficus ,  i,  m. 

Ever,  at  any  time,  unquam. 

Fight,  pugno ,  are,  am,  dtum. 

How  long  ?  quamdiu  ? 

Island,  insula ,  ae ,  f. 

Macedonia,  Macedonia ,  ae,  f. 

Not,  non ;  with  imperat.  or 
subj.  ne. 

269.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze ,  parsing  and  explaining  ad¬ 
verbs. 

1.  Hoc  nunquam  factum  est.  2.  Hoc  semper  factum 
erat.  3.  Hi  cives  non  sunt  necessarii.  4.  Hos  omnes 
ille  postea  interfecit.  5.  Interea  frater  Hannibalis  vin- 
citur.  6.  Ees  prospere  gesta  est.  7.  Multae  Italiae 


Never,  nunquam. 

Occupy,  occupo,  are,  dm,  dtum. 
Promise,  polliceor,  eri,  pollici- 
tus  sum. 

Ransom,  redimo ,  ere,  redemi, 
redemptum. 

Senate,  sendtus,  us,  m. 

Sicily,  Sicilia,  ae,  f. 

Slave,  servus ,  i,  m. 

Then,  tunc. 

"When  ?  quando  ? 

Where?  ubi? 

Why?  cur f 


ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTE. — ADVERBS. 


125 


« 


civitates  Romanis  paruerant.  8.  Interea  Hasdrubal 
perdit  triginta  quinque  millia  hominum.  9.  Philippus 
Hannibali  auxilia  pollicetur.  10.  Rex  Macedoniae 
Hannibali  auxilia  pollicetur. 

II.  1.  Specify  all  the  adverbs  in  your  reading  lesson , 
showing  the  force  of  each.  , 

2.  Put  the  first  five  of  the  above  sentences  in  the  interro • 
gative  form ,  omitting  the  adverbs  and  substituting  in  their 
stead  interrogative  adverbs  of  time  or  place. 

MODELS. 

1.  Quando  hoc  factum  est  ? 

2.  Ubi  hoc  factum  est  ? 


8.  Ask  three  questions  in  Latin ,  using  interrogative  ad • 
verbs ,  and  then  give  appropriate  answers  to  them. 

MODELS. 


1.  Quando  patrem  tuum 
videbis  ? 

2.  Patrem  meum  c*gs  vi- 
debo. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 


When  will  you  see  your  fa¬ 
ther  ? 

L  shall  see  my  father  to-mor¬ 
row. 


1.  Were  slaves  ever  made  soldiers?  2.  They  have 
never  been  made  soldiera.  3.  We  will  not  fight.  4. 
The  Roman  senate  did  not  ransom  the  captives.  5. 
Why  did  they  not  ransom  them?  6.  Were  not  the 
captives  put  to  death  ?  7.  They  were  afterwards  put 

to  death.  8.  Who  promised  aid  to  Hannibal?  9. 
The  king  of  Macedonia  promised  him  auxiliaries.  10. 
I  shall  not  promise  him  assistance.  11.  Why  will  you 
not  promise  him  assistance  ?  12.  Who  occupied  Sicily 

at  that  time  (then)  ?  13.  The  Carthaginians  occupied  it. 


126 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 

J 


Lesson  XXII. 


Complex  Predicate. — Adverbial  Expressions  of  Manner , 
0  Means ,  Ac. 

[52—56.] 

270.  The  attribute  of  the  verb-predicate  may  be  ex¬ 
pressed  by  the  oblique  cases  of  nouns  or  adjectives, 
with  or  without  prepositions.  These  oblique  cases, 
with  or  without  prepositions,  may  be  called  adverbial 
expressions,  and  may  be  referred  to  the  following  class¬ 
es,  viz. : 

1)  Adverbial  expressions  of  manner ,  means}  &c. 

2)  Adverbial  expressions  of  time. 

3)  Adverbial  expressions  of  place. 

4)  Miscellaneous  adverbial  expressions. 

271,  Rule. — Manner ,  Means ,  Ac. 

The  manner  or  cause  of  an  action,  and  the  means  or 
instrument  employed,  are  expressed  by  the  ablative ; 
e-  g-, 


Dommum  gladio  occfdit. 


He  hilled  his  master  with  a 
sword. 


Rem. — Manner  is  often  expressed  by  tbe  ablative  with  cum,  espe¬ 
cially  if  accompanied  by  an  adjective  ;  as,  Cum  ingen ti  pompa, 
With  great  pomp. 

[F.  B.  666  ;  A.  &  S.  §  247  ;  Z.  §§452,  455.] 

272.  Rule. — Price ,  Degree  of  Estimation ,  Ac. 

Price,  degree  of  estimation,  &c.,  when  expressed  by 
nouns,  are  usually  put  in  the  ablative,  and,  when  ex¬ 
pressed  by  adjectives,  usually  in  the  genitive ;  e.  g., 


ADVERBIAL  EXPRESSIONS  OF  MANNER.  127 


Avarus  patriam  auro  ven- 
det. 

Avarus  pecuniam  magni 
aestimat. 


The  avaricious  man  iviil  sell 
his  country  for  gold. 

The  avaricious  man  values 
money  highly. 


[F.  B.  667  ;  A.  &  S.  §§  214,  -252  ;  Z.  §§444,  456.] 

Rem.  1. — The  genitive  of  a  few  nouns,  and  the  ablative  of  a  few  ad¬ 
jectives,  occur  in  expressions  of  price  and  value. 

Rem.  2. — To  adverbial  expressions  of  means  must  be  referred  the 
ablative  of  the  agent  after  passive  verbs. 


273.  Bule. — Agent  of  Passive  Verbs. 

The  agent  of  the  action  after  passive  verbs  is  put, 

1)  In  the  ablative  with  a  or  ah  ;  e.  g., 

Puer  a  Caio  docetur.  |  The  boy  is  taught  by  Gains. 


2)  Except  after  the  second  periphrastic  conjuga¬ 
tion  which  requires  the  agent  in  the  dative ; 

e.  g., 

Mihi  scribendum  est.  |  I  must  write. 

[F.  B.  659  ;  A.  &  S.  §§248,  225,  III;  Z.  §451.] 

Rem.  1. — The  dative  of  the  agent  after  the  second  periphrastic  con¬ 
jugation  may  be  explained  as  an  indirect  object ;  thus,  Mihi 
scribendum  est,  I  must  write,  means  there  is  writing  for  me  to  do. 

Rem.  2. — The  accusative  with  per  is  sometimes  used  as  agent ;  e.  g., 
Per  And  filios  occlsus  est,  He  was  put  to  death  by  the  sons  of 
Ancus. 


274.  Vocabulary. 

Arms,  arma ,  orurn ,  n.  pi. 

By  (with  voluntary  agent),  a, 
ab,  abs  ;  in  other  cases,  indi¬ 
cated  by  abl. 

Carthage,  Carthago ,  inis,  i. 
Cornelius,  Cornelius ,  i,  m. 
Force,  vis ,  vis ,  f.  (pi.  vires). 
Hannibal,  Hannibal,  alis,  m. 
How,  qui,  quomodo. 


In  vain,  frustra. 

Italy,  Italia,  ae,  f. 

Let,  indicated  by  subj.  of  the 
following  verb.  (See  F.  B. 
230,  231.) 

Liberate,  liber o,  are,  avi,  atuni. 
New  (as  in  “New  Carthago  ”)> 
JTovus ,  a,  um. 

Once,  semel. 


128 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


P.,  P.  for  Publius. 

Scipio,  Scipio ,  bnis,  m. 

Take,  cupio ,  ere,  cepi,  captum. 

275.  Exercises. 


Thus,  sic. 

Try,  tento,  are,  avi,  alum . 


I.  Translate  and  analyze ,  parsing  and  explaining  ad¬ 
verbial  expressions. 

1.  Duo  Scipiones  ab  Hasdrubale  interfecti  erant.  2. 
Quondam  Publius  Cornelius  Scipio  patrem  singular] 
virtute  servavit.  8.  Caius  amici  sui  laborem  parvi 
aestimat.  4.  Plurimae  civitates  ab  Hannibale  teneban- 
tur.  5.  Hasdrubal  strenue  pugnavit.  6.  Ibi  Scipio 
pugnat.  7.  Scipio  ingenti  gloria  triumphavit.  8. 
Scipio  Africanus  appellatns  est.  9.  Sic  finem  accepit 
secundum  Punicum  bellum. 

II.  1.  Limit  the  predicates  in  the  first  five  of  the  above 
examples  by  attributives  of  time  or  place  ;  interrogative  or 
not ,  at  the  pleasure  of  the  pupil. 

2.  Explain  all  the  adverbs  in  your  reading  lesson  ;  also 
all  the  adverbial  expressions  of  manner,  means,  &c. 

8.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences ,  limiting  the 
predicate  of  each ,  by  some  attribute  of  time  or  place,  and 
then  add  that  of  manner,  means,  dec. 

MODELS. 


1.  Turn  domum  emit. 

2.  Turn  domum  auro  emit. 


He  then  bought  the  house . 
lie  then  bought  the  house 
with  gold. 


III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Who  took  New  Carthage  ?  2.  P.  Cornelius  Sci¬ 
pio  took  it.  3.  How  did  he  take  it  ?  4.  He  took  it 
by  force  of  arms.  5.  Was  not  he  made  consul?  6. 


ADVERBIAL  EXPRESSIONS  OF  TIME. 


129 


When  was  lie  made  consul?  7.  By  whom  was  he 
made  consul  ?  8.  He  was  made  consul  by  the  Homan 

people.  9.  The  Homan  people  made  Scipio  consul 
then.  10.  Thus  P.  Scipio  liberated  Italy.  11.  Peace 
will  be  tried  in  vain.  12.  Let  us  now  try  peace.  13. 
We  will  try  peace  once. 


Lesson  XXIII. 


Complex  Predicate . — Adverbial  Expressions  of  Time. 

[57 — 59.] 

276.  Hule. — Time. 

Time  when  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  without  a 
preposition ;  e.  g., 

Hieme  ursus  dorrnit.  |  The  bear  sleeps  in  winter. 

[F.  B.  669,  A.  &  S.  §  253  ;  Z.  §  4 75.] 

Rem. — The  accusative  with  a  preposition  is  frequently  used  to  denote 
time,  when  it  is  spoken  of  with  reference  to  the  time  of  anothei 
event;  e.  g.,  Post  Aeneae  mortem  Ascanius  regnum  accept 
After  the  death  of  Aeneas,  Ascanius  received  the  royal  power. 

277.  Hule. — Length  of  Time. 

Length  of  time  is  generally  expressed  by  the  accusa¬ 
tive  ;  e.  g., 

Caius  annum  unum  vixit.  |  Caius  lived  one  year . 

[F.  B.  670  ;  A.  &  S.  §  236  ;  Z.  §  395.] 

Rem. — The  ablative  is  sometimes  used  to  denote  length  of  time ; 
e.  g.,  Regnavit  annis  sexaginta,  He  reigned  sixty  years. 

278.  Vocabulary. 


Against,  indicated  by  the  da¬ 
tive. 

Antiochus,  Antiochus ,  i,  m. 
Battle,  proelium,  i,  n. ;  pugna , 

ac,  f. 

6* 


Dqy,  dies,  ei,  m.  &  f.  in  sing. ; 
m.  in  pi. 

Die,  morioi\  onori  or  moriri , 
mortuus  sum. 

Fifteen,  quindecim. 


130  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


Fortieth,  quadragesimus,  a ,  um. 
Forty,  quadraginta ,  indecl. 
Great,  magnus ,  a,  um;  ingens , 
tis. 

Greece,  Graecia ,  a<?,  f. 

Here,  Azc. 

How,  qvam ;  how  many,  quot 
or  multi ;  how  old, 

awwos  with  natus ;  as, 
Quot  annos  natus  est  ? 
Numa,  Numa ,  ae,  m. 

Old,  natus,  a,  um ;  two  years 
old,  duo  annos  natus. 

Reign,  regnum,  i,  n. ;  imperi- 
um,  i,  n. 

279.  Exercises. 


Remain,  maneo,  ere ,  mansi 
mansum  ;  remaneo,  ere,  &c. 
Rout,  /undo,  ere,  fudi,  fusum. 
See,  video,  ere,  vidi,  visum. 
Seven,  septem. 

Seventh,  septimus,  a,  um. 
State,  civitas,  a  tis,  f. 

Ten,  decern. 

Third,  tertius ,  a,  um. 

Thirtieth,  tricesimus,  a,  um. 
Three,  tres,  tria. 

To-morrow,  eras  ;  crastino  die. 
Two  hundred,  ducenti ,  ae,  a. 
Year,  annus,  i,  m. 

Yesterday,  fieri ;  hesterno  die. 


I.  Translate  and  analyze ,  explaining  adverbial  attribu¬ 
tives. 

I.  Post  hoc  proelium  pax  facta  est.  2.  Secundo  an¬ 
no  iterum  Tarquinius  helium  Romanis  intulit.  3.  Sex¬ 
to  decimo  anno  post  reges  exactos  poptilus  seditionem 
fecit.  4.  Turn  rex  Antiochus  pacem  petit.  5.  P.  Li- 
cinius  victus  est.  6.  Publius  Licinius  gravi  proelio 
yictus  est.  7.  Eodem  fere  tempore  dux  Romanorum 
gravi  proelio  a  rege  victus  est.  8.  Ancus  Marcius 
vicesimo  quarto  anno  imperii  morbo  obiit. 

II.  1.  Substitute  adverbs  for  the  adverbial  expressions 
in  the  first  three  of  the  above  sentences. 


MODEL. 

Postea  pax  facta  est. 

2.  Construct  Latin  sentences  containing  the  following 
adverbial  modifiers  • 

Unum  annum,  biennium,  hesterno  die. 


ADVERBIAL  EXPRESSIONS  OF  PLACE.  131 

3.  What  adverbs  are  equivalent  to  the  following  expres¬ 
sions  f 

Hoc  tempore,  illo  tempore,  longum  tempus,  hesterno 
die,  crastino  die. 

4.  Construct  Latin  sentences  in  answer  to  the  following 
questions : 

1.  When  did  Saturn  found  a  citadel  ?  2.  When  did 

Numa  die?  3.  How  long  did  Romulus  reign?  4. 
How  many  years  did  the  seven  kings  reign  ? 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  When  will  you  read  this  book  ?  2.1  will  read 
it  to-morrow.  3.  When  did  you  see  your  father  ?  4. 
I  saw  him  yesterday.  5.  How  long  will  you  remain 
here?  6.  We  shall  remain  here  ten  days.  7.  How 
old  are  you  ?  8.1  am  fifteen  years  old.  9.  Do  not 

wage  war  against  the  states  of  Greece.  10.  We  have 
never  waged  war  against  Greece.  11.  Who  was  rout¬ 
ed  in  a  great  battle  ?  12.  Who  was  routed  by  Corne¬ 
lius  Scipio  Asiaticus  ?  13.  Was  not  Antiochus  rout¬ 

ed  in  a  great  battle  by  Cornelius  Scipio  Asiaticus  ? 
14.  He  was  routed  by  the  consul. 


Lesson  XXIY. 

Complex  Predicate. — Adverbial  Expressions  of  Place. 

[60—62.] 

280.  Rule. — Place  In  Which  ;  Toivns. 

The  name  of  a  town  where  any  thing  is,  or  is  done, 
if  of  the  first  or  second  declension  and  singular  num¬ 
ber,  is  put  in  the  genitive,  otherwise  in  the  ablative ; 

e-  g-, 


182 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


Cams  Cortonae  vixit.  Caius  lived  at  Cortona, 

Caius  Tibure  vixit.  Caius  lived  at  Tibur, 

[F.  B.  672 ;  A.  &  S.  §  221  ;  Z.  §  398.] 

Rem. — Tli 6  town  near  which  is  expressed  by  the  accusative  with  ad 
or  apud  ;  e.  g.,  Ad  Pydnam,  Near  Pydna. 

281.  Rule. — Place  In  Which  ;  not  Towns. 

The  name  of  a  place  where  any  thing  is,  or  is  done, 
when  not  a  town,  is  generally  put  in  the  ablative  with 
a  preposition  ;  e.  g., 

Ursus  in  antro  dormit.  |  The  bear  sleeps  in  a  cawe. 

[F.  B.  673  ;  A.  &  S.  §  254,  R.  3  ;  Z.  §  489.] 

282.  Rule. — Place  To  or  From  Which. 

After  verbs  of  motion  ; 

1)  The  place  to  which  the  motion  is  directed,  if  a 
town  or  small  island,  is  expressed  by  the  ac¬ 
cusative  without  a  preposition,  otherwise  by 
the  accusative  with  one  ;  e.  g., 


Romam  venire. 

In  Italiam  venire. 


To  come  to  Pome. 

To  come  into  Italy. 

2)  The  place  from  which  the  motion  proceeds,  if 
a  town  or  small  island,  is  expressed  by  the 
ablative  without  a  preposition,  otherwise  by 
the  ablative  with  one  ;  e.  g., 


To  come  from  Pome. 
To  come  from  Italy. 


Roma  venire. 

Ab  Italia  venire. 

[F.  B.  674 ;  A.  &  S.  §§  237,  255  ;  Z.  §§  398,  404,  489.] 

283.  Rule. — Domus ,  Pus ,  &c. 

Domus  and  rus ,  together  with  the  genitives  belli j  Ivi' 
mi \  and  militiae ,  are  used  like  names  of  towns ;  e.  g., 


ADVERBIAL  EXPRESSIONS  OF  PLACE.  133 


Caius  rure  rediit. 

Balbus  et  domi  et  militiae 
mecum  fuit. 

[F.  B.  675  ;  A.  &  S.  §  221,  R.  3,  § 

284.  Vocabulary. 

Africa,  Africa,  ae,  f. 

At,  before  names  of  towns ,  indi¬ 
cated  by  gen.  or  abl.  (See 
280.) 

At  home,  domi ,  gen.  of  domus. 
Athens,  Athenae ,  drum ,  pi.  f. 
Boston,  Bostonia ,  ae ,  f. 

Hither,  hue. 

Horae,  domus ,  us  or  i ,  f. 

In,  (with  abl.). 

Into,  in  (with  acc.). 

t 

285.  Exercises. 


Caius  returned  from  the 
country. 

Balbus  was  with  me  both  at 
home  and  on  service. 

237,  R.  4,  and  §  255,  R.  1 ;  Z.  §  400.] 


Providence,  Providentia ,  ae,  f. 

Reside,  hablto ,  are,  <m,  ai-im. 

Rome,  Roma ,  ae,  f. 

Serve  in  war,  milito,  are,  dvi, 
alum. 

There,  ibi. 

Thither,  illuc. 

To,  ad  (with  acc.) ;  before 
names  of  towns,  indicated  by 
accus. 

Whither  ?  quo,  quonam  ? 


I.  Translate  and  analyze,  explaining  adverbial  attribu¬ 
tives. 

1.  Paullus  Romam  rediit.  2.  Paullus  cum  ingenti 
pompa  Romam  rediit.  3.  Paullus  cum  ingenti  pompa 
Romam  rediit  in  nave  Persei.  4.  Consules  in  Africam 
trajecerunt.  5.  Multa  ibi  praeclare  gesta  sunt  per 
illustrem  Scipionis  Africani  nepotem.  6.  Ingens  ibi 
praeda  facta  est.  7.  Biennium  Carthagine  manebunt. 
8.  Miserunt  legatos  Carthaginem.  9.  Caius  rus  ex 
urbe  rediit.  10.  Interim  in  Macedonia  quidam  Pseu- 
dopbilippus  arma  movit.  11.  Interim  in  Macedonia 
quidam  Pseudophilippus  Juvencium  gravi  proelio  vi- 
cit. 


134 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


II.  1.  In  the  above  sentences ,  for  the  adverbial  expres¬ 
sions  of  place,  substitute  adverbs  meaning  here  or  there 
after  verbs  of  rest ,  and  adverbs  meaning  hither  or  thither 
after  verbs  of  motion. 

MODEL. 


Paullus  illuc  rediit.  Paullus  returned  thither  (to 

that  place). 

2.  In  the  fifth  and  six  sentences ,  instead  of  ibi  put  the 
•place  denoted  by  it ;  also  mark  the  form  of  die  agent  in  the 
fifth{ per . . .  nepotem),  and  give  the  common  construction. 


III.  Translate  into  Latin. 


1.  Where  did  Scipio  serve  in  war  ?  2.  He  served 

in  Africa.  3.  Whither  are  you  going  ?  4.  I  am  go¬ 
ing  home.  5.  Are  you  going  to  Italy  ?  6.  I  shall  go 

to  Rome.  7.  We  shall  go  to  Athens.  8.  Where  is 
your  father  ?  9.  He  is  at  home — in  the  city — in  Pro¬ 

vidence — in  Boston.  10.  Whom  did  the  Romans  ap¬ 
point  consul  ?  11.  They  appointed  Scipio  consul.  12. 
Scipio  was  appointed  consul.  13.  They  sent  Corne¬ 
lius  Scipio  into  Africa.  14.  The  consul  was  sent  to 
Carthage.  15.  He  resides  at  Rome — at  Athens — at 
Carthage. 


Lesson  XXV. 

Complex  Predicate. —  Oblique  Cases  with  Prepositions  as 

Adverbial  Expressions. 

[63—65.] 

286.  Oblique  cases  with  prepositions  express  a  great 
variety  of  adverbial  relations,  as  time ,  place ,  manner , 
cause ,  &c. 


MISCELLANEOUS  ADVERBIAL  EXPRESSIONS.  135 


287.  Rule. — Prepositions  with  Accusative. 

The  following  twenty-six  prepositions  govern  the 
accusative  ;  viz.,  Ad,  ad  versus,  ante,  apud,  circa  or  cir- 
cum,  cis  or  citra,  contra,  erga,  extra,  infra,  inter,  intra, 
juxta,  ob,  penes,  per,  pone,  post,  praeter,  prope,  prop¬ 
ter,  secundum,  supra,  trans,  ultra,  versus  (rare) ;  e.  g., 

Ad  fugam.  To  flight. 

Intra  muros.  Within  the  walls. 

[F.  B.  679  ;  A.  &  S.  §  235  ;  Z.  §  404.] 

288.  Rule. — Prepositions  with  Ablative. 

The  following  eleven  prepositions  govern  the  abla¬ 
tive  ;  viz.,  A  (ab  or  abs),  absque,  coram,  cum,  de,  e  or 
ex,  palam,  prae,  pro,  sine,  tenus ;  e.  g., 


Ex  urbe. 
Sine  dubio. 


From  the  city. 
Without  doubt. 


[F.  B.  680 ;  A.  &  S.  §  241 ;  Z.  §  489.] 


289.  Rule. — Prepositions  with  Accusative  or  Ablative. 

The  five  prepositions,  clam)  in ,  sub)  subter ,  and  super , 
take  sometimes  the  accusative  and  sometimes  the  abla¬ 
tive  ;  e.  g., 

In  exsilium.  Into  exile. 

In  templo.  In  the  temple. 

Rem.  1. — In  and  sub  govern  the  accusative  in  answer  to  whither 
(i.  e.  after  verbs  of  motion),  and  the  ablative  in  answer  to  where 
(i.  e.  after  verbs  of  rest).  Subter  generally  takes  the  accusative. 
Super  takes  the  accusative  after  verbs  of  motion,  and  also  when 
it  signifies  upon,  and  the  ablative  when  it  signifies  on  or  of  (as 
of  a  subject  spoken  or  written  about). 

Rem.  2. — Prepositions  in  composition  often  govern  the  same  case  aa 
when  they  stand  alone. 

fF.  B.  681  and  R.  1  &  2 ;  A.  <fc  S.  §  235,  2,  3,  &  4 ;  Z.  §§  320,  404,  489. 


136 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


2.90.  Vocabulary. 

Ask,  seek,  peto ,  ere ,  pelivi  or 
petii ,  petltum. 

Country  (as  opposed  to  city), 
rus,  ruris ,  n. 

Finally,  postremo ,  denique. 

From,  a,  a&,  dte,  6  or  ex,  &c. ; 
i "before  names  of  towns,  indi¬ 
cated  by  the  abl. 

Go,  eo,  Ire,  Ivi,  itum  ;  go  away 
or  from,  abeo,  ablre ,  abii , 
abitum. 

Jugurtha,  Jugurtha,  ae ,  m. 


Metellus,  Metellus,  i,  m. 
Murderer,  interfecbor,  oris,  m. 
My,  mens,  a,  um  (masc.  voc. 
sing.  mi). 

Order,  command,  jussu  (used 
only  in  abl.  sing.). 

Through,  per. 

Walk,  v.,  ambulo ,  are,  mi,  dtum. 
Whole,  totus,  a,  um  (gen.  to  ti¬ 
ns,  see  F.  B.  113,  R). 

Winter,  hiems,  hiemis ,  f. 
Viriathus,  Viriathus,  i,  m. 


291.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze ,  parsing  and  explaining  all 
attributive  expressions. 

1.  Viriathus  in  Lusitania  bellum  excitavit.  2.  Viri¬ 
athus  in  Lusitania  bellum  contra  Komanos  excitavit. 

3.  Post  urbem  conditam  Viriathus  bellum  excitavit. 

4.  Anno  sexcentesimo  deeimo  post  urbem  conditam 
Viriathus  in  Lusitania  bellum  contra  Komanos  excita¬ 
vit.  5.  Turn  P.  Scipio  Africanus  in  Hispaniam  missus 
est.  6.  Ante  currum  triumphantis  Marii  Jugurtha 
cum  duobus  filiis  ductus  est. 

II.  1.  Change  the  first  four  of  the  above  sentences  to  the 
passive  form ,  and  the  last  two  to  the  active. 

2.  Construct  Latin  declarative  sentences ,  using  the  fol¬ 
lowing  adverbial  expressions : 

In  urbe,  in  horto,  in  agris,  sub  hoc  rege,  in  monte 
Albano,  ultra  ripam. 

3.  Change  the  sentences ,  thus  constructed ,  to  the  interro 
gative  or  imperative  form. 


COMPLEX  SUBSTANTIYE-PKEDICATE. 


137 


III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Let  us  walk  through  the  city.  2.  They  have 
gone  from  the  city  into  the  country.  3.  My  father 
will  remain  in  the  city  the  whole  winter.  4.  Who 
killed  Yiriathus?  5.  The  soldiers  killed  him.  6. 
The  murderers  of  Yiriathus  asked  a  reward  from  the 
Roman  consul.  7.  By  whom  was  Jugurtha  conquer 
ed  ?  8.  He  was  finally  conquered  in  many  battles  by 

Q.CaeciliusMetellus.  9.  He  was  put  to  death  by  the 
order  of  Marius. 


Lesson  XXYI. 


Complex  Substantive- Predicate. — Modifier  ;  Objective  or 

Attributive. 

[66—68.] 

292.  The  substantive-predicate  may  be  limited  in 
the  various  ways  already  specified  for  the  subject  and 
for  nouns  generally  (see  Lessons  Y.  and  IX.)  ;  e.  g., 

Aeneas  ivas  the  son  of  An- 
chises. 

Numa  ivas  a  good  king. 

293.  The  copula  ( esse  or  some  passive  verb)  which 
belongs  to  the  predicate,  may  also  be  modified  by  a 
modal  adverb  (see  Lesson  XXI.) ;  e.  g., 


Aeneas  fuit  Anchlsae  fili- 
us. 

Numa  fuit  bonus  rex. 


Tarquinius  non  fuit  bonus 
rex. 


Tarquin  ivas  not  a  good 
king. 


Eem. — Here  the  modal  adverb  non  limits  fuit. 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


188 

294.  Vocabulary. 

Acca,  Acca ,  ae,  f. 

Asia,  Asia,  ae,  f. 

Paustulus,  Faustulus,  i,  m. 
Hasdrubal,  Hasdrubal ,  alls,  m. 
Invade,  invado ,  ere,  invasi ,  in- 
vasum. 


Kind,  benignus ,  a,  um. 
Laurentia,  Laurentia ,  ae,  f. 
Man,  homo,  hominis  ;  mr,  viri , 
m. 

Mithridates,  Mithridates ,  is,  m. 
Pontus,  Fontus ,  i,  m. 


295.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze ,  parsing  predicates. 

1.  Silvius  Procas  fuit  rex.  2.  Silvius  Procas  fuit 
rex  Albanorum.  8.  Hannibal  fuit  dux.  4.  Hannibal 
fuit  Carthaginiensium  dux.  5.  Latlnus  fuit  bonus  rex. 
6.  Picentes  populo  Romano  obedierant.  7.  Picentes 
multos  annos  populo  Romano  obedierant.  8.  Sulla 
adhuc  cum  legionibus  suis  in  Italia  morabatur.  9. 
Sulla  cum  exercitu  Romam  venit.  10.  Turn  in  Asiam 
profectus  est.  11.  Sulla  in  Asia  Mithridatem  vicit. 
12.  Uniyersus  reliquus  senatus  in  Graeciam  venit. 

II.  1.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences  with  sub¬ 
stantive-predicates. 

MODEL. 

Carthago  fuit  urbs. 

2.  Add  an  attribute  to  each  of  these  predicates. 

MODEL. 

Carthago  fuit  magna  urbs. 

8.  Construct  Latin  sentences  in  answer  to  the  following 
questions : 

1.  Whose  son  was  Aeneas?  2.  Whose  son  was 
Ascanius  ?  3.  Who  was  the  father  of  Hannibal  ?  4. 
Who  was  the  wife  of  Faustulus  ? 


V 


COMPLEX  ADJECTIVE-PREDICATE.  139 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Who  was  kin"  of  Pontus?  2.  Was  not  Mithri- 

O 

dates  king  of  Pontus  ?  3.  He  was  king  of  Pontus.  4. 

Hannibal  was  the  brother  of  Hasdrubal.  5.  Is  this 
boy  your  brother  ?  6.  He  is  not  my  brother.  7.  Ae¬ 

neas  was  the  father  of  Ascanius.  8.  Your  father  is  a 
good  man.  9.  Balbus  is  a  kind  father.  10.  Mithri- 
dates  asked  peace  of  {from)  the  Romans.  11.  Who 
invaded  Asia  ?  12.  Mithridates  invaded  it. 


Lesson  XXVII. 

Complex  Adjective- Predicate. — Modifier  ;  Objective  or 

Attributive. 

[69  &  70.] 

296.  The  adjective-predicate  may  be  limited, 

I.  By  Objective  Modifiers. 

II.  By  Attributive  Modifiers. 

297.  The  objective  or  completing  modifier  of  the 
adjective-predicate  may  be  expressed, 

1)  By  the  Genitive. 

2)  By  the  Dative. 

298.  Rule. —  Genitive  after  Adjectives. 

Many  adjectives  signifying  desire,  knowledge,  shill , 
participation,  recollection,  fulness,  and  the  like,  together 
with  their  contraries,  take  the  genitive ;  e.  g., 

Cupidus  laudis  est.  |  He  is  desirous  of  praise. 

299.  Rule. — Dative  after  Adjectives. 

Many  adjectives  are  followed  by  the  dative  of  the 


140  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 

•» 


object  to  which  the  quality  is  directed,  or  for  which  it 
exists ;  e.  g., 


Pax  mihi  gratissima  erat. 


Peace  was  very  acceptable 
to  me. 


[F.  B.  631,  632;  A.  &  S.  §§213,  222;  Z.  §§409,  436.] 


800.  The  attributive  or  limiting  modifier  of  the  ad¬ 
jective-predicate  may  be  expressed, 

1)  By  the  Adverb. 

2)  By  the  Ablative  Case. 

For  the  use  of  adverbs,  see  Rule,  266. 


801.  Rule. — Ablative  after  Adjectives. 

The  ablative  is  used, 

1)  After  the  adjectives  dignus ,  indlgnus ,  conten- 
tus ,  praeditus,  fretus ,  and  liber  ;  e.  g,, 

Yirtus  parvo  contenta  est.  [  Virtue  is  content  with  little. 

2)  After  any  adjective,  to  denote  cause ,  manner , 
or  means  ;  e.  g., 

Aeger  avaritia  fuit.  |  He  was  diseased  by  avarice. 

[F.  B.  633,  634;  A.  &  S.  §§244,  247  ;  Z.  §§452,  467.] 

802.  Adjectives  in  any  situation,  whether  as  predi¬ 
cate  or  attribute,  are  modified  according  to  the  above 
Rules. 


Rem. — In  a  few  instances  it  will  be  found  difficult  to  distinguish  the 
object  from  the  attribute ;  in  most  cases,  however,  the  distinc¬ 
tion  is  sufficiently  obvious. 

808.  The  modifiers  of  the  adjective  generally  pre¬ 
cede  it,  though  the  objective  modifier  not  unfrequently 
follows  it ;  e.  g., 

Haud  blifficilis.  Not  difficult 

Cupidus  laudis.  Desirous  of  praise. 


COMPLEX  ADJECTIVE-PREDICATE. 


141 


Rem.  1. — The  attributive  modifier  sometimes  follows. 

Rem.  2. — For  the  effect  of  emphasis  on  position,  see  208,  R. 

304.  Vocabulary. 

Already,  jam. 

Apulia,  Apulia ,  ae ,  f. 

Capua,  Capua ,  ae,  f. 

Crassus,  Crassus ,  i,  m. 

Desirous,  cupidus,  a,  um;  avid- 
us ,  a,  m. 

Destroy,  diruo,  ere,  dirui ,  diru- 
tum. 

Escape,  effugio ,  ere,  ejfugi ,  e^w- 
gitum. 

Gladiator,  gladiator ,  ms,  m. 

Gladiatorial,  gladiatorius ,  a, 
um. 

305.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Balbus  est  dives.  2.  Balbus  est  satis  dives.  3. 
Haec  loca  sunt  frumentaria.  4.  Haec  loca  sunt  maxi- 
me  frumentaria.  5.  Virtus  parvo  contenta  est.  6. 
Servus  laude  dignus  est.  7.  Pueri  laudis  cupidi  sunt. 
8.  Pax  nobis  gratissima  est.  9.  Nicomedes  testamento 
populum  Romanum  fecit  heredem.  10.  Adversus 
Mithridatem  ambo  consules  missi  sunt.  11.  Anno  ur- 
bis  sexcentesimo  septuagesimo  octavo  novum  in  Italia 
bellum  commotum  est. 

II.  1.  Change  the  first  five  of  the  above  sentences  to  the 
interrogative  form. 

2.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences  with  adjec¬ 
tive-predicates. 

3.  Add  attributives  to  these  predicates. 


L. ,  L.  for  Lucius. 

M. ,  M.  for  Marcus. 

Much,  multus ,  a ,  um,  or  mul- 
turn  with  gen. 

Praise,  s.,  laus,  laudis,  f. 
Proconsul,  proconsul,  ulis,  m. 
School,  ludus,  i,  m. 
Sufficiently,  satis. 

Unworthy,  indignus,  a ,  um. 
Useful,  utilis ,  e. 

Wealthy,  dives,  itis. 

Worthy,  dignus ,  a,  um. 


142 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


4.  Construct  Latin  sentences  in  answer  to  the  following 
questions : 

1.  How  many  wars  did  the  Romans  wage  against 
Carthage?  2.  Was  Carthage  destroyed  ?  3.  If  so,  by 

whom?  4.  Who  waged  war  against  Jugurtha?  5. 
By  whom  was  he  conquered  ? 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Are  yon  already  sufficiently  wealthy?  2.  We 
are  not  sufficiently  wealthy.  3.  Is  he  worthy  of  praise  ? 

4.  He  is  unworthy  of  much  praise.  5.  Many  are  desi¬ 
rous  of  praise.  6.  These  books  will  be  useful  to  you. 

7.  Where  was  this  gladiatorial  school  ?  8.  The  school 

was  at  Capua.  9.  How  many  gladiators  escaped  from 
it?  10.  Who  conquered  them?  11.  Where  did  he 
conquer  them?  12.  The  proconsul  conquered  them  - 
in  Apulia.  13.  Who  was  this  proconsul  ?  14.  M.  L. 
Crassus  was  proconsul. 


Lesson  XXVIII. 

Complex  Adjective  Predicate. — Modifier  ;  Complex. 

[71  &  72.] 

306.  The  modifiers  of  the  predicate,  whether  objec¬ 
tive  or  attributive,  may  be  themselves  modified,  and 
may  thus  become  complex ;  e.  g., 

« 

Servus  multa  laude  dignus  The  slave  is  worthy  of  much 
est.  praise. 

Rem.  1. — Here  laude ,  which  limits  dignus ,  is  itself  limited  by  muua. 

Multa  laude  is,  therefore,  the  complex  modifier. 

Rem.  2. — We  have  seen  (300)  that  the  attribute  may  be  either  an 
adverb  or  a  noun.  When  an  adverb,  it  may  be  limited  by  ano 


COMPLEX  ADJECTIVE-PREDICATE. 


143 


tlier  adverb  ;  when  a  noun ,  by  an  adjective  or  by  an  attributive 
noun. 


307.  Vocabulary. 

Armenia,  Armenia ,  ae,  f. 
Beautiful,  pulcher,  chra ,  chrum. 
Cneus,  Oneus ,  i,  m. 

Content,  contentus,  a ,  -im. 

End,  yms,  w,  m.  &  f. 

Honor,  honor ,  oWs,  m. 
Lucullus,  Lucullus ,  m. 

Minor  (as  “  Armenia  Minor  ”), 
Minor ,  om. 


Parent,  parens ,  ercfo’s,  m.  &  f. 

Pompey,  Pompeius ,  Z,  m. 

Put  to,  impdnof  ere ,  imposui , 
impositum ;  to  put  an  end 
to,  Jinem  imponere. 

That,  t’ZZo,  as,  mZ. 

»  7 

Their,  swws,  a,  m  (referring  to 
subject  of  prop.),  [or  orwm. 

Tigranocerta,  Tigranocerta ,  a#, 


308.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze . 

1.  Puer  his  libris  indignus  est.  2.  Balbus  domo 
sua  contentus  est.  3.  Libri  nobis  omiybus  utiles  sunt. 
4.  Caius  magno  ingenio  praeditus  est.  5.  Interim  L. 
Lucullus  bellum  Mithridaticum  persecutus  est.  6.  Lu¬ 
cullus  ipsum  regem  apud  illam  civitatem  fugavit.  7. 
Per  ilia  tempora  piratae  omnia  maria  infestabant.  8. 
Hunc  vitae  finem  habuit  Mithridatee.  9.  Contra  Bo- 
manos  bellum  habuit  annis  quadraginta. 

II.  1.  Change  all  the  complex  attributives  in  the  above 
sentences  to  simple  ones. 

MODEL. 

Puer  libris  indignus  est. 

2.  In  the  first  four  sentences ,  substitute  other  complex 
attributives  for  those  nor:  used. 

MODEL. 

Puer  patre  suo  indignus  The  boy  is  unworthy  of  7m 
est.  father. 


144 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


3.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences ,  limiting  the 
subjects  by  simple,  and  the  predicates  by  complex  modifi¬ 
ers. 

MODEL. 

Boni  pueri  parentibus  suis  Good  boys  are  hind  to  their 
benigni  sunt.  parents. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  They  are  not  kind  to  their  parents.  2.  Are  not 
these  boys  unworthy  of  their  parents  ?  3.  They  are 

unworthy  of  them.  4.  Let  them  be  content  with  those 
beautiful  books.  5.  Let  us  be  worthy  of  these  honors. 
6.  What  city  of  Armenia  was  taken  by  Lucullus?  7. 
Tigranocerta  was  taken  by  him.  8.  Did  Lucullus  put 
an  end  to  the  war  ?  9.  He  did  not  put  an  end  to  the 

Mithridatic  war.  10.  By  whom  was  Mithridates  con¬ 
quered?  11.  E[e  was  conquered  by  Cneus  Pompey. 
12.  Where  was  this  battle  ?  13.  This  battle  was  fought 
in  Armenia  Minor. 


Lesson  XXIX. 

Elements  of  Sentences  ;  Recapitulation. 

[73 — 75.] 

309.  We  have  seen  that  the  elements  of  the  simple 
sentence  are, 

I.  Principal  Elements  ;  viz., 

1)  Subject. 

2)  Predicate. 

II.  Subordinate  Elements  ;  viz., 

1)  Objective  Modifiers. 

2)  Attributive  Modifiers. 


ELEMENTS  OF  SENTENCES. — RECAPITULATION.  145 


310.  We  have  also  seen  that  these  elements  may 
stand  either  without  limiting  words,  in  which  case  they 
are  called  simple ,  or  with  them,  in  which  case  they  are 
called  complex. 

811.  All  subordinate  elements  stand  as  the  modifiers 
of  substantives  (including  pronouns),  adjectives ,  verbs,  and 
adverbs. 

I.  Modifiers  of  Substantives. 

312.  The  objective  modifiers  of  substantives  must  be 
expressed  either  by  substantives  or  by  adjectives  used 
substantively ;  e.  g., 

Amor  gloriae.  |  The  love  of  glory. 

313.  The  attributive  modifiers  of  substantives  may 
be  expressed  (1)  by  adjectives  and  (2)  by  substantives ; 
e.  g., 

Lingua  Latina.  The  Latin  language. 

Ferrum  Graecorum.  The  sword  of  the  Greeks. 

II.  Modifiers  of  Adjectives. 

314.  The  objective  modifiers  of  adjectives  must  be 
expressed  by  substantives  or  by  adjectives  used  sub¬ 
stantively  ;  e.  g., 

Cupidus  laudis.  |  Desirous  of  praise. 

315.  The  attributive  modifiers  of  adjectives  may  be 
expressed  (1)  by  adverbs  and  (2)  by  substantives ;  e.  g., 


Ilaud  difficilis.  Not  difficult . 

Aeger  avaritia.  Diseased  by  avarice. 

III.  Modifiers  of  Verbs. 

316.  The  objective  modifiers  of  verbs  must  be  express¬ 
ed  by  substantives  or  by  adjectives  used  substantively, 

7 


146 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


and  are  of  three  kinds ;  viz.,  (1)  direct  objects,  (2)  indi 
red  objects,  and  (3)  remote  objects  ;  e.  g., 


Caius  puellam  laudat. 
Legibus  paret. 
Memini  vivorum. 


Caius  praises  the  girl. 
He  obeys  the  la7vs. 

I  remember  the  living. 


317.  The  attributive  modifiers  of  verbs  may  be  ex¬ 
pressed  (1)  by  adverbs  and  (2)  by  adverbial  expres¬ 
sions  consisting  of  oblique  cases  either  with  or  without 
prepositions ;  e.  g., 


Miles  fortiter  pugnat. 
Hieme  ursus  dormit. 


The  soldier  fights  bravely. 
The  bear  sleeps  in  winter. 


IY.  Modifiers  of  Adverbs. 


318.  The  objective  modifiers  of  adverbs,  like  those  of 
other  words,  must  be  expressed  by  substantives  or  by 
adjectives  used  substantively  ;  e.  g., 

Congruenter  naturae.  |  Agreeably  to  nature. 

319.  The  attributive  modifiers  of  adverbs  are  gene¬ 
rally  expressed  by  other  adverbs  ;  e.  g., 


Satis  bene  scripsit. 


He  has  written  sufficiently 
well. 


320.  Prepositions  and  conjunctions  are  properly  con¬ 
nectives,  and  neither  modify  nor  are  modified,  though 
they  are  used  (the  former  always  and  the  latter  often) 
as  elements  in  objective  or  attributive  expressions. 

321.  Interjections  are  expressions  of  emotion,  or 
mere  marks  of  address,  and  have  no  grammatical  influ¬ 
ence  upon  the  rest  of  the  sentence. 

322.  The  name  of  the  person  to  whom  a  sentence  is 
addressed  is  often  introduced  into  it,  but  forms  no  part 
of  the  sentence  itself. 


ELEMENTS  OF  SENTENCES. — RECAPITULATION.  14? 


823.  Pule. —  Vocative. 

The  name  of  the  person  or  thing  addressed  is  put  in 
the  vocative  ;  e.  g., 

Quid  est,  Catillna  ?  |  Why  is  this ,  Catiline  ? 

[F.  B.  617  ;  A.  &  S.  §  240 ;  Z.  §  492.] 

ORDER  OF  ELEMENTS  IN  THE  LATIN  SENTENCE. 

824.  The  Latin  admits  of  great  variety  in  the  ar¬ 
rangement  of  the  different  parts  of  the  sentence,  thus 
affording  peculiar  facilities  both  for  securing  proper 
emphasis  and  for  imparting  to  its  periods  that  harmo¬ 
nious  flow  which  characterizes  the  Latin  classics.  There 
are,  however,  certain  general  principles,  by  which  we 
may  be  guided  in  determining  the  best  position  for  the 
various  elements  in  any  sentence,  whether  with  or 
without  emphasis. 


I.  Position  of  Principal  Elements. 


325.  The  subject  generally  occupies  the  first  place 
in  the  sentence,  and  the  predicate  the  last ;  e.  g., 


Tarquinius  Superbus  cog¬ 
nomen  moribus  meruit. 


Tarquin  the  Proud  merited 
his  surname  by  his  char * 
acter. 


326.  The  subject  may  be  rendered  emphatic  by  being 
placed  at  or  near  the  end,  and  the  predicate  by  being 
placed  at  or  near  the  beginning ;  e.  g., 

CommovitbeliumrexTar-  King  Tarquin  excited  a 
quinius.  war. 


Rem. — If  the  predicate  consists  of  a  copula  and  a  noun,  adjective  or 
participle,  the  copula  sometimes  precedes  and  sometimes  follows 
the  attribute. 


148 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


II.  Position  of  Subokdinate  Elements. 

827.  All  subordinate  elements  appear  as  the  modi* 
tiers  of  substantives ,  adjectives ,  verbs,  or  adverbs,  and,  in 
regard  to  position,  may  be  treated  in  four  divisions. 

1.  Position  of  the  Modifiers  of  Substantives. 

828.  The  adjective  precedes  or  follows  its  substan¬ 
tive  according  as  it  is  or  is  not  emphatic ;  e.  g., 


Primus  annus  quinque  con¬ 
soles  habuit. 


The  first  year  had  five  con¬ 
suls. 


829.  The  attributive  genitive  usually  precedes  its  sub¬ 
stantive  when  the  latter  is  not  emphatic,  and  the  objec¬ 
tive  genitive  follows  ;  e.  g., 


Aeneae  filius  regnum  ac- 
cepit. 

Amor  gloriae  nos  impulit. 


The  son  of  Aeneas  received 
the  kingdom. 

The  love  of  glory  actuated  us. 


830.  When  a  substantive  is  limited  by  both  an  ad¬ 
jective  and  an  attributive  genitive,  the  order  is  adjective 
— genitive — substantive  ;  e.  g., 


Auream  regis  coronam  vi- 
dit. 


He  saiv  the  king's  golden 
croivn. 

2.  Position  of  the  Modifiers  of  Adjectives. 

331.  The  modifiers  of  the  adjective  generally  pre¬ 
cede  it,  though  the  objective  modifier  not  unfrequently 
follows  it ;  e.  g., 


Satis  dives. 
Avidus  laudis. 


Sufficiently  wealthy. 
Desirous  of  praise. 


8.  Position  of  the  Modifiers  of  Verbs. 

I.  Objects. 

382.  The  object  generally  precedes  the  verb ;  e.  g., 


ELEMENTS  OF  SENTENCES. — RECAPITULATION.  149 


Cams  filiam  laudat.  Cants  is  praising  his  daugh¬ 

ter. 

. 

333.  When  two  or  more  objects  are  used  with  the 
verb,  the  direct  object  seems  to  prefer  the  place  after 
the  indirect ,  but  before  the  remote  ;  e.  g., 

Fratri  optionem  dedit. 


Caium  furti  accusant. 


He  gave  the  choice  to  his 
brother. 

They  accuse  Caius  of  theft. 

II.  Adverbial  Attributives. 

334.  The  adverbial  attributive  generally  stands  be¬ 
tween  the  object  and  verb  ;  e.  g., 


Tarquinius  Superbus  cog¬ 
nomen  moribus  meruit. 


Targuin  the  Proud  merited 
his  surname  by  his  char- . 
acier. 


Rem.  1. — The  adverbial  attribute,  particularly  that  of  time  and 
place ,  not  unfrequently  stands  at  the  beginning  of  the  sentence  ; 
e.  g.,  Hinc  Aeneas  aufugit,  Aeneas  Jledfrom  this  place. 

Rem.  2. — When  the  adverbial  attribute  is  expressed  by  a  preposition 
and  an  oblique  case,  the  preposition  (except  tenus  and  versus) 
precedes  the  substantive,  and  if  the  latter  has  an  attribute,  the 
preposition  often  stands  between  the  attribute  and  substantive  ; 
e.  g.,  Hane  ob  causam  nonnulli  in  exitium  regis  conjurarunt, 
For  this  reason  some  conspired  for  the  destruction  of  the  king. 


4.  Position  of  the  Modifiers  of  Adverbs. 

335.  The  attributive  modifier  generally  precedes  the 
adverb,  and  the  objective  sometimes  precedes  and  some¬ 
times  follows  it ;  e.  g., 

Satis  bene.  Sufficiently  well. 

Congruenter  naturae.  Agreeably  to  nature. 


Rem. — Words  are  generally  rendered  emphatic  by  being  placed  in 
an  unusual  position,  especially  if  that  position  is  near  the  begin¬ 
ning  or  end  of  the  sentence  or  clause. 


150 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


336.  Vocabulary. 

Catiline,  Catillna ,  ae ,  ra. 

Capita],  caput ,  capitis ,  n. 

Character,  ingenium ,  i,  n. 

Depraved,  pravus,  a,um. 

Family,  genus,  generis ,  n. 

German,  Germ  anus,  a,  um;  the 
Germans,  Germani ,  drum,  m. 
pi. 

Himself  or  him  (oblique  case 
referring  to  subject),  sm,  sz- 
Z>£,  &c. 

Jerusalem,  Hierosolyma ,  drum, 
n.  pi.,  and  Hierosolyma,  ae,  f. 

337.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Tigrani  deinde  Pompeius  bellum  intulit.  2.  Ille 
diadema  suum  in  ejus  manibus  collocavit.  3.  Parte 
regni  enm  multavit.  4.  Armeniam  Minorem  Galatiae 
regi  donavit.  5.  Hierosolymam  tertio  mense  cepit.  6. 
His  gestis  finem  antiquissimo  bello  imposuit.  7.  Ab 
Antonio  Catillna  ipse  proelio  victns  est. 

II.  1.  Change  the  first  five  of  the  above  sentences  to  the 
'passive  form ,  and  make  the  rest  interrogative. 

MODEL. 

Tigrani  deinde  a  Pompeio  bellum  illatum  est. 

2.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences  illustrative  of 
complex  elements. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Who  surrendered  himself  to  Pompey  ?  2.  John, 

to  whom  did  Tigranes  surrender  ?  3  He  surrendered 

to  Pompey.  4.  Father,  will  you  go  to  Judea  with 


John,  Johannes,  is,  m. 

Judea,  Judaea,  ae,  f. 

Noble,  nobilis,  e. 

Surrender,  dedo ,  ere,  dedidi, 
deditum. 

Tigranes,  Tigranes,  is,  m. 

Very,  indicated  by  superl.  of 
adj. 

With,  cum  ;  with  pers.  pron. 
and  generally  with  relatives, 
it  is  appended  to  its  case,  as 
mecum,  tecum,  secum ,  &c. 


ELEMENTS  OF  SENTENCES. — RECAPITULATION.  151 

me  ?  5.  I  will  go  with  you  to  the  capital  of  Judea. 

6.  What  city  is  the  capital  of  Judea  ?  7.  Jerusalem 

is  the  capital  of  Judea.  8.  Catiline  was  a  man  of  a 
noble  family.  9.  Was  not  Catiline  a  man  of  a  very 
depraved  character?  10.  Caesar  waged  war  against 
the  Germans.  11.  The  Germans  were  conquered  by 
Caesar  in  many  battles. 


152 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


CHAPTER  H. 

COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


§  1. — Complex  Sentences ;  Unabridged. 


Lesson  XXX. 


Sentence  as  Subject. 

[76 — 78.] 

338.  Entire  sentences  are  often  used  as  elements  in 
tire  formation  of  other  sentences. 

339.  Sentences  thus  formed  are  called  complex.  (See 
164.) 

340.  A  sentence  thus  used  as  an  element  may  be  in¬ 
troduced, 

1)  Without  any  changes  of  form  or  structure,  as 
in  direct  quotation  ;  e.  g., 

( Simple  Sentence.) 

Caius  est  beatus.  |  Caius  is  happy. 

( Complex — Direct  Quotation.) 

Dicunt,  “  Caius  est  beatus.”  \  They  say,  “Caius  is  happy.” 

2)  With  certain  changes  to  adapt  it  to  the  subor¬ 
dinate  rank  which  it  is  to  occupy  in  its  new 
position,  as  in  indirect  quotation  ;  c.  g., 


Dicunt  Caium  esse  beatum. 


They  say  that  Caius  is 
happy. 


•7 


SENTENCE  AS  SUBJECT.  *  153 


Rem. — It  -will  be  observed  that  the  subordinate  sentence  in  the 
above  example,  in  the  Latin,  takes  its  subject  and  its  predicate- 
adjective  in  the  accusative,  and  its  copula  in  the  infinitive,  but 
in  the  English  assumes  the  connective  that,  and  remains  in 
other  respects  unchanged.  Sometimes  in  Latin  also  the  rank 
of  the  subordinate  sentence  is  indicated  by  merely  assuming  a 
connective,  and  sometimes  by  both  assuming  a  connective  and 
changing  its  own  form ;  e.  g.,  Iter  faciebam,  quum  Balbum  vi- 
debam,  I  was  making  a  journey,  when  I  saw  Balbus. — Quae  quum 
ita  sint,  egredere  ex  urbe,  Since  these  things  are  so,  go  forth 
from  the  city.  Here  it  must  be  observed  that,  in  the  first  exam¬ 
ple,  the  sentence,  “  Balbum  videbam,”  is  united  withoit  change 
to  the  principal  sentence  by  the  connective  quum,  and  thus  is 
rendered  subordinate  to  it  as  in  the  English  ;  while  in  the  sec¬ 
ond,  the  sentence,  “  Quae  ita  sunt  ”  (these  things  are  so),  not 
only  assumes  the  connective  quum,  but  also  changes  its  copula 
sunt  to  sint,  thus  becoming  “  Quae  quum  ita  sint.” 


341.  A  complex  sentence  may  take  an  entire  sen¬ 
tence  in  place  of  any  one  of  its  elements  ;  i.  e., 

1)  As  Subject. 

2)  As  Predicate. 

3)  As  Object. 

4)  As  Attribute. 


Sentence  as  Subject. 

342.  Any  sentence,  whether  declarative,  interroga¬ 
tive,  or  imperative,  may  be  used  in  direct  quotation  as 


subject ;  e.  g., 

“  Terra  est  rotunda ,”  est 
sententia. 

u  Quid  casurum  est  fn  est 
quaestio. 

f<  Nemo  in  urbe  sepelitorj 1 

crat  lex. 


“  The  earth  is  round,”  is  a 
sentence. 

“What  will  happen?”  is 
the  question. 

“Let  no  one  be  buried  in 
the  city,”  was  the  law. 


843.  Any  sentence,  whether  declarative,  interroga- 

7* 


154 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


tive,  or  imperative,  may  be  introduced  as  the  subject  of 
another  sentence  without  being  directly  quoted ;  it 
then  undergoes  certain  changes  to  adapt  it  to  the  place 
it  is  to  hold  in  the  new  sentence. 


I.  Changes  in  Declarative  Sentences  as  Subject. 

344.  Declarative  sentences  used  as  subject,  except  in 
direct  quotation  (see  340,  1)  change  their  own  subjects 
to  the  accusative,  their  predicates  to  the  infinitive,  and 
any  predicate-adjectives  or  nouns  to  the  accusative ; 


e. 


cr 

D*J 


Terra  est  rotunda. 

Terrain  esse  rotundam  cer- 
tum  est. 


The  earth  is  round. 

That  the  earth  is  round ,  is 
certain. 


Rem. — Here  the  decl.  sentence,  Terra  est  rotunda,  is  used  as  subject ; 
accordingly  its  own  subject  (terra)  is  changed  to  the  accns.  ( ter¬ 
rain ),  and  its  predicate  (est  rotunda )  to  the  infinitive  (esse)  and 
the  accusative  (rotundam). 


345.  Rule. — Infinitive  as  Subject. 

The  infinitive  mood,  either  alone  or  with  other  words 

connected  with  it,  may  be  used  as  the  subject  of  a  verb. 
[F.  B.  608  ;  A.  &  S.  §  269  ;  Z.  §  597.J 


346.  Rule. — Subject  of  Infinitive. 

The  subject  of  the  infinitive  is  put  in  the  accusative 
(as  terram  in  the  above  example). 


[F.  B.  655  ;  A.  &  S.  §239*,  Z.  §599.] 

347.  With  a  few  verbs  we  find  quod  with  the  indices 
tive  as  the  real  subject ;  e.  g., 


Accessit  etiam  quod  pars 
equitatus  se  trans  Rhe- 
num  receperat. 


An  additional  reason  was 
that  a  part  of  the  cavalry 
had  crossed  the  Rhine . 


348.  Instead  of  an  infinitive  sentence  as  subject,  we 


SENTENCE  AS  SUBJECT. 


155 


find  ut  with,  the  subjunctive  with  restat,  sequitur,  reli- 
quum  est,  primum  est,  proximum  est ,  and  the  like  ;  e.  g., 


Sequitur,  ut  haec  enuncia- 
tio  falsa  sit. 

Restat  ut  omnia  doceam. 

Mos  est  hominum,  ut  no¬ 
lint  eundem  pluribus 
excellere. 


It  follows  that  this  statement 
is  false. 

It  remains  that  I  should 
teach  all  things. 

It  is  a  custom  of  men ,  that 
they  are  unwilling  that 
the  same  one  should  excel 
in  many  things. 


Rem.  1. — In  each  of  these  examples,  the  clause  beginning  with  ut  is 
plainly  the  real  subject,  and  the  preceding  part,  as  sequitur , 
restat,  mos  est,  &c.,  the  predicate.  Thus,  in  the  first  example, 
we  may  ask,  what  follows  ( sequitur ) :  plainly  that  this  statement 
is  false  (ut  haec  enunciatio  falsa  sit). 

Rem.  2. — After  non  dubium  est  and  the  like,  we  sometimes  find  quin 
with  the  subjunctive ;  e.  g.,  Non  dubium  est  quin  turpe  sit, 
There  is  no  doubt  but  that  it  is  disgraceful.  Here  the  clause, 
quin  turpe  sit ,  seems  at  first  to  be  tho  subject,  but  if  we  observe 
closely  the  force  of  quin  as  compounded  of  qui  (the  old  abl.  of 
qui),  by  which,  and  ne,  not,  the  sentence  may  be  explained  thus, 
non  est  dubium ,  there  is  no  doubt,  quin  turpe  sit,  by  which  (i.  e. 
in  accordance  with  which)  this  is  not  disgraceful.  Thus  explain¬ 
ed  it  assumes  the  nature  of  a  relative  clause. 


II.  Changes  in  Interrogative  Sentences  as  Subject. 

349.  Interrogative  sentences  used  as  subject,  except 
in  direct  quotation,  change  their  predicates  to  the  sub¬ 
junctive  mood  ;  e.  g.,  * 


Quid  casurum  est  ? 

Quid  casurum  sit  incertum 
est. 


What  will  happen  ? 

It  is  uncertain  ivhat  will 
happen. 


III.  Changes  in  Imperative  Sentences  as  Subject. 

350.  Imperative  sentences  used  as  subject,  except  in 


156 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


direct  quotation,  change  their  predicates  to  the  subjunc¬ 
tive  mood  (if  not  already  in  that  mood)  with  ut  or  ne  ; 

•  e.  g-, 


In  urbe  mane. 

Ut  in  urbe  maneas,  prae- 
scribetur. 


Remain  in  the  city . 

That  you  remain  in  the  city 
will  be  enjoined. 


851.  The  general. rule  for  the  position  of  subject  and 
predicate  is  the  same  in  complex  as  in  simple  sentences 
(325,  326),  with  this  qualification,  that  the  subject-sen¬ 
tence  usually  follows  the  predicates  mentioned  in  arti¬ 
cles  3-17,  348,  and  a  few  others. 

352.  Vocabulary. 


Cams,  Caius ,  i,  m. 

Certain,  sure,  certus,  a,  um. 
Dictator,  dictator ,  6m,  m. 

It  is  ordered,  the  order  is  giv¬ 
en,  praescribitur. 

It  is  usual,  solet. 


It  is  well  known,  is  an  admit¬ 
ted  fact,  constat . 

Near,  apud. 

Pharsalia,  Pharsalia ,  ae,  f. 
Pharsalus,  Pharsalus ,  i,  f. 
Uncertain,  incertus ,  <z,  um. 


353.  Exercises. 


I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Constat  solem  cuncta  luce  sua  illustrare.  2.  Cer- 
tum  est  solem  nrbem  sua  luce  illustrare.  3.  Certum 
est  Caium  leges  violavisse.  4.  Quid  Caium  fecisse  in- 
certum  est.  5.  Pueros  oportet  diligentes  esse.  6. 
Praescriptum  erat,  ut  Caius  in  urbe  maneret.  7.  Circa 
eadem  tempora  M.  L.  Crassus  contra  Parthos  missus 
est.  8.  Reliquiae  exercitus  per  quaestorem  servatae 
sunt.  9.  Propter  hanc  injuriam  ab  Arimino  infesto 
exercltu  Romam  contendit. 


SENTENCE  AS  PREDICATE. 


157 


II.  1.  Restore  the  subordinate  sentences ,  used  as  subject 
in  the  above  exercises ,  to  the  rank  of  independent  sentences. 

MODELS. 

•1.  Sol  cuncta  luce  sua  illustrat. 

6.  Caius  in  urbe  maneat. 

2.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences  with  subordi¬ 
nate  clauses  as  subjects. 

3.  Construct  Latin  sentences  in  answer  to  the  following 
questions : 

1.  Who  was  Mithridates  ?  2.  Who  was  Tigranes  ? 

3.  Who  conquered  Mithridates  ?  4.  Who  conquered 
Tigranes?  5.  What  Eoman  made  himself  dictator? 
6.  Is  it  certain  that  Caesar  made  himself  dictator  ?  7. 

Where  was  Pompey  conquered  ? 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Caius  is  worthy  of  much  praise.  2.  It  is  welJ 
known  that  Caius  is  worthy  of  much  praise,  3.  Who 
conquered  the  king  ?  4.  It  is  uncertain  who  conquer¬ 
ed  the  king.  5.  Caesar  conquered  Pompey  near  Phar- 
salia.  6.  It  is  well  known  that  Caesar  conquered  Pom¬ 
pey  near  Pharsalia.  7.  Let  the  boys  remain  in  the 
city.  8.  The  order  has  been  given  that  the  boys  shall 
remain  in  the  city. 


Lesson  XXXI. 

Sentence  as  Predicate, 

[79  &  80.] 

354.  Any  sentence,  whether  declarative,  interroga¬ 
tive,  or  imperative,  may  be  used  in  direct  quotation  aa 
predicate ;  e.  g., 


158 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


Sententia  fuit,  “  Terra  est 
rotunda .” 

Quaestio  est,  “  Quid  casu - 
rum  est  f  ” 

Lex  fuit,  “  Nemo  in  urbe 
sepelitor .” 


The  sentence  was ,  “The 
earth  is  round.” 

The  question  is ,  “What 
will  happen  ?” 

Zata  was ,  “  Let  no  one 
be  buried  in  the  city.” 


855.  Any  sentence  may  be  used  as  the  predicate  of 
another  sentence  without  being  directly  quoted;  it 
then  undergoes  certain  changes  to  adapt  it  to  the  place 
which  it  is  to  hold  in  the  new  sentence. 


I.  Changes  in  Declarative  Sentences  as  Predicate. 

856.  Declarative  sentences  used  as  predicate,  except, 
of  course,  direct  quotation,  generally  change  the  sub¬ 
ject  to  the  accusative,  the  verb-predicate  to  the  infini¬ 
tive,  and  any  predicate  noun  or  adjective  to  the  accu¬ 
sative.  This  change,  it  will  be  observed,  is  the  same 
as  that  of  Subject-Sentences  ;  e.  g., 


Exitus  fuit  orationis,  sibi 
nullam  cum  his  amici- 
tiam  esse. 


The  conclusion  of  the  oration 
was ,  that  he  had  no  friend¬ 
ship  with  them. 


857.  Sometimes  the  predicate-sentence  takes  ut  or  ne 
with  the  subjunctive  ;  e.  g., 


Consilium  fuit,  ut  regem 
occideret. 


The  desiqn  was  to  Jcill  the 
king. 


"Rem. — This  is  usually  the  case  when  the  idea  of  purpose  is  at  all 
prominent  in  the  sentence. 

858.  Sometimes  the  predicate-sentence  takes  qubd 
with  the  indicative  ;  e.  g., 

Justissima  causa  fuit,  qubd  The  truest  reason  was  that 
Grermani  timuerunt.  the  Germans  feared . 


SENTENCE  AS  PREDICATE. 


159 


II.  Changes  in  Interrogative  Sentences  as  Predicate. 

359.  Interrogative  sentences  used  as  predicate,  except 
in  direct  quotation,  take  their  own  predicates  in  the 
subjunctive  mood  ;  e.  g., 


Quaestio  erat,  num  terra 
rotunda  esset. 


The  question  was ,  whether 
the  earth  is  round. 


III.  Changes  in  Imperative  Sentences  as  Predicate. 

360.  Imperative  sentences  used  as  predicate,  except 
in  direct  quotation,  change  their  own  predicates  to  the 
subjunctive  mood  (if  not  already  in  that  mood)  with  ut 
or  ne  ;  e.  g., 

Praescriptum  fuit,  ut  in  The  order  was  tha, the  should 
urbe  maneret.  remain  in  the  city. 


361.  Vocabulary. 


Assassinator,  percussor ,  oris,  m. 

Design,  consilium ,  *,  n. 

Favor,  v.,faveo,  ere,favi,fau - 
turn. 

Question,  quaestio ,  onis ,  f. 

Report,  fama,  ae,  f. 

Return,  v.,  redeo ,  ire,  redii,  re- 
ditum. 

Violate,  break,  violo,  are ,  am, 
atum. 


"Whether  (in  dependent  ques¬ 
tions),  we,  num ,  nonne  ;  num 
is  more  common  than  in  di¬ 
rect  questions,  and  here  does 
not  necessarily  expect  the 
answer  no.  (See  177,  R.  2.) 

Your  (in  reference  to  one  per¬ 
son),  tuus,  a ,  um  ;  (in  refer¬ 
ence  to  more  than  one)  ves- 
ter ,  tra,  trum. 


362.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Fama  est,  Caium  urbem  condidisse.  2.  Fama 
fuit,  Caesarem  ad  Alexandriam  venisse.  3.  Oratio 
fuit,  Caesarem  regnum  Cleopatrae  dedisse.  4.  Haec 
fuit  oratio,  Romanos  Germanis  bellum  inferre.  5.  Haec 


160 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


erat  oratio,  Germanos  populo  Romano  bellum  intulisse, 
6.  Consilium  fuit,  ut  Caesarem  occideret.  7.  Quaestio 
fuit,  num.  Caesar  occisus  esset.  8.  Lex  pacis  fuit,  ut 
Antiochus  sumptum  omnem  belli  Romanis  restitueret. 
9.  Lex  pacis  fuit,  ut  rex  naves  universas  traderet. 

II.  1.  Change  the  subordinate  predicate-clauses  in  the 
above  exercises  to  distinct  independent  sentences. 

-  MODEL. 

Caius  urbem  condidit. 

2.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences  with  subordi¬ 
nate  clauses  as  predicates. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  The  report  is,  that  jour  father  is  in  the  city.  2. 
The  report  was,  that  Caesar  had  returned  to  the  city. 
8.  The  report  is,  that  he  returned  to  Rome.  4.  The 
report  is,  that  the  citizens  are  violating  the  laws.  5. 
The  design  was  to  kill  ( that  he  should  kill)  his  father. 
6.  The  question  is,  whether  he  will  kill  his  father.  7. 
The  question  is,  whether  the  senate  favored  the  assas¬ 
sinators  of  Caesar. 


Lesson  XXXII. 

Sentence  as  Modifier  of  Subject  or  other  Noun. 

[81  &  82.] 


863.  A  sentence  may  be 
ject  of  another  sentence,  or 
sentence ;  e.  g., 

Ad  ceteras  utilitates  haec 
quoque  opportunitas  ad- 
jungitur,  ut  hcibeat  eater- 
cUum. 


used  as  modifier  of  the  sub- 
of  some  other  noun  in  that 

To  the  other  qualifications 
this  advantage  also  is  add¬ 
ed f  that  he  has  an  army. 


SENTENCE  AS  MODIFIER  OF  SUBJECT.  161 


Poetae,  qui  res  Romanos 
scribunt ,  solent  praeter- 
lre  nostras  calamities. 

Audlvit  famam,  Caium  re¬ 
gem  occidisse. 


The  poets ,  who  write  Ro¬ 
man  history,  are  accus¬ 
tomed  to  pass  over  out 
misfortunes. 

He  heard  a  report ,  that  Cai- 
us  had  killed  the  king. 


Rem.  1. — The  subordinate  clause,  in  each  of  the  first  two  of  the 
above  examples,  modifies  the  subject,  that  in  the  first  showing 
what  poets,  viz.,  those  who  write  Roman  history ,  and  that  in  the 
second  what  advantage,  viz.,  that  he  has  an  army.  The  subor¬ 
dinate  clause  in  the  third  example  modifies  the  object,  and 
shows  what  report,  viz.,  that  Caius  had  killed  the  king. 

Rem.  2. — The  last  example  may  be  regarded  as  a  form  abridged 
from  the  relative  clause,  the  relative  and  copula  being  omitted. 
Filled  out,  it  might  stand  thus:  Audxvit  famam  ( quae  fuit ), 
Caium  regem  occidisse.  Abridged  Complex  Sentences  will  be 
noticed  in  another  place.  (See  Lesson  XLIII.) 


364.  The  same  general  principles  apply  to  the  chan¬ 
ges  of  sentences  in  these  cases  as  in  subject  and  predi¬ 
cate  clauses,  with  the  exception  of  relative  sentences, 
which  axe  very  numerous. 

365.  Most  declarative  sentences,  introduced  to  ex¬ 
press  the  attribute  of  a  substantive,  are  changed  to  rel¬ 
ative  clauses,  and  introduced  by  relative  pronouns 
which  always  denote  the  same  persons  or  things  as  the 
nouns  which  they  limit ;  e.  g., 


Aeneas  fuit  Anchisae  fili- 
us. 

Aeneas  urbem  condidit. 
Aeneas,  qui  urbem  condi- 
dit ,  fuit  Anchisae  Alius. 


Aeneas  was  the  son  of  An- 
chises. 

Aeneas  founded  the  city. 

Aeneas,  who  founded  the 
city,  was  the  son  of  An- 
chises. 


L62 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


Aeneas,  qui  fuit  Ancliisae  Aeneas ,  who  was  the  son 
films,  urbem  condidit.  of  Anchises^tmcfec?  the 

city. 

Hem. — It  will  be  observed  tliat  the  first  and  second  of  the  above 
examples  are  simple  sentences ;  that  in  the  third,  the  second  is 
made  subordinate  to  the  first  by  representing  the  subject  Aeneas 
by  the  relative  qui ;  and  that  in  the  fourth,  the  first  is  made 
subordinate  to  the  second  in  the  same  way. 

« 

366.  Kule. — Relative  Pronoun. 

The  relative  pronoun  agrees  with  its  antecedent  in 
yonder  and  number.  (See  examples  above.) 

[F.  B.  625  ;  A.  &  S.  §  206.] 


367.  The  predicate  of  a  relative  clause  is  sometimes 
in  the  indicative  mood,  and  sometimes  in  the  subjunc¬ 
tive.  It  may  be  observed,  however,  that  the  subjunc¬ 
tive  is  used, 

1)  To  express  purpose,  result ,  or  reason  ;  e.  g., 


Legatos  miserunt  qui  dice- 
rent. 

Neque  enim  tu  is  es  qui 
nescias. 


They  sent  ambassadors  to 
say  (lit.  who  might  say). 

Nor  indeed  are  you  such  an 
one  as  not  to  know  (who 
may  not  know). 


2)  To  define  or  explain  an  indefinite  antecedent, 
either  affirmative  or  negative  ;  e.  g., 


Sunt  qui  putent. 

Uemo  est  qui  haud  intelli- 
gat. 


Thert'e  are  (some)  who  think. 
There  is  no  one  who  does 
not  undej'stand. 


Rem.  1. — After  negative  expressions,  we  sometimes  find  quin  with 
the  subjunctive  instead  of  the  relative  clause ;  e.  g.,  Nemo  est 
quin  intelligat,  Ac.,  There  is  no  one  who  does  not  understand,  Ac. 

Rem.  2. — It  should  be  observed  that  the  relative  clause  not  only « 
serves  as  attributive  to  the  subject,  but  sometimes  also  expresses 


SENTENCE  AS  MODIFIER  OF  SUBJECT.  163 


the  relation  of  purpose,  result,  reason,  <fcc.  to  the  predicate,  as  ir 
the  a.bove  examples. 

368.  The  common  position  for  the  relative  clause  in 
Latin  is  directly  after  the  antecedent,  though  one  or 
two  words  are  not  unfrequently  allowed  to  intervene. 
(See  examples,  365,  367.) 

Rem. — The  same  principle  also  applies  to  the  position  of  any  subor¬ 
dinate  sentence  used  as  modifier  of  a  substantive  or  pronoun. 


369.  Instead  of  antecedent  and  relative,  we  some¬ 
times  find  correlatives,  as  they  are  called,  such  as  tot — 
quot ;  talis — qualis  ;  tantus — quantus,  k c. ;  e.  g., 


Quanta  vi  civitates  liberta- 
tem  expetunt,  tantd  reg- 
na  reges  defendunt. 

370.  A  relative  adverb  ii 
the  relative  pronoun  ;  e.  g. 

Germani  Rhenum  transie- 
runt  non  longe  a  mari, 
quo  (==  in  quod)  Rhenus 
influit. 


With  whatever  violence  states 
seek  liberty ,  with  so  great , 
kings  defend  their  king - 
doms. 

sometimes  used  in  place  of 

The  Germans  crossed  the 
Rhine  not  far  from  the 
sea  into  ivhich  the  Rhine 
flows. 


371.  Vocabulary. 

Condition,  terms,  conditio ,  dnis,i. 
Hold  as  one’s  own,  obtain,  ob- 
tineo ,  ere ,  obtinui ,  obtentum. 
In,  in  (with  abl.). 

Mountain,  mount,  mons,  tis ,  m. 
On,  in  (with  abl.). 

Part,  portion,  pars ,  tis,  f. 
Pyrrhus,  Pyrrhus ,  i,  m. 

Second,  secundus ,  a,  um. 


Send,  mitto,  ere ,  misi,  mission. 

Take,  occupy,  occupo ,  are,  dvi, 
dtum. 

That  (followed  by  a  rel.  clauso 
explaining  it),  is,  ea,  id. 

Undertake,  suscipio,  ere,  susccpi , 
susceptum. 

With,  sometimes  indicated  by 
abl. 


164 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


372.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Caesar  Octavianus  contra  eos  pugnavit.  2.  Cao 
sar  Octavianus  postea  Augustus  est  appellatus.  3. 
Caesar  Octavianus,  qui  postea  Augustus  est  appellatus, 
contra  eos  pugnavit.  4.  Caesar  Octavianus,  qui  contra 
eos  pugnavit,  postea  Augustus  est  appellatus.  5.  In¬ 
gens  fuit  Romae  timor,  ne  iterum  Galli  urbem  occupa- 
rent.  6.  Ei  successit  Marius,  qui  bello  terminum  po- 
suit.  7.  Ei  successit  Marius,  qui  ipsum  Jugurtham 
cepit.  8.  Sulla,  qui  in  Italia  morabatur,  adversaries 
i'nterfecit.  9.  Decemviri  creati  sunt,  qui  civitati  leges 
scriberent. 

II.  1.  In  the  sixth ,  seventh ,  and  eighth  of  the  above  sen- 
fences,  change  the  relative  clauses  to  independent  sentences. 

MODEL. 

Marius  bello  terminum  posuit. 

2.  In  the  same  sentences ,  change  the  places  of  the  two 
parts ,  converting  the  relative  clauses  into  principal  senten¬ 
ces  with  the  other  parts  subordinate  to  them. 

MODEL. 

Marius,  qui  ei  successit,  bello  terminum  posuit. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Ascanius  was  the  son  of  Aeneas.  2.  Ascanius 
founded  a  city  on  mount  Albanus.  3.  Ascanius,  wbo 
was  the  son  of  Aeneas,  founded  a  city  on  mount  Alba¬ 
nus.  4.  Ascanius,  who  founded  a  city  on  mount  Al¬ 
banus,  w*as  the  son  of  Aeneas.  5.  In  the  second  battle, 
Brutus,  who  had  undertaken  the  war,  was  killed.  6. 
Pyrrhus  sent  an  ambassador  to  ask  {seek)  peace.  7. 
The  ambassador  asked  peace  with  the  condition  that 


ACCUSATIVE  WITH  INFINITIVE  AS  OBJECT.  165 


Pyrrhus  should  (364)  hold  a  portion  of  Italy.  8.  The 
condition  was  that  Pyrrhus  should  hold  that  part  of 
Italy  which  he  had  taken  by  his  arms. 


Lesson  XXXIII. 


Accusative  with  Infinitive ,  or  Sentence  with  Quod  as  Object. 

[83—85.] 

373.  A  sentence,  whether  declarative,  interrogative, 
or  imperative,  may  be  used,  in  direct  quotation,  as  the 
object  of  the  predicate  of  a  new  sentence.  It  is  then 
introduced  without  change ;  e.  g., 


Dixit,  “  Caius  est  bedtus .” 
Dixit,  “  Quis  est  bedtus 
Dixit,  “  Sit  bedtus .” 


He  said ,  “  Caius  is  happy.” 
He  said ,  “  Who  is  happy  ?” 
He  said}  11  May  he  be  hap- 

P7-” 


374.  Declarative  sentences,  when  used  as  object  of 
predicate,  after  verbs  of  declaring ,  perceiving,  and  the 
like  ( verba  declarandi  et  sentiendi ),  except  in  direct  quo¬ 
tation,  change  their  subjects  to  the  accusative ,  and  their 
predicates  to  the  infinitive  ;  e.  g., 

Dici  t  Caium  esse  beatum.  \  He  says  that  Caius  is  happy. 

375.  After  a  few  verbs,  particularly  those  of  adding , 
omitting ,  passing  over ,  and  the  like,  declarative  senten¬ 
ces  used  as  object  are  often  introduced  by  quod  ;  e.  g., 


Praetereo,  quod  Sassia  earn  I  pass  over  {the  fact),  that 
sibi  domum  delegit.  Sassia  chose  this  house 

for  herself. 

376.  In  the  arrangement  of  the  different  parts  of 
complex  sentences, 


166 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


1)  The  general  principle  is,  that  the  subordinate 
clauses  dependent  upon  the  predicate  should 
be  inserted  between  the  different  portions  of 
the  leading  sentence  ;  e.  g., 


Komulus,  ut  civium  nume- 
rum  augeret ,  asylum  pa- 
tefecit. 


Romulus ,  that  he  might 
increase  the  number  of 
citizens,  opened  an  asy¬ 
lum. 


2)  It  must  be  observed,  however,  that  the  subor¬ 
dinate  clauses  sometimes  precede  and  sometimes  follow 
the  leading  sentence,  instead  of  being  inserted  within 
it ;  e.  g., 


• Haec  dum  nostri  colligunt , 
rex  ipse  effugit. 


While  our  men  collect 
these,  the  king  'himself 
escapes. 


377.  Vocabulary. 

Caligula,  Caligula ,  ae,  m. 
Eye,  oculus ,  i,  m. 

Happy,  bedtus,  a ,  um. 
Livia,  Lima ,  ae1  f. 

Mother,  mater ,  matris ,  f. 
Nero,  Nero,  dnis ,  m. 
Palace,  palatium ,  i,  n. 


Say,  dico ,  ere ,  dm,  dictum. 
Think,  puto ,  are,  d®i, 

Third,  tertius ,  a, 

Turn,  turn  to,  concerto ,  ere, 
concerti ,  concersum. 

Upon,  towards,  in  (with  ao- 
cus.). 


378.  Exercises. 

II.  Translate  and  analyze ,  explaining  objects. 

1.  Tanaquil  dixit  regem  grave  vulnus  accepisse.  2. 
Bomulum  a  senatoribus  interfectum  esse  existimavc- 
runt.  3.  Q.  M.  Scaevola  ait,  trecentos  alios  juvenes  in 
eum  conjurasse.  4.  Cupio  me  esse  clementem.  5. 
Tenet  fama,  venenum  Claudio  ab  conjuge  datum.  6. 


ACCUSATIVE  WITH  INFINITIVE  AS  OBJECT.  167 

Video  in  me  omnium  vestrum  oculos  esse  conversos. 
7.  Principia  ejus  imperii  moderata  sunt  Germanici 
Caesaris  metu. 

II.  1.  In  each  of  the  above  sentences ,  develop  the  object 
(if  there  is  one)  into  an  independent  sentence t, 

,  MODEL. 

Kex  grave  vulnus  accepit. 

2.  Change  the  indirect  to  direct  quotation. 

MODEL. 

Tanaquil  dixit,  “  Rex  grave  vulnus  accepit .” 

3.  Construct  Latin  sentences ,  using  the  following  objects 
in  indirect  quotation : 

1.  Nero  fuit  gener  Augusti.  2.  Nepotes  suos  fame 
necavit.  8.  Claudius  Britanniam  subegit.  4.  Clau 
dius  annos  imperavit  quatuordecim. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin ,  using  both  direct  and  indi¬ 
rect  quotation. 

1.  Who  was  the  mother  of  T. Nero?  2.  They  say 
that  Livia  was  the  mother  of  Nero.  3.  How  long  did 
Caligula  reign?  4.  They  say  that  he  reigned  three 
years.  5.  Where  was  Caligula  killed  ?  6.  The  report 

is  that  he  was  killed  in  his  palace  in  the  third  year  of 
his  reign.  7.  They  said  that  all  eyes  were  turned  upon 
them  ( se ,  vid.  336).  8.  Were  not  all  eyes  turned  upon 

you?  9.  We  saw  that  all  eyes  were  turned  upon  us. 
10.  Do  you  think  that  Nero  was  happy  ?  11.  We  do 

not  think  that  he  was  happy. 


168  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


Lesson  XXXIV. 


Dependent  Question  as  Object. 

[86—91.] 

379.  An  interrogative  sentence  may  be  used  as  the 
object  of  the  predicate  ;  and  then,  except  in  direct  quo¬ 
tation,  it  takes  its  verb  in  the  subjunctive  ;  e.  g.,  . 

Quid  dixit  ?  What  did  he  say  ? 

Xescio  quid  dixerit.  I  do  not  know  what  he  said. 

Rem. — The  tense  of  the  subjunctive  to  be  used  in  any  case  may  be 
determined  by  the  following 

38Q.  Kule. — Subjunctive  Tenses  in  Dependent  Senten¬ 
ces. 

1)  When  dependent  upon  a  present  tense  (pres.j 
per f.  def,  or  fut.),  the  subjunctive  is  put  in 
the  present  tense  to  denote  an  incomplete  ac¬ 
tion,  and  in  the  perfect  to  denote  a  completed 
action. 


2)  When  dependent  upon  a  past  tense  ( imperf , 
perf  indef ,  or  pluperf ),  it  is  put  in  the  imper¬ 
fect  to  denote  incomplete  action,  and  in  the 
pluperfect  to  denote  completed  action  ;  e.  g., 


Nescio  quid  dicat. 
Nescio  quid  dixerit. 
Nesclvi  quid  diceret. 
Nesclvi  quid  dixisset. 


I  know  not  what  he  says. 

I  know  not  what  he  said. 

I  knew  not  what  he  said. 

I  knew  not  what  he  had  said. 


Rem. — The  present  tense  is  sometimes  used  in  narration  for  the  per* 
feet  indef.,  and  may  then  be  followed  by  the  imperfect  or  pin- 
perfect  subjunctive. 


1 


DEPENDENT  QUESTION  AS  OBJECT. 


169 


381.  Vocabulary. 


Cremona,  Cremona ,  f. 

Die,  morior ,  mori  or  morlri , 
mortuus  sum  ;  demorior ,  &c. 
Famous,  clarus)  a ,  wm. 

Galba,  Calba ,  oo,  m. 

Know,  scio,  scm,  scitum ; 

not  to  know,  nescio,  Ire ,  wos- 
cm,  nescltum. 

Misenum,  Misenum ,  i,  n. 

Near,  opwd. 

Otho,  0ZAo,  m. 

Palestine,  PalaesVina ,  ao,  f. 


Vespasian,  Vespasidnus ,  i,  m. 

Vitellius,  Vitellius ,  i,  m. 

Voluptuousness,  pleasures,  dk- 
liciae,  drum ,  f.  pi. 

Wear  out,  overcome,  conficio, 
ere ,  confeci ,  confectum. 

Whether  (in  dependent  ques¬ 
tions),  mm,  wo,  nonne  ;  num 
is  more  common  than  in  di¬ 
rect  questions,  and  does  not 
here  necessarily  expect  the 
answer  wo.  (See  177,  E.  2.) 


382.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Unde  sol  ignem  habet  ?  2.  Nescio  unde. sol  ig- 
nem  habeat.  3.  Quid  dicit  ?  4.  Nesclmus  quid  dicat. 
5.  Quis  scivit  quid  dixisset?  6.  Quid  futurum  sit, 
nesclmus.  7.  Quid  vere  nobis  prosit,  non  semper  intel- 
ligimus.  8.  Interrogavit  num  terra  rotunda  esset.  9. 
Nero  magnam  urbis  partem  per  ludum  incendit.  10. 
Culpam  in  Christianos  transtiilit.  11.  Otbo  a  Vitellio, 
qui  a  Germanicis  legionibus  imperium  acceperat,  ad 
Cremonam  levi  proelio  victus  est. 

II.  1.  Change  the  declarative  sentences  in  the  above  ex¬ 
ercises  to  the  interrogative  form. 

MODEL. 

Num  nescio  unde  sol  ignem  habeat  ? 

2.  Construct  complex  Latin  sentences ,  using  the  ninth 
and  tenth  of  the  above  exercises  as  objects. 

3.  Construct  Latin  sentences  in  answer  to  the  following 
questions : 


8 


170 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


1.  Who  was  the  mother  of  Nero  ?  2.  What  became 
of  her?  3.  What  became  of  Nero?  4.  Who  was 
conquered  by  V  itellius  ?  5.  Where  was  he  conquered  ? 

6.  Who  succeeded  Vitellius  ? 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Where  is  your  father?  2.  I  do  not  know  where 
he  is.  3.  They  say  he  is  in  the  city.  4.  Will  he  go 
to  Rome  ?  5.  We  do  not  know  whether  he  will  go  to 
Rome.  6.  My  brother  says  that  he  has  gone  to  Rome. 

7.  Who  succeeded  Nero  ?  8.  Do  you  know  who  suc¬ 
ceeded  him  ?  9.  We  know  that  Galba  succeeded  him. 

10.  Which  was  the  most  famous  city  of  Palestine  ?  11. 
Who  does  not  know  which  was  the  most  famous  city 
of  Palestine?  12.  All  say  that  Jerusalem  was  the 
most  noble  city  of  Palestine. 


Lesson  XXXV. 


Sentence  with  ut  or  ne  as  Object. — Indirect  Object. 

[92—94.] 

383.  An  imperative  sentence  used  as  object,  except 
in  direct  quotation,  is  generally  introduced  by  ut  or  ne} 
and  takes  its  verb  in  the  subjunctive  ;  e.  g., 


Clypeos  hastis  percutite. 

Militibus  imperavit,  ut  cly¬ 
peos  hastis  percuterent. 


Strike  your  shields  with  your 
spears. 

He  commanded  the  soldiers 
to  strike  their  shields  with 
their  spears. 


Rem. — As  an  exception  to  the  above  principle,  it  must  be  observed 
that  jubeo  usually  takes  the  accusative  with  the  infinitive  as  tho 


I 


SENTENCE  AS  INDIRECT  OBJECT.  171 


object-clause ;  e.  g.,  Eos  suum  adventum  exspectare  jussit,  He 
ordered  them  to  await  his  arrival. 


384.  After  verbs  signifying  to  ash ,  advise ,  seek,  and 
the  like,  the  object-sentence  usually  takes  the  subjunc¬ 
tive  with  ut  or  ne;  e.  g., 


Fac  ut  sciam. 

Ilia  petiit,  ut  sibi  annulos 
aureos  darent. 


Cause  me  to  know. 

She  ashed  that  they  would 
give  her  gold  rings. 


Rem. — In  these  examples  the  clauses  beginning  with  ut  are  the  ob¬ 
jects  of  the  transitive  verbs  fac  and  petiit. 

Final  Sentences  ;  Indirect  Object. 

385.  Final  sentences,  or  such  as  express  purpose,  are 
introduced  by  ut,  ne,  quo,  quominus ,  and  quin ,  and  take 
the  verb  in  the  subjunctive.  These  correspond  to  the 
indirect  object  in  the  simple  sentence. 

386.  Clauses  expressing  an  affirmative  purpose  are 
introduced  by  ut,  unless  a  comparative  occurs  in  the 
sentence,  in  which  case  quo  is  used  ;  e.  g., 


Yenit  utportas  claudat. 

Medico  aliquid  dandum 
est,  quo  sit  studiosior. 


He  has  come  to  shut  the 
gates. 

Something  ought  to  be  given 
to  the  physician  that  he 
may  be  more  attentive. 


387.  Clauses  expressing  a  negative  purpose  are  gen¬ 
erally  introduced  by  ne  ;  e.  g., 


Komulus,  ne  vana  urbis 
magnitudo  esset,  asylum 
aperit. 


Romulus,  that  the  large 
city  might  not  be  empty, 
opened  an  asylum. 


388.  Quominus  {quo  and  minus )  is  used  after  verbs 
of  hindering  ;  e.  g., 


172 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


Quid  obstat,  quominus  Cai-  What  prevents  Cains  from 
us  sit  beatus  f  being  happy  ?  (Lit.  by 

which  [in  order  that]  he 
may  be  less  happy.) 

389.  Quin  {qui  and  we),  how  not ,  why  not ,  by  which 
not, ,  &c.  is  used  after  some  verbs  of  doubting  and  hinder¬ 
ing  in  negative  sentences  or  questions  implying  a  nega¬ 
tive,  and  after  facere  non  possum ,  fieri  non  potest ,  &c. ; 


e-  g., 

Non  dubitant,  quin  dii  il- 
lud  exaudiant. 
acere  non  possum,  quin 
ad  te  mittam  literas. 


They  do  not  doubt  (but)  that 
the  gods  hear  this. 

I  cannot  but  send  letters 
to  you. 


Rem.  1. — The  clause  in  the  first  example  appears  to  be  the  direct 
object  of  dubitant ;  it  is  such,  however,  only  in  appearance,  and 
may  be  explained  thus :  They  entertain  no  doubt  (by  which,  in 
accordance  with  which,  <fcc.),  to  the  effect  that,  the  gods  do  not 
hear. 


Rem.  2. — Relative  clauses  are  sometimes  used  to  express  purpose 
(see  Lesson  XXXII.),  e.  g.,  Legatos  miserunt  qui  dicerent,  They 
sent  ambassadors  to  say. 


390.  Vocabulary. 


Burning,  incendium ,  i,  n. 

Cause  (with  infin.  or  that),  effi- 
cio ,  followed  by  ut  or  ne  with 
subj.  ;  efficio,  ere ,  effeci,  effect- 
turn. 

Citadel,  arx,  arris,  f. 

Do,  make,  facio,  ere,  feci ,  fac¬ 
tum. 

Friend,  amicus,  i,  m. 

In  order  (with  infin.  or  that), 
ut  (with  subj.). 


Inquire,  interrogo ,  are ,  am,  d- 
tum. 

Lose,  waste,  per  do,  ere,  perdidi , 
perditum. 

Represent,  repraesento,  are,  am, 
atum. 

Set  on  fire,  set  fire  to,  incendo, 
ere,  incendi,  incensum. 

Tell,  say,  dico,  ere,  dixi,  dictum. 

Titus,  Titus,  i,  m. 

Troy,  Troja ,  aes  f. 


SENTENCE  AS  INDIRECT  OBJECT. 


173 


391.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Tarpeiam  rogabant,  ut  viam  in  arcem  monstraret. 

2.  Virgini  permiserunt,  ut  munus  sibi  posceret.  3. 
Ilia  petiit,  ut  sibi  armillas  aureas  darent.  4.  Hannibal 
Romanis  obtulit,  ut  captlvos  redimerent.  5.  Octavia- 
nus  extorsit,  ut  sibi  consulatus  daretur.  6.  Hero  mag- 
nam  urbis  partem  per  ludum  incendit,  ut  Trojae  reprae- 
sentaret  incendium.  7.  Romulus,  ut  civium  numerum 
augeret,  asjlum  patefecit.  8.  Regulus  Romanis  suasit, 
ne  pacem  cum  Garth  aginiensibus  facerent.  9.  Omnes 
occidendi  sunt,  ut  Romanorum  vires  frangantur.  10. 
Quid  obstat,  quominus  beati  simus.  11.  Sapiens  nun- 
quam  dubitabit,  quin  immortalis  sit  animus.  12.  Do- 
mitianus  se  deum  primus  appellari  jussit.  13.  Titus 
fuit  vir  omnium  virtutum  genere  mirabilis.  14.  Hega- 
vit  quemquam  oportere  tristem  a  principe  discedere. 

II.  1.  In  the  first  five  of  the  above  exercises ,  change  the 
object-clauses  to  independent  sentences,  presenting  them 
successively  in  the  declarative ,  interrogative ,  and  imperative 
forms . 

MODEL. 

Tarpeia  viam  in  arcem  monstravit. 

Honne  Tarpeia  viam  in  arcem  monstravit  ? 

Tarpeia  viam  in  arcem  monstret. 

2.  Substitute  dicunt  for  the  predicate  in  the  first  five  of 
the  above  sentences ,  adapting  the  object-clause  to  this 
change. 

MODEL. 

Dicunt  Tarpeiam  viam  in  arcem  monstravisse. 

V  \  - 

3.  Construct  three  Latin  sentences  with  object-clauses — 


174 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


one  with' the  accusative  and  infinitive;  one  with  a  de¬ 
pendent  question ;  and  one  with  ut  and  the  subjunc¬ 
tive. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin . 

1.  He  caused  them  to  go  (lit.  effected  that  they  should 
go)  into  the  citadel.  2.  They  ask  us  to  go  into  the  cita¬ 
del.  3.  They  have  inquired  who  has  gone  into  the 
city.  4.  They  say  that  you  all  are  going  into  the  city. 
5.  The  report  is,  that  the  king  set  fire  to  Rome.  6. 
Father  will  ask  us  our  opinion.  7.  He  will  ask  us 
what  we  have  done.  8.  We  were  asked  what  we  had 
done.  9.  They  will  set  fire  to  the  city  in  order  to  re¬ 
present  the  burning  of  Troy.  10.  He  praises  you  in 
order  that  he  may  be  praised  by  you.  11.  You  prais¬ 
ed  them  in  order  that  you  might  be  praised  by  them. 
12.  Who  succeeded  Vespasian?  13.  The  report  is, 
that  Titus  succeeded  him.  14.  Titus  said,  “  Friends,  I 
have  lost  a  day.”  15.  Titus  told  (said  to)  his  friends 
that  he  had  lost  a  day. 


Lesson  XXXVI. 

Adverbial  Attributive- Sentences. — Place. 

[95—97.] 

392.  Sentences  may  be  used  to  express  some  attri¬ 
bute  of  the  action  or  event  denoted  by  the  predicate ; 
and  may  then  be  called  adverbial  attributive-sentences. 

393.  Sentences  used  as  adverbial  attributives  of  place 
are  introduced  by  some  adverb  of  place,  as  ubi  where, 
unde  whence,  &c.  Generally  this  adverb  has  a  corre¬ 
lative  in  the  principal  clause,  as  inde — unde;  ibi — ubi, 
&c. ;  e.  g., 


ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTIVE-SENTENCES. — PLACE.  175 


Ubi  tyrannus  est,  ibi  nulla  Where  a  tyrant  is,  there  is 
est  respublica.  no  republic. 

Rem.  1. — The  learner  will  observe  that  the  assertion  is,  that  there  is 
no  republic  (where  ?)  where  there  is  a  tyrant.  The  clause  begin¬ 
ning  with  ubi  is  therefore  in  effect  an  adverb  of  place. 

Rem.  2. — For  position  of  subordinate  clause,  see  3 76. 


394.  Instead  of  a  correlative  adverb  in  the  principal 
sentence,  we  often  find  an  adverbial  expression  of  place ; 


Latobrigos  in  fines  suo's, 
unde  erant  profecti,  re- 
verti  jussit. 


He  ordered  the  Latobrigi  to 
return  to  their  territories , 
whence  they  had  come. 


Rem. — The  subordinate  clause  in  this  sentence  subserves  a  twofold 
purpose.  With  respect  to  fines,  it  sustains  the  relation  of  rela¬ 
tive  clause  (see  37 0),  and  thus  has  the  force  of  an  adjective  attri¬ 
butive  ;  but  with  respect  to  the  action  expressed  by  the  principal 
sentence,  it  denotes  the  adverbial  attribute  of  place.  In  like 
manner,  as  already  mentioned  (367,  R.  2),  the  relative  clause 
not  only  serves  as  attributive  to  some  noun,  but  sometimes  also 
expresses  the  relation  oi  purpose,  result ,  reason ,  &c.  to  the  predi¬ 
cate. 

395.  Vocabulary. 

Amphictyon,  Amphictyon ,  onis, 

m. 

Athens,  Athenae ,  drum ,  f.  pi. 

Atthis,  Atthis ,  idis,  f. 

Cecrops,  Gecrops ,  opis,  m. 

Country,  region,  regio ,  onis ,  f. 

Cranaus,  Cranaus ,  i,  m. 

Fifty,  quinquaginta,  indecl. 

Force  of  arms,  arma ,  drum , 

n.  pi. 

Grandfather,  avus,  i ,  m. 


Live,  dwell,  habito ,  are ,  am,  a- 
tum. 

Name,  nomen ,  nominis ,  n. 

Now,  nunc. 

Stay,  abide,  remain,  maneo,  ere , 
mansi,  mansum. 

Thessalus,  Thessdlus,  i,  m. 

Thessaly,  Thessalia ,  ae,  f. 

Where,  ubi,  generally  with  tho 
correlative  ibi  in  the  princi¬ 
pal  clause. 


176 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


396.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

I.  Ubi  nulla  est  respublica  ?  2.  Ubi  tyrannus  est, 

ibi  nulla  est  respublica.  3.  Te  redigam  eodem,  unde 
ortus  es.  4.  Ubi  tyrannus  est,  ibi  dicendum  est  plane 
nullam  esse  rempublicam.  5.  Incolebant  eos  locos,  ubi 
hodie  est  haec  urbs.  6.  Hie,  ubi  opus  est,  non  veren- 
tur.  7.  Ubi  nihil  opus  est,  ibi  verentur.  8.  Romulus 
cum  hoste  pugnam  conseruit  in  eo  loco,  ubi  nunc  forum 
Romanum  est.  9.  Amphictyon  regnavit,  qui  primus 
Miner vae  urbem  sacravit.  10.  Hujus  temponbus  aqua- 
rum  illuvies  majorem  partem  populorum  Graeciae  ab- 
sumpsit. 

II.  Construct  Latin  sentences ,  using  the  following  clauses 
as  adverbial  attributives  of  place  : 

1.  Ubi  opus  est.  2.  Ubi  nihil  opus  est.  3.  Ubi 
haec  urbs  est.  4.  Ubi  es.  5.  Unde  venistis. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Where  is  your  brother  ?  2.  He  is  staying  where 

his  grandfather  has  lived  fifty  years.  3.  Shall  you  go 
to  the  city  where  he  is  ?  4.  I  shall  remain  where  I 
now  am.  5.  Where  (there)  are  good  laws,  the  citizens 
are  happy.  6.  Where  did  Amphictyon  reign?  7. 
He  reigned  where  Athens  now  is.  8.  Who  gave  the 
name  to  Athens?  9.  Atthis  gave  it  a  name.  10. 
Who  was  Atthis  ?  11.  She  was  the  daughter  of  Cra- 
naus  who  succeeded  Cecrops.  12.  What  country  ( re¬ 
gion )  did  Thessalus  take  by  force  of  arms  ?  13.  The 

country  which  he  took  was  called  from  his  name  Thes¬ 
saly. 


ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTIVE-SENTENCES. — TIME.  177 


Lesson  XXXVII. 


Adverbial  Attributive- Sentences. — Time. 
[98—100.] 


397.  Sentences  used  to  denote  the  adverbial  attribute 
of  time  are  generally  introduced  by  adverbs  of  time,  as 
quum ,  when  ;  dum)  until,  &c. ;  e.  g., 


Haec  dum  nostri  colligunt, 
rex  ipse  e  manibus  effu- 
git. 


While  our  soldiers  are  col¬ 
lecting  these  things ,  the 
Icing  himself  escapes  from 
their  hands. 


Rem. — It  will  be  observed  that  the  assertion  in  this  sentence  is  con¬ 
tained  in  the  part  (rex  ipse,  &c.)  the  king  himself  escapes  from 
their  hands,  and  that  the  rest  of  it  merely  states  the  time  of  this 
action ;  viz.,  while  our  soldiers  are  collecting  these  things. 


398.  Sometimes  the  adverb  which  introduces  the 
temporal  clause  has  a  correlative  in  the  principal 
clause ;  e.  g., 


Fructus  omnis  praestan- 
tiae  turn  maxime  capi- 
tur,  quum  in  proximum 
quemque  confertur. 

Turn ,  quum  ex  urbe  Cati- 
llnam  ejiciebam,  reli- 
quam  conjuratorum  ma- 
num  simul  exituram  pu- 
tabam. 


The  fruit  of  all  excellence  is 
especially  enjoyed ,  (then) 
when  it  is  bestowed  upon 
each  nearest  relative. 

Then ,  when  I  banished 
Catiline  from  the  city ,  1 
thought  that  the  remain¬ 
ing  band  of  conspirators 
would  at  once  depart. 


399.  Sometimes  in  place  of  the  correlative  adverb  in 
the  principal  clause,  we  find  an  adverbial  expression 
of  time ;  e.  g., 


8* 


178 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


Ligarius  eo  tempore  paruit, 
quum  parere  senatui  ne- 
cesse  erat. 


Ligarius  obeyed  the  senate 
at  that  time  when  it  was 


necessary. 

400.  Temporal  clauses  may  represent  the  action  of 
the  principal  verb  as  taking  place, 

1)  At  the  time  of  some  other  action  ;  e.  g., 


Bum  senatus  helium  con¬ 
tra  Caesarem  parabat, 
hie  dictatorem  se  fecit. 


While  the  senate  was  prepar¬ 
ing  war  against  Caesar , 
he  made  himself  dictator. 

2)  Before  some  other  action ;  e.  g., 

Priusguam  lucet,  adsunt.  They  are  present  before  it  is 

light. 

3)  After  some  other  action ;  e.  g., 

Scipio,  tertio  anno  post- 
guam  Komani  in  Afri- 
cam  trajecerant,  consul 
est  creatus. 


Scipio,  in  the  third  year  af¬ 
ter  the  Romans  had  pass¬ 
ed  into  Africa ,  was  made 
consul. 


Rem. — For  position  of  subordinate  clause,  see  376. 


Use  of  Moods  in  Temporal  Clauses . 

401.  Subordinate  clauses  used  to  express  time  gene¬ 
rally  have  their  predicates  in  the  indicative  mood ;  es¬ 
pecially  when  they  denote  time  merely.  A  few  cases, 
however,  require  attention. 

402.  Subordinate  sentences  introduced  by  quum 
take, 

1)  The  indicative  when  they  mark  merely  the 
time  of  an  action  or  event  without  any  acces¬ 
sory  notion  of  cause  ;  e.  g., 


ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTIVE-SENTENCES. — TIME.  179 


Is  qui  non  propulsat  inju- 
riam  a  suis,  quum  potest , 
injuste  facit. 


He  who  does  not  ward  off  an 
injury  from  his  friends. 
when  he  can,  does  wrong. 

2)  The  subjunctive  imperfect  or  pluperfect  in 
historical  narration,  as  the  one  event  is  here 
regarded  in  some  sense  as  the  cause  or  occasion 
of  the  other  ;  e.  g., 


Zenonem,  quum  Athenis 
essentj  audiebant. 


They  heard  Zeno  when 
they  were  in  Athens. 


Rem. — The  clause,  Quum  Athenis  essent,  indicates  not  only  the  time, 
but  also  the  occasion  of  the  action  expressed  by  the  principal 
clause,  as  their  being  in  Athens  was  really  the  occasion  of  their 
hearing  Zeno. 

403.  Subordinate  sentences  introduced  by  antequam 
and  priusquam  take, 

1)  The  indicative  mood  when  they  denote  mere 
priority  of  time  ;  e.  g., 

Priusquam  lucet,  adsunt.  They  are  present  before  it  is 

light. 

2)  The  subjunctive  when  they  indicate  a  depend¬ 
ence  of  one  event  upon  another ;  e.  g., 

Tempestas  minatur  ante-  The  tempest  threatens  before 
quam  surgat.  it  rises. 

404.  The  two  parts  of  which  antequam  and  prius¬ 
quam  are  compounded,  are  often  separated,  so  that  ante 
or  prius  appears  in  the  principal  clause,  and  quam  in 
the  subordinate  part ;  e.  g., 


Ante  triennium,  quam  Car¬ 
thago  deleretur,  Cato 
mortem  obiit. 


Cato  died  three  years  before 
Carthage  was  destroyed. 


180 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


Rem.  1. — The  learner  must  observe  that  triennium  does  net  depend 
upon  ante  (which  is  the  adverb,  and  not  the  preposition),  but  ia 
in  the  accusative  to  denote  duration  of  time,  in  accordance  with 
Rule,  277. 

Rem.  2. — Postquam  is  generally  followed  by  the  indicative,  and, 
like  antequam  and  priusquam,  often  has  its  parts  separated. 

Rem.  3. — Duration  of  time  before  or  after  any  event  may  be  ex 
pressed  either  by  the  accusative  or  ablative. 

405.  Subordinate  sentences  introduced  by  dum ,  do¬ 
nee ,  and  quoad ,  take, 

1)  The  indicative,  (a)  when  these  connectives 
signify  while ,  or  as  long  as ,  and  (b)  when  they 
signify  till  or  until ,  if  the  action  or  event  spo¬ 
ken  of  is  to  be  contemplated  as  a  matter  of 
fact ;  e.  g., 


Dum  senatus  bellum  con¬ 
tra  Caesarem  parabat, 
hie  dictatorem  se  fecit. 

Epaminondas  ferrum  in 
corpore  retinuit,  quoad 
renuntiatum  est  vicisse 
Boeotios. 


While  the  senate  was  prepar¬ 
ing  war  against  Caesar1 
he  made  himself  dictator. 

Epaminondas  retained  the 
sword  in  his  body ,  until 
it  was  announced  that  the 
Boeotians  had  conquered. 


2)  The  subjunctive,  when  they  signify  until ,  if 
the  action  or  event  spoken  of  is  to  be  contem¬ 
plated  not  as  a  fact ,  but  as  a  merely  conceived 
result  for  whose  accomplishment  an  opportu¬ 
nity  is  presented ;  e.  g., 


Differant,  dum  defervescat 
ira. 


Let  them  delay  until  their 
anger  may  cool. 


Rem. — Here  the  object  of  the  delay  is  to  allow  anger  time  to  cool. 


ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTIVE-SENTENCES. — TIME.  181 


406.  Vocabulary. 

After  ( conj .),  postquam. 

Before  {conj .),  antequam,prius- 
quam. 

Festival,  festum,  i,  n. 

Game,  contest,  certdmen ,  mis, 
n. ;  Olympic  games,  Olym¬ 
pia,  drum,  n.  pi. 

Government,  kingdom,  reg- 
num,  i,  n. 

His  (not  referring  to  the  sub¬ 
ject),  ejus,  illius. 

Institute,  instituo,  ere,  institui , 
institutum. 

Lacedaemonian,  Lacedaemoni- 
us,  a,  um  ;  the  Lacedaemo¬ 


nians,  Lacedaemonii,  drum, 

m.  pi. 

Lycurgus,  Lycurgus,  i,  m. 
Neptune,  Neptunus ,  i,  m. 
Numitor,  Numitor,  oris,  m. 
Observe,  servo,  are,  dvi,  dtum  ; 

oiservo ,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
Olympic  games,  Olympia ,  drum, 

n.  pi. 

Remus,  Remus,  i,  m. 

Restore,  restituo,  ere,  restitui, 
restitutum. 

Seventy,  septuaginta,  indecl. 
Sparta,  Sparta,  ae,  f. 

While,  dum. 


407.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze . 

I.  Quum  Romani  saepe  hostes  vicissent,  apud  Cre* 
mera  castra  posuerunt.  2.  Quum  Draconis  leges  cru- 
deliores  essent,  legitur  Solon,  qui  civitatem  novis  legi- 
bus  conderet.  3.  Quum  Priscus  Tarquinius  occisus 
esset,  Tanaquil  de  superiore  parte  domus  populum  allo- 
cutus  est.  4.  Is  eos  ludos  instituit  ante  annos  quam 
Roma  conderetur  septuaginta.  5.  Hoc  sacrum  insti¬ 
tuit  Atreus,  quum  patri  funebres  ludos  faceret.  6. 
Quamdiu  Sparta  Ljcurgi  discipllnae  diligens  fuit,  ex- 
celsissime  floruit.  7.  Dum  Sulla  in  Asia  Mithridatem 
vincit,  Marius  bellum  in  Italia  repara vit.  8.  Quamdiu 
motus  remanet  in  nobis,  tamdiu  vita  remanet. 

II.  1.  Oonvert  the  subordinate  clauses  in  the  above  ex • 
umples  into  independent  sentences . 


182 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


MODEL. 

Romani  saepe  hostes  vicerunt. 

2.  Construct  four  Latin  sentences  with  temporal  elaus 
es — two  requiring  the  indicative,  and  two  the  subjunc 
tive. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin . 

1.  When  was  Rome  founded  ?  2.  He  says  that  he 

does  not  know  when  it  was  founded.  8.  It  was  found¬ 
ed  seventy  years  after  the  Olympic  games  were  insti¬ 
tuted.  4.  When  was  Remus  killed  ?  5.  He  was  kill¬ 
ed  while  Rome  was  building  (pass.).  6.  He  was  killed 
before  the  festival  of  Neptune  was  instituted.  7.  He 
was  killed  after  the  government  had  been  restored  to 
Numitor.  8.  While  Lycurgus  remained  at  Sparta,  the 
Lacedaemonians  observed  his  laws.  9.  The  Lacedae¬ 
monians  observed  the  laws  of  Lycurgus  many  years 
after  he  was  dead  (had  died). 


Lesson  XXXVIII. 


Adverbial  Attributive- Sentences. — Cause. 

[101—103.] 

408.  Sentences  used  to  assign  a  cause  or  reason  for 
the  action  or  event  denoted  by  the  principal  verb,  are 
called  causal  clauses.  They  are  usually  introduced  ei¬ 
ther  by  a  pure  causal  conjunction,  as  quod,  quia ,  or  by 
quum ,  quoniam ,  or  quando ,  which  have  reference  both 
to  cause  and  time  ;  e.  g., 


Quoniam  supplicatio  de- 
creta  est,  celebrate  illos 
dies. 


Since  a  thanksgiving  has 
been  decreed ,  celebrate 
those  days. 


ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTIVE-SENTENCES. — CAUSE.  183 


Use  of  Moods  in  Causal  Clauses. 

409.  Causal  clauses  take  the  subjunctive  mood,  when 
introduced  by  quum ,  and  the  indicative,  when  intro¬ 
duced  by  other  conjunctions,  unless  the  cause  or  reason 
is  assigned  as  the  opinion  of  some  other  person  than 
the  narrator  ;  e.  g. 


Quae  quum  ita  sint ,  Catill- 
na,  perge. 

Tardissime  Lentulus  ve- 
nit,  quod  proxima  nocte 
vigilaverat. 

Praetores,  quod  eorum  ope¬ 
ra  fideli  usus  essem ,  lau- 
dantur. 


Since  these  things  are  so , 
Catiline ,  go  on. 

Lentulus  came  last ,  because 
he  had  watched  the  last 
night. 

The  praetors  are  praised , 
because  I  had  employed 
their  faithful  assistance. 


Rem. — It  will  be  observed  that  the  subjunctive  is  used  in  the  first 
example  after  quum ,  the  indicative  in  the  second  after  quod  to 
denote  that  the  reason  is  assigned  by  the  narrator  as  his  own, 
and  the  subjunctive  in  the  third  example  after  quod  to  denote 
that  the  reason  is  given  on  the  authority,  not  of  the  narrator, 
but  of  those  who  bestowed  the  praise.  The  meaning  is,  the 
praetors  were  praised  (by  the  senate),  because  I  had  employed 
their  faithful  assistance  ;  i.  e.,  this  reason  was  assigned  by  the 
senate. 


410.  Vocabulary. 


Armed,  armatus,  a ,  um. 

Any  one,  aliquis ,  aliqua ,  all- 
quid  ;  any,  ullus ,  a,  um  (see 
F.  B.  113,  R.). 

Asia,  Asia,  ae,  f. 

Because,  quod,  quia. 

Break  down,  rumpo,  ere ,  rupi, 
ruptum ;  interrumpo ,  ere, 
interrupi ,  interruptum. 


Bridge,  pons ,  pontis,  m. 

Danube,  Danubius,  i,  m. ;  Ister, 
tri ,  m. 

Darius,  Darius,  i,  m. 

Datis,  Datis,  is,  m. 

Engage  battle,  conJUgo,  ere, 
confixi,  confictum. 

Engagement,  battle,  pugna, , 
ae,  f. 


i 


184 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


Forces,  copiae ,  drum,  f.  pi. 

Have,  habeo ,  ere ,  Jiabui ,  habit- 
um. 

Hundred,  centum ,  indecl. ;  sev¬ 
en  hundred,  septingenti ,  a. 

No  one,  »»  (ims,  not  in  good 
use). 

Number,  numerus ,  i,  m. 

Opportunity,  power,  potestas , 
aZis,  f. 

Over,  sometimes  denoted  by  the 
genitive  ;  as,  Istri,  the 
bridge  ofler  the  Danube. 

Persian,  Perses ,  <26,  m. 

411.  Exercises. 


Place,  focws,  i,  m.  (pi.  foci  or 
loca). 

Eelying  upon,  fretus ,  a,  m; 
rely,  fretus  sum . 

Scythians,  Scythae ,  drum,  m. 
pi. 

Seven  hundred,  septingenti , 
ac,  &. 

Ship,  navis,  is,  f. 

Terrify  greatly,  perterreo,  ere. 
perterrui,  perterritum. 

Thousand,  mZfo,  indecl. ;  miZ- 
Zia,  millium,  n.  pi. 

Unfavorable,  nora  aequus,  a,  um. 


I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Cecropem  biformem  (229)  tradidere,  quia  primus 
marem  feminae  matrimonio  junxit.  2.  Yos,  quoniam 
nox  est,  veneramini  Jovem.  8.  Darius  bostis  fuit 
Atbeniensibus,  quod  eorum  auxilio  Iones  Sardes  ex- 
pugnassent.  4.  Quoniam  de  genere  belli  dixi,  nunc  de 
magnitudme  pauca  dicam.  5.  Quum  hostes  ei  pugnae 
potestatem  non  facerent,  trepidus  refugit.  6.  Quum 
ex  Europa  in  Asiam  rediisset,  classem  quingentarum 
navium  comparavit.  7.  Pythia  respondit,  ut  moenibus 
ligneis  se  munlrent. 

II.  1.  Convert  the  causal  clauses  in  the  above  exercises 
into  independent  interrogative  sentences. 

MODEL. 

Nonne  Cecrops  primus  marem  feminae  matrimonio 
junxit  ? 

2.  Construct  Latin  complex  sentences  with  the  following 
oausal  clauses : 


ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTIVE-SENTENCES. — CAUSE.  185 

1.  Quoniam  jam  dies  est.  2.  Quod  liostes  pugnave- 
runt.  8.  Quia  Deiotarus  auxilium  contra  Mithridatem 
tulerat.  4.  Quod  capitis  damnatus  est.  5.  Quaequum 
ita  sint. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Did  the  Scythians  give  Darius  an  opportunity  of 
coming  to  an  engagement  (lit.  the  opportunity  of  a  hat- 
tie)  ?  2.  Why  did  they  not  do  so  (it)  ?  3.  They  did 

not  give  him  an  opportunity  of  coming  to  an  engage¬ 
ment,  because  he  had  seven  hundred  thousand  armed 
men.  4.  Did  any  one  break  down  the  bridge  over  the 
Danube  ?  5.  No  one  broke  it  down,  because  Darius 
had  fled  into  Asia.  6.  Why  did  Datis  engage  battle 
in  an  unfavorable  place  ?  7.  He  engaged  battle,  be¬ 

cause  he  relied  upon  the  number  of  his  forces.  8. 
The  Persians  sought  their  ships,  because  they  were 
terrified. 


Lesson  XXXIX. 


Adverbial  Attributive- Sentences. — Cause  ;  Condition  and 

Concession. 

[104—101.] 

412.  Every  conditional  sentence  consists  of  two 
parts — the  condition  and  the  consequence  ;  e.  g., 

Si  quid  habeat,  dabit.  If  he  has  any  thing ,  he  will 

give  it. 

Rem. — Here  si  quid  habeat  is  the  condition,  and  dabit  the  conso- 
quence. 

413.  Conditional  sentences  are  of  four  kinds : 


186 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


1)  Those  which  assume  the  condition  as  a  fac tt 
i.  e.,  as  already  true  ;  e.  g., 

Si  quid  habet,  dat.  If  he  has  any  thing ,  he  gives 

it ,  or  is  giving  it. 

Rem. — Here  it  is  assumed  that  the  condition  is  already  realized. 

2)  Those  which  represent  the  condition  as  a 
present  uncertainty ,  i.  e.,  as  one  which  may  or 
may  not  be  realized  at  the  present  moment ; 
e-  g-, 

Si  quid  habeat,  dabit.  If  he  has  any  thing ,  he  will 

give  it. 

Rem. — Here  the  condition  {if  he  has  any  thing )  relates  to  the  present 
time,  and  is  represented  as  one  which  may  or  may  not  be  true. 
It  is  not  in  itself  dependent  upon  any  contingencies,  inasmuch 
as  the  fact,  relating  as  it  does  to  the  present,  is  already  deter¬ 
mined,  though  we  may  not  know  what  it  is. 

8)  Those  which  represent  the  condition  as  a  mere 
possibility ,  i.  e.,  as  one  which  has  not  yet  been 
realized,  but  may  or  may  not  be  so  at  some 
future  time ;  e.  g., 

If  he  should  have  any  thing , 
he  would  give  it. 

Rem. — Here  the  condition  is  in  itself  dependent  upon  contingencies, 
as  it  relates  to  future  time.  It  is  to  be  determined  by  events 
which  are  yet  to  transpire. 

4)  Those  which  represent  the  condition  as  an 
impossibility ,  i.  e.,  as  one  which  has  not  been 
realized  and  never  can  be  ;  e.  g., 

If  he  had  any  thing ,  he 
would  give  it. 

If  he  had  had  any  thing ,  he 
would  have  given  it. 


Si  quid  habeat,  det. 

Si  quid  haberet,  daret. 


Si  quid  haberet,  daret. 

Si  quid  habuisset,  dedisset. 


ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTIVE-SENTENCES. — CAUSE.  187 


Rem. — In  both  these  examples,  the  condition  relates  to  a  definite 
time,  and  is  represented  as  not  then  realized. 

Use  of  Moods  in  Conditional  Sentences. 

414.  In  regard  to  the  use  of  moods  in  conditional 
sentences,  it  may  be  observed, 

1)  That  the  condition  is  expressed  in  the  first  of 
the  above  forms  by  the  indicative ,  in  the  sec¬ 
ond  by  the  subjunctive  present  or  perfect ,  in  the 
third  by  the  subjunctive  present ,  perfect  (or  im¬ 
perfect),  and  in  the  fourth  by  the  subjunctive 
imperfect  or  pluperfect 

2)  That  the  consequence  is  expressed  in  the  first 
two  of  these  forms  by  the  indicative  (or  some¬ 
times  by  the  imperative ),  in  the  third  by  the 
subjunctive  present,  perfect  (or  imperfect),  and  in 
the  fourth  by  the  subjunctive  imperfect  or  plu¬ 
perfect. 

Rem.  1. — The  conditional  clause  is  sometimes  omitted ;  e.  g.,  Daret, 
He  would  give  (if  he  had  any  thing,  perhaps). 

Rem.  2. — The  conditional  clause  of  the  3d  form  is  sometimes  used  in 
connection  with  the  indicative ;  e.  g.,  Spartani  pacem  iis  sunt 
polliciti,  si  naves  traderent,  The  Spartans  promised  them  peace, 
if  they  would  give  up  their  ships. 

415.  Conditional  sentences  are  sometimes  introduced 
by  dum,  modo,  or  dummodo,  provided,  if  only,  &c. 
They  then  take  the  subjunctive  ;  e.  g., 

Multi  omnia  recta  negli-  I  Many  disregard  all  right, 

gunt,  dummodo  poten-  provided  they  can  acquire 

tiam  consequantur.  power. 

416.  The  condition  is,  of  course,  often  expressed 
negatively  ;  it  is  then  introduced  sometimes  by  si  with 
non ,  sometimes  by  nisi,  and  sometimes  by  ni  ;  e.  g., 


188 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


Aequitas  tollitur  omnis,  si 
habere  suum  culque  non 
licet. 

Parvi  sunt  foris  arma,  nisi 
est  consilium,  domi. 

An,  ni  ita  se  res  haberet, 
Anaxagoras  patrimonia 
sua  reliquisset  ? 


All  equity  is  removed ,  if 
each  one  may  not  have 
his  own. 

Arms  are  worth  but  little 
abroad ,  unless  there  is 
wisdom  at  home. 

Would  Anaxagoras  then 
have  left  his  'patrimony , 
if  this  were  not  so  f 


Concessive  Sentences. 


417.  Intimately  connected  with  conditional  clauses, 
are  those  which  express  concession ,  which  is  merely  a 
conceded  condition  or  cause ;  e.  g., 

Condition. 


Medici,  si  intelligunt,  nun- 
quam  aegris  dicunt,  eos 
esse  morituros. 


Physicians  never  tell  the  sick 
that  they  are  going  to  die , 
if  they  know  it. 


Concession. 


Medici,  quamquam  intelli¬ 
gunt  saepe,  tamen  nun- 
quam  aegris  dicunt  eos 
esse  morituros. 


Though  physicians  often 
know  that  the  sick  are 
going  to  die ,  yet  they  ne¬ 
ver  tell  them  so. 


Rem. — The  conjunctions  generally  used  to  introduce  a  concession 
are  etsi,  etiamsi,  tamctsi,  quamquam,  quamvis,  and  licet. 


Use  of  Moods  in  Concessive  Clauses i 

418.  On  the  use  of  moods  in  concessive  clauses,  it 
may  be  remarked, 

1)  That  quamquam  is  usually  followed  by  the 
indicative  ;  e.  g., 


ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTIVE-SENTENCES. — CAUSE.  189 


Although  the  danger  is  now 
removed,  still  guard  your 
houses. 


Vestra  tecta,  quamquam 
jam  periculum  est  depul- 
sum ,  tamen  custodiis  de¬ 
fen  dite. 

2)  That  etsi,  etiamsi ,  and  tametsi ,  are  generally 
followed  by  the  indicative ,  unless  the  conces¬ 
sion  is  presented  as  a  mere  supposition,  in 
which  case  it,  of  course,  requires  the  subjunc¬ 
tive  ;  e.  g., 


Caesar,  etsi  prope  exacta 
jam  aestas  erat ,  tamen 
eo  exercitum  adduxit. 

Sunt,  qui  quod  sentiunt, 
etiamsi  optimum  sit ,  ta¬ 
men  non  audent  dicere. 


Although  the  summer  was 
nearly  spent ,  still  Caesar 
led  his  army  thither. 

Some  do  not  dare  to  say 
what  they  think ,  even  if  it 
he  very  excellent. 


Rem. — The  concession  in  the  second  example  is  a  mere  supposition. 

8)  That  quamvis  and  licet  are  followed  by  the 
subjunctive  ;  e.  g., 


Dla  quamvis  ridicula  essent , 
mihi  tamen  risum  non 
moverunt. 


Although  those  things  were 
ludicrous ,  yet  they  did  not 
excite  my  laughter. 


419.  Vocabulary. 

Although,  though,  quamquam. 
Enemy,  hostis ,  is,  c. 

Fleet,  naval  forces,  classiarii , 
drum ,  m.  pi. 

Grecian,  Graecus ,  a ,  um  ;  the 
Greeks,  Graeci ,  drum,  m.  pi. 
If,  si. 

Leonidas,  Leonidas,  ae,  m. 
Persian,  Persicus ,  a,  um. 

Plan,  purpose,  consilium ,  i ,  n. 


Please,  be  pleasing  to,  placeo, 
ere,  placui,  placitum  ;  dis¬ 
please,  be  displeasing  to,  dis- 
pliceo,  ere,  displicui,  displi- 
citum. 

Salamis,  Salamis ,  is,  f. ;  Sala- 
mina,  ae,  f. 

Take  possession  of,  get  posses¬ 
sion  of,  occupo,  are ,  avi,  dr 
turn. 


190 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


Themistocles,  Themistocles ,  is, 

m. 

There,  ibi. 

Thermopylae,  Thermopylae,  a- 
rum,  f.  pi.* 


"Wisdom,  consilium ,  i,  n. 
Withstand,  sustain,  sustineo,  ere , 
sustinui ,  sustentum. 

Xerxes,  Xerxes ,  is,  m. 


420.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Caesar  peccavit,  si  id  fecit.  2.  Peccabimus,  si  id 
faciamus.  3.  Peccarent,  si  id  facerent.  4.  Pueri  pec- 
cavissent,  si  id  fecissent.  5.  Spartani  pacem  Atheni- 
ensibus  sunt  polliciti  (414,  R.  2),  si  longi  muri  brachia 
dejicerent.  6.  Xerxes  etsi  male  rem  gesserat,  tamen 
habebat  magnas  copias.  7.  Spartani  pacem  Atheni- 
ensibus  sunt  polliciti,  si  naves  traderent.  8.  Spartani 
pacem  Atheniensibus  sunt  polliciti,  si  respublica  tri- 
ginta  rectores  acciperet.  9.  Datis  etsi  non  aequum  lo¬ 
cum  videbat  suis,  tamen  conflixit. 

II.  1.  Construct  four  Latin  sentences  illustrative  of  the 
four  forms  (/conditional  sentences. 

2.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences  with  conces¬ 
sive  clauses. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Who  was  Leonidas  ?  2.  He  was  king  of  tbe  La¬ 
cedaemonians.  3.  He  was  sent  to  take  possession  of 
Thermopylae.  4.  Will  the  Greeks  withstand  the  force 
of  the  enemy,  if  they  get  possession  of  Thermopylae  ? 
5.  Leonidas  did  not  withstand  the  force  of  the  enemy, 
although  he  had  taken  possession  of  Thermopylae.  6. 
Would  Themistocles  have  engaged  the  fleet  of  the  Per¬ 
sians,  if  his  plan  had  not  been  pleasing  to  tbe  states  of 


ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTIVE-SENTENCES. — MANNER.  191 


Greece  ?  7.  He  did  engage  the  Persian  fleet,  although 

his  plan  was  not  pleasing  to  many  of  the  Grecian 
states.  8.  Who  was  conquered  at  Salamis  ?  9.  Xer¬ 

xes  was  conquered  there  by  the  wisdom  of  Themisto- 
cles. 


Lesson  XL. 


Adverbial  Attributive- Sentences. — Manner ;  Consequence 

and  Comparison. 

[108—110.] 

421.  Attributive  sentences  of  manner  are  of  two 
kinds : 

1)  Such  as  indicate  the  manner  or  character  of 
an  action  or  event  by  giving  its  results  or  con¬ 
sequences  ;  e.  g., 


Lucullus  ipsum  regem  ita 
vicit,  ut  robur  militum 
Armeniorum  deleret. 


Lucullus  so  vanquished  the 
king  himself  as  to  destroy 
(that  he  destroyed)  the 
strength  of  the  Armenian 
soldiery. 


2)  Such  as  indicate  the  manner  or  character  of 
the  action  or  event,  or  the  degree  of  the  qua¬ 
lity  denoted  by  the  predicate,  by  means  of 
comparison.  This  may  be  done  in  two  ways ; 
viz., 

(a)  By  a  comparison  of  equality ,  generally 
expressed  by  the  correlatives  ut — ita  ;  tarn 
— quam ,  and  the  like ;  e.  g., 

Nemo  tarn  pauper  vivit,  No  one  lives  as  poor  as  he 
quam  natus  est.  was  born. 


192 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


% 


(b)  By  a  comparison  of  inequality ,  express¬ 
ed  by  the  comparative  degree  of  an  adjective 


or  adverb  ;  e.  g., 

Europa  minor  est  quam 
Asia. 

Komani  fortius  quam  hos- 
tes  pugnaverunt. 


Europe  is  smaller  than  Asia. 

The  Romans  fought  more 
bravely  than  the  enemy. 


Rem.  1. — In  a  comparison  of  inequality,  the  connective  quam  is 
often  omitted,  and  then  the  following  noun  is  put  in  the  abla¬ 
tive  ;  e.  g.,  Tullus  Hostilius  ferocior  Romulo  fuit,  Tullus  Hosti- 
lius  was  more  ferocious  than  Romulus. 

Rem.  2. — As  comparisons  of  inequality  with  quam  are  elliptical ; 
and  as  without  quam  they  undergo  an  important  change  of 
structure,  we  must  defer  the  farther  consideration  and  illustra¬ 
tion  of  them  to  the  section  on  Abridged  Complex  Sentences. 


Use  of  Moods  in  Consecutive  Clauses. 

* 1 . 

422.  Clauses  denoting  consequence  or  result  are  in¬ 
troduced  by  ut ,  and  take  the  verb  in  the  subjunctive 
mood ;  e.  g., 

Quis  tarn  demens,  ut  sua  Who  is  so  mad  as  to  be  sad 

voluntate  moereat  ?  from  choice  ? 

Rem.  1. —  Ut  in  a  consecutive  clause  generally  corresponds  to  some 
correlative  in  the  principal  sentence,  signifying  so,  such,  so  great, 
&c. ;  thus,  in  the  above  example,  we  find  tarn  in  the  principal 
clause. 

Rem.  2. — If  a  result  is  to  be  expressed  negatively,  non  must  be  used, 
unless  the  clause  contains  some  adjective,  pronoun,  or  adverb 
which  fhay  assume  the  negative  form  ;  e.  g.,  Ita  sunt  multi  im- 
becilli  senes,  ut  nullum  vitae  munus  exsequi  possint,  Many  old 
men  are  so  feeble  as  to  be  unable  to  discharge  any  duty  in  life. — 
Nemo  adeo  ferus  est,  ut  non  mitescere  possit,  No  one  is  so  cruel  as 
not  to  be  able  to  become  mild. 

Rem.  3. — Relative  clauses  sometimes  express  result;  e.  g.,  Nequo 
enim  tu  is  es  qui  nescias,  .Vor  indeed  are  you  such  an  one  a*  not 
to  know. 


ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTIVE-SENTENCES. — MANNER.  193 


423.  Vocabulary. 

Against,  contra  (with  accus.). 
Attica,  Attica,  ae ,  f. 

Be  envious,  envy,  invideo ,  ere , 
invidi,  invisum. 

Conclude,  make, /mo,  ere,  feci, 
factum. 

Country,  territory,  fines,  fni- 
um,  m.  pi. 

Fifty,  quinquaginta ,  indecl. 
Fleet,  classis ,  is,  f. 

Forces,  vires ,  virium,  f.,  pi.  of 
vis. 

Greatness,  magnitudo ,  inis,  f. 
Lay  waste,  devastate,  populor, 
dri,  populatus  sum. 

424.  Exercises. 


Peloponnesian,  Peloponnesid- 
cus,  a,  um. 

So,  to  such  an  extent,  tarn,  ita. 
So  great,  such,  tantus ,  a,  um. 
Spartan,  Spartdnus ,  a,  um  ;  the 
Spartans,  Spartdni,  drum,  m. 

pi. 

Syracusan,  Syracusdnus,  a,  um; 
the  Syracusans,  Syracusdni , 
drum,  m.  pi. 

Syracuse,  Syracusae,  drum,  f. 

pi. 

Terror,  terror,  oris,  m. 
Undertake,  suscipio,  ere,  susee- 
pi,  susceptum. 


I.  Translate  and  analyze . 

I.  Victores  rempublicam  ita  inter  se  diviserunt,  ut 
Lepidus  Afncam  acciperet.  2.  Piratae  omnia  maria 
infestabant  ita,  nt  Romanis  sola  navigatio  tnta  non  es- 
set.  3.  Titus  fuit  vir  omnium  virtutum  genere  mira- 
bilis  adeo,  ut  amor  humani  generis  diceretur.  4.  Per¬ 
icles  agros  reipublicae  dono  dedit.  5.  Spartani  hostes 
ad  proelium  provocabant.  6.  Senatus  tantas  ei  gratias 
congessit,  quantas  nemini  unquam  egerat.  7.  Viria- 
thus  tantos  ad  bellum  populos  concitavit,  ut  yindex 
libertatis  Hispaniae  existimaretur. 

II.  1.  Convert  the  consecutive  clauses  in  the  above  ex¬ 
ercises  into  independent  sentences. 

MODEL. 

Lepidus  Afncam  accepit. 

9 


194 


COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


2.  Select  from  the  Latin  text  of  our  previous  reading 
lessons  five  or  more  sentences  with  consecutive  clauses. 

3.  Construct  Latin  sentences  in  answer  to  the  following 
questions  : 

1.  Why  did  the  Spartans  undertake  the  Peloponne¬ 
sian  war  against  the  Athenians?  2.  What  was  the 
result  of  this  war  ?  3.  For  how  long  a  time  was  peace 
concluded?  4.  Where  did  Themistocles  engage  the 
fleet  of  Xerxes  ?  5.  What  was  the  result  ?  6.  Who 

was  defeated  in  the  battle  of  Salamis  ?  7.  How  was 

he  defeated  ? 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  The  Athenians  fought  so  bravely,  that  they  de¬ 
feated  the  enemy.  2.  The  enemy  were  so  terrified, 
that  they  fled.  3.  The  Spartans  were  so  envious  of 
the  greatness  of  Athens  (so  envied  greatness  to  Athens ), 
that  they  laid  waste  the  country  of  Attica.  4.  So 
great  forces  came  to  aid  (as  aid  to  ;  see  257)  the  Syra¬ 
cusans,  that  they  were  a  terror  to  them.  5.  Who  sent 
these  forces  to  Syracuse?  6.  The  Athenians  sent  a 
large  fleet  to  that  city. 


Lesson  XLI. 

Complex  and  Compound  Sentences  as  Elements  of  other 

Sentences. 

[111—113.] 

425.  A  sentence  of  any  form,  whether  simple,  com¬ 
plex,  or  compound  (164),  may  be  used  as  an  element 
in  the  formation  of  complex  sentences. 


COMPL.  AND  COMP.  SENTENCES  AS  ELEMENTS.  195 


Rem. — We  have  thus  far  used  only  simple  sentences  as  elements  of 
the  complex. 


426.  When  a  complex  sentence  is  thus  used,  it  must 
be  observed, 

1)  That  its  principal  clause  assumes  the  same 
form  as  if  it  were  a  simple  sentence. 

2)  That  its  subordinate  clause,  provided  it  is  giv¬ 
en  either  as  the  sentiment  of  some  third  per¬ 
son  and  not  of  the  narrator  himself,  or  as  an 
essential  part  of  the  entire  assertion,  generally 
changes  the  indicative  to  the  subjunctive, 
when  the  predicate  of  the  principal  clause  is 
either  in  the  subjunctive  or  infinitive ;  e.  g., 


Ad  haec  Caesar  respondit, 
se  id  quod  in  Nerviis 
fecisset ,  facturum. 


To  this  Caesar  replied ,  that 
he  would  do  what  he  had 
done  in  the  case  of  the 
Nervii. 


Rem.  1. — If  the  subordinate  clause  merely  limits  a  particular  term, 
without  forming  an  essential  part  in  the  general  thought  of  the 
proposition,  the  indicative  must  be  used ;  e.  g.,  Caesari  renuntia- 
tur,  Helvetiis  esse  in  animo  iter  in  Santonum  fines  faeere,  qui 
non  longe  a  Tolosatium  finibus  absunt,  It  is  announced  to  Cae¬ 
sar,  that  it  is  the  intention  of  the  Helvetians  to  go  to  the  territory 
of  the  Santonians,  which  is  not  far  from  the  country  of  the  Tolo- 
satians.  Here  the  clause  qui  non ,  &c.,  is  given  merely  to  ex¬ 
plain  fines,  and  accordingly  takes  its  verb  in  the  indicative. 

Rem.  2. — If  the  subordinate  clause  of  the  complex  sentence  is  ex¬ 
pressed  by  any  other  mood  than  the  indicative  before  the  sen¬ 
tence  is  thus  made  dependent,  it  remains  unchanged ;  e.  g.,  1. 
Ubi  jam  se  ad  earn  rem  paratos  esse  arbitrati  sunt,  oppida  sua 
omnia  incendunt,  When  they  thought  that  they  were  already  pre¬ 
pared  for  this,  they  set  fire  to  all  their  towns.  Here  the  adver¬ 
bial  attribute  of  time  is  expressed  by  a  complex  sentence  which 
in  its  independent  form  requires  its  object-clause,  se  ad  earn  rem 
paratos  esse,  to  take  the  infinitive;  accordingly  that  mood  ia 


V- 


196  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


retained  when  the  entire  sentence  becomes  subordinate.  2. 
Caesar,  etsi  intelligebat,  qua  de  causa  ca  dicer entur ,  tamen  Indu- 
tiomarum  ad  se  venire  jussit,  Caesar ,  although  he  knew  why 
these  things  were  spoken ,  still  ordered  Indutiomarus  to  come  to  him. 
Here  the  subjunctive  dicerentur  is  retained  just  as  it  would  have 
been  if  this  concessive  clause  were  used  as  an  independent  sen¬ 
tence. 

427.  When  a  compound  sentence  (164)  is  used  as  an 
element  in  the  formation  of  complex  sentences,  its  sev¬ 
eral  constituent  parts,  being  independent  of  each  other, 
assume  the  same  form  as  if  each  one  were  used  alone ; 

e*  g-> 


Caesar  certior  fiebat,  om- 
nes  Belgas  contra  popu- 
lum  Romanum  conjura- 
re,  et  has  esse  causas. 


Caesar  was  informed ,  that 
all  the  Belgians  were  com 
spiring  against  the  Ro¬ 
man  people,  and  that  these 
were  the  causes. 


Rem. — Here  the  compound  sentence  might  stand  thus :  “  Omnes 
Belgae  contra  populum  Romanum  conjuraverunt ,  et  haefuerunt 
causae .  *  When,  however,  it  is  made  subordinate,  its  two  parts 
both  change  their  verbs  to  the  infinitive ;  just  as  either  would 
have  done,  if  the  other  had  not  been  used  at  all. 


428.  Vocabulary. 

Adopt  measures  for  or  against, 
consulo ,  ere ,  consului ,  consul- 
tum ;  to  adopt  cruel  mea¬ 
sures,  crudeliter  consulo ,  ere , 
&c. 

Alcibiades,  Alcibiades ,  is,  m. 

Be  occupied,  be  busy,  distrin- 
gor ,  i,  districtus. 

Commander,  general,  dux ,  du¬ 
ds,  m. 


Cut  off,  intereludo ,  ere,  inter - 
clusi ,  interclusum. 

Fortification,  munitio ,  dnis ,  f. 

Four  hundred,  quadringenti% 
ae,  a. 

Historian,  historicus ,  i,  m. 

Inhabitant,  incola,  ae,  m.  &  f. 

Inhabitant  of  Catina,  Catinen- 
sis ,  is,  or  Catiniensis,  is,  m.  &£ 

People,  plebs,  plebis,  f. 


COMPL.  AND  COMP.  SENTENCES  AS  ELEMENTS.  197 


Recover,  recipio ,  ere,  recepi, 
receptum. 

Restore,  reddo,  ere ,  reddidi, 
redditum. 

Right,  rights,  jus,  juris,  n. 

429.  Exercises. 


Supplies,  commedtus,  us,  m. 
Terms,  condition,  conditio ,  o- 
nis,  f. 

Unless,  nisi. 

When,  quum ,  turn — quum. 


I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

I.  Legati  id  fieri  vetant.  2.  LacedaemQnii  legatos 
Athenas  miserunt,  qui  id  fieri  vetarent.  3.  Themisto- 
cles  muros  Athenarum  restituit,  non  sine  periculo  suo, 
quum  Lacedaemonii  legatos  Athenas  misissent,  qui  id 
fieri  vetarent.  4.  Id  responsum  quo  valeret,  quum  in¬ 
telligent  nemo,  Themistocles  persuasit,  consilium  esse 
Apollmis,  ut  in  naves  se  conferrent.  5.  In  epigram- 
mate  erat  haec  sentential  suo  ductu  Barbaras  apud 
Plataeas  esse  deletos,  ej  usque  victoriae  ergo  Apollmi 
donum  dedisse.  6.  Mittitur  Gylippus,  qui  quum  de 
belli  jam  inclinato  statu  audivisset,  opportuna  bello  lo- 
ca  occupat. 

II.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences ,  each  contain¬ 
ing  one  or  more  complex  sentences  as  elements . 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  The  inhabitants  of  Catina  asked  aid  of  the  Athe¬ 
nians.  2.  Why  did  they  ask  aid  ?  3.  Historians  say 

that  they  asked  aid,  because  the  terms  of  peace  were 
not  observed  by  the  Syracusans.  4.  When  they  sent 
ambassadors  to  Athens  to  ask  aid,  the  Athenians  were 
occupied  with  the  Peloponnesian  war.  *5.  Do  you 
know  what  the  Athenian  generals  did  in  Sicily  ?  6. 

It  is  said  that  they  built  fortifications  in  order  to  cut 
off  the  inhabitants  from  supplies.  7.  Who  was  ap- 


198 


ABRIDGED  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


pointed  commander  of  the  Athenian  fleet,  when  the 
senate  adopted  cruel  measures  against  the  people  ?  8. 

Alcibiades  was  appointed  commander,  in  order  that  he 
might  recover  the  rights  of  the  people  from  the  four 
hundred,  unless  they  should  themselves  restore  them. 


2. — Complex  Sentences;  Abridged . 


♦ 

Lesson  XLII. 


Principal  Elements ,  Abridqed. 

[114 — 117.] 

480.  We  have  seen  that  sentences,  used  as  elements 
of  others,  are  sometimes  introduced  unchanged,  as  di¬ 
rect  quotations,  and  sometimes  undergo  certain  altera¬ 
tions  to  adapt  them  to  their  new  situations  ;  e.  g., 


Direct  Quotation. 


Dicit,  “  Rex  venit? 


He  says ,  u  The  king  is  com- 


mg 


Dicit  regem  venire. 


Indirect  Quotation. 

He  says  that  the  king  is 
coming. 


431.  In  either  of  the  above  cases,  the  complex  sen¬ 
tence  appears  in  its  full  form  ;  but  sometimes  a  part  of 
the  subordinate  clause  is  omitted,  as  when  it  can  be 
easily  supplied  from  the  rest  of  the  sentence  ;  the  com 
plex  sentence  may  then  be  said  to  be  abridged. 

432.  Sentences  are  abridged  in  two  ways : 

1)  A  portion  of  the  subordinate  clause  is  omitted, 
and  the  rest  remains  unchanged ;  e.  g., 


PRINCIPAL  ELEMENTS,  ABRIDGED. 


199 


Cupio  discere.  I  desire  to  learn. 

Europa  minor  est  quam  Europe  is  smaller  than  Asia. 

Asia. 

Rrv — In  the  first  example,  the  subject  of  the  subordinate  clause 
(me)  is  omitted,  because  it  i3  the  same  person  as  the  subject  ol 
the  principal  part  (ego),  and  discere  retains  the  same  form  as  il 
the  subject  were  expressed.  So  in  the  second  example,  the  pre¬ 
dicate  of  the  subordinate  clause  is  omitted,  as  it  can  be  easily 
supplied  from  the  principal  part,  while  the  subject  and  connec¬ 
tive,  quam  Asia,  remain  unchanged. 

2)  A  portion,  of  the  subordinate  clause  is  omit¬ 
ted,  and  the  rest  is  changed  to  adapt  it  to  its 
new  situation ;  e.  g., 

Europa  minor  est  Asia.  |  Europe  is  smaller  than  Asia. 

~Rrv — Here  it  will  be  observed  that  not  only  the  predicate  of  the 
subordinate  clause  has  disappeared  (as  in  case  1^),  but  also  the 
connective  quam,  and  that  the  following  noun  Asia  loses  its 
character  as  subject,  and  is  put  in  the  ablative. 


Subordinate  Clauses  as  Principal  Elermernts ,  Abridged. 

433.  An  infinitive  sentence  used  as  subject  or  predi¬ 
cate  may  have  its  own  subject  omitted,  when  it  ex¬ 
presses  a  general  truth,  or  when  its  subject  may  be 
easily  supplied ;  e.  g., 

Turpe  est  mentlri.  |  To  lie  is  base. 

Rol — Here  mtntiri  is  subject,  but  its  own  subject  is  omitted,  be- 
•  cause,  the  truth  being  a  general  one,  any  subject  we  please  may 
be  supplied:  thus,  that  you,  I,  any  one,  should  lie,  is  base. 


434.  When  the  infinitive  is  used  as  the  subject  of  a 
sentence,  the  predicate  is  sometimes  expressed  by  the 
copula  and  a  genitive  ;  e.  g., 


Regis  est  regnare. 

u  ' — - 


It  is  the  part  of  the  king  'to 
reign.  # 


200 


ABRIDGED  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


Rem.  1. — Here  it  is  obvious  that  regnare  is  the  subject,  and  regia  est 
is  the  predicate.  > 

V 

Rem.  2. — Combining  articles  203  and  434,  we  have  the  following 


435.  Rule. — Predicate  Nouns. 

A  noun  in  the  predicate  after  the  verb  esse  and  a  few 
passive  verbs,  is  put, 

1)  In  the  same  ease  as  the  subject  when  it  de¬ 
notes  the  same  person  or  thing ;  e.  g., 

Cicero  fuit  consul.  |  Cicero  was  consul. 

\ 

2)  In  the  genitive  when  it  denotes  a  different 
person  or  thing  ;*  e.  g., 


Regis  est  regnare.  It  is  the  part  of  a  king  to 

reign. 

[F.  B.  613 ;  A.  &  S.  §§  210,  211,  R.  8  ;  Z.  §§  365,  448.] 


436.  The  infinitive  after  passive  verbs  with  personal 
subjects  should  be  treated  as  a  predicate  nominative 
(see  229,  230),  and,  as  the  subject  of  the  infinitive  is 
omitted,  being  the  same  person  or  thing  as  thht  of  the 
passive,  any  predicate  noun,  adjective,  or  participle 
after  the  infinitive  is  generally  attracted  into  the  nomi¬ 
native  to  agree  with  the  subject  of  the  passive  verb ; 


e.  g-, 

Rex  beatus  esse  dicitur. 
Coriolanus  occlsus  esse  di¬ 
citur. 


The  king  is  said  to  he  happy. 
Coriolanus  is  said  to  have 
been  put  to  death . 


Rem. — It  will  be  observed  that  beatus  in  the  first  example  and  occi - 
sus  in  the  second  would  have  been  in  the  accusative  to  agree 
with  the  subjects  of  the  infinitives  if  they  had  been  expressed, 
but  are  here  attracted  into  the  nominative  to  agree  with  the 
subject  of  dicitmr. 


PRINCIPAL  ELEMENTS,  ABRIDGED. 


201 


437.  Vocabulary. 

Accept,  accipio ,  ere ,  accepi ,  ac- 
ceptum. 

Be  wise,  sapio ,  ere,  saplvi  or 
8apii. 

Besiege,  obsideo ,  ere,  obsedi , 
sessum  ;  obsididne  circumdo , 
are,  datum. 

Best,  optimus ,  a,  (superl.  of 
bonus). 

Happily,  Seaife. 

Live,  ©itw,  ere,  rm,  victum. 


Lysander,  Lysander ,  <ZW,  m. 
Promise,  offer,  polliceor ,  er£, 
pollicitus  sum. 

Republic,  respublica ,  reipubU- 
cae ,  f.  (See  A.  &  S.  91.) 
Right,  uprightly,  rec£e. 

Ruler,  director,  rector ,  om,  m. 
Thirty,  triginta ,  indecl. 
Thither,  ee,  ^e,  illuc. 

Tyrant,  tyrannus ,  m. 


438.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Recte  facere  satis  est.  2.  Latlne  loqui  est  in  mag- 
na  laude  ponendum.  3.  Bene  sentlre  non  satis  est. 
4.  Docto  homini  yivere  est  cogitare.  5.  Ne  mihi  no- 
ceant,  vestrum  est  providere.  6.  Dum  haec  geruntnr, 
a  Lacedaemoniis  Lysander  classi  praeficitur.  7.  Athe- 
niensium  exercitum  ad  Aegos  flumen  oppressit.  8. 
Spartanorum  dux  eo  impetu  totum  bellum  delevit.  9. 
Triginta  rectores  reipublicae  constituuntur.  10.  A 
principio  tria  millia  satellitum  sibi  statuunt. 

II.  1.  In  the  first  four  of  the  above  sentences ,  insert  sub¬ 
jects  to  the  infinitives. 

MODEL. 

Regem  recte  facere  satis  est. 

2.  Construct  three  Latin  sentences — one  with  infinitive 
as  subject,  one  with  infinitive  as  predicate,  and  one  with 
infinitives  both  as  subject  and  predicate. 

9*  ~ 


202 


ABRIDGED  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  It  is  always  best  to  do  right.  2.  Is  it  certain  that 
you  have  done  right  ?  8.  It  is  the  part  of  a  good  citi¬ 

zen  to  observe  the  laws.  4.  It  is  certain  that  good 
citizens  will  obey  the  laws.  5.  To  live  happily  is  to 
do  right.  6.  To  be  wise  is  to  be  good.  7.  With  how 
many  ships  did  Alcibiades  go  into  Asia  ?  8.  He  went 

thither  with  one  hundred  ships.  9.  It  is  said  that  he 
went  thither  to  lay  waste  the  country.  10.  Athens 
was  besieged  by  Lysander.  11.  The  Spartans  prom¬ 
ised  peace  to  the  Athenians,  if  the  republic  would  ac¬ 
cept  thirty  rulers.  12.  This  condition  was  accepted. 
13.  The  thirty  rulers  whom  the  Spartans  appointed 
were  thirty  tyrants. 


Lesson  XLIII. 

Modifier  of  Subject  or  other  Noun ,  Abridged. 

[118  &  119.] 

439.  The  relative  clause,  modifying  the  subject  or 
any  other  noun,  is  sometimes  abridged  by  dropping 
both  the  relative  and  the  copula,  and  retaining  only 
the  attribute. 

440.  When  a  relative  clause  is  thus  abridged,  the 
attribute  may  be  expressed, 

1)  By  a  participle  agreeing  with  the  antecedent 
of  the  omitted  relative.  This  occurs  when 
the  predicate  of  the  relative  clause  would 
have  been  expressed  by  a  verb  ;  e.  g., 


203 


MODIFIER  OF  SUBJECT,  ABRIDGED. 


Tullia  aurlgam  super  pa- 
tris  corpus  in  via  jacens 
carpentum  agere  jussit. 


Tullia  ordered  the  charioteer 
to  drive  over  her  father's 
body ,  which,  lay  (lit.  ly¬ 
ing)  in  the  way. 


2)  By  an  adjective  agreeing  with  the  antecedent 
of  the  omitted  relative.  This  occurs  when 
the  predicate  would  have  been  expressed  by 
an  adjective  and  the  copula  esse  ;  e.  g., 


Habetis  ducem  memorem  You  have  a  leader  mindful 
vestri.  (who  is  mindful)  of  you. 

S)  By  a  noun  in  apposition  with  the  antecedent 
of  the  omitted  relative.  This  occurs  when 
the  predicate  would  have  been  expressed  by 
a  noun  and  the  copula  esse  ;  e.  g., 


Aeneas,  Anchisae  films, 
mortuus  est. 


Aeneas ,  the  son  of  Anchi- 
ses  (who  was  the  son ,  &c.), 
died. 


Rem. — Combining  the  above  with  article  190,  we  have  the  following 

441.  Rule. — Limiting  Nouns. 

A  noun  limiting  the  meaning  of  another  noun  is  put 
1)  In  the  same  case  as  that  noun,  when  it  denotes 
the  same  person  or  thing ;  e.  g., 

Brutus  consul.  |  Brutus  the  consul. 


2)  In  the  genitive,  when  it  denotes  a  different 
person  or  thing,  unless  it  expresses  character 
or  quality ,  in  which  case  it  is  accompanied  by 
an  adjective,  and  is  put  either  in  the  genitive 
or  ablative  ;  e.  g., 

Regis  filius. 


|  The  king's  son. 


204 


ABRIDGED  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


Puer  eximiae  pulchritudi- 
nis,  or  Puer  eximia  pul- 
chritudme. 


A  boy  of  remarkable  beauty \ 


[F.  B.  624 ;  A.  &  S.  §§  204,  211,  R.  6 ;  Z.  §§  370,  423,  426,  471.] 
442.  Instead  of  a  sentence  modifying  a  substantive, 
we  often  find  either  a  gerund  (with  or  without  modi¬ 
fiers)  or  a  gerundive  (fut.  pass,  participle )  in  agreement 
with  some  other  substantive  ;  e.  g., 


Omnis  occasio  exercendi 
virtutem  (or,  exercendae 
virtuiis )  arripiatur. 


Let  every  opportunity  of 
practising  virtue  be  seiz¬ 
ed. 


443.  Rule. —  Gerund. 

The  gerund  is  governed  like  a  noun  in  the  same 
case.  (See  above  example.) 

[F.  B.  374 ;  A.  &  S.  §  275,  ILL  R.  1,  2,  3,  4 ;  Z.  §§  659,  664,  666,  667.] 

444.  Rule. — Gerundive. 

Instead  of  a  gerund  governing  its  case,  we  may  use 
the  gerundive,  participle  in  dus ,  agreeing  with  a  noun. 
(See  above  example.) 

[F.  B.  382  ;  A.  &  S.  §  275,  II. ;  Z.  §  656.] 


445.  Vocabulary. 

Announce,  nuntio ,  are,  dvi, 
atum. 

Appoint,  commission,  praepono, 
ere ,  praeposui ,  praepositum. 
Artaxerxes,  Artaxerxes ,  is,  m. 
Bequeathe,  lego ,  are ,  dvi,  atum. 
Bind,  vincio ,  ire,  vinxi ,  vinctum. 
Castle,  castellum,  i ,  n. 

Chain,  fetter,  compes ,  edis,  f. 
Cyrus,  Cyrus,  i ,  m. 

Fortified,  munitus,  a ,  ;  ve¬ 


ry  strongly  fortified,  munitis- 
simus,  a,  um. 

Flee  for  refuge,  confugio,  ere^ 
confugi,  confugitum. 

Hold,  teneo,  ere ,  tenui,  tentum. 
Phyle,  Phyle ,  es,  f. 

Prepare,  dvi ,  atum. 

Servitude,  servitus,  utis,  f. 
Summon,  send  for,  arcesso ,  &•<?, 

Thrasybulus,  ThrasyMlus,  i,  m. 


MODIFIER  OF  SUBJECT,  ABRIDGED.  205 

446.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Triginta  tyranni,  praepositi  a  Lacedaemoniis,  ser¬ 
vitute  tenuerunt  Athenas.  2.  Quum  triginta  tyranni, 
praepositi  a  Lacedaemoniis,  servitute  tenerent  Athenas, 
Thrasybulus  Phylen  confugit.  3.  Heminem  jacentem 
yeste  spoliavit.  4.  Obscurum  antea  Macedonum  no¬ 
men  emersit.  5.  Quibus  rebus  effectum  est,  ut  obscu- 
rum  antea  Macedonum  nomen  emergeret.  6.  In  se- 
cundo  proelio  cecidit  Critias,  triginta  tyrannorum  acer- 
rimus.  7.  Eodem  fere  tempore  Darius,  rex  Persarum, 
moritur.  8.  *  Sapientia  ars  vivendi  est. 

II.  1.  Fill  out  the  abridged  clauses  in  the  above  sentences. 

MODEL. 

Triginta  tyranni,  qui  praepositi  sunt  a  Lacedaemo¬ 
niis,  servitute  tenuerunt  Athenas. 

2.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences  with  modifiers 
of  subjects  abridged. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  By  whom  was  the  city  of  Athens  ( the  city  Athens ) 
held  in  servitude  ?  2.  It  is  said  that  it  was  held  in 
servitude  by  the  thirty  tyrants  appointed  by  the  Spar¬ 
tans.  3.  Whither  did  Thrasybulus  flee  for  refuge? 
4.  He  fled  for  refuge  to  Phyle,  a  very  strongly  fortified 
castle  in  Attica.  5.  Darius,  the  king  of  the  Persians, 
bequeathed  his  kingdom  to  his  son  Artaxerxes.  6. 
When  it  was  announced  to  Artaxerxes  that  his  brother 
Cyrus  was  preparing  war  against  him,  he  summoned 
him  into  his  presence  (to  himself).  7.  It  is  said  that 
Cyrus,  having  been  summoned  into  the  presence  of  his 
brother,  was  bound  in  golden  chains. 


206 


ABRIDGED  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


Lesson  XLIY. 


Object  of  Predicate,  Abridqed. 

[120  &  121.] 

447.  When  the  subject  of  an  infinitive-sentence  used 
as  object  is  the  same  person  or  thing  as  that  of  the  verb 
on  which  it  depends,  that  subject  is  often  omitted  after 
verbs  denoting  desire ,  intention ,  custom ,  ability ,  duty , 
and  the  like,  and  also  after  various  'passive  verbs  ;  e.  g., 


Cupio  discere. 

Assuefacti  sunt  muros  de- 
fendere. 


I  desire  to  learn. 

They  were  accustomed  to  de¬ 
fend  their  walls. 


Rem. — It  will  be  observed  that,  in  the  first  example,  the  infinitive 
stands  as  direct  object,  and  in  the  second,  as  indirect  object 
After  verbs  of  desiring ,  intending ,  <fcc.,  the  infinitive  is  used  as 
direct  object,  while  after  verbs  denoting . custom ,  ability,  duty, 
and  the  like,  it  stands  only  as  indirect  object 

448.  When  the  subject  of  the  infinitive  mood  is  omit¬ 
ted  in  consequence  of  its  denoting  the  same  person  or 
thing  as  that  of  the  verb  on  which  it  depends,  any  pre¬ 
dicate  noun  or  adjective  after  the  infinitive  is  attracted 
into  the  nominative  to  agree  with  the  subject  of  the 
principal  verb  ;  e.  g., 

Omnes  volunt  esse  beati.  |  All  wish  to  be  happy. 

Rem. — It  will  be  observed  that  beati,  which  would  be  in  the  accu¬ 
sative  if  the  subject  of  esse  were  expressed,  is  here  attracted  into 
the  nominative  to  agree  with  the  subject  of  the  principal  verb. 

449.  An  infinitive-sentence  used  as  object  of  a  tran¬ 
sitive  verb  may  sometimes  be  abridged  by  making  its 
subject  the  object  of  the  principal  verb,  and  converting 


OBJECT  OF  PREDICATE,  ABRIDGED. 


207 


the  infinitive  into  a  participle  agreeing  with  that  ol> 
ject ;  e.  g., 


Non  audlvit  Alexander 
draconem  loquentem. 

Illud  signum  ita  collocan- 
dum  consules  locave- 
runt. 


Alexander  did  not  hear  the 
dragon  speak  (lit.  speak- 
ing). 

The  consuls  contracted  to 
have  this  statue  thus  pla¬ 
ced. 


450.  Instead  of  a  sentence  modifying  the  substantive 
or  adjective  predicate,  whether  objective  or  attributive, 
we  often  find  either  a  gerund,  or  a  gerundive  in  agree¬ 
ment  with  some  substantive  ;  e.  g., 


Epaminondas  studiosior 
audiendi  fait. 


Epaminondas  was  too  fond 
o/hearing. 


Rem. — The  gerund  audiendi  depends  upon  studiosior.  See  Rule,  443. 

451.  Instead  of  a  subordinate  clause  denoting  pur¬ 
pose — indirect  object — a  gerund,  or  a  gerundive  agreeing 
with  some  substantive,  is  often  used,  and  is  put  some¬ 
times  in  the  dative,  and  sometimes  in  the  accusative 
with  a  preposition ;  e.  g., 


Aqua  utilis  est  bibendo. 

Bourn  terga  non  ad  onera 
accipienda  figurata  sunt. 


Water  is  useful  for  drink¬ 
ing. 

The  backs  of  oxen  were  not 
formed  for  receiving  bur¬ 
dens. 


452.  The  supine  in  um  is  sometimes  used  after  verbs 
of  motion  in  place  of  a  subordinate  clause  of  purpose , 
e.  g-, 

Legati  ad  Caesarem  gratu -  Ambassadors  came  to  Oae- 
latum  convenerunt.  sar  to  congratulate  him. 


208 


ABRIDGED  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


458.  Bule. — Supine  in  um. 

The  supine  in  um  follows  verbs  of  motion  to  express 
the  purpose  or  object  of  that  motion.  (See  example 
above.) 

[F.  B.  676  ;  A.  &  S.  §  276,  II ;  Z.  §  668.] 


454.  Vocabulary. 

Advice,  consilium ,  iy  n. 

Belong  to,  be  to,  sum,  esse,  fui , 
futurus  (with  dative). 

Cadmea,  Cadmea ,  ae,  f. 

Choose,  deligo ,  ere ,  deleg  i,  de- 
lectum. 

Conon,  Gonon ,  onw,  m. 

Defeat,  rinco,  ere ,  mci,  mctum. 

Depart,  go,  projiciscor ,  ci,pro- 
fectus  sum. 

Desist,  discedo ,  ere,  discessi ,  eZw- 
cessum. 

Despair,  desperation,  despera- 
tio ,  ems,  f. 

Drive,  drive  away,  jpeZfo,  ere, 
pepiili ,  pulsum. 

Engagement,  battle,  proelium , 
i,  n. 

455.  Exercises. 


Exile,  banishment,  exsilium , 
»,  n. 

Exile,  a  person  banished,  ezswZ, 
wfo's,  m.  &  f. 

Land,  field,  ager,  agri ,  m. 

Naval,  navdlis ,  e. 

Opening,  beginning,  initium , 
n. 

Order,  v.,  jubeo ,  ere,  jws- 

sum. 

Otherwise,  aliter. 

Pelopidas,  Pelopidas ,  ae,  m. 

Pericles,  Pericles ,  &,  m.  (See 
F.B.  174.) 

Theban,  Thebdnus ,  a,  wra. 

Untouched,  uninjured,  intac- 
tus ,  «,  -mw. 

Voluntary,  voluntarius ,  a,  m 


I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Pausanias  honoratum  adversarium  vidit.  2.  Phi- 
lippus  regnare  cum  amlcis  volebat.  8.  Amari  pater 
maluit.  4.  Hie  metui  maluit.  5.  Alexander  univer- 
sum  terrarum  orbem  vincere  est  aggressus.  6.  Hie 
urbem  obsidere  statuit.  7.  Artaxerxes,  rex  Persarum, 
legatos  in  Graeciam  mittit,  per  quos  jubet  omnes  ab  ar- 


OBJECT  OF  PREDICATE,  ABRIDGED.  209 

mis  discedere.  8.  Liberandae  patriae  propria  laus  est 
Pelopidae,  qui,  exsilio  multatus,  Athenas  se  contulerat. 

II.  1.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences  with  ob¬ 
jects  abridged. 

2.  Construct  Latin  sentences  in  answer  to  the  following 
questions : 

1.  What  state  took  the  lead  ( acted  as  leader)  against 
the  Athenians  in  the  Peloponnesian  war  ?  2.  What 

advice  did  Pericles  give  the  Athenians  in  the  opening 
of  the  war  ?  8.  Why  did  he  give  his  own  lands  to  the 

republic?  4.  In  how  many  naval  engagements  did 
Alcibiades  defeat  the  Spartans  ?  5.  Why  was  Conon 

sent  to  take  his  place  ?  6.  What  became  of  Alcibia¬ 

des  ?  7.  What  was  the  result  of  the  Peloponnesian 
war  ?  8.  Who  were  appointed  over  the  Athenian  re¬ 
public  ? 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Who  ordered  the  Greeks  to  desist  from  arms  ?  2. 
They  were  ordered  by  Artaxerxes,  the  king  of  the 
Persians,  to  desist  from  arms.  8.  Did  they  not  wish 
to  do  otherwise  ?  4.  To  whom  belongs  the  praise  of 
liberating  the  Cadmea  from  the  Spartans  ?  5.  This 
praise  belongs  to  Pelopidas,  the  Theban  exile,  who 
having  chosen  a  day  for  liberating  the  state,  drove  the 
Spartans  from  the  citadel. 


210 


ABRIDGED  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


Lesson  XLY. 


Attribute  of  Predicate,  Abridged. — Comparison  and  Par- 

ticiples. 

[122—125.] 

456.  Complex  sentences  involving  comparisons  of 
inequality  (421,  2)  take  two  different  constructions ; 
viz., 

1)  The  connective  quam  may  be  used ;  and  then 
the  following  noun  is  generally  in  the  same 
case  as  the  corresponding  noun  before  quam  ; 
e.  g-, 


Europa  minor  est  quam 
Asia. 


Europe  is  smaller  than  Asia. 


Rem. — When  the  same  word  belongs  to  both  members  of  the  com¬ 
parison  in  Latin,  it  is  generally  expressed  in  the  first  and  omit¬ 
ted  in  the  second ;  in  English,  however,  it  is  expressed  in  the 
first,  and  represented  in  the  second  by  the  pronoun  that  or 
those  ;  e.  g.,  Maris  superficies  major  est  quam  terrae,  The  sur¬ 
face  of  the  sea  is  greater  than  (that)  of  the  land.  Here  the  noun 
after  quam  ( terrae )  is  in  the  same  case  as  the  corresponding 
noun  maris  before  it. 


2)  The  connective  quam  may  be  omitted ;  and 
then  the  following  noun  is  put  in  the  abla¬ 
tive  ;  e.  g., 

Nihil  est  dementia  divi-  Nothing  is  more  godlike  than 
nius.  clemency. 

457.  Rule. — Comparison. 

The  comparative  degree  is  followed, 

1)  Without  quam,  by  the  ablative. 


ATTRIBUTE  OF  PREDICATE,  ABRIDGED.  211 


2)  With  quam ,  generally  by  the  case  of  the  cor¬ 
responding  nonn  before  it.  (See  examples 
above.) 

[F.  B.  636  ;  A.  &  S.  §  256  ;  Z.  §483.] 


458.  An  attributive  sentence  of  time ,  cause ,  manner , 
condition ,  concession ,  &c.,  may  be  abridged, 

1)  When  its  subject  is  some  person  or  thing  men¬ 
tioned  in  the  principal  clause,  by  dropping 
the  subject  and  copula ,  and  generally  the  con¬ 
nective ,  and  retaining  the  attributive  part  of 
the  predicate  in  the  form  of  a  participle ,  adjec- 
tive ,  or  noun  (according  to  the ‘form  of  predi¬ 
cate)  in  agreement  with  that  noun  in  the  prin¬ 
cipal  clause ;  e.  g., 


Caesar,  in  Britanniam  pro- 
ficiscens,  Morinos  rell- 
quit. 

Quidam  hanc  patriam,  hinc 
nati ,  urbem  hostium  esse 
judicaverunt. 

Hie,  puer  duodeviginti  an- 
nbrum ,  patrem  servavit. 


Caesar ,  going  (i.  e.  when 
he  went )  into  Britain, 
left  the  Morini. 

Some ,  born  here  ( though 
born  here),  have  judged 
this  country  to  be  a  city 
of  the  enemies. 

He ,  (when)  a  boy  of  eigh¬ 
teen  years,  preserved  his 
father. 


Rem. — Whenever,  in  thus  abridging  a  sentence,  a  participle  would 
be  required  in  the  perfect  active  with  an  object,  the  perfect 
passive  must  be  used  in  the  ablative  absolute  (see  2  below)  with 
that  object,  as  the  Latin  has  no  perfect  active ;  e.  g.,  Hostes, 
impetu  facto,  nostros  perturbaverunt,  The  enemy,  having  made 
an  attack  (lit.  an  attack  having  been  made),  put  our  soldiers  into 
disorder. 


2)  When  its  subject  is  some  person  or  thing  not 
mentioned  in  the  principal  clause,  by  drop- 


212 


ABRIDGED  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


ping  the  connective  and  copula,  and  putting 
the  subject  in  the  ablative  with  the  participle, 
adjective ,  or  noun  of  the  predicate  in  agreement 
with  it.  This  construction  is  called  the  abla¬ 
tive  absolute  ;  e.  g., 


Hostes,  nihil  timentibus 
nostris ,  celeriter  nostros 
perturbaverunt. 

Cicerone  console,  Catilina 
ad  delendam  patriam 
conjuravit. 


The  enemy ,  while  our  sol¬ 
diers  feared  nothing  (lit. 
our  soldiers  fearing  no¬ 
thing),  quickly  put  them 
into  disorder. 

In  the  consulship  of  Cicero 
( when  Cicero  was  consul), 
Catiline  conspired  for  the 
destruction  of  his  coun¬ 
try. 


459.  Rule. — Agreement  of  Participles. 

Participles  like  adjectives  (189)  agree,  in  gender ,  num¬ 
ber,  and  case,  with  the  nouns  to  which  they  belong. 
(See  examples  above.) 

[F.  B.  614;  A.  &  S.  §205.] 


460.  Rule. — Ablative  Absolute. 


A  noun  and  a  participle,  a  noun  and  an  adjective,  or 
two  nouns,  standing  grammatically  independent  of  the 
rest  of  the  sentence,  are  put  in  the  ablative  absolute. 
(See  above  examples.) 

[F.  B.  678 ;  A  &  S.  §  257,  R.  7  ;  Z.  §§  640,  644,  645.] 


Rem. — Participles  are  sometimes  used  to  abridge  independent  claus¬ 
es  ;  e.  g.,  Quos  Tyrii  contra  jus  gentium  occisos  praecipitaverunt 
in  altum,  The  Tyrians  slew  them  contrary  to  the  law  of  nations, 
and  threw  them  into  the  sea. 


ATTRIBUTE  OF  PREDICATE,  ABRIDGED.  213 


461.  Vocabulary. 

Add,  join  to,  adjungo ,  ere ,  ad- 
junxi ,  adjunctwm. 

All,  the  whole,  to  tits,  a ,  um. 

(See  F.  B.  113,  R.) 

As  (before  nouns),  often  un¬ 
translated. 

Cavalry,  equites ,  um,  m.  pi.  of 
eques  ;  equitatus,  us,  m. 
Distinguished,  praestans ,  tis. 
Epaminondas,  Epaminondas, 
ae,  m. 

Hostage,  obses,  idis,  m.  &  f. 
House,  home,  domus,  us  &  i,  f. 
Instructed,  learned,  accom¬ 
plished,  erudltus ,  a,  um. 
Larissa,  Larissa,  ae,  f. 

462.  Exercises. 


Keep,  have,  habeo,  ere,  habui , 
Tiabitum. 

Macedonia,  Macedonia,  ae,  f. 

Philip,  Philippus,  i,  m. 

Reside,  habito,  are ,  dvi,  dtum. 

Strength,  robur,  oris,  n. 

Subjugate,  impose  the  yoke  of 
servitude,  servitutis  jugum 
impono ,  ere ,  imposui,  imposi- 
tum. 

Thebes,  Thebae,  drum,  f.  pi. 

Thessalian,  Tliessalus,  a,  um. 

Victorious,  expressed  by  victor, 
oris,  m.  in  apposition  with 
the  noun. 

Virtue,  virtue,  utis,  f. 


I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

I.  Alexander,  ad  Persicum  bellum  proficiscens,  pa- 
trimonium  omne  suum  amlcis  divisit.  2.  Philippus, 
in  Scythiam  profectus,  numero  praestantes  Scythas  do- 
lo  vicit.  3.  Alexander  yirtute  patre  major  fuit.  4. 
Hie  vitiis  Philippo  major  fuit.  5.  Motae  quaedam 
civitates  Atheniensibus  se  jungunt.  6.  Atheniensibus 
per  insidias  victis,  Philippus  incolumes  sine  pretio  di- 
mlsit.  7.  Post  haec,  bello  in  Illyrios  translato,  multa 
millia  hostium  caedit.  8.  Philippus,  obses  triennio 
Thebis  habitus  in  Epaminondae  domo,  Graeciae  servi- 
tutis  jugum  imposuit. 

II.  Explain  the  force  of  the  participles  in  the  above  sen « 
tcnces ,  showing  to  what  hind  of  clause  each  is  equivalent , 
i.  c.  whether  temporal ,  causal ,  &c. 


214 


ABRIDGE])  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


MODEL. 

Ad  Persicum  helium  proficiscens ,  is  an  abridged  tem¬ 
poral  clause,  showing  when  Alexander  divided  his  pa¬ 
trimony,  viz.  on  going  to  the  Persian  war  =  when  he 
went ,  &c. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  How  long  did  Philip  reside  at  Thebes  ?  2.  He 
was  there  three  years.  3.  He  was  kept  as  a  hostage  in 
the  house  of  Epaminondas.  4.  Having  been  kept  as  a 
hostage  for  three  years  at  Thebes,  he  returned  to  Ma¬ 
cedonia.  5.  Having  been  kept  as  a  hostage  in  the 
house  of  Epaminondas,  he  was  instructed  in  all  the 
virtues  of  this  distinguished  man.  6.  On  returning 
(458)  to  Macedonia,  he  subjugated  all  Greece.  7.  Hav¬ 
ing  taken  Larissa  in  Thessaly,  he  added  to  his  victo¬ 
rious  army  the  strength  of  the  Thessalian  cavalry. 


Lesson  XLVI. 

Attribute  of  Predicate,  Abridged  ;  Gerunds  and  Supines. 

[126—129.] 

463.  The  gerund,  as  already  mentioned  (450),  some¬ 
times  expresses  the  attribute  of  a  substantive  or  adjec¬ 
tive  predicate ;  e.  g., 

Sapientia  ars  vivendi  pu-  Wisdom  should  be  regarded 
tanda  est.  as  the  art  of  living. 

Rem. — Thq^forms  of  tlie  gerund  are  very  properly  regarded  as  the 
oblique  cases  of  the  infinitive,  and  accordingly  are  the  abridged 
forms  of  subordinate  clauses :  thus,  ars  vivendi ,  in  the  first  ex¬ 
ample,  literally  construed  would  stand,  the  art  of  the  to  live  = 
the  art  of  living. 


ATTRIBUTE  OF  PREDICATE,  ABRIDGED.  215 


464.  Instead  of  a  subordinate  proposition  modifying 
the  verb  predicate,  the  gerund  with  a  preposition,  or  a 
gerundive  and  a  substantive  witb  a  preposition,  may 
be  used  to  express  adverbial  relations ;  e.  g., 


Inter  ludendum  cantabant. 

Brutus  in  liber anda  patria 
est  interfectus. 


They  were  singing  while 
playing. 

Brutus  was  hilled  in  liber¬ 
ating  his  country. 


465.  The  ablative  of  the  gerund,  or  of  the  gerundive 
in  agreement  with  a  substantive,  without  a  preposition 
often  supplies  the  place  of  a  subordinate  clause  of  cause , 


manner ,  means ,  &c. ;  e.  g., 
Mens  discendo  alitur. 

Loquendi  elegantia  auge- 
tur  legendis  oratoribus. 


The  mind  is  strengthened 
by  learning. 

Elegance  of  speech  is  culti¬ 
vated  by  reading  ora¬ 
tors. 


For  Rules  for  the  government  of  gerunds  and  gerundives,  see 
443,  444. 

466.  The  supine  in  u  may  supply  the  place  of  an 
adverbial  clause  after  certain  adjectives,  whether  in  the 
subject  or  predicate  ;  e.  g., 

Hoc  optimum  factu  est.  |  This  is  best  to  be  done. 

467.  Rule. — Supine  in  u  * 

The  supine  in  u  is  used  after  adjectives  signifying 
good  or  bad)  easy  or  difficult ,  agreeable  or  disagreeable ,  &c. 
(See  above  example.) 

[F.  B.  635 ;  A.  &  S.  §  276,  III ;  Z.  §  670.] 

For  the  use  of  supine  in  um,  see  452. 


216 


ABRIDGED  COMPLEX  SENTENCES. 


468.  Vocabulary. 


Alexander,  Alexander,  dri ,  m. 

Arrive,  advenio,  Ire ,  adveni , 
adventum. 

Deceive,  decipio,  ere ,  decepi , 
deceptum. 

Delight,  rejoice,  gaudeo,  ere, 
gavisus  sum. 

Go,  hasten,  contendo,  ere,  con - 
tendi,  contentum. 

Hero ,heros,dis,  m. 

Learn,  disco,  ere,  didici. 

Macedonian,  Macedonicus,  a, 
um  ;  Macedo,  onis,  m. 


Narrow  passage,  angustiae,  a- 
rum,  f.  pi. 

Offer  sacrifices,  to  sacrifice  (in 
honor  of  parents,  &c.),  pa - 
rento,  are,  dm,  atum. 

Pausanias,  Pausanias,  ae,  m. 

See,  witness,  specto,  are,  avi, 
dtum. 

Tomb,  tumulus,  i,  m. 

Whose,  cujus,  a,  um;  cujus ; 
quorum. 

Youth,  young  man,  adolescent, 
entis ,  m. 


469.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

I.  Hommis  mens  discendo  alitur.  2.  Omnes  mul- 
tum  temporis  ludendo  amittimus.  3.  Philippus  ad  lu- 
dos  spectandos  contendit.  4.  Atheniensium  exercitus 
in  terram  praedatum  exierat.  5.  Philippus,  in  Scy- 
thiam  praedandi  causa  profectus,  numero  praestantes 
Scythas  dolo  vicit.  6.  Parcendi  victis  filio  animus 
promptior.  7.  Vincendi  ratio  utrlque  diversa  fuit.  8. 
Athenienses  miserunt  Delphos  consultum,  quidnam  fa* 
cerent  de  rebus  suis. 

II.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences  with  gerunds, 
and  two  or  more  with  supines. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 


1.  They  have  learned  much  by  reading.  2.  All  can 
learn  much  by  reading  good  books.  3.  Philip  learned 
much  by  witnessing  the  virtues  of  Epaminondas  the 
Theban.  4.  Who  killed  Philip  ?  5.  Pausanias,  hav* 


ATTRIBUTE  OF  PREDICATE,  ABRIDGED.  217 

ing  taken  possession  of  (458, 1,  E.)  the  narrow  passage, 
killed  him.  6.  He  was  going  to  see  the  games,  when 
this  Macedonian  youth  killed  him.  7.  Who  succeeded 
Philip  ?  8.  Alexander  succeeded  his  father  Philip.  9. 

The  father  is  said  to  have  delighted  in  deceiving  the 
enemy  (lit.  in  the  enemy  deceived).  10.  The  son  delight¬ 
ed  iti  routing  them.  11.  At  whose  tomb  did  Alexan¬ 
der  offer  sacrifices  on  arriving  in  Asia?  12.  He  is 
said  tc  have  sacrificed  at  the  tombs  of  the  Trojan  he¬ 
roes. 


% 


10 


218 


COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 


CHAPTER  ni. 

COMPOUND  SENTENCES, 


1. — Compound  Sentences ;  Unabridged . 


Lesson  XLYII. 

Glasses  of  Compound  Sentences . 

[130  &  131.] 

470.  A  compound  sentence  is  one  which  consists  of 
two  or  more  independent  though  related  sentences. 

Rem. — The  sentences,  thus  united,  may  themselves  be  either  simple, 
complex,  or  compound. 

471.  Compound  sentences  may  be  divided  into  three 
classes ;  viz., 

1)  Copulative  sentences,  in  which  two  or  more 
thoughts  are  presented  in  harmony  with  each 
other ;  e.  g., 


Longas  naves  aestus  com- 
plebat ;  et  onerarias  tem- 
pestas  afflictabat. 


The  water  filled  the  war - 
ships  ;  and  the  storm  tos¬ 
sed  the  ships  of  burden. 

2)  Disjunctive  sentences,  in  which  a  choice  be¬ 
tween  two  or  more  thoughts  is  offered  ;  e.  g., 


Audendum  est  aliquid  uni- 
versis,  aut  omnia  singu¬ 
lis  patienda  sunt. 


Something  must  be  braved 
by  all ,  or  all  things  must 
be  endured  by  each. 


CLASSES  OF  COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 


219 


3)  Adversative  sentences,  in  which  the  thoughts 
stand  opposed  to  each  other ;  e.  g., 

Difficile  factu  est,  sed  cona-  It  is  difficult  to  do,  but  1 
bor.  will  try  it. 

472.  Copulative  clauses  may  be  connected  by  the 
conjunctions  et ,  atque,  ac,  que,  or  nec,  neque. 


Rem.  1. — Et  is  the  most  common,  and  is  used  to  connect  thoughts 
(or  words)  of  equal  importance ;  que,  which  is  an  enclitic  (i.  e. 
is  always  appended  to  some  other  word),  indicates  a  more  intimate 
relationship,  and  is  generally  used  when  the  second  part  repre¬ 
sents  something  as  belonging  to  the  first  or  derived  from  it,  Ac. ; 
atque  is  used  when  the  second  part  is  more  important  than  the 
first ;  ac,  which  is  abbreviated  from  atque,  never  stands  before 
a  vowel,  and  has  generally  the  force  of  et.  Neque  and  nec  have 
the  force  of  et  non. 

Rem.  2. — Associated  with  these  conjunctions,  we  sometimes  find 
etiam,  adeo,  quoque,  Ac.,  and  sometimes  these  last  only  are  used. 


473.  Sometimes  a  connective  appears  in  both  claus¬ 
es  ;  thus,  we  find  the  following  correlative  particles : 
et— et ;  quum — turn  ;  turn — turn  =  both — and  ;  non  so¬ 
lum — sed  etiam  —  not  only — but  also  ;  ut — ita  ;  tarn — 
quam  =  as — so  ;  as  well — as  ;  both — and  j  neque — 
neque  ;  nec — nec  =  neither — nor  ;  e.  g., 


Et  longas  naves  aestus 
complebat ;  et  onerarias 
tempestas  afflictabat. 


Both  the  water  filled  the 
war-ships ,  and  the  storm 
tossed  the  ships  of  burden. 


474.  Sometimes  a  causal  adverb  or  conjunction  ap¬ 
pears  with  the  copulative,  as  igitur,  ideo,  enim ,  &c.,  and 
sometimes  the  copulative  is  omitted,  leaving  only  the 
causal  adverb  as  connective ;  the  sentence,  however, 
retains  its  co-ordinate  character ;  e.  g., 


Nihil  laboras;  ideo  nihil 
habes. 


You  do  nothing ,  and  accord¬ 
ingly  have  nothing. 


220 


COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 


475.  Disjunctive  sentences  usually  employ  some  one 
or  more  of  the  following  connectives :  aut ,  vel,  sive ,  ve , 
or  the  correlatives  aut — aut ;  vel — vel ;  sive — sive  ;  seu 
— seu.  (See  example,  471,  2.) 

Rem. — When  the  second  member  is  a  stronger  expression  than  the 
first,  or  is  “really  the  carrying  out  of  the  same  idea,  vel  or  sive 
is  often  accompanied  by  etiam  or  potius  ;  e.  g.,  Discessus  fuit 
perturbatus,  sive  potius  fuga  turpissima,  The  departure  was  very 
disorderly ,  or  rather  the  flight  most  disgraceful. 

476.  Adversative  sentences  usually  employ  some 
one  or  more  of  the  following  connectives :  sed,  autem , 
at ,  verum ,  vero ,  tamen  and  its  compounds  attdmen  and 
verumtamen ,  and  atqui.  (See  example,  471,  3.) 


477.  Vocabulary. 

And,  et ,  atque,  ac,  que  (encli¬ 
tic).  (See  472,  R.  1.) 

Around,  circa ,  circum. 

Become  or  be  made  unmanage¬ 
able,  efferor ,  dri,  efferatus 
sum ,  pass,  of  effero. 

But,  sed ,  autem ,  &c.  (476). 

Chariot,  mrrus ,  -ms,  m. 

Fall  (in  battle),  cado,  ere ,  cecidi, 

•  casum. 

Few,  pauci,  ae,  a. 

Fought,  commissus ,  «,  wm. 


High-minded,  magnanimus ,  a, 
um  ;  magnificus ,  a,  um. 

Horse,  equus,  i,  m. 

Issus,  Jssws,  ■£,  f. 

Pierce,  confodio ,  confodi , 

confessum . 

Prudent,  prudens ,  £&. 

Slightly,  lightly,  leviter. 

Spear,  7ias£&,  f. 

Than,  quam,  or  indicated  by 
ablative  after  comparatives. 

Wound,  vulnero , 


478.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Philippo  Alexander  filius  successit.  2.  Pruden- 
tior  ille  consilio,  hie  ammo  magnificentior.  3.  Vini 
uterque  nimis  avidus ;  sed  ebrietatis  diversa  ratio.  4. 
Perdicca  occlsus  est,  pluresque  duces  perierunt.  5.  De 


FORMATION  OF  COMPOUND  SENTENCES.  221 


exercitu  Alexandri  centum  viginti  equites  ceciderunt, 
et  cognatis  eorum  immunitates  a  publicis  muneiibus 
dedit.  6.  Quaedam  civitates  Atheniensibus  se  jun- 
gunt ;  quasdam  autem  ad  Philippum  belli  metus  traxit. 
7.  Commisso  proelio,  Alexander  non  duels  magis  quam 
militis  munia  exsequebatur. 

II.  1.  Explain  the  nature  of  the  connection  existing  be¬ 
tween  the  different  members  of  the  above  compound  senten¬ 
ces . 

2.  Construct  three  or  more  Latin  sentences ,  illustrating 
the  different  hinds  of  co-ordination. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Philip  was  prudent,  and  Alexander  was  high- 
minded.  2.  Philip  was  more  prudent  than  his  son 
Alexander,  but  the  son  was  more  high-minded  than 
the  father.  3.  Alexander  conquered  the  Persian  king 
in  a  battle  fought  at  Issus  ;  and  there  the  noblest  lead¬ 
ers  fell  around  the  chariot  of  Darius.  4.  Was  not  Da¬ 
rius  himself  wounded  ?  5.  He  was  not  wounded,  but 

his  horses,  haying  been  pierced  with  spears,  became 
unmanageable.  6.  Did  many  of  the  Macedonians  per¬ 
ish  at  Issus?  7.  A  few  of  them  perished,  and  the 
king  himself  is  said  to  haye  been  slightly  wounded. 


Lesson  XLVIII. 

Formation  of  Compound  Sentences. 

[132  &  133.] 

479.  Compound  sentences  may  be  formed  by  co-or¬ 
dinating  in  some  one  or  more  of  the  ways  just  men¬ 
tioned, 


222 


COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 


1)  Two  or  more  simple  sentences ;  e.  g., 


Gryges  a  nnllo  videbatur, 
ipse  autem  omnia  vide- 
bat. 


Gyges  was  seen  by  no  one , 
but  he  himself  saw  every 
thing. 


2)  Two  or  more  complex  sentences ;  e.  g., 


Hi  sunt  homines  ex  iis  co- 
loniis,  quas  Sulla  con- 
stituit ;  sed  tamen  hi 
sunt  coloni,  qui  se  in 
insperatis  pecuniis  inso- 
lentius  jactarunt. 


These  are  men  from  those 
colonies  which  Sylla plant¬ 
ed  ;  but  yet  these  are  col¬ 
onists  who  have  become  too 
insolent  in  their  unexpect- 
edj  wealth. 


3)  Two  or  more  compound  sentences ;  e.  g., 


Graeciae  Antipater  prae- 
ponitur ;  regiae  pecu¬ 
niae  custodia  Cratero 
traditur  ;  sed '  exercitus 
cura  Perdiccae  assign  a- 
tur  et  Aridaeus  rex 
agnoscitur. 


Antipater  is  appointed  over 
Greece ,  and  the  guardian¬ 
ship  of  the  royal  treasury 
is  intrusted  to  Oraterus  ; 
but  the  care  of  the  army 
is  assigned  to  Perdicca , 
and  Aridaeus  is  recog¬ 
nized  as  king. 


4)  Simple,  complex,  and  compound,  in  a  single 
sentence,  or  either  two  of  the  three  kinds,  as 
simple  and  complex,  simple  and  compound, 
or  complex  and  compound ;  e.  g., 


Nunquam  ego  a  diis  opta- 
bo  ut  haec  audiatis,  sed 
ilia  audietis. 


I  shall  never  desire  of  the 
gods  that  you  may  hear 
these  things ,  but  you  will 
hear  them. 


FORMATION  OF  COMPOUND  SENTENCES.  223 


480.  Vocabulary. 

Ammon  or  Hammon,  Ammon 
or  Hammon,  onis,  m. 

Approach,  adventus,  us,  m. 

Charles,  Carolus,  i,  m. 

Consult,  consulo,  ere,  consului, 
consultum. 

Contrary  to,  contra. 

Design,  designate,  designo ,  are, 
dri,  dtum. 

Determine,  statuo,  ere ,  statui, 
statutum. 

Dutiful,  plus,  a,  um. 

Egypt,  JEgyptus,  i,  f. 

Egyptian,  JEgyptius ,  a,  urn; 
the  Egyptians,  JEgyptii,  o- 
rum,  m.  pi. 

Empire,  imperium,  i ,  n. 

Ever,  always,  semper. 

Fear,  metuo ,  ere,  metui,  metu- 
tum. 

Former — latter,  ille — hie. 

Gladly,  expressed  by  adj.  lae- 
tus,  a,  um,  in  agreement  with 
subject. 

Go,  eo,  ire ,  hi,  itum 


God,  deus,  i,  m.  (See  A.  &  S. 
§53.) 

John,  Johannes,  is,  m. 

Jupiter,  Jupiter ,  Jovis,  m.  (See 
A.&S.  §85.) 

Latter,  hie,  haec,  hoc. 

Law  or  right  of  nations,  jus 
gentium. 

Lay  siege  to,  besiege,  obsideo , 
ere ,  obsedi,  obsessum . 

Love,  amo,  are,  dm,  dtum. 

Oracle,  oraculum ,  i,  n. 

Receive,  recipio,  ere,  recepi,  re- 
cep  turn. 

Slay,  kill,  occido,  ere,  occidi,  oc - 
cisum. 

Tyre,  Tyrus,  i,  i. 

Tyrian,  Tyrius,  a,  um ;  the 
Tyrians,  Tyrii,  drum,  m.  pi. 

Visit,  go  to,  adeo,  ire,  adii,  adi- 
tum. 

Whether,  sometimes  expressed, 
by  an. 

World,  orbis ,  is,  m. ;  orbis  ter- 
rae  or  terrdrum. 


481.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  J3gyptii  Alexandrum  laeti  receperunt,  nec  susti- 
nuere  adventum  ejus  Persae.  2.  JEgyptii,  olim  Per- 
sarum  opibus  infensi,  Alexandrum  laeti  receperunt; 
nec  sustinuere  adventum  ejus  Persae,  defectione  per- 
terrfti.  3.  Kegnare  ille  cum  amlcis  volebat ;  hie  in 
amicos  regna  exercebat.  4.  Amari  pater  voluit ;  hie 


224 


ABRIDGED  COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 


metui  maluit.  5.  Parcendi  yictis  filio  animus  promp- 
tior ;  ille  nec  sociis  abstinebat.  6.  Motae  quaedam 
eivitates  Atheniensibus  se  jungunt ;  quasdam  autem  ad 
Philippum  belli  metus  traxit. 

II.  1.  Construct  two  simple  sentences  in  Latin ,  and 
then  unite  them  by  some  co-ordinate  conjunction . 

2.  Construct  a  complex  sentence ,  and  unite  it  with  the 
compound  formed  above. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin . 

1.  The  Egyptians  received  Alexander  gladly,  but 
the  Persians  were  terrified  at  his  approach.  2.  Charles 
is  feared,  and  J ohn  is  loved ;  but  the  former  is  said  to 
be  a  good  father,  and  the  latter  has  ever  been  a  dutiful 
son.  3.  Why  did  Alexander  determine  to  lay  siege  to 
Tyre  ?  4.  He  determined  to  besiege  the  city,  because 
the  Tyrians,  contrary  to  the  law  of  nations,  slew  the 
ambassadors  whom  he  had  sent  to  them.  5.  What 
oracle  did  he  visit  in  Egypt  ?  6.  He  visited  the  oracle 

of  Jupiter  Ammon  to  consult  whether  the  father  of  the 
gods  designed  the  empire  of  the  world  for  him. 


§  2. — Compound  Sentences  •  Abridged. 
Lesson  XLIX. 

Compound  Elements . — Subjects ,  United. 

♦  [134 — 137.] 

482.  The  several  members  of  a  compound  sentence 
frequently  differ  from  each  other  only  in  their  subjects . 
and  then  these  subjects  are  generally  united,  and  the 


COMPOUND  SUBJECTS. 


225 


other  elements  appear  but  once,  though  in  such  a  form 
as  to  agree  with  the  compound  subject ;  e.  g., 


Romani  bella  multa  gesse- 
runt. 

Graeci  bella  multa  gesse- 
runt. 

Romani  et  Graeci  bella 
multa  gesserunt. 


The  Eomans  waged  many 
wars. 

The  Grreeks  waged  many 
wars. 

The  Eomans  and  Greeks 
waged  many  wars. 


Rem. — Here  it  will  be  observed  that  the  predicate  and  modifiers 
are  the  same  in  both  the  sentences  united  to  form  the  compound, 
and  accordingly  they  appear  but  once  in  that  compound. 


Caesar  bella  multa  gessit. 
Hannibal  bella  multa  ges¬ 
sit. 

Caesar  et  Hannibal  bella 
multa  gesserunt. 


Caesar  waged  many  wars. 
Hannibal  waged  many 
wars. 

* 

Caesar  and  Hannibal  wa¬ 
ged  many  wars. 


Rem. — Here  it  will  be  observed  that  the  predicate  in  the  compound 
is  changed  to  the  plural  to  agree  with  the  compound  subject. 


483.  Eule. — Agreement. 

When  the  members  of  a  compound  subject  are  unit¬ 
ed  by  copulatives  (except  wee,  negue ),  the  predicate  is 
generally  put  in  the  plural ;  but,  when  they  are  united 
by  disjunctives  or  adversatives ,  it  is  generally  in  the  sin¬ 
gular,  if  the  members  themselves  are  of  that  number ; 
e.  g., 


Caesar  et  Hannibal  bella 
multa  gesserunt. 

Caesar  aut  Hannibal  bella 
multa  gessit. 


Caesar  and  Hannibal  wa¬ 
ged  many  wars. 

Caesar  or  Hannibal  waged 
many  wars. 


[F.  B.  612,  R. ;  A.  &  S.  §  209,  R.  12 ;  Z.  §  365.J 

10* 


226 


ABRIDGED  COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 


Rem.  1. — If  the  subjects  are  of  different  persons,  the  verb  agrees 
with  the  first  in  preference  to  the  second,  and  with  the  second 
in  preference  to  the  third ;  e.  g.,  Si  tu  et  Tullia  valetis,  ego  et 
Cicero  valemus,  If  you  and  Tullia  are  well ,  Cicero  and  I  are 
well. 


Rem.  2. — If  the  subjects  are  of  different  genders,  any  predicate  ad¬ 
jective  or  participle  in  the  plural  generally  takes  the  gender  of 
one  of  the  subjects,  preferring  the  masculine  to  the  feminine  and 
the  feminine  to  the  neuter ;  unless  the  subjects  denote  things 
without  life,  and  then  they  are  usually  put  in  the  neuter ;  e.  g., 
Pater  mihi  et  mater  mortui  sunt,  My  father  and  mother  are  dead. 
— Labor  voluptasque  inter  se  sunt  juncta,  Labor  and  pleasure 
are  united  together. 

Rem.  3. — Sometimes  the  verb  in  the  singular  is  used  in  agreement 
with  one  of  the  subjects  connected  by  copulatives,  and  is  under¬ 
stood  with  the  rest,  and  sometimes  the  verb  in  the  plural  is 
used  with  subjects  in  the  singular  connected  by  disjunctives, 
especially  when  one  of  these  subjects  is  in  the  first  or  second 
person  ;  e.  g.,  Omnes  animi  cruciatus  egestas  ac  mendicitas  con- 
sequatur,  Let  want  and  beggary  follow  all  the  agonies  of  mind. — 
Si  quid  Socrates  aut  Aristippus  fecerint,  <fec.,  If  Socrates  or  Aris 
tippus  did  any  thing,  &c. 

Rem.  4. — When  different  modifiers  belong  to  the  several  subjects 
united,  they  must  each  be  associated  with  their  respective  sub 
jects ;  e.  g.,  Fuerunt  anno  primo  consules  Brutus,  acerrimus 
libertatis  vindex,  et  Collatlnus,  marltus  Lucretiae,  Brutus,  the 
most  valiant  dejender  of  liberty,  and  Collatinus,  the  husband  of 
Lucretia,  were  the  consuls  the  first  year. 


484.  Vocabulary. 

Arbela,  Arbela ,  orum,  n.  pi. 

Both  —  and,  et  —  et ;  quum  — 
turn ,  &c.  (See  473.) 

Bravely,  fortiter. 

Nearly,  fere. 

Or,  aut;  in  double  questions, 
aw,  we,  sometimes  an  in  the 
second  clause,  and  utrum , 


ww?w,  or  we,  in  the  first.  (See 
F.  B.  482.) 

Reach,  arrive  at,  pervenio ,  lret 
pervenf  perventum. 

Rush,  rush  together,  concurro , 
ere ,  concurri ,  concursum. 

Village,  xicus,  i,  m. 


COMPOUND  SUBJECTS. 


227 


485.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

I.  Romulus  et  Remus  pueritiam  inter  pastores  trans- 
egerunt.  2.  In  exercitu  Alexandri  fuerunt  peditum 
triginta  duo  millia,  equitum  quatuor  millia  quingenti, 
naves  centum  octoginta  duae.  8.  De  exercitu  ejus  no 
vem  pedites,  centum  viginti  equites  ceciderunt.  4 
Inter  captlvos  castrorum  mater  et  uxor  et  filiae  duae 
Darli  fuerunt.  5.  Nee  Persae  nec  Macedones  dubita- 
vere,  quin  ipse  rex  esset  occlsus.  6.  Pueri  virginesque 
templa  compleverant. 

II.  Give  in  full  the  sentences  which  have  been  united  in 
the  formation  of  the  first  four  of  the  above  compounds . 

MODEL. 

Romulus  pueritiam  inter  pastores  transegit.  (482.) 

Remus  pueritiam  inter  pastores  transegit.  (482.) 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Darius  reached  the  village  of  Arbela.  2.  The 
Persians  reached  the  village  of  Arbela.  8.  Darius  and 
the  Persians  reached  the  village  of  Arbela.  4.  The 
Lacedaemonians  rushed  to  arms.  5.  Did  not  all  Greece 
rush  to  arms  ?  6.  The  Lacedaemonians  and  nearly  all 

Greece  rushed  to  arms.  7.  Both  Persians  and  Mace¬ 
donians  fought  bravely.  8.  W ere  the  Lacedaemonians, 
or  the  Persians  conquered  at  Arbela?  9.  The  Per¬ 
sians  were  conquered  there. 


228 


ABRIDGED  COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 


Lesson  L 


Compound  Elements. — Predicates ,  United. 

[138—141.] 

486.  The  several  members  of  a  compound  sentence 
frequently  differ  only  in  their  predicates,  and  then  these 
predicates  are  united,  while  the  other  elements  appear 
but  once  ;  e.  g., 


Scipio  Carthaginem  cepit. 
Scipio  Carthaginem  diruit. 
Scipio  Carthaginem  cepit 
ac  diruit. 


Scipio  took  Carthage. 
Scipio  destroyed  Carthage. 
Scipio  took  and  destroyed 
Carthage. 


Rem. — When  the  modifiers  of  the  several  predicates  are  not  the 
same,  they  must  be  associated  with  their  respective  predicates ; 
e.  g.j  Is  et  in  custodiam  cives  dedit  et  supplication  em  mihi  de- 
crevit,  He  both  delivered  citizens  into  custody  and  decreed  a  thanks - 
giving  to  me. 

487.  The  copulative  connective  is  often  omitted  both 
in  the  full  and  in  the  abridged  form  of  the  compound 
sentence ;  e.  g., 


Catillna  abiit. 

Catillna  evasit. 

Catillna  erupit. 

Catillna  abiit,  evasit,  eru¬ 
pit. 


Catiline  has  gone. 

Catiline  has  escaped. 
Catiline  has  broken  away . 
Catiline  has  gone ,  has  esca¬ 
ped,  has  broken  away. 


488.  If  the  predicate  is  expressed  by  a  copula  and 
attribute  separately,  the  copula  being  the  same  in  the 
several  parts,  we  have  only  to  unite  the  attributes; 
e.  g., 


COMPOUND  PKEDICATES. 


229 


Asia  optima  est. 

Asia  fertilis  est. 

Asia  is  rich. 

Asia  is  fertile. 

Asia  optima  est  et  fertilis.  Asia  is  rich,  and  fertile. 

489.  If  there  are  modal  adverbs  (265)  or  modifiers, 
connected  with  either  part,  they  must  generally  be  re¬ 
tained  with  that  part ;  if  the  same  modal  adverb  be¬ 
longs  to  each  member,  it  is  generally  repeated,  either 
alone  or  in  combination 'with  the  connective  ;  e.  g., 


Otii  fructus  est  non  con- 
tentio  animi. 

Otii  fructus  est  relaxatio 
animi. 

Otii  fructus  est  non  con- 
tentio  animi,  sed  relaxa¬ 
tio. 

Atticus  mendacium  non 
dicebat. 

Atticus  mendacium  non 
pati  poterat. 

Atticus  mendacium  neque 
(et  non)  dicebat,  neque 
(et  non)  pati  poterat. 

The  fruit  of  ease  is  not  the 
vigorous  exercise  of  mind. 

The  fruit  of  ease  is  the  re¬ 
laxation  of  mind. 

The  fruit  of  ease  is  not  the 
vigorous  exercise  of  mind, 
but  the  relaxation  of  it. 

Atticus  did  not  speak  a 
falsehood. 

Atticus  was  not  able  to  en¬ 
dure  a  falsehood. 

Atticus  neither  (both  not) 
spoke  a  falsehood  nor  (and 
not)  was  able  to  endure 
one. 

490.  Yocabulaky. 

After,  post. 

Amphipolis,  Amphipolis ,  is,  f. 
Appoint,  institute,  instituo ,  ere, 
institui,  institutum. 

Babylon,  Babylon ,  dnis,  f. 
Beseech,  pray,  precor ,  m,  pre- 
catus  mm. 

Chaeronea,  CJiaeronea,  ae,  f. 
Death,  mors ,  mortis ,  f. 
Disregard,  contemn,  contemno , 
ere ,  contempsi ,  contemptum. 
Enter,  introeo,  ire ,  ivi  or  ii, 
itum. 

Feast,  convivium ,  i,  n. 

230 


ABRIDGED  COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 


Hasten,  festino,  are ,  avi,  atum. 
Lead,  duco ,  ere,  duxi ,  ductum. 
Magi,  Magi ,  drum,  m.  pi. 

Move,  excite  feeling,  moveo ,  ere, 
movi,  mo  turn. 

One,  certain  one,  quidam ,  g'wae- 
dam,  quoddam,. 

Prayers,  preces ,  «m,  f.  pi. 
Prediction,  praedictum ,  i,  n. 


Return,  reverto ,  ere,  reverti ,  re* 
versum. 

Rise  in  importance,  emergo ,  ere, 
emersi ,  emersum. 

Show,  ostendo ,  ere,  ostendi ,  es* 
tensum  and  ostentum. 

Superior  to,  greater  than,  ma¬ 
jor,  -as  (oomp.  of  magnus). 

Wound,  minus ,  me,  n. 


491.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

I.  Tumultuantes  milites  Alexander  ipse  sedavit,  eos- 
que  omnes  ad  conspectum  suum  admlsit.  2.  Darlns 
desilit  et  in  equum,  qui  ad  hoc  ipsum  sequebatur,  im- 
ponitur.  3.  Ceteri  dissipantur  metu,  et,  qua  culque 
patebat  via,  erumpunt.  4.  Non  solita  sacra  Philippus 
ilia  die  fecit’;  non  in  convivio  risit ;  non  coronas  sump- 
sit  ;  et  ita  vicit  ut  victorem  nemo  sentlret.  5.  Accepto 
poculo,  inter  bibendum,  veluti  telo  confixus,  ingemuit. 

II.  Construct  Latin  sentences  in  answer  to  the  following 
questions : 

1.  What  state  rose  in  importance  after  the  death  oi 
Epaminondas  ?  2.  Why  did  Philip  reside  at  Thebes  ? 

3.  Where  did  he  first  engage  the  Athenians  ?  4.  Who 
fought  at  Chaeronea  ?  5.  What  were  the  particulars 

of  the  death  of  Philip  ?  6.  Who  succeeded  him  ?  7. 

Was  Alexander  in  any  respect  superior  to  his  father  ? 
8.  What  were  the  first  acts  of  his  reign  ?  9.  What 
was  the  result  of  the  battle  of  Issus  ?  10.  What  coun 
try  did  Alexander  visit  after  taking  Tyre  ? 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  The  soldiers  showed  Alexander  their  wounds, 


COMPOUND  MODIFIERS  OF  SUBJECT. 


231 


and  besought  him  to  lead  them  home.  2.  He  was 
moved  by  their  prayers,  and  hastened  to  Babylon.  3, 
One  of  the  Magi  besought  him  not  to  enter  the  city. 
4.  He  disregarded  the  prediction  of  the  Magi,  returned 
to  Babylon,  and  appointed  a  feast. 


Lesson  LI. 

Compound  Elements. — Modifiers  of  Subject ,  United. 

[142—144.] 

492.  The  several  members  of  a  compound  sentence 
frequently  differ  only  in  the  modifiers  of  their  subjects  ; 
and  then  these  modifiers  may  be  united,  and  the  other 
elements  of  the  sentence  appear  but  once ;  e.  g., 


Yenit  Epicurus,  homo  mi- 
nime  malus. 

Yenit  Epicurus,  vir  opti- 
mus. 

Yenit  Epicurus,  homo  mi- 
nime  malus ,  vel  potius 
vir  optimus. 

pif”  For  the  use  of  potius  with 


Epicurus ,  the  least  sinful 
of  men,  came. 

Epicurus,  the  best  of  the 
great,  came. 

Epicurus,  the  least  sinful 
of  men,  or  rather  the 
best,  of  the  great,  came. 

vel ,  see  47 5,  Rem. 


493.  Yocabulary. 

Antigonus,  Antigonus ,  i,  m. 
Antipater,  Antipater ,  tri,  m. 
Aridaeus,  Aridaeus ,  i,  m. 

Call,  voco,  are ,  avi,  dturru. 
Cassander,  Cassander ,  dri,  m. 
Claim,  vindico ,  are ,  am,  atum. 
Demetrius,  Demetrius,  i,  m. 


Direct,  order,  jubeo,  ere ,  jussi, 
jussum. 

Gaul,  Gallia ,  ae,  f. 

Glory,  gloria ,  ae,  f. 

Majesty,  dignity,  rank,  mag 68* 
tas ,  dtis,  f. 

Ptolemy,  Ptolemaeus ,  i,  m. 


232 


ABRIDGED  COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 


Regal,  regius ,  &,  urn. 

Sardinia,  Sardinia ,  ae,  f. 
Self-control,  moderation  dnis ,  f. 


Victory,  Victorian  f. 

Wait  for,  await,  opperior}  l ri, 
opperitus  and  oppertus. 


494.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Castrorum  et  exercitus  cura  Perdiccae  assignatur. 
2.  Septimo  mense  capta  est  urbs  et  vetustate  originis  et 
crebra  fortunae  varietate  insignis.  3.  Legationes  Car- 
thaginiensium  ceterarumque  Afncae  civitatum  Alex- 
andri  adyentum  Babjloniae  opperiebantur.  4.  Mace* 
doniae  Antipater  praeponitur ;  jubeturqne  Aridaeus 
corpus  Alexandri  in  Hammonis  templum  deducere. 
5.  Tunc  Perdicca,  lustratione  castrorum  indicta,  sedi- 
tiosos  supplicio  occulte  tradi  jubet. 

II.  1.  Give  in  full  the  sentences  united  in  the  above  com - 
'pounds. 

MODEL. 

Castrorum  cura  Perdiccae  assignatur. 

Exercitus  cura  Perdiccae  assignatur. 

2.  Construct  two  or  more  Latin  sentences  differing  only 
in  the  modifiers  of  the  subject,  and  then  unite  them  in  the 
form  of  an  abridged  compound. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Aridaeus,  who  was  king  and  the  brother  of  Alex¬ 
ander,  was  directed  to  assume  the  name  ( be  called  by  the 
name )  of  his  father  Philip.  2.  The  glory,  both  of  self- 
control  and  of  victory,  belongs  to  Ptolemy.  3.  Cassan- 
der,  who  was  the  son  of  Antipater  and  who  had  waged 
war  against  Antigonus,  claimed  for  himself  the  royal 
majesty.  4.  Philip,  the  son  of  Demetrius,  and  king  of 


COMPOUND  OBJECTS. 


238 


Macedonia,  sent  ambassadors  to  Hannibal.  5.  Ambas¬ 
sadors  from  Sicily,  Gaul,  and  Sardinia,  were  awaiting 
the  arrival  of  Alexander  at  Babylon. 


Lesson  LEI. 

Compound  Elements. —  Objects  of  Predicate ,  United. 

[145—147.] 

495.  The  several  parts  of  a  compound  sentence  some¬ 
times  differ  only  in  the  objects  of  their  predicates  ;  and 
then  these  objects  may  be  united,  and  the  other  ele¬ 
ments  of  the  sentence  appear  but  once ;  e.  g., 


Hon  imperium  petimus. 

Hon  divitias  petimus. 

Hon  imperium ,  neque  {et 
non )  divitias  petimus. 

Orabant  Ubii,  ut  Caesar 
sibi  auxilium  ferret. 

Orabant  Ubii,  ut  Caesar 
exercitum  Rlienum  trans- 
portaret. 

Orabant  Ubii,  ut  Caesar 
sibi  auxilium  ferret ,  vel 
exercitum  Rhenum  trans¬ 
ported. 


We  do  not  seek  power. 

We  do  not  seek  wealth. 

We  do  not  seek  power  or 
wealth. 

The  Ubii  asked  that  Cae¬ 
sar  would  bring  aid  to 
them. 

The  Ubii  asked  that  Cae¬ 
sar  would  transport  his 
army  across  the  Bhine. 

The  Ubii  asked  that  Cae¬ 
sar  would  bring  aid  to 
them,  or  transport  his 
army  across  the  Rhine. 


Rem. — Observe  that  when  the  subordinate  clauses  are  united  in  the 
last  example,  the  subject  Caesar  disappears  in  the  second  part, 
because  it  has  been  used  in  the  first. 


234 


ABRIDGED  COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 


496.  Vocabulary. 


Aim  at,  seek,  quaero ,  ere,  quae- 
sivi  and  quaesii ,  quaesltum. 

Brennus,  Brennus ,  i,  m. 

Infantry,  foot-soldiers,  pedltes, 
urn,  m.  pi.,  from  pedes ,  itis,  a 
foot-soldier. 

Liberty,  libertas ,  atis,  f. 

497.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Alexander,  non  juvenes  robustos,  sed  veteranos 

elegit.  2.  Opulenta  regum  munera  magnificentia  sna 

et  gratam  hominum  voluntatem  et  Apollinis  respon- 

sum  manifestant.  3.  Dona  et  sacerdotibus  et  deo  data 

• 

snnt.  4.  Alexander  omnes  interfici,  ignemque  tectis 
injici  jubet.  5.  Jamque  qui  Darlum  vehebant  eqni 
jugnm  qnatere  et  regem  curru  excntere  coeperant.  6. 
Hie  dies  universae  Graeciae  et  gloriam  dominationis  et 
yetustissimam  libertatem  finivit. 

II.  1.  Give  in  full  the  sentences  united  in  the  formation 
of  the  above  compounds. 

MODEL. 

Alexander  non  juvenes  robustos  elegit. 
Alexander  veteranos  elegit. 

2.  Construct  two  or  more  simple  sentences  differing  only 
in  their  objects,  and  then  unite  them  in  the  form  of  an 
abridged  compound. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  The  Spartans  aimed  at  (sought)  power.  2.  They 
did  not  aim  at  the  liberty  of  Greece.  3.  They  aimed 
at  power,  but  not  the  liberty  of  Greece.  4  Did  you 


N  either — nor,  nee — nee  ;  neque 
— neque.  (See  473.) 

Power,  domination,  dominatio, 
dnis,  f. 

Spartan,  Spartdnus,  a,  um  ;  the 
Spartans,  Spartani ,  drum,  m. 
Pi. 


COMPOUND  ADVERBIAL  ATTRIBUTIVES.  235 


not  see  the  king  ?  5.  We  saw  both  the  king  and  his 

son.  6.  You  saw  neither  the  king  nor  his  son.  7, 

*  __ 

The  Gauls  sought  Greece  and  Macedonia.  8.  Brennus 
sent  both  infantry  and  cavalry  into  Macedonia. 


Lesson  LIII. 

Compound  Elements. — Attributives  of  Predicate ,  United. 

[148—150.] 

498.  The  several  members  of  a  compound  sentence 
sometimes  differ  from  each  other  only  in  the  attributives 
of  their  predicates  ;  and  then  these  attributives  may  be 
united,  and  the  other  elements  appear  but  once  ;  e.  g., 


Magnos  homines  virtute 
metlmur. 

Magnos  homines  non  for- 
tuna  metlmur. 

Magnos  homines  virtute 
metlmur,  non  fortuna. 

499.  Vocabulary. 

Booty,  praedo ,  ae,  f. 

Either — or,  aut  —  aut ;  ret — 
tel,  &c.  (See  475.) 

Excite,  acuo ,  ere ,  acui,  acutum. 
Land,  terra ,  ae ,  f. 

Not  only — but  also,  non  solum 
— sed  etiam. 

Often,  saepe. 

Overwhelm,  obruo ,  ere ,  obrui, 
obrutum. 


We  measure  great  men  by 
their  worth. 

We  do  not  measure  great 
men  by  their  success. 

We  measure  great  men  by 
their  worth,  not  by  their 
success. 

Other,  the  rest,  reliquus,  a ,  um 

Pannonia,  Pannonia ,  ae ,  f. 

Penetrate,  penetro ,  are ,  dvi, 
atum. 

Rock,  piece  of  rock,  saxum ,  i ,  n. 

Sea,  mare ,  is,  n.  (abl.  e  or  i); 
by  sea  and  land,  terra  marl- 
que. 

Spirits,  courage,  animus,  i ,  m. 

Statue,  statua ,  ae,  f. 


236  ABRIDGED  COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 

500.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

1.  Dus  Hannibal  constituitur,  non  penuria  seniorum, 
sed  odio  Eomanorum.  2.  Alexander  et  virtute  et  yi- 
tiis  patre  major  fuit.  3.  Omnes  ante  eum  reges  conti- 
nentia  et  dementia  vicit.  4.  Victus  est  non  virtute 
hostlli,  sed  insidiis  suorum  et  fraude.  5.  Ptolemaens 
et  Cassander  contra  Antigonum  bellum  terra  marique 
instruunt.  6.  Brennns  quum  in  conspectu  haberet 
templum,  ad  acuendos  suorum  animos  praedae  uberta- 
tem  militibus  ostendebat. 

II.  1.  Give  in  full  the  sentences  united  in  the  formation 
of  the  above  compounds. 

MODEL. 

Dux  Hannibal  constituitur  non  penuria  seniorum. 

Dux  Hannibal  constituitur  odio  Eomanorum. 

2.  Construct  one  or  more  Latin  sentences  with  com¬ 
pound  adverbial  attributives. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Brennus  excited  tbe  spirits  of  his  soldiers  by  the 
golden  statues  and  other  booty.  2.  Did  not  Cassander 
wage  war  both  by  sea  and  land  ?  3.  Wars  have  often 

been  waged  both  by  sea  and  land.  4.  Did  not  the 
Gauls  go  into  Italy?  5.  They  penetrated  not  only 
into  Italy,  but  also  into  Pannonia.  6.  The  Greeks 
overwhelmed  the  Gauls  with  rocks  and  arms.  7.  Will 
you  go  to  Athens  ?  8.  I  will  go  either  to  Athens  or 

to  Eome.  9.  Have  you  been  at  Eome  and  Athens  ? 
10.  I  have  been  at  Eome,  but  not  at  Athens. 


ELEMENTS  COMMON  TO  DIFFERENT  MEMBERS.  237 


Lesson  LIY. 


Elements  Common  to  Different  Members. 

[151 — 153.] 

501.  The  several  members  of  a  compound  sentence 
sometimes  differ  from  each  other  in  two  or  more  of 

% 

their  elements,  and  still  have  one  or  more  in  common. 
When  this  is  the  case,  the  parts  which  are  common  to 
the  several  members  appear  in  one  of  them,  but  are 
usually  omitted  in  the  rest ;  e.  g., 


Proximo  die  Caesar  e  cas- 
tris  copias  suas  eduxit. 

Proximo  die  Ariovistus 
partem  suarum  copia- 
rum  praemlsit. 

Proximo  die  Caesar  e  cas- 
tris  copias  suas  eduxit, 
et  Ariovistus  partem 
suarum  copiarum  prae¬ 
mlsit. 


On  the  following  day,  Cae¬ 
sar  led  out  his  forces  from 
the  camp. 

On  the  following  day,  Ario¬ 
vistus  sent  forward  a  part 
of  his  forces. 

On  the  following  day,  Cae¬ 
sar  led  out  his  forces  from 
the  camp ,  and  Ariovistus 
sent  forward  apart  of  his 
forces . 


Rem. — It  will  be  observed  that  here  the  common  element  proximo 
die  appears  bnt  once,  and  that  all  the  other  parts  retain  their 
positions  in  their  respective  members. 


502.  Vocabulary. 

After  (adv.),  post. 

Ancient,  antiquus ,  a,  um. 

At  one  time,  at  a  certain  time, 
once,  quondam. 

Beyond,  extra. 


Compel,  compello ,  ere,  compuli , 
compulsum. 

Elder,  greater  (in  age),  mayor, 
us. 

Even,  etiam,  vel. 


238  ABRIDGED  COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 


Fight,  engage  (as  battle),  com - 
mitto ,  ere ,  commisi,  commis- 
sum. 

Limit,  terminus ,  i,  m. 

Lose,  amitto ,  er<?,  amisi,  amis - 
sum. 

Perseus,  Perseus ,  «,  m. 
Possession,  possession  onis ,  f. 

503.  Exercises. 


Receive,  accipio ,  ere,  accdpi,  ac - 
ceptum. 

Reject,  repudio ,  are,  cm,  dtum. 
Short,  brevis,  e. 

Sue  for,  seek,  ^>efo,  ere,  ^?e£w>i 
and  ^?e£u,  petitum. 

Wage,  infero,  inferre ,  intuli. 
illdtum. 


I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

I.  Alexander  aperte,  Philippus  artibus  bella  tracta- 
bat.  2.  Yerbis  atque  oratione  hie,  ille  rebus  modera- 
tior.  3.  Frugalitati  pater,  luxuriae  filius  magis  deditus 
erat.  4.  Occlso  Demetrio  sublatoque  aemulo,  non  ne- 
gligentior  tantum  Perseus  in  patrem,  verum  etiam  con- 
tumacior ;  nec  heredem  regni,  sed  regem  se  gerebat. 
5.  His  ita  compositis,  Macedoniae  et  Graeciae  Antipa¬ 
ter  praeponitur  ;  regiae  pecuniae  custodia  Cratero  tra- 
ditur. 

II.  Give  in  full  the  sentences  united  in  the  formation  of 
the  above  compounds. 

MODEL. 

Alexander  aperte  bella  tractabat. 

Philippus  artibus  bella  tractabat. 

III.  Translate  into  Latin. 

1.  Did  the  Greeks  ever  wage  war  against  Philip  ? 
2.  At  one  time,  all  Greece  waged  war  against  king 
Philip,  and  compelled  him  to  sue  for  peace.  3.  As 
this  peace  was  rejected  ( abl .  abs.)  by  the  senate,  a  battle 
was  fought,  and  Philip  was  conquered,  and  lost  all  the 
states  of  Greece  beyond  the  limits  of  his  ancient  pos- 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  SENTENCE^. — RECAPITULATION^  3  9 

sessions^  4.  Who  was  Perseus  ?  5.  He  was  the  elder 
of  the  sons  of  Philip,  king  of  Macedonia.  6.  A  short 
time  after,  Demetrius  was  put  to  death,  and  Perseus 
received  the  government. 


Lesson  LY. 

Glassification  of  Sentences. — Recapitulation. 

[154—156.] 

504.  Sentences  may  be  divided,  according  to  the 
form  in  which  the  thought  is  expressed,  into  three 
classes;  viz., 

1)  Declarative  Sentences ,  which  assume  the  form 
of  an  assertion. 

2)  Interrogative  Sentences ,  which  assume  the  form 
of  a  question. 

8)  Imperative  Sentences ,  which  assume  the  form 
of  a  command,  exhortation,  or  entreaty. 

505.  In  each  of  the  above  forms,  sentences  sometimes 
imply  passion  or  emotion  on  the  part  of  the  speaker, 
and  may  then  be  called  exclamatory  declarative  if  of  the 
declarative  form,  exclamatory  interrogative  if  of  the  inter¬ 
rogative  form,  and  exclamatory  imperative  if  of  the  im¬ 
perative  form. 

506.  Again  :  sentences  may  be  divided  according  to 
their  structure  into  three  classes  ;  viz., 

1)  Simple  Sentences ,  which  express  but  a  single 
thought,  i.  e.,  make  but  one  assertion,  ask  but 
one  question,  or  give  but  one  command. 

2)  Complex  Sentences ,  which  express  two  or  more 


240  ’  CLASSIFICATION  OF  SENTENCES: 

thoughts,  so  related  that  one  or  more  of  them 
are  made  dependent  upon  the  others. 

3)  Compound  Sentences ,  which  express  two  or 
more  independent  thoughts. 

I.  Simple  Sentences. 

507.  The  elements  of  the  simple  sentence,  as  we  have 
already  seen,  are  of  two  kinds : 

I.  Principal  Elements  ;  viz., 

1)  Subject. 

2)  Predicate. 

II.  Subordinate  Elements  ;  viz., 

1)  Objective  Modifiers. 

2)  Attributive  Modifiers. 

508.  These  elements  appear  in  two  different  forms ; 
viz., 

1)  Simple ,  i.  e.,  without  modifiers. 

2)  Complex ,  i.  e.,  with  modifiers. 

II.  (a)  Complex  Sentences. 

*  509.  A  simple  sentence  may  become  complex  by 
having  one  or  more  sentences  substituted  for  one  or 
more  of  its  constituent  elements. 

510.  A  sentence  thus  used  as  an  element  in  the  for¬ 
mation  of  a  complex  sentence,  may  be  itself  either  sim¬ 
ple,  complex,  or  compound. 

511.  The  subordinate  character  of  a  sentence  thus 
used  may  be  denoted, 

1)  By  a  subordinate  connective  without  any 
change  in  the  sentence  itself. 

2)  By  a  change  of  form  without  the  use  of  a  con¬ 
nective. 


RECAPITULATION. 


241 


3)  By  a  connective  and  a  corresponding  change 
of  form. 

(b)  .Abridged  Complex  Sentences. 

512.  Complex  sentences  are  abridged  in  two  ways  : 

1)  A  portion  of  the  subordinate  clause  is  omit¬ 
ted  ;  and  the  rest  remains  unchanged. 

2)  A  portion  of  the  subordinate  clause  is  omit¬ 
ted  ;  and  the  rest  is  changed  to  adapt  it  to  its 
new  situation. 

Rem. — The  first  case,  involving  only  the  ellipsis  of  a  part,  requires 
but  little  attention,  while  the  second,  involving  a  change  of 
structure,  should  be  carefully  studied. 

1.  Change  in  the  Form  of  the  Subject. 

513.  The  subject  of  the  subordinate  clause,  when 
changed  by  abridging  the  sentence,  is  put, 

1)  In  the  ablative  with  predicate  omitted,  as  after 
comparatives  without  quam. 

2)  In  the  ablative  absolute  with  the  participle, 
adjective,  or  noun,  which  remains  to  repre¬ 
sent  the  predicate. 

2.  Change  in  the  Form  of  the  Predicate. 

514.  (I)  The  verb-predicate  of  the  subordinate  clause, 
when  changed  by  abridging  the  sentence,  assumes  the 

form 

1)  Of  a  Participle.  This  must  agree  with  some 
noun  in  the  principal  clause,  if  the  subject  is 
omitted,  otherwise  it  will  be  in  the  ablative 
absolute  with  that  subject. 

2)  Of  a  Gerund. 

3)  Of  a  Supine. 

515.  (II)  Both  substantive  and  adjective  predicates 

11 


242 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  SENTENCES: 


in  the  subordinate  clause,  when  changed  by  abridging 
the  sentence,  are  put, 

1)  When  the  subject  is  omitted,  in  agreement 
with  some  noun  in  the  principal  clause. 

2)  When  the  subject  is  expressed,  in  the  ablative 
absolute  with  that  subject. 

III.  (a)  Compound  Sentences. 

516.  Compound  sentences  may  be  formed  by  co-or¬ 
dinating  any  two  or  more  sentences. 

Rem. — The  sentences,  thus  co-ordinated,  may  be  either  simple,  com¬ 
plex,  or  compound. 

517.  This  co-ordination  is  of  three  distinct  kinds ; 
viz., 

1)  Copulative. 

2)  Disjunctive. 

3)  Adversative. 

(b)  Abridged.  Compound  Sentences. 

518.  When  the  several  members  of  a  compound  sen¬ 
tence  have  one  or  more  parts  in  common,  those  parts, 
as  we  have  seen  in  the  last  few  lessons,  generally  ap¬ 
pear  but  once  in  the  sentence. 

519.  Vocabulary. 


Achaean,  Achaeus ,  a,  um  ;  the 
Acheans,  Achaei ,  drum,  m.  pi. 

Aetolian,  Aetolus ,  a,  um  ;  the 
Aetolians,  Aetoli ,  drum,  m.pl. 

Apollo,  Apollo,  Inis ,  m. 

Arise,  orior,  oriri ,  ortus  sum 
(inflected  in  most  of  its  parts 
like  verbs  of  3d  conj.). 

As  slaves,  sub  corona ,  i.  e.  with 
crowns  upon  their  heads. 


Corinth,  Corinthus ,  i,  f. 

Dagger,  pugio ,  onis,  m. 

Delphi,  Delphi ,  drum,  m. 

From,  on  account  of,  propter. 

Happen,  be  effected,  fio ,  fieri, 
f actus  sum ;  how  does  it 
happen  that,  &c.,  qui  Jit  ut , 
&c. 

Individual,  separate,  singuli ,  ae, 
a ,  distrib.  pi. 


RECAPITULATION. 


243 


Invade,  invado ,  ere,  invdsi,  in- 
vdsum.  % 

Life,  vita,  ae,  f. 

Make  an  irruption,  irrumpo,  ere, 
irru/pi,  irruptum. 

Mummius,  Mummius ,  i ,  m. 

Perdiccas,  Perdiccas  or  Per  die- 
ca,  ae,  m. 

Plunder,  spolio ,  are ,  dvi,  dtum. 

Put  an  end  to,  finio,  ire,  ivi, 
itum. 


Sell,  vendo,  ere,  vendidi,  vendi- 
turn. 

Strength,  power,  opes,  um,  m. 
pi. 

Subdue,  subigo,  ere,  subegi,  sub- 
actum. 

Temple,  templum,  i,  n. 

Think  of,  agito,  are ,  dvi,  dtum. 

Union,  conspiratio,  onis,  f. 

Very  powerful,  potentissimus , 
a,  um  (superl.  of  potens). 


520.  Exercises. 

I.  Translate  and  analyze. 

I.  Perseus  victor  misit  legatos  ad  consulem,  qui  pa- 
cem  peterent.  2.  Consul  Sulpicius  non  minus  graves, 
quam  victo,  leges  dixit.  3.  Dum  haec  aguntur,  Roma¬ 
ni  Aemilium  Paulum  consulem  creant,  eique  Macedon- 
lcum  bellum  decernunt.  4.  Spartanis  a  senatu  respon- 
sum  est,  legatos  se  ad  inspiciendas  res  sociorum  in 
Graeciam  missuros.  5.  Apud  Achaeos  omnia  neglecta 
et  soluta  fuerunt. 

II.  Construct  Latin  sentences  in  answer  to  the  following 
questions : 

1.  Who  was  made  kir>g  after  the  death  of  Alexan¬ 
der  ?  2.  Who  was  appointed  over  Greece  and  Mace¬ 

donia?  3.  Between  which  of  the  generals  did  war 
arise  ?  4.  What  became  of  Perdiccas  ?  5.  What  peo¬ 
ple  made  an  irruption  into  Greece  a  few  years  after  ? 
6.  Under  whom  did  they  invade  Greece?  7.  For 
what  purpose  did  they  march  to  Delphi?  8.  What 
were  the  particulars  of  their  defeat  and  flight?  9 
What  became  of  Brennus  ? 


244 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  SENTENCES. 


III.  Tranclate  into  Latin. 

1.  By  whom  were  the  Macedonians  subdued?  2. 
Both  the  Macedonians  and  Aetolians  were  subdued  by 
the  Romans.  3.  The  Achaeans  were  very  powerful, 
not  from  (on  account  of)  the  strength  of  the  individual 
states,  but  from  the  union  of  all.  4.  They  were  con¬ 
quered  by  Mummius,  the  Roman  consul.  5.  How  did 
it  happen  that  he  conquered  them?  6.  They  were 
defeated,  because  they  were  thinking  of  the  booty,  and 
not  of  the  battle.  7.  The  Romans  destroyed  the  city 
of  Corinth,  and  sold  all  its  citizens  as  slaves. 


RULES  FOR  TRANSLATING. 


521.  Translation  consists  in  transferring  thought  and  feeling  from 
one  language  to  another.  To  do  this  correctly  and  elegantly,  the  pupil 
must  both  get  a  clear  idea  of  the  exact  meaning  of  the  passage  before 
him,  and  must  embody  that  meaning  with  its  full  force  in  the  language 
into  which  he  is  rendering.  Thus  conducted,  the  exercise  of  translating 
from  the  ancient  classics,  those  living  embodiments  of  great  thoughts 
and  stirring  sentiments,  those  finished  models  of  taste  and  beauty,  be¬ 
comes,  in  the  highest  degree,  interesting  and  instructive.  To  prepare 
the  pupil  for ,  this  work,  and  to  form  in  him  thus  early  the  habit  of 
translating  into  good  idiomatic  English,  is  the  object  of  the  following 
rules.  They  relate  to  a  large  class  of  important  idioms  found  in  the 
Latin,  and  indicate  one  or  more  ways  of  translating  them  without  doing 
violence  to  our  vernacular. 


I.  Participles. 

522.  The  participle  is  much  more  extensively  used  in  Latin  than  in 
English ;  hence  the  frequent  necessity,  in  its  translation,  of  deviating 
from  the  Latin  construction.  It  must  not,  however,  be  supposed  that 
this  must  always  be  done,  or  that  it  is  desirable  to  attempt  it.  On  the 
contrary,  it  often  happens  that  the  participle  may  be  more  elegantly 
translated  literally  than  in  any  other  way.  The  following  rules,  there¬ 
fore,  whether  relating  to  participles  or  other  subjects,  are  designed  to 
apply  only  to  those  cases  in  which  a  literal  translation  would  fail,  in 
point  of  clearness,  accuracy,  or  elegance,  to  do  justice  to  the  origin&L 


\ 


t 


246  RULES  FOR  TRANSLATING. 


523.  Participles  in  the  perfect  and  future  passive  may  express 
the  action  of  their  verbs  substantively  ;  they  should  then  be 
translated  by  corresponding  verbal  nouns ;  e.  g., 


A.d  Romam  conditam. 

Ah  urbe  condita. 

Post  reges  exactos. 


To  the  founding  of  Rome.  {Lit. 

To  Rome  founded.) 

From  the  founding  of  the  city. 
After  the  banishment  of  the  kings. 


524.  Participles  are  sometimes  used  merely  to  limit  or  explain 
some  noun  or  pronoun ;  they  are  then  in  most  instances  best 


translated  by  relative  clauses ;  e 

Romulus  asylum  patefecit,  ad 
quod  multi  ex  civitatibus  suis 
pulsi  accurrerunt. 

In  proelio  ibi  exorto  omnes  perie- 
runt. 


8; 

Romulus  opened  an  asylum  to 
which  many  who  had  been  banish¬ 
ed  from  their  own  states ,  came. 
In  a  battle  which  was  fought  {lit. 
arose)  there ,  all  perished. 


525.  Participles  sometimes  state  the  time  of  an  action  or  event ; 
they  should  then  be  translated  by  a  verb  or  participle  with  while, 
when,  or  after,  by  a  noun  with  during  or  after  ;  or,  if  in  the  ab¬ 
lative  absolute,  by  an  active  participle  in  agreement  with  the  sub¬ 
ject  of  the  leading  proposition ;  e.  g., 

Urbem,  omnibus  deletis  exerciti-  Having  destroyed  all  their  armies , 
bus,  occupavit.  he  took  the  city. 

Rem. — Sometimes  participles,  used  as  above,  may  be  best  translated  by  on  with  a 
participial  noun  ;  e.  g.,  Qua  re  audita,  On  hearing  this. 


526.  Participles  may  state  the  manner ,  cause ,  or  reason  of  an 
action  or  event ;  they  should  then  be  translated  by  verbs  with  as, 
for ,  since,  &c.,  or  by  substantives  (including  participial  nouns) 
with  by,  from,  through,  in,  &c. ;  e.  g., 

Aqua  refluens  eos  in  siceo  rellquit.  The  water  in  or  by  subsiding  left 

them  on  dry  land. 

Porsena  auxilium  ei  ferente.  As  Porsena  furnishea  him  aid,  or 

By  the  aid  of  Porsena. 


527.  Participles  may  state  the  condition  on  which  a  given  ac¬ 
tion  or  event  depends ;  they  may  then  be  translated  by  verbs  or 
participles  with  if  or  when  ;  e.  g., 

Accusatus  damnabitur  I  If  he  is  accused ,  he  will  be  con * 

t  demned. 


PARTICIPLES. 


247 


528.  Participles  are  sometimes  used  to  state  a  concession  in 
connection  with  a  given  action  or  event ;  they  may  then  he  trans¬ 
lated  by  verbs  or  participles  with  though  or  although  ;  e.  g., 


Is  hanc  urbem  acemme  defensam 
cepit. 


He  took  this  city,  though  it  was 
valiantly  defended. 


529.  Participles  in  the  future,  whether  active  or  passive,  often 
express  purpose  ;  they  may  then  be  translated  by  the  infinitive 
or  by  &  participial  substantive  with  for  the  purpose  of  \  &c. ;  e.  g., 

Ad  oraculum  Delplncum  proficis-  He  goes  to  the  Delphic  oracle  to 
citur,  consulturus.  consult. 


530.  Participles  may  add  to  a  given  action  or  event  som efact 
or  circumstance  intimately  connected  with  it ;  they  may  then  be 
translated,  if  in  the  ablative  absolute,  by  a  verb  agreeing  with  the 
noun  used  in  the  ablative  absolute,  otherwise  by  a  verb  agreeing 
with  the  subject  of  the  proposition  in  which  they  stand,  and  con¬ 
nected  with  the  verb  of  that  proposition  by  and  ;  e.  g., 


Rex  ei  benigne  recepto  filiam  de- 
dit. 

Medlcus  nocte  venit  promittens, 
ee  Pyrrhum  occisurum. 


The  king  received  him  kindly,  and 
gave  him  his  daughter. 

The  physician  came  by  night,  and 
promised  (lit.  promising)  that 
he  would  kill  Pyrrhus. 


531.  Participles  with  non  may  often  be  best  translated  by  par¬ 
ticipial  substantives  depending  upon  the  preposition  without ; 

e.  g., 

Non  ridens.  |  Without  laughing. 

532.  Two  nouns,  or  a  noun  and  adjective  in  the  ablative  abso¬ 
lute,  as  they  have  the  participle  of  the  verb  esse  implied  though 
never  expressed,  may  be  used  in  the  various  ways  already  men¬ 
tioned  for  the  ablative  absolute  of  participles,  and  should  be  trans¬ 
lated  accordingly :  sometimes,  too,  a  word  denoting  the  doer  of  an 
action  can  be  best  rendered  by  the  word  which  denotes  the  thing 
done  ;  thus,  instead  of  guide ,  commander ,  consul ,  king,  &c.,  we 
shall  have  guidance ,  command,  consulship,  reign,  &c.,  with  a  pre¬ 
position  ;  e.  g., 


Dues  Fabio  oonsule. 


Under  the  guidance  (or  command) 
of  Fabius  the  consul 


248 


RULES  FOR  TRANSLATING. 


533.  The  perfect  participle  of  deponent  verbs  is  best  translated 
by  the  present  participle, 

1)  When  it  expresses  emotion  or  mental  operation,  as  the 
Romans  speak  of  an  emotion  as  past,  and  we  as  continu¬ 
ing  ;  e.  g., 

Hoc  facinus  rex  mirdtus  juvenem  The  Icing  admiring  this  act  die- 
dinrisit  incolumem.  missed  the  youth  unhurt. 


2)  When  it  relates  to  an  action  or  event  which  must  in  strict 
accuracy  precede  that  denoted  by  the  following  verb, 
and  which  would  yet  in  English  be  represented  as  simul¬ 
taneous  with  it ;  e.  g., 


Populus  Romae  seditionem  fecit, 
questus  quod  tributis  exhauri- 
retur. 


The  people  made  a  revolt  at  Rome , 
complaining  that  they  were  im¬ 
poverished  by  tributes. 


II.  Principal  Sentences. — Subjunctive  Mood. 

534.  The  subjunctive  may  be  used  in  principal  sentences, 

1)  To  express  a  wish ,  command ,  or  entreaty  ;  it  may  then 
be  translated  by  the  imperative ,  by  the  present  potential, 
or  by  some  tense  of  that  mood  with  a  particle  of  wish¬ 
ing  ;  e.  g., 


Secernant  se  a  bonis. 


Let  them  separate  themselves  from 
the  good. 


2)-  To  express  an  affirmation  doubtfully  or  conditionally  ; 
it  may  then  be  translated  by  the  potential  mood ;  e.  g., 


Darent. 


They  would  give. 


III.  Relative  Glauses. 


535.  The  relative  clause  often  defines  some  indefinite  antece¬ 
dent,  either  affirmative  or  negative,  and  then  its  subjunctive 
should  be  translated  by  the  indicative ;  e.  g., 

Sunt  qui  dicant.  |  There  are  some  who  say. 

p 

Eem. — The  subjunctive  in  relative  clauses  introduced  into  propositions  with  the 
subjunctive,  or  the  accusative  with  the  infinitive,  is  also  generally  best  trans¬ 
lated  by  the  indicative ;  e.  g.,  Utrum  regnum  habere  vellet,  an  bona,  quae  pa¬ 
ter  reliquisset,  Whether  he  would  •prefer  the  kingdom,  or  the  property  which 
his  father  had  left. 


FINAL  CLAUSES. 


249 


536.  The  relative  clause  with  the  subjunctive  sometimes  de¬ 
notes  purpose  or  object ;  it  should  then  be  translated  by  the  infi¬ 
nitive,  or  by  that  he  with  the  potential  may  or  might ;  e.  g., 

Decemviri  crcati  sunt  qui  civitati  The  decemvirs  were  appointed  to 
leges  scriberent.  prepare  laws  for  the  state. 

537.  The  relative  clause  with  the  subjunctive  sometimes  de¬ 
notes  result ;  it  should  then  be  translated  by  that  he  with  will  or 
would ,  &c.,  or  by  the  infinitive  with  as  ;  e.  g., 


Nec  tamen  ego  sum  ille  ferreus, 
qui  non  movear. 


Nor  yet  am  I  so  iron-hearted  as 
not  to  be  moved. 


538.  The  relative  clause  with  the  subjunctive  sometimes  assigns 
a  reason  for  some  action  or  event ;  it  should  then  be  translated  by 
a  subordinate  clause  after  because,  or  by  a  participial  substantive 
with  a  preposition  ;  e.  g., 

O  fortunate  adolescens,  qui  tuae  0  fortunate  youth  in  having  found 

virtutis  praeconem  inveneris.  a  herald  for  your  bravery ,  or 

because  you  have,  Ac. 

539.  The  relative  clause  with  the  subjunctive  after  dignus,  in - 
dignus,  aptus,  idoneus,  and  the  like,  stands  in  the  place  of  object, 
and  may  be  translated  by  the  infinitive  or  by  a  participial  sub¬ 
stantive  with  a  preposition  ;  e.  g., 

Vidgtur,  qui  imperet,  dignus  esse.  |  He  seems  to  be  worthy  to  command. 


540.  The  relative  clause  sometimes  introduces  a  condition  or 
concession  ;  and  then  the  subjunctive  should  be  translated  by  the 
subjunctive  with  if,  provided,  or  though  ;  e.  g., 


Nulla  res  vehementius  rempubli- 
cam  continet,  quam  fides ;  quae 
esse  nulla  potest,  Ac. 


Nothing  tends  more  to  preserve  the 
republic  than  credit,  though  this 
can  be  nothing,  Ac. 


IY.  Final  Clauses  with  Particles. 


541.  Final  clauses  with  ut  may  be  translated  by  the  infinitive , 
or  by  the  potential,  may  or  might,  with  that ;  e.  g., 

Romulus,  ut  civium  numerum  au-  Romulus,  that  he  might  increase 
ggret,  asylum  patefecit.  the  number  of  citizens ,  opened 

an  asylum. 


11* 


250 


RULES  FOR  TRANSLATING. 


•  542.  iinal  clauses  with  ne  may  be  translated  by  the  infinitive 
with  not ,  or  by  the  potential ,  may,  might ,  with  that — not ;  e.  g., 

Ne  vana  urbs  esset.  |  That  the  city  might  not  be  empty. 


548.  In  final  clauses  after  verbs  of  fearing,  ut  and  ne  seem  to 
exchange  meanings;  ut  =  that — not,  and  ne  =  that  or  lest; 
moreover,  the  subjunctive  present  must  generally  be  rendered  by 
the  future,  will ,  and  the  imperfect  by  would  ;  e.  g., 


Veritus  est  ne  rex  bellaret. 


He  feared  that  the  king  would  wage 
war. 


544.  Final  clauses  with  quo  may  be  rendered  by  the  potential, 
may  or  might,  with  that ;  e.  g., 

Medico  aurum  dabo  quo  sit  stu-  I  will  give  the  physician  gold  that 
diosior.  he  may  be  more  attentive. 


545.  Final  clauses  with  quominus  {quo  and  minus  =  by  which 
the  less,  so  that  the  less)  may  generally  be  rendered  by  participial 
substantives  with  from  ;  e.  g., 

Regem  impediit  quominus  pugna-  He  prevented  the  king  from  fight- 
ret.  ing. 


546.  Final  clauses  with  quin  may  be  rendered  by  but,  but  that 
with  the  indicative  ;  as  not  with  the  infinitive  ;  the  relative  with 
not,  or  by  participial  substantives  with  from  or  without ;  e.  g., 

Non  dubxtant,  quin  dii  illud  au-  They  do  not  doubt  {but)  that  the 
diant.  gods  hear  this. 


V.  Consecutive  Clauses. 

547.  Consecutive  clauses  with  ut  may  generally  be  rendered  by 
that  with  the  indicative ,  or  by  as  with  the  infinitive  ;  e.  g., 

Ita  vicit,  ut  robur  hostium  delg-  He  so  conquered  as  to  destroy  the 
ret.  strength  of  the  enemy. 


548.  Consecutive  clauses  with  ut  after  in  eo  esse,  &c.,  may  be 
rendered  on  the  point  of,  with  a  participial  substantive  ;  e.  g., 

In  eo  erant»  ut  pacem  auro  emS-  They  were  on  the  point  of  purchas » 

rent.  ing  peace  with  gold. 


TEMPORAL  CLAUSES. 


251 


YI.  Temporal  Clauses. 

549.  Quum  with  the  perfect  or  pluperfect  subjunctive  in  tem¬ 
poral  clauses,  may  often  be  translated  by  the  perfect  participle 
with  having  ;  e.  g., 

In  Capream  quum  secessisset,  earn  Having  removed  to  Caprea,  he  ren- 
infamem  reddidit  sua  nequitia.  dered  it  infamous  by  his  profli¬ 
gacy. 


550.  Quum  with  the  imperfect  or  pluperfect  subjunctive  may 
sometimes  be  translated  by  the  present  participle.  This  use  ot 
the  present  instead  of  the  past  tense  arises  from  the  fact  that  the 
English  often  contemplates  two  events  as  simultaneous  when  one 
of  them  in  strict  accuracy  must  precede  the  other,  while  the  Latin 
is  strict  to  mark  their  precise  order ;  e.  g., 

Quum  in  Africam  venissent,  Poe-  Going  into  Africa  they  conquered 
nos  viegrunt  the  Carthaginians. 


551.  Quum  with  the  pluperfect  subjunctive  in  temporal  clauses 
may  sometimes  be  translated  by  the  imperfect  indicative.  This 
use  of  the  imperfect  instead  of  the  pluperfect  is  readily  explained 
by  reference  to  the  principle  mentioned  above  (see  550)  ;  e.  g., 

Quum  rediisset,  respondit.  |  When  he  returned he  replied. 

552.  The  subjunctive  in  temporal  clauses  should  generally  be 
rendered  by  the  indicative  ;  e.  g., 

Quum  ton  are t,  militibus  impera-  When  it  thundered ,  he  commanded 
vit,  Ac.  his  soldiers ,  Ac. 


553.  The  adverb  which  introduces  the  temporal  clause  some¬ 
times  has  a  correlative  in  the  principal  clause ;  this  correlative, 
however,  may  generally  be  omitted  in  translating ;  thus,  turn — 
quum  =  when.  The  adverbs,  antequam ,  priusquam ,  and  post- 
quam ,  are  sometimes  separated  into  two  parts,  one  standing  in 
the  principal  clause  and  the  other  in  the  temporal ;  this  separa¬ 
tion,  however,  does  not  affect  the  translation ;  thus,  ante — quam 
and prius — quam  =  before,  and^wsi — quam  =  after;  e.  g., 

Ante  triennium,  quam  Carthago  Cato  died  three  years  before  Car- 
delergtur,  Cato  mortem  obiit.  thage  was  destroyed. 


252 


EULES  FOB  TRA3JSLA3TS0. 


VII.  Causal  Clauses. 

554.  The  subjunctive  in  causal  clauses  may  often  be  best  Trans¬ 
lated  hr  the  indicative  ;  e.  g.. 

Quod  albis  equis  triumph  asset.  .  Becmite  hs  had  triumphed  vii! 

white  komw. 

555.  The  imperfect  and  pluperfect  subjunctive  after  cv&d  mar 
sometimes  be  translated  by  the  participial  ?-?■*' j^:ks  with  of  or 
for;  e.  gn 

Accusams  est  quod  prae-dam  ini-  ;  Es  m  accus'd  of  haring  vmjustly 
que  divisisset.  j  tfw'iW  the  booty. 


V  111.  Conditional  Clauses. 

555.  In  conditional  clauses  the  subjunctive  is  often  translated 
without  the  auxiliaries,  may,  might,  fhovtld,  shavld  haze^  doc. 
This  is  especially  the  case  when  the  condition  is  ret  resented  ss 
impossible ;  e.  g., 

Si  quid  haberet,  daret  ]  If  ks  had  anything,  ke  i xmld  yiot  iL 


IX.  Concessive  Clauses. 


557.  The  subjunctive  in  concessive  clauses  is  general! y  best 
translated  without  the  auxiliaries,  may,  miff  it.  Ac. ;  e.  g-, 

JLltkauph  these  tiim.pt  were  hadsc- 
rous. 


Fla  quamvis  ridieula  essent. 

X.  Intermediate  Clauses. 


55S.  The  suhjunctive  in  clauses  introduced  into  propositions 
with  the  subjunctive.,  or  the  accusative  with  the  infnitive.  is 
generally  best  translated  by  the  indicative  ;  e.  g_, 

Utrum  regnum  habere  vellet,  an  7Ft.sr.A-fr  he  would  prefer  the  Hsj- 
bona  quae  pater  reliouiaset  dam  or  iks  property  which  hU 

father  had  left 

XL  Dependent  Questions. 

559.  The  subjunctive  in  dependent  questions  may  often  be 
translated  by  the  indicative,  and  the  pluperfect  tense  by  the  im¬ 
perfect  ;  e.  g-, 

Quum  eomperissent,  quae  mater  :  When  they  had  learned  c ho  ilteir 
fuisaet  mother  was. 


INFINITIVE  MOOD. 


253 


XII.  Infinitive  Mood. 

560.  The  infinitive  -with  the  subject  accusative  must  be  trans¬ 
lated  by  &  finite  verb  -with  the  subject  nominative  in  a  clause  in¬ 
troduced  by  that ;  e.  g., 

Dixit  se  regem  vidisse.  J  He  said  that  he  had  seen  the  king. 

561.  The  infinitive  is  sometimes  used  in  the  place  of  a  finite 
verb  as  the  predicate  of  a  sentence ;  it  is  then  called  the  histori¬ 
cal  infinitive ,  and  is  translated  by  the  imperfect  indicative  ;  e. 

Tram  pater  dissimulare.  |  The  father  concealed  his  anger. 

562.  The  infinitive  may  sometimes  be  rendered  by  the  partici¬ 
pial  substantive  with  the  preposition  of  with,  <tc. ;  e.  g., 

Alcibiadea  in  simulator  mysteria  Alcibiades  is  accused  of  having  vio- 
Cereris  violasse.  lated  the  mysteries  of  Ceres. 


XTTI.  Miscellaneous. 


563.  Certidrem  facer  e,  lit.  to  mate  more  certain,  should  be 

translated  to  inform ,  and  certior fieri,  to  be  informed ;  e.  g., 
Caesar  certior  factus  est  |  Caesar  teas  informed. 

564.  Inter  se,  lit.  between  themselves,  is  best  translated  by  to¬ 
gether,  after  agree,  compare,  drc.,  but  after  contrary ,  «$:c.,  it  =  to 
each  other  ;  e.  g., 

Hi  omnes  inter  se  differ  xmt.  |  AU  these  differ  from  each  other. 


565.  Licet  with  the  dative  and  infinitive,  is  best  translated  by 
rendering  the  dative  as  the  subject  of  the  potential  forms  may  or 
might,  with  the  English  of  the  verb  nsed  in  the  infinitive  ;  e. 
Mihi  ire  licet  |  I  may  go. 

n-.v. — The  present  infinitive  after  the  past  tenses  of  licet  is  often  best  translated 
by  the  atmiiary  have.  So  also  after  the  past  tenses  of  possum,  oportet ;  ani 
deoeo  ;  e.  g.,  Mihi  ire  licuit,  I  might  hate  gone. — Ire  pocni,  I  could  hate  gone. 


566.  Jledius,  summus,  and  the  like,  in  agreement  with  substan¬ 
tives,  are  often  best  translated  by  the  middle  (the  midst),  the  top 
followed  by  the  substantive  with  of;  e.  g., 


Medius  mens. 
Summus  mons. 
In  media  caede. 


The  middle  of  the  mountain. 
The  top  of  the  mountain. 

In  the  midst  of  the  slaughter. 


254 


BTT-ZS  JOB  7BA>~5LmTZS~G. 


567.  Sec  or  neq%e  list  one-  be  minn:  by  axJ  jut,  some¬ 
times  by  Tied  only,  e^eolr  in  the  thruae  rvgtts  r<rn>  /  e.  g_, 

bee  paneos  agrus  rrb:  ahnrxii  Jjm  A<£  a&iei  isc*  *5  yiar  flelds  i* 

the  city. 

558.  l~i — quidem  ■with  one  or  mere  words  tetw^en  me  mm 
should  be  rm-'.r.ci  by  nod  erm*  /  or  «*» — mat;  e.  g„ 
be  nomm  qnidem.  ;  JTo£  r?«i  ifc?  k^dk. 

569.  Po#£  standing  as  an  adverb  between  an  sdjecdve  and  its 
substantive  in  tie  ablative  to  denote  tinf  may  sometimes  be 
translated  by  tie  preposition  after  governing  me  substantive,  in: 
should  usually  be  rendered  iy  afterward*  ;  e.  g~ 

Pauds  p:«st  amis.  J  Afer  a  i 'etc  yean. 

A  fee  yean  cfltmcards. 

570.  Quam  vt  with  me  subjunctive,  and  pdm  uf  posset  with 
the  inhmtive,  should  be  rendered  by  the  ihhrt,  and  the  com¬ 
parative  before  quam  by  me  r~-gv-h  positive  with  t'>i ;  e.  g.. 

Leges  emieliores  erant,  qnn  ut  ,  J7t^  lava  were  too  cruet  to  be  cb- 
possert  obserrari.  j  screed 

571.  Qui  at  the  beginning  of  a  sentence,  or  at  the  beginning 
of  a  distinct  member  of  a  sentence,  is  generally  i  est  translated  by 
a  demonstrative  or  personal  prononn  :  and  if  quum  is  used  in  the 
same  connection  with  qui.  it  mnst  be  translated  first ;  e.  gn 

Quae  qxrcm  ita  dnl  ’  Since  these  things  are  to. 

Qui  quum  morbo  exstinetas  easel  ;  When  he  vr as  dead. 

572.  Quo  factum  ezi.  ut,  lit.  by  which  it  was  brought  about 
that,  sic  factual  ezt,  vt ,  and  similar  expressions,  may  be  rendered 
by,  the  rezvlt  of  which  was.  that ;  the  ccrr»zequence  of  which  was, 
that ;  or  by  consequently  ;  e.  g., 

Quo  factum  est,  ut  plus,  quam  The  result  of  which  teas  that  JTU- 
oollegae,  Mil  hades  valuerit.  tiades  had  greater  influence  than 

his  associates. 

573.  Verbs  which  are  used  impersonally  in  the  passive  with 
the  dative  of  the  agent,  because  tl.ey  have  no  direct  object  in  the 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


255 


active,  are  Lest  translated  by  rendering  the  dative  25  the  subject 
of  the  English  passive ;  e.  g., 

YobU  creditor.  I  You  are  believed. 

Mihi  creditor.  |  I  am  believed 

574.  When  two  or  more  verbs  stand  together  in  the  same  com¬ 
pound  tense,  the  copula  £**?,  to  be,  is  generally  expressed  with 
the  last  in  Latin,  and  omitted  vrith  the  rest ;  in  the  English  trans¬ 
lation,  however,  it  should  be  expressed  with  the  first  and  omitted 
with  the  others ;  e.  g., 

Eegulos  captos  et  in  vincula  con-  I  Revalue  km*  taken  arul  ihrcmt  intc 

jectua  est.  |  chain*. 


NOTEb. 


FAG* 

1.  Antiqutesimis.  Very  early:  the  superlative  is  often  best  1 
translated  by  very  instead  of  most.  Give  the  regular  endings  of 

comparison.  F.  B.  306  ;  A.  A  S.  124;  Z.  104. - Temporibns. 

276  ;  F.  B.  669  ;  A.  A  S.  253  ;  Z.  475. - In  Italiam.  What  con¬ 
struction  would  have  been  used  with  the  name  of  a  town  ?  282  ; 

F.  B.  674 ;  A.  A  S.  237  ;  Z.  398. - Janiculo.  A  hill  on  the  west 

side  of  the  Tiber ;  not  one  of  the  seven  hills  of  Rome,  though  in¬ 
cluded  within  the  wall  built  by  Aurelian  in  the  third  century. 

- Italos  ....  agricnltnram.  235  ;  F.  B.  645  ;  A.  A  S.  231 ;  Z. 

391. - Primus.  The  first ;  i.  e.  he  was  the  first  to  teach,  Ac. 

2.  Hinc.  Hence ,  i.  e.  from  Troy. - Qoibus.  218  ;  F.  B.  643  ; 

A.  A  S.  223,  Rem.  2;  Z.  412. - Pepercerat.  From  parco  ;  2d 

root  formed  by  reduplication  and  change  of  vowel.  F.  B.  222  and 

Rem. - Ei  benigne  recepto  ....  dedit.  Lit.  gave  to  him  kindly 

received  ;  translate,  received  him  kindly  and  gave  (530). - Lavi- 

nium.  Town  in  Latium  a  few  miles  south  of  Rome. 

3.  Traustulit.  From  transfero. - Monte  Albano.  Mount  Al- 

harms,  about  16  miles  southeast  of  Rome. - f^jns.  For  whom  2 

does  this  pronoun  stand? - Romam  conditam.  (See  523.) - 

Albae.  280 ;  F.  B.  672  ;  A  A  S.  221  ;  Z.  398. 

4.  Hornm  regum.  Of  these  kings,  i.  e.  of  those  who  reigned  at 

Alba. - Jove.  457  ;  F.  B.  636  ;  A.  A  S.  256  ;  Z.  483. - Majo- 

rem.  Compare.  F.  B.  306,  R.  3 ;  A.  A  S.  125,  5 ;  Z.  109. - 

Quurn  tonaret.  (552) ;  F.  B.  692,  2 ;  A.  AS.  263,  5,  R.  2  ;  Z.  578. 

— — Ft ....  percuterent.  (541) ;  F.  B.  692 ;  A.  A  S.  262  ;  Z.  531. 

- Dieebat.  What  is  the  direct  object  of  this  verb  ?  or,  in  other 

words,  what  did  he  say  ?  Ans.  Hunc  sonum  multo,  Ac. - Toni- 

tru.  What  case  would  be  required  if  quam  should  be  omitted? 

457  ;  F.  B.  636,  Obs. ;  A.  A  S.  256,  R.  3 ;  Z.  483. - Ictus,  et 


258 


NOTES. 


pagk 

2  , . . .  praccipitatus  est.  (574  ' - Albanum  lacum.  The  Alban 

Lake,  5  miles  in  circumference,  west  of  Mount  Albanus. 

5.  Minor  natu.  Lit.  smaller  in  respect  to  birth  or  age  ;  translate. 

younger. - Utruni  regnum,  <fcc.  This  denotes  the  choice  given 

to  Numitor. - Yellet.  349,  364;  F.  B.  692,  5 ;  A.  &  S.  265  ;  Z. 

052. - Bona.  Lit.  good  things  —  goods,  property. - Reliquis* 

set.  (558) ;  A.  &  S.  266  ;  Z.  545. 

6.  lit ...  .  possideret.  This  final  clause  shows  the  object  which 
Amulius  had  in  view  in  killing  the  son  of  Numitor.  (541 ;)  F.  B. 

692;  A.  &  S.  262;  Z.  531. - Vestalem  virginem.  The  Vestal 

Virgins  were  the  priestesses  of  the  goddess  Vesta:  they  minis¬ 
tered  in  her  temple,  and,  by  turns,  watched  the  perpetual  fire 
upon  her  altars  night  and  day.  They  were  bound  by  an  oath  of 
chastity,  whose  violation  was  punished  by  death. - Ylro.  In¬ 

direct  object  after  nubere,  to  marry  —  to  veil  one's  self  for,  in  allu¬ 
sion  to  the  custom  of  the  bride’s  wearing  the  veil  at  the  marriage 
ceremony. - Hoc.  This,  i.  e.  the  fact  spoken  of  in  the  preced¬ 
ing  sentence. - Quum  ....  comperisset.  (552) ;  402  ;  F.  B.  692, 

2 ;  A.  &  S.  263,  5,  R.  2 ;  Z.  578. 

7.  Quum.  .  .  .  positi.  (552.) - Refluens.  By  or  in  flowing 

back.  (526.) - Sicco.  Scil.  loco. - Quod.  (571.) - Yidens. 

(525.) - Sustulit.  From  tollo. - Nutriendos.  (529.) 

8.  Sic.  Thus,  i.  e.  as  explained  above. - Quum  adolevissent 

....  comperissent.  See  note  at  the  close  of  6.  above. - Quis. 

Subject  of  fuisset  understood. - Fuissct.  (559);  379;  F.  B. 

3  692,  5  ;  A.  &  S.  265  ;  Z.  652. - Aventino.  One  of  the  seven  hills 

of  Rome.  According  to  the  best  authority,  Romulus  founded  his 
city  not  on  the  Aventine  as  here  stated,  but  on  the  Palatine,  which 

stands  a  little  to  the  north  of  it. - Quum  ....  circumdaretur. 

See  note  at  the  close  of  6.  above. - Moenibus.  Ablative  of 

means. - Irridcns.  Deriding  :  this  participle  may  be  thus  ren¬ 

dered  literally. 

9.  Ft ...  .  augcret.  This  states  the  purpose  or  object  for  which 

Romulus  opened  an  asylum.  (541) ;  385 ;  F.  B.  692 ;  A.  &  S. 
262;  Z.  531. - Asylum.  This  was  a  place  of  refuge,  where  ex¬ 
iles  and  even  criminals  might  obtain  shelter  and  protection. - 

Pulsi.  (524.) - Civibus.  218  ;  F.  B.  643,  2 ;  A.  &  S.  224,  R.  1 ; 

Z.  420,  note. - Quum  ....  vcnissent.  (552) ;  402. - Inter 

lpsos  ludos.  In  the  midst  of  the  very  games. - Spcctantcs.  (524.) 


ROMAN  HISTORY. 


259 


PAGB 

10.  Romae.  What  is  the  usual  construction  for  names  of  towns  3 
after  verbs  of  motion  ?  282 ;  F.  B.  6*74 ;  A.  <fc  S.  237  ;  Z.  398. 

- Ut ....  monstraret ....  ut ...  .  posccret.  (541.)  See  also 

note  on  the  first  line  of  9. - Quod  ....  gererent.  (558) ;  A.  & 

S.  266  ;  Z.  545. - Manibus.  Give  gender. - Annulos  ....  ar- 

tnillas.  Rings  and  bracelets  were  often  awarded  to  soldiers  who 
had  distinguished  themselves  in  battle. - Perducti.  (525.) 

1 1.  Tarpeinm,  This  ’Was  one  of  the  seven  hills  of  Rome :  it  was 

also  called  Capitollnus.  The  Capitol  was  built  upon  it. - Fo¬ 

rum  Romanum.  This  was  an  open  space  in  the  form  of  an  irregu¬ 
lar  quadrangle  between  the  Palatine  and  Capitoline  Hills.  In 
this  were  held  the  great  public  meetings  of  the  Roman  people 

- In  media  cacde.  In  the  midst  of  the  slaughter.  (566.) - 

Raptac.  Sc.  mulieres. - Hinc  ....  liittc.  On  the  one  side  .... 

on  the  other. - Ft ...  .  facerent.  See  ncrte  on  the  first  line  of  9. 

- In  urbem  recepit.  Lit.  received  into  the  city  :  the  meaning  is, 

he  received  them  into  full  citizenship. 

12.  Cum _ turn.  Not  only . ...  but  also. - Debitam.  (524).  4 

- Raptarum.  (524.) - Lustraret.  Reviewed :  lit.  purified,  as 

there  were  certain  ceremonies  appointed  for  the  review  of  a  Ro¬ 
man  army. - Ortam.  From  orior.  (524.) - Oculis.  218  ;  F. 

B.  643,  4;  A.  &  S.  £24;  Z.  415. — — Hine.  Hence,  i.  e.  from  the 

circumstance  mentioned  above. - Alii ....  alii.  Some  .... 

others. - Interfectum  ....  sublatum  esse.  (560,  574.) 

13.  Quo  exacto.  (525,  571.) - Curibus.  280;  F.  B.  672;  A. 

&  S.  254 ;  Z.  398. - Natus.  (524.) - Ft ...  .  molliret.  See 

note  on  the  first  line  of  9. - Morbo  decessit.  Lit.  he  died  of  dis¬ 

ease  =  he  died  a  natural  death. 

14.  Creatus.  (525.) - Horatiorum  et  Curiatiorum.  After  the 

necessary  preparations  for  hostilities  had  been  made  both  by  the 
Albans  and  the  Romans,  and  the  two  armies  were  already  drawn 
up  face  to  face,  it  was  agreed  to  decide  the  question  of  suprema¬ 
cy  by  a  combat  between  the  three  brothers,  the  Horatii,  on  the 
part  of  the  Romans,  and  the  three  Curiatii,  also  brothers,  on  the 
part  of  the  Albans.  The  Curiatii  were  all  slain ;  one  of  the  Ho¬ 
ratii  survived ;  his  victory  therefore  decided  the  question  in  favor 

of  Rome.  See  Schmitz's  Hist.  Rome. - Perfidiam  Mctii  Suffetii. 

M.  Suffetius,  dictator  of  the  Albans,  having  been  summoned  by 
the  Romans  to  aid  them  against  the  Veientines,  drew  off  his  for- 


V 


« 


260  NOTES. 

PAOI 

4  ces  at  the  very  moment  of  battle,  and  awaited  the  issue  of  the 
engagement.  For  this  perfidy  he  was  put  to  death,  and  Alba  was 

razed  to  the  ground.  See  Schmitz's  Hist.  Rome. - Q,unm  .  .  .  . 

regnasset.  (552) ;  402  ;  F.  B.  692,  2  ;  A.  &  S.  263,  5,  R.  2 ;  Z.  578. 

- Annis.  What  is  the  common  construction  for  duration  of 

time?  277  and  R. ;  F.  B.  670;  A.  &  S.  236;  Z.  395,  396. - 

Ictus.  (525.) - Domo.  Give  gender. 

15.  Aequitate  et  religione.  301 ;  F.  B.  633  ;  A.  &  S.  250 ;  Z. 

5  457. - Avo.  F.  B.  632  ;  A.  &  S.  222  ;  Z.  409. - Nova  ei  moe- 

nia  circumdedit.  The  same  thought  may  be  expressed  thus :  novis 
earn  moeiiibus  circumdedit ;  in  which  earn  is  the  direct  object ,  and 

moerilbus  the  ablative  of  means.  See  P.  C.  231. - Primus.  See 

note  on  1. - Morlio  obiit.  Compare  morbo  decessit,  in  13. 

16.  Advenienti.  Sc.  ei.  (525) ;  254,  R. ;  A.  &  S.  224,  R.  2. - 

Abstulit.  From  aufero. - Anguriorum.  298;  F.  B.  631;  A.  & 

S.  213  ;  Z.  436. 

17.  Pupillis.  218,  4;  F.  B.  643,  4;  A.  &  S.  224;  Z.  415. - 

Minorum  gentium.  Sc.  patres,  or  senatores. - Ncc.  (567.) - 

Ademptos.  (524.) - Trinmphans.  Triumphing  =  in  triumph. 

The  honor  of  entering  Rome  with  an  imposing  triumphal  proces¬ 
sion  was,  in  later  times,  often  awarded  to  victorious  generals. - 

Capitolium.  The  Capitol  was  the  citadel  of  Rpme,  and  was  erect 

ed  on  the  Capitoline  Hill. - Per  Anci  filios.  What  is  the  usual 

construction  for  the  agent  after  passive  verbs?  273  and  R.  2;  F. 
B.  659  ;  A.  &  S.  248  ;  Z.  451. 

18.  Genitus.  (524). - Conjugi.  218,  6  ;  F.  B.  643,  5  ;  A.  & 

S.  223,  R.  2;  Z.  412. - lit.  . .  .  educaret.  (541);  F.  B.  692; 

A.  &  S.  262 ;  Z.  531. 

6  19.  Dicens.  What  is  the  direct  object? - Regem  ....  acce- 

pisse.  (560.) - Ut. .  .  .  obediret.  See  last  note  on  18.  above. 

- Dam  ....  convaluisset.  (552) ;  405  ;  A.  <fc  S.  263,  4 ;  Z.  575. 

- Montes  tres.  These  were  the  Quirinal,  Viminal ,  and  Esqui- 

line  Hills. - Primus.  See  note  on  1. - Censnm.  The  census 

was  taken  every  five  years  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  the 

number  of  citizens,  the  amount  of  property,  &c. - Capitum. 

This  need  not  be  translated. - In  agris.  In  the  country  or  ter¬ 

ritory  about  Rome. 

20.  Cui.  218;  F.  B.  643,  4;  A.  <fe  S.  224;  Z.  415. - Cnriae. 

Senate-house  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  Forum. - Dejectns* 


ROMAN  HISTORY. 


261 


PAO« 

(625.) - Quum  ....  fngerct#  (552.) - Domum.  283  ;  F.  B.  © 

675  ;  A.  <fc  S.  237,  R.  4 ;  Z.  400. - Prima.  See  note  on  1. - 

Jacens.  (524.) 

21.  Moribns#  Mark  difference  of  signification  between  the  sin¬ 
gular  and  plural. 

22.  Ill.  What  cases  does  in  govern,  and  with  what  significa¬ 
tions  ?  289,  R.  1 ;  F.  B.  681,  R.  1 ;  A.  &  S.  235,  2 ;  Z.  404,  489. 

- Conjurarnnt.  Contracted  from  what  ? - Ut .  .  .  .  claudcret. 

(541.) - Ei.  Against  him,  indirect  object. - Romae.  280;  7 

F.  B.  672 ;  A.  &  S.  221 ;  Z.  398. - Regnatum  est . .  .  reges. 

Lit.  it  was  reigned,  <fcc. ;  translate,  the  regal  government  was  admin¬ 
istered  by  seven  kings. 

23.  Tarquinio  expulso.  (525.) - Consules.  The  consuls  were 

joint  presidents  of  the  Roman  Commonwealth  with  all  the  power 
and  most  of  the  ensigns  of  office  which  the  kings  had  assumed. 

- Annum.  For  one  year. - Ne  .  .  .  .  redderentur.  (542) ; 

385  ,  F.  B.  692,  1  ;  A.  &  S.  262  ;  Z.  532. - Diutnrnitatem.  State 

the  force  of  the  termination  itas,  (1)  when  appended  to  adjectives, 

and  (2)  when  appended  to  nouns.  F.  B.  519,  517. - Insolentio- 

res.  Too  haughty :  the  comparative  is  sometimes  best  rendered 

by  too  instead  of  more. - Expulsis  regibus.  (525.) - Acerri- 

mus.  Compare. - Sublata  est.  From  tollo. - Placuerat.  It 

had  been  determined. - Ex.  Of. 

24.  Sese  inviccm.  Each  other. - Qui  quum.  When  he.  (571.) 

25.  Porsena  ....  ferente.  (526.) - Pontem.  Give  gender.  8 

- Donee  .  .  .  ruptus  esset.  (552) ;  405  ;  A.  &  S.  263,  4  ;  Z.  575. 

- Tiberim.  Give  the  common  ending  of  the  accusative  singu¬ 
lar  for  masculine  and  feminine  nouns  of  the  third  declension. 

26.  Animi.  What  other  case  might  have  been  used?  190  ;  F. 

B.  624 ;  A.  &  S.  211,  R.  6  ;  Z.  471. - Castra.  Note  difference  of 

meaning  between  singular  and  plural. - Tcrreret.  Endeavored 

to  terrify. - Allatis.  (523,  526.) - Miratus.  (533.) - Terri- 

tus.  (526.) - Tuscnlnm.  282  ;  F.  B.  674 ;  A.  &  S.  237  ;  Z.  398. 

27.  Post  reges  exactos.  (523.) - Exactos.  From  exigo. - 

Qnestus.  (533.) - Quod  . . .  exhauriretnr.  (554) ;  409  ;  A.  & 

S.  266,  3. - Tributis,  militia,  senatu.  Explain  derivation,  with 

the  force  of  the  several  endings.  F.  B.  524,  519,  517.  —  Patres. 

Senators. - Tnrbati.  (526.) - Qui ....  conciliaret.  (536) ; 

867  - Qui ....  defenderent.  (536.) 


262 


NOTES. 


PAG* 

8  28.  Post  pxactos  reges.  See  27,  line  1. - Coriolanus  dictus. 

9  See  Lesson  XIII. - IJrbe  expulsus.  289,  R.  2 ;  F.  B.  681,  R.  2  ; 

A.  &  S.  242. - UrMs.  From  the  city. - Nee.  (567.) - lit 

.....  parccret.  (541.) - Quo  facto.  Abl.  of  means,  or  cause: 

for  this  act ;  for  which  or  whereupon. - Exercitum,  proditor. 

Explain  derivation  with  the  force  of  the  several  endings.  F.  B 
520,  521 ;  A.  &  S.  102,  6,  7 ;  Z.  236,  1,  and  237. 

29.  Quum  ....  gererent.  (552). - Dace  ....  console.  (532.) 

- Dolo.  226  ;  F.  B.  644, 1 ;  A.  &  S.  245  ;  Z.  465. - Fsi.  (526.) 

- Exorto.  (524.) - Puerilem,  cunctatione.  Explain  deriva- 

tion. 

30.  Altero.  Lit.  another  ;  as  a  numeral,  second. - Ab  urbe 

condita.  (523.) - Qui ....  scriberent.  (536.)  The  decemvirs 

were  the  authors  of  the  Laws  of  the  Twelve  Tables,  so  called  be¬ 
cause  they  were  engraved  on  twelve  tables  of  brass. - Decem- 

viris.  See  237,  254,  R. - Civitati.  Explain  derivation. 

]  O  31.  Tribuni  militares.  Military  tribunes  ;  they  were  also  some¬ 
times  called  consular  tribunes ,  as  they  were  appointed  in  place  of 
consuls.  They  were  at  first  three  in  number ;  afterwards  more. 
- Deletis  exercitibus.  (525.) - Triumphos.  See  note  on  17. 

32.  Contra  Yeientanos.  This  limits  bello.  See  190,  Rem. - 

In  qua.  (571.) - Manibus  ....  illigatis.  With  his  hands  bound 

behind  his  bach. - Reducendum.  (529.) - Quibns  ....  age- 

rent.  (536.) - Scelestum,  proditorem.  Explain  derivation. 

33.  Camillo  ....  datum  est.  It  vSas  imputed  as  a  crime  to  Ca¬ 
millas,  that,  &c.  For  the  construction  of  Camillo  and  crimini, 

see  237,  245  ;  F.  B.  649,  658 ;  A.  &  S.  227  ;  Z.  422. - Quod  .... 

triumphasset ....  divisisset.  (554.) - Fame  laborabat.  Was 

suffering  from  famine. - In  eo  erant,  ut .  .  .  .  emerent.  (548.) 

- Auro.  272;  F.  B.  667  ;  A.  &  S.  252;  Z.  456. - Nobilitate, 

triumphasset,  civitate,  laborabat.  Explain  derivation. 

1 1  34.  Milliario.  The  common  construction  for  place,  when  not 

expressed  by  the  name  of  a  town,  is  the  ablative  with  a  preposi¬ 
tion. - Magnitudine.  190;  F.  B.  624;  A.  &  S.  211,  R.  6;  Z. 

471. - Provocavit.  Challenged. - Torque.  254;  F.  B.  650; 

A.  &  S.  251;  Z.  460. - Magnitudine,  provocationcm,  spoliavit. 

Explain  derivation. 

35.  Novo  ....  exorto.  (525.) - Robore.  How  may  the  nom¬ 

inative  of  this  word  be  formed  from  the  root,  and  how  may  the 


ROMAN  HISTORY. 


263 


PA9* 

root  be  found  from  the  nominative  ? - Quurn  processisset.  (552.)  1 1 

- Annatus.  In  arms. - Ei.  Lit.  to  him,  indirect  object  after 

scdit,  best  rendered  by  his. - Ita  factum  cst,  ut,  Ac.  Lit.  thus 

■it  was  done  that,  &c.  Render  as  follows :  the  result  of  which  was, 
that  the  Gaul,  <fcc.  (572.) 

36.  Cum  lionore  dictatoris.  With  the •  rank  of  dictator.  The 
dictator  was  appointed  only  in  times  of  great  danger,  and  was 
invested  with  almost  unlimited  power  for  a  period  of  six  months. 

—  Qui  quum.  (571.) - Magistro  equitum.  This  is  the  title 

of  an  officer  always  appointed  in  connection  with  the  dictator  or 

by  him. - Ne  ....  committerct.  (542.) - Occasionem  nactus. 

Taking  advantage  of  a  favorable  opportunity. - Nactus.  From 

nanciscor. - Confugit.  How  is  the  second  root  formed  from  the  1 2 

first  ?  F.  B.  219. 

37.  Annis.  404,  R.  3;  A.  &  S.  236;  Z.  476. - Post.  After¬ 
wards,  adverb. - Putaret.  379  ;  F.  B.  692,  5  ;  A.  &  S.  265  ;  Z. 

552. - Pt . .  . .  frangcrentur  ....  ut ... .  oMigarentur.  (541) ; 

383  ;  F.  B.  692  ;  A.  &  S.  262  ;  Z.  531. - Sub  jugum.  The  yoke 

was  thus  used  as  the  symbol  of  submission  and  servitude  ;  it  con¬ 
sisted  of  a  spear  supported  horizontally  by  two  others  placed  in 
an  upright  position. 

38.  Devictis  Samnitibus*  (525.) - Quia  ....  fecissent.  If  this 

reason  had  been  given  on  the  authority  of  the  narrator,  the  indi¬ 
cative  would  have  been  used.  The  subjunctive  implies  that  this 

was  the  reason  then  alleged  for  waging  the  war.  See  409. - 

Pyrrbum,  auxilium.  235  ;  F.  B.  645  ;  A.  &  S.  231 ;  Z.  393. - 

Poposcerunt.  How  is  the  second  root  of  this  verb  formed  ?  F.  B. 

222. - Quaecunque  ....  agercntur.  426 ;  A.  &  S.  266,  1  ;  Z. 

547. 

39.  Pugna  commissa.  (525.) - Millc  octingentos.  Could  these  13 

words  be  transposed?  A.  &  S.  120,  2;  Z.  116. - Adversis  vul- 

neribus.  With  wounds  in  front :  it  was  a  disgrace  to  receive  a 
wound  in  the  back. - Etiam  mortuos.  Even  in  death. 

40.  Perrexit.  From  pergo. - Ignc.  Give  gender. - Excr- 

citus.  Is  this  genitive  objective  or  attributive  ?  See  188.  —  — Cap- 
tivis  rcdimendis*  (523.)  With  gerund  we  should  have  captwos 

redimendo.  464;  F.  B.  382. - Ex.  Of. - Pt .  .  .  .  promitte- 

ret.  (547.) 

41.  Romanorum.  Is  this  genitive  objective  or  attributive  ?  188. 


264 


NOTES. 


PAGE 

13  - Qni  .  .  .  peteret.  (536) ;  367 ;  F.  B.  692,  6  ;  A.  &  S.  264,  5 

Z.  555. - Ft  Pyrrlms  ....  obtineret.  This  clause  expresses  the 

condition  on  which  Cineas  was  to  ask  peace,  and  may  accordingly 
be  regarded  as  in  apposition  with  conditione.  See  363,  R.  2,  and 

364. - Ex  Italia.  What  construction  would  be  used,  if  the 

name  of  a  town  should  be  substituted  here  ? - Qnurn  rediisset. 

(551.) - Pyrrho.  Indirect  object  of  respondit ;  the  direct  object 

is  the  clause,  se  regum  patriam  vidisse.  See  314. - Qualis  .  .  . 

visa  esset.  (559.) 

42.  Altero.  Second. - Tarcntum.  282;  F.  B.  674;  A.  &  S. 

237;  Z.  398. - Interjecto  anno.  (525);  460;  F.  B.  678;  A  & 

S.  257  ;  Z.  640. - Nocte.  Abl.  of  time. - Promittens.  (530.) 

- Vinctnm.  Bound ,  or  in  chains. - “  111c  .  .  .  .  ab  honestate 

....  potest.”  This  entire  sentence,  as  a  direct  quotation,  is  the 

14  object  of  dixisse.  See  373. - Fnsns.  From  /undo. - A  To¬ 
ronto.  What  is  the  common  construction  ? - Qnnrn  ....  redi¬ 
isset.  (549.) - Apnd  ArgOS.  Near  Argos.  What  would  mean 

at  Argos  ? 

43.  €.  Dnillio  ....  consnlibns.  (532) ;  460 ;  A.  &  S.  257,  It.  7  ; 

Z.  644. - Mari.  Mare  has  the  ablative  sing,  in  e  or  i,  while 

most  neuters  in  e,  al,  and  ar  have  it  in  i  only.  See  F.  B.  127. - 

Mersit.  From  mergo. - Romanis.  Objective  modifier  of  gra- 

tior. - Dnillio.  Indirect  object  after  concession  est. - Conccs- 

snm  est.  What  is  the'  real  subject  of  this  verb?  or,  in  other 
words,  What  was  granted  to  Duillius?  Ans.  Ut,  quion  a  coena 
redlret,  pueri ....  eum  comitarentur. 

44.  Pancis  interjectis.  (525) ;  460. - Translatnni  est, 

From  transfero. - Dux.  In  apposition  with  Hamilcar.  See 

15  441. - Quum  ....  venissent.  (550.) - In  fidcm  accepernnt. 

Received  under  their  protection. - Qnam  quum,  <fcc.  (571.) - 

Captus  et _ conjectns  est,  (574.) - Interjectis,  translatnm  est, 

i  recepit,  amiserunt,  accepernnt.  Explain  composition.  F.  B.  513, 
550,  551,  553  ;  A.  &  S.  188,  189 ;  Z.  260,  261. 

45.  Carthaginiensibus.  218,  5  ;  F.  B.  643,  5  ;  A  &  S.  223,  R.  2  ; 

Z.  412. - Favit.  How  is  the  second  root  of  this  verb  formed? 

F.  B.  219.  How  is  this  root  regularly  formed  in  the  second  con¬ 
jugation?  F.  B.  192. - Qnnm  ....  victi  esscnt.  (552.) - Ft 

....  proficiscerctur,  et .  .  .  .  obtinerct.  Verbs  of  asking  take  two 
objects ;  these  clauses  may,  accordingly,  be  regarded  as  one  cf 


ROMAN  HISTORY. 


265 


PAGH 

tlie  objects  of  rogaverunt. - Indnctus.  (525.) - Qua.  276;  15 

F.  B.  669  ;  A.  &  S.  253  ;  Z.  47 5.  What  is  the  antecedent  of  qua  ? 

- Illos  ....  habere.  This  infinitive-clause  does  not  strictly  de¬ 
pend  upon  suasit ,  but  upon  a  verb  or  participle  signifying  to  sag. 

The  verb  or  participle  on  which  sentences  in  oblique  narration 
depend  is  often  omitted,  when  it  can  be  easily  supplied  from  the 

context.  See  Lat.  Prose  Comp.  460,  (c.). - Casibns.  Abl.  of 

means. - Fraetos.  (526.)  From  frango. - Tanti  non  esse. 

This  is  the  predicate.  See  F.  B.  613 ;  A.  &  S.  214;  Z.  426. - 

lit  tot  millia  ....  redderentur.  This  is  the  subject  of  esse. 

46.  Punici.  Derived  from  Poeni  —  Carthaginienses. - Cap- 

tae, - dcmersae - capta _ occisa  snnt.  (574.) - Sicilia, 

Sardinia,  insniis.  These  ablatives  are  governed  by  the  preposition 

de  in  the  verb  decesserunt.  See  F.  B.  681,  R.  2 ;  A.  &  S.  242. - 

Citra  Ibernm.  On  this  side  of  the  Ebro ,  i.  e.  on  the  side  towards  16 
Rome. 

47.  Novem  annos  natnm.  Lit.  having  been  born  nine  years  ;  ren¬ 
der,  when  he  was  nine  years  old.  (525) ;  277  ;  F.  B.  670  ;  A.  S. 

236;  Z.  395. - Aris.  Indirect  object  after  admoverat. - Hie 

....  aetatis.  He,  when  in  his  twentieth  year. - Oppngnare. 

Used  as  object  of  aggressus  est.  See  374, 447. - Dennntiaverunt. 

This  verb,  being  transitive,  may  take  both  a  direct  and  an  indi¬ 
rect  object :  do  both  these  objects  appear  in  the  present  instance  ? 

- Q,ui  qnnm.  (571.) - Mandaretur.  What  is  the  real  subject 

of  this  verb  ? - Reddita.  Sc.  sunt. - Saguntinis  ....  victis. 

(525.) - Admoverat,  perenne,  oppngnare,  indixernnt  Explain 

composition. 

48.  Fratre  ....  relicto.  (525.) - Pyrenaeum,  Alpes.  These 

accusatives  depend  upon  trans  in  the  compound  verb  transiu. 

F.  B.  681,  R.  2. - Traditur.  What  is  the  subject  of  this  verb  ? 

- Se.  Why  is  se  used  here  rather  than  eos  or  illos  ?  A.  &  S. 

208;  Z.  125,  note. - Primus.  See  note  on  1. - Interemptns 

.  . .  caesa  sunt.  (574.) 

49.  Intellectnm  crat.  What  is  the  subject? - Hannibalem.  17 

346;  F.  B.  655  ;  A.  &  S.  239,  599. - Mora.  271;  F.  B.  666  ; 

A.  tfc  S.  247  ;  Z.  452,  455. - Morac.  298  ;  F.  B.  631 ;  A.  &  S. 

213  ;  Z.  436. - Cannae  appellatnr.  This  is  the  predicate  of  the 

relative  clause  of  which  qui  is  the  subject.  The  predicate  noun 
denoting  the  same  person  or  thing  as  the  subject,  must  agree  with 

12 


266 


NOTES. 


PXQK 

17  that  subject  in  case ,  though  it  may  differ  from  it  in  gender  or  num¬ 
ber,  or  in  both,  as  in  the  present  instance. - Victi ....  inter* 

emptns  est.  Here  sunt  is  understood  after  victi.  (574.) - 

Capti  ant  occisi.  Sc.  sunt. - Quod.  This  relative  does  not  re¬ 

late  to  any  particular  word  as  its  antecedent,  but  to  the  leading 
proposition,  or  the  fact  mentioned  in  it;  the  relative  is  accord¬ 
ingly  of  the  neuter  gender,  as  clauses  used  substantively  uni' 
formly  take  that  gender.  See  F.  B.  44 ;  A.  &  S.  206,  13. 

50.  Post  cam  pngnam.  27 6,  Rem. - Obtnlit.  From  offero. 

Here  obtulit  takes  Romanis  as  its  indirect  object,  while  its  direct 
object  appears  in  the  form  of  a  clause,  viz.  ut  captlvos  redimerent. 

This  is  plainly  the  offer  made  to  the  Romans.  383,  384. - Re- 

sponsuin  cst.  The  subject  is  the  clause  beginning  with  eos. - 

Armati.  (525,  528.) - Potaissent.  (535,  R.) ;  426  ;  A.  &  S.  266, 

2 ;  Z.  603. - Hos  ornucs.  Observe  position  at  the  beginning  to 

mark  emphasis. - Manilms.  Gender  ? - Dctraxerat.  From 

detrdho.  How  is  the  second  root  formed  ?  F.  B.  208. - In  His- 

pania  ....  Hasdrubab  See  48,  line  1. - Remanserat.  How  is 

the  second  root  of  this  verb  formed?  F.  B.  225,  2.- - Dnobns 

Scipionibus.  Cn.  Cornelius  Scipio  and  P.  Cornelius  Scipio,  the 
father  of  P.  Cornelius  Scipio  Africanus  who  defeated  Hannibal  at 

Zama.  See  56. - Transtalcrant,  obtnlit,  detraxerat.  Explain 

composition. 

51.  Qni  legati.  (571.) - Qui ....  impediret.  (  536);  867,  1. 

- Quo  minus  ....  trajicerct.  (545) ;  388 ;  A.  &  S.  262,  R.  9  ; 

Z.  531,  543. - Copias.  Observe  difference  of  signification  be- 

18  tween  the  sing,  and  plur. - Penetrans.  (525.) 

52.  Res  prospere  gesta  est.  A  successful  battle  was  fought.  In 

a  military  sense,  rem  gerere  frequently  has  this  meaning. - 

Magnam  hnjus  insulae  partem.  For  arrangement  of  words,  see 

330. - Romam.  282;  F.  B.  674;  A.  &  S.  237;  Z  398. - 

Inde.  Thence ,  i.  e.  Syracusis,  from  Syracuse. - In  Macedonia. 

What  construction  would  have  been  used  if  this  had  been  the 

name  of  a  town  instead  of  that  of  a  country  ?  See  280. - Pro- 

fectus.  (533,  2.) - In  deditionem  accepit.  Lit.  received  into 

surrender  ;  the  meaning  is,  allowed  the  conditions  of  an  honorable 
surrender. - Ita.  Observe  position.  334,  R.  1. - Omni  Sici¬ 

lia  reeepta.  (525.) 

63.  Ono  Scipiones.  See  duobus  Scipionibus  (50),  a?.d  note  on 


ROMAN  HISTORY. 


267 

V 

PAGB 

tlie  same. - Hie,  puer  duodeviginti  annorum.  He,  when  a  boy  18 

eighteen  years  of  age.  See  458. - Post  cladem  Cannensem.  See 

2 7 6,  Rem. - Deserere.  Object  of  cupientium. - Cnpienlinm. 

(524.) - Viginti ....  juvenis.  When  a  young  man  twenty-four 

years  of  age. - Die.  How  governed  ?  What  is  its  gender  ? - 

Qua.  Could  quo  be  used  here  instead  of  qua  ? - Carthaginem 

IVovam.  New  Carthage,  a  city  in  Spain  founded  soon  after  the  first 
Punic  war  by  Hasdrubal,  brother-in-law  of  Hannibal ;  its  present 
.  name  is  Carthagena. 

54.  Ab  eo  inde  tempore.  From  this  time ,  or  from  this  time 

forth  :  inde  need  not  be  translated. - In  dies.  Daily.  This 

differs  from  quotidie,  in  denoting  a  daily  increase  or  decrease ; 
here  the  increase  of  prosperity  ( laetiores )  requires  in  dies.  See 

Lat.  Prose  Comp.  69,  t. - Evoeatas.  What  does  this  particiipe 

express  ?  i.  e.  does  it  serve  to  state  any  of  the  adverbial  relations 

of  time,  cause,  condition,  &e.,  and  if  so,  which  one  ? - Pugnans. 

Fighting,  i.  e.  while  fighting. - Plurimae.  Superlative  of  mul- 

tus  :  observe  comparison.  F.B.  306,  R.  3 ;  A.  &  S.  125,  5  ;  Z.  109. 

55.  Consul  creatus  (est).  This  is  the  predicate  (229,  230) ;  con-  19 

«ul  is  the  predicate-nominative. - Creatus,  ct .  .  .  .  missus  est. 

(574.) - Romam.  282;  F.  B.  674 ;  A.  &  S.  237  ;  Z.  398. - 

Qua  re  audita.  On  hearing  this.  (525,  R.  and  571.) 

56.  Tentatam.  (524.) - Scipio  victor  recedit.  Lit  .withdrew 

as  victor  ;  render,  left  the  field  as  victor,  or  simply,  was  victorious. 

- Ingenti  gloria  triumphavit.  Compare  cum  ingenti  gloria .... 

regressus  est,  52.  See  271  and  Rem. - Africanus.  This  title 

was  conferred  upon  Scipio  in  commemoration  of  his  victories  in 
Africa.  See  also  nomen  Asiatici,  58,  and  nomen  Africani  junio- 
ris,  61. - Post - quam.  Compound  word  with  parts  separa¬ 
ted.  See  404,  R.  2. - Coeperat.  WTiat  kind  of  verb  ?  Give 

parts  in  use.  A.  &  S.  183,  2 ;  Z.  221. 

57.  Finito  Punico  bello.  (525) ;  458,  460.  Which  Punic  war 

is  meant  ?  See  43  and  47. - Maccdonicum.  Sc.  helium. - 

Contra  Philippum.  Does  this  phrase  modify  the  subject  or  the 

predicate?  See  190,  R. - His  legibus  ;  ne  . .  .  .  inferret.  On 

these  conditions;  viz.,  that  he  should  not  wage  war,  &c.  The 
clauses,  ne ...  .  inferret,  ut  redderet,  <fcc.,  state  the  conditions  or 
terms  on  which  peace  was  granted,  and  may  therefore  be  regard¬ 
ed  as  in  apposition  with  legibus.  — —  Talenta.  The  Attic  talent 


268 


NOTES. 


PAG* 

19  was  not  a  distinct  coin,  but  a  sum  of  money  usually  estimated  at 
about  $1080,  though  some  authorities  put  it  considerably  lower. 

20  - Obsidcm.  See  229. - Finito,  superatus,  civitatibus,  capti- 

vos.  Explain  derivation. 

58.  Se.  Could  any  other  pronoun  have  been  used  here  ?  See 

A.  &  S.  208;  Z.  125,  note. - Junxcrat.  Explain  formation  ol 

second  root.  F.  B.  208. - Africanns.  See  56. - Victus.  Sc. 

est. - Ex  Europa  et  Asia.  What  is  the  construction  for  names 

of  towns  ? - Intra  Taurum.  Within  the  limits  of  Taurus,  a 

mountain-range  on  the  north  and  east  of  Syria. - Triumpha- 

vit.  See  note  on  triumphans,  17. - Imitationcm  fratris.  See  56. 

59.  Philippo  ....  mortno  ;  copiis  paratis.  (525). - Ejns. 

To  whom  does  this  refer  ?  A  rege.  F.  B.  659 ;  A.  &  S.  248. 

- Cui.  (5Y1.) - Desertns.  (526.) - Cum  ingenti  pompa. 

2Y1  and  Rem.  Compare  cum  ingenti  gloria,  52,  and  ingenti  glo- 

21  ria,  56. - Innsitatae  magnitudinis.  190,  441;  F.  B.  624;  A. 

&  S.  211,  R.  6;  Z.  426,  4Y1. - Remorum  ordines.  Banks  of 

oars  ;  these  were  arranged,  one  above  another,  so  that  the  oars 
belonging  to  the  highest  ordo  or  bank  were  much  longer  than 
those  belonging  to  the  lowest.  It  was  no  uncommon  thing  for 
vessels  to  have  four  or  five  banks  of  oars,  and  some  are  said  to 
have  had  thirty  or  forty.  See  Smith's  Diet,  of  G.  and  R.  Anti¬ 
quities.  - Latere.  This  ablative  is  governed  by  a  preposition 

understood.  Explain  the  formation  of  the  root  from  the  nomina¬ 
tive.  F.  B.  13Y  2,  Rem. 

60.  Tertinm  helium.  See  43  and  4Y. - Altero.  Second. - 

Transactum  erat.  From  transigo.  See  56. - Trajecerunt.  Sc. 

se.  Crossea  over. - Ibi.  There,  i.  e.  at  Carthage. - Per 

Scipionem.  What  is  the  common  construction  for  the  agent  of 

passive  verbs?  See  273  and  R.  2. - Tribunus.  Military  tri 

bune,  but  not  of  the  rank  of  the  military  tribunes  described  in 
31 ;  these  last  possessed  consular  power,  and  were  sometimes 
called  consular  tribunes.  The  tribune  here  mentioned  was  an 
officer  of  the  army,  whose  duty  consisted  in  preserving  order  in 
the  camp,,  in  directing  military  exercises,  and  the  like.  The 
number  of  military  tribunes  to  each  legion  was  at  first  four, 
afterwards  six. - Hnjns.  Is  this  genitive  objective  or  attribu¬ 
tive  ?  188. - Committere.  Object  of  vitabant  understood. 

61.  Scipionis.  Which  Scipio? - Postquam  ....  trajccerant* 


ROMAN  HISTORY. 


269 


PAQB 

404,  R.  2. - Est  creatus,  et .  .  .  .  missus.  What  is  the  common  21 

place  for  copula?  326,  R. ;  (574.) - Defcnsam.  (528.)  Ex¬ 
plain  formation  of  2d  and  3d  roots.  F.  B.  198,  and  330,  2,  c. - 

Sua.  As  their  own. - J unions.  Why  this  epithet?  See  56. 

How  is  this  adjective  compared?  A.  &  S.  126,  4;  Z.  113. 

62.  Arma  movit.  Excited  rebellion.  Explain  formation  of  roots 

in  movit.  F.  B.  219,  330. - Ex  militibus  ejus.  Of  his  soldiers.  22 

- Occisis.  (525.) - Civitati.  Logically  this  is  in  apposition 

with  Corintho  implied  in  Corinthiis. - Illatam.  (524.)  From 

infero,  n  assimilated  before  l  of  the  third  root.  See  F.  B.  550,  6. 

- Romae.  280 ;  F.  B.  672 ;  A.  &  S.  221 ;  Z.  398. - Scipionis, 

Metelli,  Mummii.  Supply  triumphus  with  each  of  these  genitives 

63.  Post  urbem  conditam.  (523.) - Et . .  . .  existimaretur. 

(547) ;  422,  R.  1 ;  A.  &  S.  262,  R.  1 ;  Z.  531.  (a.) - Quum _ 

peterent.  (552) ;  402,  2. - Responsum  est.  What  is  logically 

the  subject  of  this  verb  ?  in  other  words,  what  answer  was  giv¬ 
en  ? - Placuisse.  What  is  the  subj  ect  ? - Pastor,  interfector, 

Imperator.  Explain  derivation,  and  state  the  force  of  this  ending. 

64.  Exortum  est.  From  exorior. - Civitate.  See  note  on  23 

civitati ,  62. - Yictus.  Sc.  est. - Jussit.  Could  the  plural 

have  been  used?  483;  F.  B.  612,  R. ;  A.  &  S.  209,  R.  12;  Z. 

365.  Here  jussit  agrees  with  senatus  and  is  understood  after 

populus.  483,  R.  3. - Tradi.  This  infinitive  depends  upon 

jussit  in  the  line  above. - Militem.  Lit.  soldier ,  the  individual 

used  to  represent  the  class ;  render,  soldiery. - Partim — par¬ 

tial.  Lit.  partly — partly  ;  render,  either — or.  These  words  may, 
however,  be  often  best  rendered  by  some — others,  followed  by  of 
with  the  objective  case.  Thus,  he  captured  some  of  tfyp  many  ci¬ 
ties  of  Spain  ana  accepted  others,  Ac. - Infringi,  corruptum, 

correxit.  Explain  composition. 

65.  P.  Scipione  ....  consulibus.  (532.) - Quod ....  inter- 

emisset.  (554) ;  409,  Rem. ;  A.  &  S.  266,  3  ;  Z.  549. - Corrup- 

tus.  Bribed. - Ei.  Observe  position ;  it  should  stand  at  the 

beginning  for  a  two-fold  reason :  1st,  it  is  somewhat  emphatic ; 
and  2d,  the  subject  Marius  should  stand  directly  before  the  rela¬ 
tive,  as  in  this  sentence. - Triuraphantis.  (525.)  See  note  on 

triumphans,  17. - Viuctus.  In  chains:  explain  formation  of 

second  root.  F.  B.  208,  and  225, 4. - Ductus  est  et . . . .  stran- 

gulatus.  (574.) 


270 


NOTES. 


TAGB 

23  66.  Ab  urbe  condita.  (523.) - Exarsit.  From  exardesco. 

24  - Annos.  277  ;  F.  B.  670 ;  A.  &  S.  236 ;  Z.  395. - Cam  illis. 

With  them,  i.  e.  with,  the  Roman  people. - Perniciosum.  Ex¬ 

plain  derivation,  giving  the  force  of  the  ending  dsus.  F.  B.  530 ; 

A.  &  S.  128,  I.  4;  Z.  252,  9. - Fusi  fngatique.  Sc.  sunt. - 

Cum — turn.  Not  only — but  also.  F.  B.  451. - Fadit.  Explain 

formation  of  second  root.  F.  B.  219,  1,  b. - Partis.  Objective 

or  attributive  ?  188. - Id  quod.  Id  is  in  apposition  with  jus, 

or  rather  with  the  clause,  jus  ....  tribuerunt,  as  that  states  what 
they  had  refused  to  do. - Jus  civitatis.  The  right  of  citizen¬ 
ship.  - Bello  finito.  (525.) 

67.  Anno  urbis  eonditae ....  sexto.  In  the  six  hundred  and 
sixty-sixth  year  from  or  after  (lit.  of)  the  founding  of  the  city. 
Urbis  eonditae  =  post  urbem  conditam  (see  63,  line  1),  or  ab  urbe 

condita  (see  66,  line  1). - Romae.  What  case  would  have  been 

used  if  this  had  been  a  noun  of  the  third  declension  ?  280. - 

Mitbridaticum.  Sc.  bellum. - Causam  ....  dedit.  For  position 

of  words,  see  335,  Rem. - Advcrsus  Mitliridatem.  This  modi¬ 
fies  bellum.  See  190,  Rem. - Quum _ dccretum  esset.  (552) ; 

402,  2 ;  A.  &  S.  263,  5,  R.  2 ;  Z.  577,  578. - Marius  ....  coua- 

tus  est.  For  arrangement  of  elements,  see  325,  332,  333. - Ei, 

honorem.  254,  Rem. - Cum — turn.  Usual  meaning,  not  only 

— but  also  ;  both — and,  &c.  ;  render  here,  either — or. - Asia 

....  relicta.  (525.) - Finibus.  301 ;  F.  B.  634 ;  A.  &  S.  244 ; 

Z.  467. - Civile,  morabatur.  Explain  derivation. 

68.  Fnus  ex.  One  of ;  lit.  one  from. - Multos  proscripse- 

rnnt.  Proscribed  many.  In  the  civil  wars,  Sulla  caused  lists  of 
the  name*  of  those  persons  whom  he  wished  to  have  killed  to  be 
exposed  to  public  inspection.  Those  whose  names  were  on  these 
lists  were  outlawed  or  proscribed,  and  any  one  might  slay  them 
and  claim  a  reward ;  their  property  was  confiscated,  and  their 
descendants  were  excluded  from  all  offices  of  honor  and  trust. 
See  Smith’s  Piet,  of  Gr.  and  R.  Antiquities  ;  also  Schmitz's  Hist. 

25  of  Rome. - Sanguine.  Gender? - Civium.’  Rule  for  geni¬ 
tive  plural  ?  F.  B.  141 ;  A.  &  S.  83,  2 ;  Z.  66.  (6.) - Italicum, 

civile.  Sc.  bellum.  — — -  Sociale  dictum  est.  This  is  the  predicate 

of  the  relative  clause. - Yiros  consularcs.  Men  who  had  been 

consuls,  i.  e.  men  of  consular  rank  or  dignity  =  ex-consuls.  The 
consuls,  it  will  be  remembered,  were  two  in  number,  were  elect- 


ROMAN  HISTORY. 


271 


PAG* 

ed  for  one  year,  and  had  all  the  powers  of  king.  See  23.  and  25 

note  on  consules. - Praetorios.  Those  who  had  been  praetors. 

When  the  office  of  praetor  was  first  instituted,  only  one  was  ap¬ 
pointed,  who  was  to  act  as  a  kind  of  third  consul  with  the  lead¬ 
ing  part  in  the  administration  of  justice  ;  about  a  century  later  a 
second  was  added,  called  praetor  per egrinus,  to  administer  justice 
among  foreigners  and  strangers  resident  at  Rome.  The  number 
of  praetors  was  increased  from  time  to  time,  until  at  the  begin¬ 
ning  of  the  civil  wars  of  Sulla  and  Marius,  it  was  six ;  and  in  the 
dictatorship  of  Sulla  it  was  raised  to  eight.  See  Smith’s  Diet,  of 
G.  and  R.  Antiquities,  and  Schmitz’s  Hist.  Rome. - Aedilitios. 

-  Those  who  had  been  aediles.  The  aediles  (from  aedes )  were  Ro¬ 
man  magistrates  who  had  charge  of  the  public  buildings,  high¬ 
ways,  &c.,  and  acted  as  city  police.  They  were  at  first  two  in 

number,  afterwards  more.  See  Smith’s  Diet. -  Senatores. 

The  Roman  senate  (from  senex )  was  regarded  as  a  body  of  elders 
or  fathers  (patres).  The  number  was  at  first  100  (see  12),  then 
200  (see  17),  and  finally  300,  which  continued  to  be  the  number 
until  the  time  of  the  civil  wars  between  Sulla  and  Marius.  The 
number  was  then  increased  to  500  or  600  by  the  election  of  a 
large  body  of  Roman  knights.  See  Smith’s  Diet. 

69.  L.  Licinio  Lucnllo  ....  consulibus.  (532) ;  460 ;  A.  &  S. 

257,  R.  7. - Popalnm  ....  lieredem.  229 ;  A.  &  S.  230 ;  Z. 

394. - Halraere.  What  other  ending  for  the  third  plural  of 

the  perfect  active  ? - Victus.  (525.) - Ut .  .  .  .  invaderet. 

(541.)  Why  is  invaderet  in  the  subjunctive  and  why  in  the  im¬ 
perfect?  380. - Ipse  earn.  To  whom  do  these  pronouns  re¬ 
fer  ? - Fame  consumptum.  After  he  had  been  reduced  by  fam¬ 

ine.  See  525. 

70.  Novum  in  Italia  helium.  Observe  position  of  the  phrase,  20 
in  Italia.  Is  this  a  modifier  of  the  subject  or  of  the  predicate  ? 

- Gladiatores.  Gladiators  were  men  who  fought  for  the  amuse¬ 
ment  of  the  Roman  people.  They  consisted  mostly  of  prisoners, 
slaves,  and  malefactors ;  they  were  trained  in  the  skilful  use  of 
weapons  at  schools  established  for  the  purpose  ( ludo  gladiatorio). 

- Capuae.  At  Capua. - Hannibal.  Subject  of  movit  un¬ 
derstood.  - Contraxerunt.  From  contrdho  :  explain  formation 

of  second  root.  F.  B.  208. - Proconsulc.  The  proconsul,  as  the 

name  implies,  was  one  who  acted  with  the  power  of  a  consul. 


272 


NOTES. 


PAG* 

26  Those  who  had  been  consuls  ( viri  consulates )  were  often  allowed 

to  assume  the  government  of  provinces,  and  to  exercise  in  these 
provinces  all  the  powers  of  a  consul ;  they  were  then  called  pro- 
consuls.  - Italiae.  Is  this  genitive  objective  or  attributive  ?  188. 

71.  Superatnm.  (530.) - Eidem.  254,  R. ;  A.  &  S.  224,  R. 

2.  Eidem ,  of  course,  stands  for  Mithridati. - Susceptus  .  .  .  . 

a  Tigrane.  Mithridates,  after  he  was  defeated  by  Lucullus,  fled 
to  Armenia,  and  sought  refuge  in  the  dominions  of  Tigranes,  his 

son-in-law. - Hnjns.  This  refers  to  Tigranes. - Tigrano- 

certa.  This  in  the  Armenian  tongue  means  the  city  of  Tigranes  ; 

it  was  built  by  Tigranes,  and  was  the  capital  of  Armenia. - 

Venicntem.  (524.) - Vicit.  Form  second  root.  F.  R.  219, 1,  b. 

- Ita  ....  ut ...  .  deleret.  (547) ;  422,  R.  1. - Deleret. 

Form  second  root.  F.  B.  192  and  foot-note. - Superatnm,  suc¬ 

cessor.  Explain  derivation. 

72.  Per  ilia  tempera.  How  does  this  expression  differ  from 

illo  tempore  ? - Maria.  Give  rule  for  ending  of  nom.  pi.  F. 

B.  127,  Rem. ;  A.  &  S.  82,  exc.  1  and  83  ;  Z.  65. - Ut ....  es* 

set.  (547) ;  422,  R.  1. - Orbe.  Supply  preposition.  Give 

gender  of  orbe ,  stating  what  it  would  have  been  if  it  had  follow¬ 
ed  the  common  rule.  See  Table  of  Gender ,  F.  B.  579 ;  also  A. 

27  &  S.  62,  and  63,  3  ;  Z.  77. - Id  belluin.  This  war,  i.  e.  the 

management  of  it. - Menses.  Give  gender. - Contra  regem. 

This  modifies  helium.  190,  R. - Quo  suscepto.  (525,  571.) 

- Tantnm.  Only. - lYcque.  (567.) - Oansit.  From  hau- 

rio. - Hunc  vitae  finem.  For  the  order  of  these  words,  see 

330,  and  for  their  position  at  the  beginning  of  the  sentence,  see 

335,  Rem. - Indnstriae.  What  other  case  might  be  used? 

441 ;  F.  B.  624 ;  A.  &  S.  211,  R.  6. - Annis.  What  case  more 

common?  277  and  Rem. ;  A.  &  S.  236  ;  Z.  395. 

73.  Ille  se  ei.  What  nouns  are  represented  by  these  pronouns  ? 

- Parte.  254;  A.  &  S.  251;  Z.  460. - Pecunia.  Sum  of 

money. - Quia  . .  tnlerat ;  quod  ....  recepisset.  These  are 

both  causal  clauses  ;  why  then  does  one  take  the  indicative  and 

the  other  the  subjunctive  ?  See  409. - Antiochiae.  299  ;  F. 

B.  632 ;  A.  &  S.  222  ;  Z.  409. - Libcrtate.  Ablative  of  means. 

- Capnt.  Lit.  head  ;  render  capital. - Triumphant!*.  (525.) 

- Praelata.  Sc.  est. - Infinitum*  Neuter  adjective  used 

substantively,  an  immense  amount. 


ROMAN  HISTORY. 


273 


TAOS 

74.  M.  T.  Cicerone _ consuliims.  (532.) - Generis,  ingenii*  28 

What  other  case  might  be  used  ?  441. - Ad  delendam  patriam. 

(523.) - Quidem.  Indeed,  or  it  is  true. - Claris  sed  andacibns. 

440,  2.  Audacibus  is  used  in  a  bad  sense. - Urbe.  289,  R.  2 ; 

F.  B.  681,  R.  2 ;  A.  &  S.  242. 

75.  Anno  urbis  conditae.  See  note  on  first  line,  67. - Con¬ 
sul.  201,203. - Vincendo.  Gerund;  abl.  of  means.  465;  F. 

B.  696,  2 ;  A.  &  S.  275,  HI.  R.  4 ;  Z.  667. - Annis.  See  note  on 

annis,  72. - Omnem  Galliam,  quae,  <fcc.  Not  all  Gaul,  but  that 

portion  which  is  bounded  as  described. - Ne  nomen  quidem. 

Not  even  the  name.  (568.) 

7 6.  Contra  omina  et  anspicia.  It  was  deemed  by  the  ancient 
Romans  the  height  of  folly  to  engage  battle,  or  to  undertake  any 

important  enterprise,  when  the  auspices  were  unfavorable. - 

Reliquiae  exercitus.  The  remnant  of  the  army. - Quaestorem. 

There  were  two  distinct  classes  of  quaestors,  the  one  having 
charge  of  the  public  money,  and  the  other  serving  as  prosecuting 
officers  in  certain  criminal  trials.  See  Smith’s  Diet. 

77.  Victor.  As  victor. - Rediens.  F.  B.  419  :  A.  &  S.  182.  29 

- Absens.  In  his  absence,  or  even  while  absent. - Cocpit. 

Give  parts  in  use.  A.  &  S.  183,  2 ;  Z.  221. - Poscere.  Explain 

formation  of  second  root.  F.  B.  222. - Quern  quum  ....  de- 

ferrent,  contradictum  est,  <fcc.  When  some  would  confer  this  upon 

him,  <fcc.,  opposition  (or  objection )  was  made ,  &c. - Dimissis  ex- 

crcitibus  ....  redire.  Having  dismissed  his  army,  to  return  ;  or 

to  dismiss  his  army  and  return.  (525,  530.) - Dictatorem.  229. 

See  also  note  on  dictatoris,  36,  line  2. 

78.  Inde.  Thence,  i.  e.  from  Rome. - Hispanias.  Spain. 

The  plural  is  often  used,  as  the  country  was  divided  into  two 
parts,  viz.  citerior,  on  this  side  of  the  Ebro,  i.  e.  on  the  side  to¬ 
ward  Rome,  and  ulterior,  beyond  the  Ebro. - Nocte  interveni- 

ente.  (525  or  526.) - Nec .  .  .  .  superari.  This  entire  clause 

is  the  object  of  dixit.  374. - Nec.  (567.) - Vinccre.  This 

is  the  object  of  scire  ;  Caesar  said  that  Pompey  did  not  know 

(what?)  to  conquer,  or  how  to  conquer. - Ingentibus  ....  com- 

missis.  With  great  forces  engaged  on  both  sides. - Pugnatum 

est.  i The  battle  was  fought. - Fugatus.  (525.) - Ut .  .  .  . 

acciperet.  385,  386 ;  F.  B.  692,  1  ;  A.  &  S.  262 ;  Z.  531. - 

Tutor ....  datus  fuerat.  229,  230. - Quo  conspecto.  On  see- 

12* 


274 


NOTES. 


PAGE 

S89  ing  this.  (525,  571.) - Fudisse.  Explain  formation  of  second 

root.  F.  B.  219,  1,  b. - Generi.  Pompey  had  married  Julia, 

the  daughter  of  Caesar ;  while  she  lived,  she  was,  of  course,  a 
strong  bond  of  union  between  the  two,  but  she  had  died  six 
years  before  the  battle  of  Pharsalia. 

30  79.  Qua  de  causa.  For  order  of  words,  see  334,  R.  2. - 

Alexandria.  F.  B.  644,  1 ;  A.  &  S.  245  ;  Z.  465.  — — Insolentius. 
Too  insolently ,  or  too  haughtily.  The  comparative  is  often  best 
rendered  by  too,  instead  of  more. - Conjuratum  est.  A  con¬ 
spiracy  was  formed. - Illius  Bruti.  See  23. - Regibus  expul- 

sis.  After  the  banishment  of  the  Icings.  See  523,  525. - Con- 

fossus  est.  From  confodio. 

80.  Percussoribus.  218,  5  ;  A.  &  S.  223,  Rem.  2 ;  Z.  412. - 

A  Caesaris  partibus  stabat.  Favored  the  party  of  Caesar  (stood 

by  the  party,  &c.) - Hostis  judicatus  est.  229,  230. - Cae- 

sari.  Dative  after  fuerat.  218,  1. - Magister  equitum.  See 

note  on  magistro  equitum,  36. - Vindicaturus.  (529.) - Ex- 

torsit.  From  extorqueo. - Ut ....  daretur.  This  is  the  object 

of  extorsit ;  Caesar  extorted  from  them  (what  ?)  that  the  consul¬ 
ship  should  be  given,  &o.  See  384. - Juvcni.  See  440,  3,  and 

31  441. - Daretur.  For  tense,  see  380. - Proscripsit.  See  note 

on  pro  scrip  serunt,  68. - Per  hos.  By  whom? 

81.  Profecti.  This  is  in  the  plural  to  agree  with  Octavidnus 

et  Antonius. - Secundo.  Sc.  proelio. - Victam  interfecerunt. 

Lit.  they  slew  (them)  being  conquered ;  render,  they  conquered  and 

slew.  See  530. - Hispanias.  See  note  on  this  word  in  78. 

- Gallias.  The  plural  is  used  because  the  Romans  divided  the 

country  into  two  parts,  viz.  Gallia  ulterior  or  Transalpina,  or 
Gaul  beyond  the  Alps  ;  and  Gallia  citerior  or  Cisalpxna,  or  Gaul 
on  this  side  of  the  Alps  ;  i.  e.  on  the  side  toward  Rome. 

82.  Repudiata  sorore.  (525.)  Antony  had  married  Octavia, 

the  sister  of  Octavius. - Uxorem  duxit.  Married,  lit.  lead  as 

wife,  in  allusion  to  the  custom  of  the  bride’s  being  conducted  to 
her  new  home  by  her  husband  and  friends.  See  note  on  nuberCy 

6. - Qui  locus.  The  relative  here  has  only  the  force  of  an 

adjective. - Quam.  This  has  the  force  of  postquam  (after). 

After  designations  of  time,  quam  is  not  unfrequently  thus  used. 

- Ex  eo  inde  tempore.  See  note  on  54,  first  line. - Ante* 

Adverb,  before,  or  previously. 


ROMAN  HISTORY. 


275 


TAOa 

83.  Idem.  Lit.  the  same  ;  idem  may  sometimes  be  best  ren-  32 
dered  by  likewise,  at  the  same  time,  at  once.  Thus  rendered  the 
passage  will  stand,  Nero,  being  at  once  the  step-son,  the  son-in-law, 

and  the  heir  of  Augustus. - Totus.  Here  best  rendered  by 

wholly  ;  thus,  totus  ....  diver sus  —  wholly  unlike. - Ingenio. 

What  other  case  might  be  used  ? - Fingendis  Yirtutibus.  In 

feigning  virtues.  (523.) - Moderata.  Sc.  sunt. - Petulan- 

tiae.  Indirect  object  after  obstitum  (est). - Petulantiae  .... 

Obstitum.  His  petulance  was  somewhat  checked,  &o.  The  two 

negatives,  non  and  nihil,  are  equivalent  to  an  affirmative. - 

Per  speciem  amicitiae*  Under  the  guise  of  friendship. - Regni. 

Genitive  of  the  crime  or  charge  after  suspectum. - Affectati 

....  suspect  am.  Whom  he  suspected  of  aiming  at  the  throne. 

(523.) - Praefecti  praetorii.  The  prefect  (or  commands )  of  the 

praetorian  guards  who  protected  the  person  of  the  emperor. - 

Quum  secessisset.  (549.) 

84.  Germauico.  A.  &  S.  246  ;  Z.  451. - Caligula.  This  name 

is  a  diminutive  from  caliga,  a  kind  of  half-boot  worn  by  the  Ro¬ 
man  soldiery :  this  surname  was  given  to  the  emperor  in  allusion 
to  the  fact  that  from  early  youth  he  had  been  employed  in  mili¬ 
tary  service. - Tiberio.  457  ;  F.  B.  636  ;  A.  &  S.  256  ;  Z.  483.  33 

- Palatio.  Palace  ;  Palatium,  the  Palatine  hill,  was  the  place 

where  the  Roman  emperors  and  the  most  distinguished  citizens 
had  their  residences ;  hence  the  term  palatium  came  to  be  ap¬ 
plied  to  any  royal  mansion  or  palace. 

85.  Ad  ludibrium  reservatus.  When  Caligula  caused  his  own 
brother  to  be  put  tc  death,  he  spared  Claudius  {ad  ludibrium)  to 

make  sport  of  him. - Gestas.  (524.)  Res  gestae  is  a  common 

expression  for  exploits,  achievements,  &c. - Triumpkantem. 

(525.) - Caesar  ipse.  The  emperor  himself. - LacYum  .... 

latus.  Lit.  covered  his  left  side  ;  render,  walked  on  his  left. - 

Hind.  Sc.  fecit. - Tenet  fama.  The  report  is,  that,  <fcc. ;  tenet 

takes  the  following  clause  as  its  object. - Datum.  Sc.  esse. 

86.  Avuncnlo.  F.  B.  632  ;  A.  &  S.  222;  Z.  409. - Se  simi- 

lem.  See  229,  Model,  Rem. - Ad  haec.  This  has  the  force  of 

praeterea,  and  may  be  rendered  moreover,  in  addition  to  these 
things,  &c. - Ausus.  .From  audeo.  (526.) 

87.  Caesar ....  creatus.  Having  been  made  Caesar,  i.  e.  em»  34 
peror 


276 


NOTES. 


MlGH 

34  88.  Eo.  F.  B.  686  ;  A.  &  S.  256  ;  Z.  483. 

89.  Jngulatus.  (530.) 

90.  Obscure  quidem  natus*  Of  obscure  Arth  indeed. - Opti- 

mis  comparandus.  Worthy  to  be  compared  with  the  best.  Optimis 

is  the  indirect  object. - Pecuniae.  A.  &  S.  213;  Z.  436. - 

Ita  ut . .  .  .  auferret*  Yet  so  as  not  to  take  it  from  any  oru  un¬ 
justly. - Earn  null!.  254,  R. ;  A.  &  S.  224,  R.  2. - Aufer* 

rent.  Compounded  of  ab  and  fero  ;  observe  change  in  preposi¬ 
tion.  - Placidissimae  lenitatis.  He  was  a  man  of  the  most  un¬ 
disturbed  lenity. - Ut  qui.  As  being  one  who  ;  it  may  be  ren 

35  dered,  so  much  so,  that. - Accessit.  Was  added. - Egerant. 

Had  acted  or  lived. 

91.  Offensarum.  298;  A  &  S.  213;  Z.  436. - Dicta.  (524.) 

- Triumphavit.  See  note  on  this  word  in  1*7. 

92.  Generis.  Is  this  genitive  objective  or  attributive?  188 

- Qua  antea.  As  before. - Ut  negaret.  (547.) - Quem- 

quam  ....  discedere.  This  clause  is  the  object  of  negaret. - 

Nihil ....  praestitisse.  This  is  the  object  of  recordatus  fuisset. 

93.  Post — quam.  Compound  word  with  its  parts  separated ; 

render,  after. - Biennium.  277,  and  404,  R.  3;  A.  &  S.  253, 

36  R.  1 ;  Z.  395. - Eo  mortuo.  At  his  death. - Ei  mortuo.  To 

him,  when  dead. 

94.  Ipsius.  Domitian  was  the  brother  of  Titus. - Patri. 

This  depends  upon  the  adjective  understood  after  quam. - 

Progressus.  (526.) - Ex  senatu.  Of  the  senate. - Dominum 

se  appellari.  229. - Unam.  Sc.  expeditidnem. - De  Dacis, 

&q.  For  his  victories  over  the  Dacians,  &c. - Solam  lauream. 

The  laurel  branch  only  (i.  e.  merely) ;  victorious  generals  some¬ 
times  carried  a  laurel  branch  to  the  Capitol,  instead  of  celebrat 

ing  a  triumph. - Yespillones.  These  were  the  corpse-bearers 

who  carried  out  the  dead  bodies  of  slaves  and  poor  citizens  at 
night. 

27  95.  Athenas.  In  apposition  with  nomen. - Aquarum  illuYies. 

The  flood. - Sub  quo.  Under  whom,  i.  e.  in  whose  time. - 

Triptolcmo.  He  is  said  to  have  been  the  inventor  of  the  arts  oi 
agriculture,  and  is  represented,  by  the  aid  of  Ceres,  to  have  dis¬ 
tributed  corn  to  the  different  parts  of  the  earth. - Initiorum. 

Lit.  beginnings  ;  render,  mysteries.  These  were  the  mysteries  of 
Ceres,  generally  celebrated  with  great  secrecy,  and  sometimes 


GRECIAN  HISTORY. 


'277 


TAG* 

at  night ;  hence  the  expression  in  the  text,  nodes  initiorum  sa-  37 

crataa - Cui  qunm.  (571.) - Quum  ....  successisset.  (552.) 

This  is  an  adverbial  attributive  clause  denoting  time.  See  397. 

- Astu.  The  city ,  applied  especially  to  Athens. - Quod  ap- 

pellatur.  Lit.  which  it  is  called ;  render,  as  it  is  called. 

96.  Moenibus  ....  sepsisse.  Lit.  to  have  surrounded ,  Ac. ;  the 
meaning  is,  that  he  induced  them  to  live  in  towns  and  be  governed 

by  fixed  laws. - Generis.  Sons-in-law.  These  were  the  sons  of 

Aegyptus,  the  brother  of  Danaus ;  they  are  said  to  have  been 
murdered  by  their  brides  at  the  instigation  of  their  father-in- 
law,  who  suspected  them  of  aspiring  to  the  throne.  One  of  the 
daughters  is  generally  represented  as  having  disobeyed  her  fa¬ 
ther  and  spared  her  husband. - Deductis  colonis,  Ac.  Led  3§ 

colonists  into  the  Peloponnesus ,  and  gave  the  country  its  name. 
(530.) 

97.  Concnssa  est.  From  concutio. - Pulsi.  (526.) - Athe- 

nas.  282. - Acer  belli.  Valiant  in  war.  298. 

98.  Ea  tempestate.  What  other  expression  might  have  been 

•used  ? - Generis  regii.  Lycurgus  was  the  brother  of  Polydec- 

tes  king  of  Sparta. - Airis.  299. - Cujns.  (571) ;  298. - 

Obseqnia  principum.  Submission  to  rulers :  principum  is  the 
objective  genitive.  See  188. - Justitiam  imperiorum.  Lit.  jus¬ 
tice  of,  Ac. ;  render,  just  government  or  administration. - Ft 

.  .  .  .  agerent.  Object-clause,  indirect  object.  See  385. - Nu- 

bere.  See  note  on  viro,  6. - Ft  uxores,  Ac.  That  wives  and 

not  money  might  be  chosen,  i.  e.  that  wives  might  be  selected  for 

their  good  qualities,  and  not  for  their  money. - Quoniam  .... 

videbat.  Causal  clause  ;  why  does  it  take  the  indicative  ?  See 

409. - Jurejurando.  From  jusjurandum,  a  compound  with  39 

both  parts  declined.  See  A.  AS.  91. - Nihil  de  ejus  legibus. 

Hone  of  his  laws. - Priusquam  reverteretur.  A  temporal 

clause. - Consulturum.  (529.) - Quid  ....  videretur.  An 

object-clause. 

99.  Ad  excitandam  ....  virtutem.  (523,  529.) - Auctore 

Iphito*  (532.)  Iphitus  revived  the  Olympic  games,  and  from 
his  time  they  were  celebrated  regularly.  He  was  not,  however, 
strictly  the  founder  of  them,  as  may  be  inferred  from  the  next 

sentence  in  the  text. - Ante — quam  conderetur.  See  400. - 

Septuaginta.  Different  dates  are  assigned  for  this  event ;  some 


278' 


NOTES. 


PAGfK 

39  agreeing  very  nearly  with  the  text  and  others  making  it  half  a 

century  earlier. - Archontes.  The  government  of  Athens,  like 

that  of  Eome,  was  at  first  in  the  hands  of  kings,  but  was  after* 

% 

wards  transferred  to  a  new  set  of  rulers  called  archons.  These 
were  at  first  appointed  for  life  ( perpetui )  ;  then  for  ten  years  (in 
denos  annos ),  and  finally  for  one  year  (annul),  at  which  time 
their  number  was  increased  to  nine. 

100.  Crndcliores  ....  qnam  ....  obscrvari.  Lit.  more  cruel 

40  than  that,  Ac.  ;  render,  too  cruel  to  be  observed. - Munere. 

226;  F.  B.  644;  A.  A  S.  245;  Z.  465. - Agitatos.  (524.) - 

Parem  ini  ret  gratiam.  That  he  secured  equal  favor,  i.  e.  became 
equally  popular. - Dimicatuin  fnerat.  A  contest  had  been  car¬ 
ried  on.  This  verb  is  here  used  impersonally. - Post .... 

acceptas.  After  sustaining  many  losses.  (523.) - Bcllmn  repa- 

randurn.  (523.) - Insulae  xindicandae.  Of  making  good  their 

claim  to  the  island.  (523.) - Quod  vetabatur.  Which  was  for¬ 
bidden,  referring  to  the  renewal  of  the  war. - Insula  Atheni- 

ensium  fieret.  The  island  became  the  property  of  the  Athenians. 

101.  Multis ....  gestis.  (525.) - Pugnae  ....  facerent.  Did 

not  give  him  an  opportunity  of  coming  to  an  engagement. - 

Ponte  Istri.  The  bridge  over  the  Ister,  i.  e.  the  Danube ;  lit.  the 

bridge  of  the  Ister. - Quum  rediissct.  Explain  mood.  402. - 

Hortantibus  amicis.  (526.)  -  Ut .  .  .  .  rcdigeret,  Ac.  This 

41  clause  is  used  as  the  object  of  hortantibus.  See  384. - Causam 

interserens.  Alleging  as  a  reason  ;  here  causam  may  be  regard¬ 
ed  as  the  attributive  accusative,  and  the  rest  of  the  sentence  as 

the  direct  object  of  interserens.  See  229,  374. - Expugnasscnt, 

interfecissent.  The  subjunctive  here  used  in  the  causal  clause 
after  quod  is  explained  by  the  fact  that  this  reason  was  assigned 
by  Darius  and  not  by  the  historian.  See  409. 

102.  Abreptos.  (530.) - In  Campum  Marathona.  Into  the 

plain  of  Marathon. - Atheniensibus  auxilio.  257 ;  F.  B.  651 ; 

A.  A  S.  227  ;  Z.  422. - Quae.  (571.) - Quo  factum  est,  nt. 

The  result  of  which  was,  that.  (572.) - Primo  quoquc  tempore. 

At  the  very  first  opportunity  ;  quisque  ysrith.  primus  often  has  the 
force  of  very,  possible,  Ac. - Sub  montis  radicibns.  At  the  base 

a  mountain. - Etsi ....  videbat.  This  clause  expresses  a 

concession.  See  418. - Numero.  301;  F.  B.  633;  A.  A  S. 

244 ;  Z.  452. - Tanto  plus.  So  much  more. 


GRECIAN  HISTORY. 


279 


p.*gb 

103.  In  ipso  apparatu.  In  the  midst  of  his  very  preparations,  42 
L  e.  while  actually  engaged  in  preparing  for  a  second  invasion. 

- Navium  longarnm.  Ships  of  war ,  called  longae  because  they 

were  built  much  longer  than  the  ships  of  burden  ( onerariarum ). 

- De  adventu.  This  is  an  attributive  modifier  of  fama, — the 

report  of  his  approach.  See  190,  Rem. - Peti.  To  be  aimed 

at. - Consnltum.  Supine  expressing  purpose.  See  F.  B.  676  ; 

A.  &  S.  2V 6,  H. ;  Z.  668,  2. - Respondit.  This  verb  has  the 

clause,  ut ... .  munlrent,  as  object.  See  383,  384. - Id  .... 

valeret.  What  this  answer  meant. - Ut .  .  .  .  conferrent.  This 

clause  is  the  predicate  after  esse ,  as  it  states  what  the  design  was. 

- Salamiua.  Accusative  in  a  in  imitation  of  the  Greek. - 

Majoribus  nattt.  Old  or  aged  men,  elders. - Sacra  proenranda. 

(523,  529.) 

104.  Dlmicari.  This  is  the  true  subject  of  placebat. - Qui 

.  .  .  .  occnparenh  To  take  possession  of,  Ac.  (536.)  See  also  367. 

-  Ducentae.  Sc.  naves.  - Ne .  .  .  .  circumiretur.  Final  43 

clause;  see  367,  R.  2.- — Quo  factum  est,  ut.  (572.) 

105.  Astu.  See  note  on  this  word  in  95. - Themistocles  unus 

restitit.  Themistocles  alone  stood  firm,  objected. - Universos. 

All  together,  united. - Sunimae.  Dative  depending  upon  prae - 

erat.  218,  2. - De  servis  suis,  quem,  Ac.  One  of  his  servants, 

whom ,  Ac. - Suis  verbis.  In  his  words,  i.  e.  in  his  name,  from 

him. - Nuntiaret.  This  verb  has  ei  as  its  indirect  object,  and 

all  the  rest  of  the  sentence  after  verbis  as  its  direct  object.  See 
240,  374. - Hoc  eo  valebat.  The  object  of  this  was. - Barba¬ 
ras.  Xerxes. - Contra.  On  the  contrary,  on  the  other  hand. 

106.  Hie  etsi ....  gesserat.  Although  he  had  fought  an  xmsuc-  44 

cessful  battle.  This  clause  expresses  concession  ;  see  418. - 

Ut .  .  .  .  posset  liostcs.  See  422. - Ab  eodem.  By  the  same  one, 

i.  e.  Themistocles :  eodem,  it  must  be  observed,  does  not  belong 

to  gradu. - Gradu.  From  his  position. - Ne  .  .  .  .  perseve- 

raret.  This  is  the  object  of  verens.  384. - Id  agi.  Lit.  that 

it  was  doing  ;  render,  was  in  contemplation. - In  Hellesponto* 

Over  the  Hellespont. - Altera.  Second. - Post ....  memo- 

riam.  Within  the  recollection  of  man. 

107.  Quam.  —  postquam.  - Duce  Pausania.  (532.) - 

Quo  proelio.  (571.) - Interfectus  est.  Destroyed,  cut  in  pieces. 

- Suo  dactn ....  dedisse.  This  clause  is  in  apposition  with 


280 


NOTES. 


PAGB 

44  sententia. - Victoriac.  This  genitive  depends  upon  ergo ,  which 

45  may  be  regarded  as  a  substantive  in  the  ablative. - Qunmque 

....  nterentur,  This  is  a  causal  clause ;  explain  mood ;  see  409. 
- Id  fieri.  Object  of  vetarent. 

108.  Soeiornm.  Objective  genitive. - Fatigati.  (526.)  — 

Dncibns  Laccdaemoniis.  (532.) - Iuvidentibus.  (524.) - Quo. 

Ablative  after  gravius.  F.  B.  636  ;  A.  &  S.  256  ;  Z.  483. - 

Periclis.  Pericles,  a  distinguished  orator  and  statesman  of  Ath- 

46  ens,  directed  the  counsels  of  his  state  for  many  years. - Quod 

intelligens.  (571.) - Agros  reipublicac  dono.  245 ;  F.  B.  649 ; 

A.  &  S.  227,  R.  1 ;  Z.  422. - Navali  proelio  dimicatum  est.  Lit. 

it  was  fought,  <fcc. ;  render,  a  naval  battle  was  fought. - Non 

nisi.  JVo  more  than,  only. - Ex  sociorum  persona.  In  the  per¬ 

son  of  their  allies  :  these  had  never  concurred  in  the  peace. 

109.  Exorto.  From  exorior.  (524.) - Illi.  To  whom  does 

this  refer  ? - Duces.  Predicate  nominative. - Ut ....  es- 

sent.  (547.)  See  also  422. - Iis  terrori,  quibns  auxilio.  257 

110.  Alcibiades  revocatus  esstt.  Alcibiades  was  accused  of  re¬ 

vealing  the  mysteries  of  Ceres — a  crime  punishable  by  death. 
- Secnndo  Martc  pugnant.  Lit.  they  fight,  Mars  being  propi¬ 
tious  ;  render,  they  fight  successfully. - Urbi.  237,  240. - - 

47  Fracti.  526. - Quum  ....  andivisset.  (549,  550.) - Incli- 

nato.  Sinking,  unfavorable  :  the  figure  is  taken  from  a  building 
just  ready  to  fall. - Tertio.  Sc.  proelio. 

111.  Lacedaemone.  What  construction  would  be  required  with 

the  name  of  a  country  ?  282. - Quo  cognito.  On  ascertaining 

this. - Amissi.  (524.) - Ex  utraque  parte.  On  each  side. 

- Afflictae.  (528.)  It  will  be  observed  that  the  participle 

expressing  concession  here  retains  the  connective  quamvis. - 

Pudore  male  actae  rei.  From  shame  at  his  want  of  success,  or 
bad  management. Rclictas.  (524.) - Partim — partim.  Ei¬ 

ther — or ;  some — other  ;  the  meaning  is,  he  either  took  or  killed, 
or  better,  he  took  some  and  killed  others. 

A8  112.  Alcibiades  cum  duce,  &c.  Alcibiades  was  at  this  time  in 
exile,  having  fled  for  his  life,  when  he  was  recalled  from  his 
command  in  Sicily  and  learned  that  he  was  already  under  sen¬ 
tence  of  death.  See  110,  line  1,  with  note  on  the  same.  —  —  Qnl 

quum.  When  this,  i.  e.  the  senate.  671. - Crudeliter  .  . . 

COnsuleret.  Adopted  cruel  measures  against  the  people ,  acted  cru 


\ 


GRECIAN  HISTORY.  281 

PAGS 

elly  towards  them. - Se  .  .  .  .  reddercnt.  This  entire  clause  is  48 

the  object  of  scripsit. - Qunm  ....  neqnisscnt.  Explain  mood 

and  tense.  402,  380. - Intestino  malo.  The  senate,  the  four 

hundred. - Per  rexi  t.  From  per  go. 

113.  Qnam  plnriinas.  Quam  before  a  superlative  is  intensive, 
and  is  often  best  rendered  by  possible,  as  quam  plurimas,  the 
greatest  possible  number,  as  many  as  possible,  or  sometimes  very 
many. 

114.  Darias.  This  was  Darius  the  Second,  and  of  course  not  49 

the  one  spoken  of  in  101,  102,  103. - Ut ....  mitterent.  Con¬ 
secutive  clause ;  explain  mood  and  tense.  422,  380. - In  ... . 

locnm.  To  take  the  place  of,  to  succeed. 

115.  Navibns.  218,  2  ;  F.  B.  643  ;  A.  &  S.  224,  R.  1. - Proe- 

liis  adverso  Marte  pngnatis.  Lit.  battles  fought,  Mars  being  ad¬ 
verse  ;  render,  having  lost  battles,  or,  having  fought  unsuccessfully. 

- - Pracdatnm.  Supine. - Delevit.  Destroyed  =  put  an  end 

to. - Res  ....  inclinata  est.  The  power  of  the  Athenians  was 

utterly  overthrown.  See  note  on  inclinato,  110. 

116.  Neque.  Not ;  this  is  usually  the  best  translation  of  ne-  50 

que  when  followed  by  et. - Novae.  Sc.  copiae,  stores,  supplies. 

- Quae.  This.  (571.) - Nomen  Atlienicnsinm.  The  Athe¬ 
nian  name  —  the  Athenian  state  or  nation. - Passnros.  What 

is  the  object? - Duobus  ocnlis.  The  two  eyes ;  these  were 

Athens  and  Sparta. - Longi  rnnri  brachia.  Reference  is  here 

made  to  the  long  walls  which  connected  Athens  with  its  ports. 

See  107,  “  PhalerXco  portu,”  “  Piraeei  portus.” 

117.  Dediti.  Devoted  to,  devoted  to  the  interests  of. - Quo  51 

faetnm  est,  nt,  Ac.  (572.) 

118.  Praepositi  a  Lacedacmoniis.  This  is  an  example  of  the 

abridged  clause.  See  440. - Qnod.  This  relative,  it  will  be 

observed,  does  not  agree  with  its  antecedent,  but  with  the  pre¬ 
dicate-nominative  castellum.  See  Lat.  Prose  Comp. - Oppug- 

narc.  Abridged  object  of  sunt  adorti.  See  447. - Jacentem. 

(524  or  525.) - Neminem  ....  spoliavit.  254. - Quorum. 

The  common  construction  requires  the  ablative  with  verbs  of 
plenty  and  want ;  the  genitive  is  occasionally  used. 

119.  Quibus  praefectus  fait.  See  114. - Ad  se  arcessitum  59 

....  vinxit.  Summoned  him  into  his  presence  and  bound ,  Ac. 

See  (530). - Interfecissetj  nisi ....  prohibuisset.  Explain  mood 


282 


NOTES. 


PACK 

52  and  tense.  414,416. - Pararc.  Observe  that  the  subject  ol 

the  infinitive  is  omitted,  being  the  same  as  that  of  the  principal 

verb  coepit.  See  447. - Imprndentins.  Too  imprudently. - 

In  auxilio,  <fcc.  In  the  service  of. - Per  indomitas  nationes 

revertuntnr.  This  remarkable  achievement  is  known  in  history 
as  the  “  Retreat  of  the  Ten  Thousand.” 

120.  Jubet .  .  .  .  discederc.  What  mood  is  generally  used  after 

verbs  of  ordering ,  commanding ,  &c.  ? - Pro  hoste.  As  an  ene¬ 
my.  - Faceret.  Sc.  iter  ;  was  travelling  through. - Cadme- 

am.  This  was  the  citadel  of  Thebes. - Qno  ....  resisterent. 

Explain  the  use  of  quo,  also  mood  and  tense.  386,  380. - 

Laconnm  rebus  studcbant.  Favored  the  interests  of  the  Laconians. 

- Neque  eo  magis*  Lit.  nor  the  more  on  this  account,  i.  e.  still 

they  did  not  restore,  &c. - Liberandae  patriae.  Of  liberating 

his  country.  (523.) - Idem  sentiebant.  Entertained  the  same 

53  opinions,  i.  e.  belonged  to  the  same  party. - Enm.  This  be¬ 
longs  to  diem  above. - Vesperascente  coelo.  At  the  approach  of 

evening. - Pervenit.  Give  the  subject. - Usque  eo.  So  utter¬ 
ly. - Duce  Pelopida.  Under  the  guidance  of  Pelopidas.  (532.) 

121.  Satis  haberent.  Lit.  regarded  it  sufficient ;  render,  were 

satisfied. - Imperator.  When  commander,  or  when  in  command; 

a  noun  in  apposition  being  frequently  the  representative  of  a 
temporal  clause  which  has  been  abridged,  should  sometimes  be 

introduced  in  the  translation  by  when.  See  458. - Inquit. 

Give  object. 

54  122.  Quod.  This  agrees  with  the  predicate-nominative  caput. 

See  note  on  quod,  118. - Ante  eum  natnm*  Before  his  birth. 

(523.) - Effectnm  est.  Give  subject. - Obses  ....  domo. 

How  may  this  abridged  clause  be  filled  out  ?  See  440,  458. 

123.  Robnr  Thessalornm  cquitnm.  The  Thessalian  cavalry  was 
regarded  as  the  best  in  Greece. 

55  124.  dim  destinato.  This  may  be  regarded  as  a  form  abridged 
from  the  relative  clause.  See  440. 

125.  Praedandi.  Gerund,  governed  by  causa;  see  443. - 

Virtute  ....  praestantes.  Abridged  clause  ;  explain ;  440. - 

Antca  infestissimas.  Abridged  clause ;  explain ;  440. - Adver- 

sis  vulneribns.  With  wounds  in  front :  it  was  a  disgrace  to  re¬ 
ceive  a  wound  iif  the  back.  See  same  expression  in  39. - 

Tnenda.  To  defend,  to  be  defended.  (529.) 


GRECIAN  HISTORY. 


283 


PA6> 

126.  Quantum  ....  fuit.  Lit.  as  much  as  was  in  him  ;  render,  56 

as  far  as  was  in  his  power. - Ad  formandum  ....  statnrn.  See 

451. - Dubinin  erat.  This  is  the  predicate  affirmed  of  the  fol¬ 

lowing  clause  as  subject. 

127.  Ad  ludos  spcctandos.  To  witness  the  games.  (529.)  See 

also  451. - Attain.  One  of  Philip’s  generals. - Honor atum 

. . .  adversarium.  See  449. - Poterat.  So.  exigere. 

128.  Yineendi.  442. - Hie — ille.  When  hie  and  ille  are  57 

thus  used  in  reference  to  two  persons  or  objects  just  mentioned, 

hie  usually  refers  to  the  latter  and  ille  to  the  former. - Gan- 

dere.  This  is  an  instance  of  what  is  called  the  historical  infini¬ 
tive,  and  should  be  rendered  by  the  imperfect  indicative.  A.  A 
S.  209,  R.  5 ;  Z.  599,  N.  Several  other  examples  of  the  histori¬ 
cal  infinitive  occur  in  this  paragraph. - Amari.  This  depends 

upon  malle. - Parcendi.  298,  448. - Yictis.  Participle  used 

substantively  and  governed  by  parcendi.  218. - Nec.  (567.) 

129.  Proficiscens.  (525.) - Opes.  Object  of  cogitdbant  un¬ 

derstood  ;  construed  literally  the  passage  would  read  thus  :  they 
thought  of  nothing  if  not  the  riches,  i.  e.  if  they  did  not  thinJc  of  the 

riches,  Ac. ;  render,  they  thought  of  nothing  except  the,  Ac. - 

Invitae.  Best  rendered  by  the  adv.  unwillingly.  58 

130.  In  exercitu  ....  duae.  Observe  that  the  copulative  con¬ 
nectives  between  the  several  subjects  are  omitted.  487. - 

Electos.  See  449. 

131.  Caeso  rege.  Lit.  by  the  king  slain  ;  render,  by  slaying  the 

king.  (523.) - Confossi,  efferati.  (526.) - Ad  lioc  ipsum.  59 

For.  this  very  purpose. 

132.  Mace  donum  erat.  Was  the  property  of  the  Macedonians  ; 

erat  agrees  with  Phoenice,  and  is  understood  after  Syria. - 

Sibi ....  impedimento.  257  ;  A.  A  S.  227  ;  Z.  422. - Occisos. 

(530.) - Exceptis.  This  agrees  with  the  omitted  antecedent  60 

of  qui. - His ....  nuntiatis.  This  ablative  absolute  is  an 

abridged  concessive  clause.  (528.)  See  also  458. - Opem  a 

diis,  Ac.  To  seek  aid  from  the  gods,  i.  e.  by  taking  refuge  in  their 

temples. - Quantumque  ....  sit.  Subject  of  potest. - Truci- 

dati  sunt.  Observe  that  the  participle  does  not  agree  in  gender 
with  the  subject  millia,  but  with  viri  or  homines  implied  in  that 
subject.  „ 

133.  Aegyptii ....  perterriti.  This  is  a  compound  sentence 


284 


NOTES. 


PAGE 

60  consisting  of  two  members,  each  of  which  is  an  abridged  com¬ 
plex  sentence. - Ventuin  est.  Impersonal  verb. - Consecra- 

tam  deo,  undique  ....  contectam.  Abridged  attributive  clauses 
limiting  sedem.  See  440. - Maximus  natn.  The  eldest - 

61  Destinaret.  Explain  mood  and  tense.  379,  380. - Aeque .... 

compositus.  Abridged  clause ;  explain. -  Colendi.  Gerund, 

depending  upon  auctor.  443. 

134.  Principes.  In  apposition  with  legatos.  440. - Neque. 

(567.) - JVeque  ....  Halym.  In  the  previous  offers  of  Darius, 

this  river  was  designated  to  be  made  the  boundary  of  Alexan¬ 
der’s  dominions. - Inquit*  What  is  the  direct  object  of  this 

verb  ? 

62  135.  Non  alias*  On  no  other  occasion. - Altior.  Unusually 

deep. - Nec  aut  Persae  aut  Macedones,  <fcc.  Compound  sen¬ 
tence  abridged;  subjects  united;  482. - Cedere,  laxare.  His¬ 

torical  infinitives ;  see  note  on  gaudere ,  128. 

136.  Recuperandae  iibertatis.  (523.) - Quem.  (571.) - 

Dux  ....  relictus.  Abridged  relative  clause.  440. - Dantes. 

449. 

63  137.  Bacchantium  more.  The  votaries  of  Bacchus  at  their 
feasts  indulged  in  various  boisterous  revels. 

138.  Faceret.  Sc.  ut. - Ostendere.  Historical  infinitive ; 

see  note  on  gaudere,  128. - Alius — alius.  One — another. 

64  139.  Revertenti.  To  him  on  his  return ,  or  on  his  way  home. 

- Carthaginiensinm  ....  Sardiniae,  <fcc.  Compound  attribu¬ 
tive  modifier  of  legationes. - Non  null  as.  Sc.  legatidnes. - 

Totus.  Best  rendered  adverbially,  utterly ,  entirely. - Inter 

bibendum.  While  drinking  ;  an  abridged  temporal  clause.  464. 

140.  Aeacidarum.  Alexander  was,  by  his  mother,  a  lineal  de¬ 
scendant  of  Aeacus  the  grandfather  of  Achilles. - Dignissimnm. 

Adjective  used  substantively;  object  of  facVre  understood. - 

65  Judicio.  By  a  tacit  decision ,  opposed  to  voce. - Eleetus  esse. 

436. 

141.  Quo  die.  The  day  in  which  ;  the  relative  here  must  not 

be  rendered  according  to  571. - Alterius — alterins.  The  one— 

the  other  ;  sc.  victoriae. - Quadrigas.  Chariots  and  horses  were 

often  sent  to  the  Olympic  games  to  contend  for  prizes. - Pner. 

When  a  boy. - Tautam  ....  fiduciam  fecit.  He  inspired  his, 

soldiers  with  such  confidence 


GRECIAN  HISTORY. 


285 


PAGE 

142.  Appellant,  legunt  et  jubent.  Compound  sentence  abridg-  65 

ed  by  uniting  predicates.  486. - His  .  dednccrc.  This  66 

compound  sentence  should  be  carefully  examined.  It  consists  of 
four  complex  members,  having  the  abridged  subordinate  clause, 

his  ita  compositis,  common  to  each,  with  principal  clauses  as  fol¬ 
lows  ;  viz.,  the  first  an  abridged  compound  with  objects  ( Macedo - 
niae  et  Gtraeciae)  united ;  the  second  simple ;  the  third  abridged 
compound  with  objects  ( Meledgro  et  Perdiccae )  united,  and  also 
with  modifiers  of  subject  (castrorum  et  exercitus)  united ;  and  the 
fourth  complex. - Lustratione.  This  was  a  review  accompa¬ 

nied  with  expiatory  sacrifices. 

143.  In  dnas  partes.  The  disputes  of  Perdiccas  and  Antigonus 

resulted  in  the  formation  of  two  hostile  parties. - Victoriae. 

This  depends  upon  gloria  understood. - Familiam.  Retinue  of 

attendants  or  slaves. - Dicens.  Explain  direct  object. 

144.  Iterato,  adv.  ==  iterum.  Again ,  a  second  time. - Con-  6*7 

greditnr  et .  .  .  .  refugit.  Compound  predicate. - Cassander  et 

Lysimachns.  Compound  subject. 

145.  Dncibns  Spartanis*  Under  the  guidance  of  the  Spartans. 

(532.) - Quod  ....  occnpassent.  This  is  the  alleged  cause,  and 

accordingly  depends  upon  praetendentes. 

146.  Hortante  ....  successu.  Lit.  success  prompting  them ;  68 

render,  encouraged  or  prompted  by  their  success. - Alii — alii. 

Some — others. - Ut .  .  .  .  mercarentnr.  Consecutive  clause  ; 

see  421,  422.. - ]Yon  lacessiti.  Without  being  attached.  (531.) 

147.  Delplios.  282. - Mnnera.  Observe  the  various  modi¬ 

fiers  of  this  subject. Magnificcntia  sna.  By  their  magnifi¬ 
cence  ;  abl.  of  means. Voluntatem  et .  .  .  .  responsa.  Com¬ 
pound  object. 

148.  Statnas  cnm  qnadrigis.  These  were  the  statues  of  those 
who  had  won  prizes  in  the  chariot  races  at  the  Pythian  games. 

- Solido  . . .  .  esse.  That  they  ivere  cast  from  solid  gold. - 

Spei.  This  depends  upon  plus. - Diis  antesignanis.  With  the  69 

gods  as  their  champions  or  leaders. - Nee.  Not. - Imbres 

.  .  .  et  pervigiliae.  Compound  subject. 

149.  Salntis  latebras.  A  place  of  safety. 

150.  Philopator.  This  surname  from  its  composition  means  TO 

the  lover  of  a  father ,  and  was  given  to  Ptolemy  in  irony,  as  he 
had  murdered  both  his  parents. - Actate  immatnra.  441, - 


286 


NOTES. 


TAG* 

70  Quo  ....  imbntum.  Allusion  is  here  made  to  the  oath  of  eter¬ 
nal  enmity  to  the  Romans  which  his  father  is  said  to  have  made 
him  take  when  a  boy. 

151.  Nec.  Not. - Apnd  Cynoscephalas.  Compare  57. - 

Repudiata ....  pace.  458. 

71  152.  Invisus.  See  448. - Criminari.  Sc.  coepit. - Nunc 

— lmnc.  At  one  time — at  another. 

153.  Occiso  ....  aemnlo.  This  abridged  clause,  it  will  be  ob¬ 
served,  is  compound. - Nec.  (567.) - Contracto.  Attribu¬ 

tive  clause  abridged.  440. 

154.  Blacedonicum  helium.  Compare  account  in  59. - De¬ 

dissent.  They  had  given ,  i.  e.  he  said  they  had  given  ;  hence  the 
subjunctive.  426. - Extra  ordinem.  The  ordinary  method  oi 

72  distributing  the  provinces  was  by  lot. - Defecit.  Was  eclipsed. 

- Talentum.  Genitive  plural;  see  A.  &  S.  53. - Alexandre 

et  Philippo.  Compound  attributive  modifier  abridged. 

155.  Tunc  temporis.  At  that  time ;  it  is  equivalent  to  illo 

temporis,  or  id  temporis. - Consplrationem  universarum.  The 

union  of  all. - Responsum  est.  The  reply  was  made. - Ad 

inspiciendas  res.  451. - Ft ... .  dissolverent.  This  clause 

may  be  treated  as  the  subject  of  mandatum  est. 

73  156.  Pugnandi ....  fecit.  Offered  the  enemy  battle. - Frbs 

Corinthus  diruitur.  Compare  account  in  62. - Sub  corona 

venditnr.  Are  sold  as  slaves  :  some  suppose  that  sub  corona  im¬ 
plies  that  a  wreath  was  placed  upon  the  head  of  the  prisoner 
when  offered  for  sale ;  and  others  that  it  merely  refers  to  the 
ring  (corona)  of  soldiers  by  whom  he  was  guarded. 


LATIN -ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


fW  For  proper  names  the  pupil  is  referred  to  the  Hist,  and  Geog.  Index. 


A. 

A.  An  abbreviation  of  Aulus. 

A ,  ab,  abs,  prep,  with  abl.  From, 
by.  < 

Abduco  (ab,  dnco),  ere ,  duxi,  duc- 
tum.  To  lead  away,  take  away, 
remove. 

Abeo  (ab,  eo),  ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum. 
To  go  away,  depart,  withdraw 
from. 

Abjicio  (ab,  jacio),  ere,jeci,  jectum. 
To  throw  away,  throw,  reject; 
prostrate,  humble. 

Aboleo ,  ere ,  evi,  itum.  To  blot 
out,  efface;  ruin,  destroy. 

Abripio  (ab,  rapio),  ere,  ripui,  rep- 
tum.  To  take  away,  carry  off. 

Abrumpo  (ab,  rumpo),  ere ,  rupi, 
ruptum.  To  break  off  or  away, 
rend,  sever. 

Absens  (part,  of  absum),  tis.  Ab¬ 
sent. 

Abstineo  (abs,  teneo),  ere,  tinui, 
tentum.  To  keep  or  hold  back, 
abstain  from. 

Absum  (ab,  sum),  esse,  fui ,  futu- 
rus.  To  be  absent  or  away,  to 
be  distant  from. 

Absumo  (ab,  sumo),  ere ,  sumpsi, 
sumptum.  To  take  from  or 
away;  destroy,  consume. 


Abundo  (ab,  undo),  are,  avi,  atum. 
To  abound,  superabound. 

Ac  (a  shortened  form  of  atque, 
used  only  before  consonants). 
And. 

Accedo  (ad,  cedo),  ere,  cessi,  cessum. 
To  approach,  accede  to ;  be 
added  to. 

Accendo  (ad,  candeo),  ere,  cendi, 
censum.  To  set  on  fire,  kindle ; 
to  excite,  inflame. 

Acceptus  (accipio),  a,  um.  Accept¬ 
ed  ;  acceptable,  pleasing. 

Accipio  (ad,  capio),  ere,  cepi,  cep- 
turn.  To  accept,  receive. 

Accurro  (ad,  curro),  ere ,  curri  (cu- 
curri  rare),  cursum.  To  run  to, 
hasten,  to. 

Accuso  (ad,  causa),  are,  avi,  atum. 
To  call  to  account,  to  accuse. 

Acer,  acris ,  acre.  Sharp  ;  power¬ 
ful,  severe,  valiant ;  diligent,  in¬ 
tense. 

Acies,  ei,  f.  The  order  of  battle, 
battle-array ;  line  of  soldiers  ; 
army  in  battle-array. 

Acquiesco  ( adquiesco  from  ad,  qui- 
esco ),  ere,  evi,  etum.  To  become 
quiet,  to  repose ;  to  acquiesce 
in. 

Acriter  (acer).  Vehemently,  val¬ 
iantly. 


288 


L  ATIN-EN GLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Acuo ,  ere ,  ui,  utum.  To  sharpen, 
quicken;  stimulate. 

Ad,  prep,  with  ace.  To,  towards ; 
at,  near. 

Addo  (ad,  do),  ere,  didi,  ditum. 
To  add,  carry  to,  appoint  to. 

Adduco  (ad,  duco),  ere,  duxi,  duc- 
tum.  To  lead  to,  conduct,  bring, 
induce. 

Adeo  (ad,  eo),  adv.  So,  to  such 
an  extent. 

Adeo  (ad,  eo),  Ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum. 
To  go  to,  approach,  visit;  en¬ 
counter. 

Adhuc,  adv.  Thus  far,  as  yet, 
even  yet ;  still. 

Adimo  (ad,  emo),  ere,  emi,  emptum. 
To  take  from,  deprive  of. 

Adipiscor,  ci,  adeptus  sum,  dep. 
To  obtain,  get  possession  of. 

Adjicio  (ad,  jacio),  ere,  jeci,  jectum. 
To  throw  or  cast  to  or  against, 
add  to. 

Adjungo  (ad,  jungo),  ere,  junxi, 
junctum .  To  join  to,  unite  with. 

Administro  (ad,  ministro),  are, 
avi,  atum.  To  administer,  man¬ 
age. 

Admiratio  (admlror),  dnis,  f.  Ad¬ 
miration,  respect. 

Admlror  (ad,  miror),  ari,  admir Si¬ 
tus  sum,  dep.  To  admire,  won¬ 
der  at. 

Admitto  (ad,  mitto),  ere,  misi,  mis- 
sum.  To  send  to  or  forward,  to 
admit,  receive. 

Admodum  (ad,  modus),  adv.  Very, 
exceedingly. 

Admonitus,  us,  m.  Warning,  ad¬ 
vice;  instigation. 

Admoveo  (ad,  moveo),  ere,  movi, 
motum.  To  move  to,  apply  to, 
bring  to. 

Adolescens  (adolesco),  entis,  adj. 
and  subs.,  m.  and  f.  Young, 
growing ;  a  young  man,  a  youth. 

Aaolescentulus  (adolescens),  i,  m. 
A  very  young  man,  a  youth. 

Adolesco,  ere,  evi  ( ui  rare),  ultum. 
To  grow,  grow  up,  increase. 


Adopto,  are ,  avi,  atum.  To  choose, 
adopt;  take  for  a  son,  daugh¬ 
ter,  <fcc. 

Adorior  (ad,  orior),  Iri,  ortus  sum. 
dep.  To  attack,  attempt,  strive 
begin. 

Adorno,  are,  avi,  cUum.  To  adorn, 
furnish,  equip. 

Adsto,  or  asto  (ad,  sto),  are,  stXti. 
To  stand  near,  stand  by. 

Adsum  (ad,  sum),  esse,  fui,  futu - 
rus.  To  be  present  or  at  hand, 
assist,  stand  by. 

Adulatio,  onis,  f.  Adulation,  flat¬ 
tery, 

Advectus  (part,  from  adveho ),  a , 
um.  Brought,  carried  to. 

Adveho  (ad,  veho),  ere,  vexi,  vectum. 
To  conduct,  convey,  import. 

Advenio  (ad,  venio),  Ire,  veni,  ven - 
turn.  To  come  to,  arrive. 

Adventus  (advenio),  us,  m.  Arri¬ 
val,  approach. 

Adversarius,  a,  um,  adj.  Oppo¬ 
site,  opposing. 

Adversarius,  i,  m.  subst.  Adver¬ 
sary,  opponent,  antagonist. 

Adversus  (adverto),  a,  um.  Oppo¬ 
site,  over  against,  adverse,  hos¬ 
tile  ;  fronting,  in  front. 

Adversus,  or  adversum  (adverto), 
adv.  and  prep.  Against,  to¬ 
wards,  opposite  to. 

Aedes,  or  aedis,  is,  f.  Temple  in 
the  sing. ;  but  in  the  plur.  dwell¬ 
ing,  habitation,  house. 

Aedifico  (aedes,  facio),  are,  avi, 
atum.  To  build. 

Aedilitius,  or  aedilicius  (aedes),*  a, 
um.  Pertaining  to  the  aediles : 
aedilitius,  i,  m.,  one  whohas  been 
aedile.  The  aediles  were  Roman 
magistrates  who  had  charge  of 
the  public  buildings,  highways, 
&c.,  and  acted  as  city  police. 

Aegritudo,  inis,  f.  Affliction,  an 
guish ;  care,  uneasiness. 

Aemulus,  a,  um.  Emulous  ;  often 
used  substantively  as  rival,  com¬ 
petitor. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


289 


Aeneus,  a,  um.  Brazen. 

Aequaliter.  Equally. 

Aeque  (aequus).  Equally,  simi¬ 
larly. 

Aequipdro  (aeque,  paro),  are,  avi, 
atum.  To  equal,  make  equal. 

Aequitas  (aequus),  atis,  f.  Equal¬ 
ity,  equity. 

Aequus,  a,  um.  Equal,  similar ; 
just,  fair ;  favorable,  propitious. 

Aestas,  atis,  f.  Summer. 

Aestimatio  (aestimo),  dnis,  f.  Esti¬ 
mation,  worth. 

Aestimo,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  value, 
estimate :  parvi  aestimdre,  to 
think  little  of,  esteem  lightly. 

A  etas,  atis,  f.  Age,  time  of  life. 

Aeternitas,  atis,  f.  Eternity,  per¬ 
petuity. 

Affect  atus  (part,  from  affecto),  a, 
um.  Desired,  aimed  at. 

Affecto,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  desire, 
aim  at,  strive  after. 

Affero  (ad,  fero),  ferre,  attuli, 
allatum.  To  bring,  carry  to, 
report. 

Affigo,  ere,  jixi,  fixum.  To  affix, 
fasten  to. 

Affirmo,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  affirm, 
confirm,  ratify. 

Afflictus  (part,  from  affigo),  a,  um. 
Afflicted,  troubled,  prostrated. 

Affigo,  ere,  flixi,  jiictum.  To  af¬ 
flict,  trouble,  overthrow. 

Africus  (sc.  ventus),  i,  m.  The 
south-west  wind,  i.  e.,  the  wind 
from  Africa.  v 

Ager,  agri ,  m.  Field,  land,  terri¬ 
tory. 

Aggredior,  i,  gressus  sum.  To  ap¬ 
proach,  attack,  attempt. 

Agitdtus  (part,  from  agito),  a,  um. 
Agitated,  troubled. 

Agito,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  harass, 
trouble,  think  of. 

Agmen,  inis,  n.  An  army,  gener¬ 
ally  on  the  march,  band  of  sol¬ 
diers,  troop. 

Agnosco,  ere,  novi,  nitum.  To 
recognize. 


Ago,  ere ,  egi,  actum.  To  conduct, 
drive,  do,  act,  execute :  annum 
vicesimum  agere,  to  be  in  his  (or 
her)  twentieth  year. 

Agricultura  (ager,  colo),  ae,  f. 
Agriculture. 

Aio,  ais,  ait,  Ac.  defect,  (see 
A.  A  S.  183,  4).  To  say,  affirm. 

Ala,  ae,  f.  Wing. 

Alacer,  cris,  ere.  Active,  prompt ; 
joyful. 

Albus,  a,  um.  White. 

Alias.  Otherwise,  at  another 
time ;  non  alias,  on  no  other  oc¬ 
casion. 

Alienus  (alius),  a,  um.  Belonging 
to  another,  foreign ;  unfavor¬ 
able. 

Aliquando.  At  some  time,  for¬ 
merly,  finally,  now  at  last. 

Aliquantum,  adv.  Somewhat,  in 
some  degree. 

Aliquis  (alius,  quis),  qua,  quod, 
and  quid.  Some  one,  some. 

Aliquot,  indecl.  pi.  adj.  Several, 
some. 

Aliter  (alius),  adv.  Otherwise. 

Alius,  a,  ud  (gen.  alius,  Ac. ;  see 
F.  B.  113,  R.).  Other,  another; 
alius — alius,  one — another;  alii 
— alii,  some — others. 

Alloquor  (ad,  loquor),  i,  quutus  or 
cutus  sum,  dep.  To  speak  to, 
address. 

Alo,  ere,  alia,  alitum  or  altum.  To 
support,  keep,  nourish,  strength¬ 
en. 

Alte  (altus),  adv.  On  high,  high 

Alter,  era,  erum  (gen.  alterius,  Ac. ; 
F.  B.  113.  R.).  One  of  two,  the 
other ;  alter — alter,  the  one — 
the  other ;  alter  as  numeral  = 
second. 

Altus,  a,  um.  High,  noble,  great 
deep,  profound ;  altum  substan¬ 
tively,  the  sea,  the  deep. 

Amabilis  (amo),  e.  Lovely,  amia¬ 
ble. 

Ambio,  ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum.  To  sur¬ 
round,  encompass. 


18 


290 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Ambo,  ae,  o.  Both. 

Amicitia  (amicus),  ae,  f.  Friend¬ 
ship. 

Amicus,  i,  m.  A  friend. 

Amicus,  a,  um.  Friendly,  kind. 

Amita,  ae,  f.  A  father’s  sister, 
paternal  aunt. 

Amitto  (a,  mitto),  ere,  mlsi,  mis- 
sum.  To  send  away,  to  lose. 

Amnis,  is,  m.  River. 

Amo,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  love. 

Amor  (amo),  oris,  m.  Love,  affec¬ 
tion,  desire. 

Amphithedtrum,  i,  n.  Amphithe¬ 
atre,  in  Rome  a  circular  or  oval 
building  used  for  public  specta¬ 
cles. 

Amplio  (amplus),  are ,  dvi,  dtum. 
To  enlarge. 

Amplius  (comp,  of  ample),  adv. 
More,  further. 

Amplus,  a,  um.  Ample,  spacious, 
large. 

An,  interrog.  particle.  Or,  wheth¬ 
er. 

Anceps,  ancipitis.  Twofold,  dou¬ 
ble. 

Angustia  (angustus),  ae,  f.,  used 
mostly  in  pi.  Narrow  pass, 
difficulty. 

Angustus,  a,  um.  Narrow,  con¬ 
fined. 

Anima,  ae,  f.  Breath,  life. 

Animadverto  (animus,  adverto), 
ere ,  ti,  sum.  To  notice,  observe, 
perceive. 

Animus,  i,  m.  Mind,  soul,  cour¬ 
age. 

Annulus,  or  anulus,  i,  m.  Ring. 

Annus,  i,  m.  Year. 

Annuus  (annus),  a,  um.  Lasting 
a  year,  for  a  year,  annual. 

Ante,  adv.  and  prep.  Before  in 
respect  to  place  or  time,  formerly. 

Antea.  Formerly. 

Antesigndnus  (ante,  signum),  i,  m. 
Leader,  commander. 

Antiquitas  (antlquus),  dtis,  f.  An¬ 
tiquity. 

Antlquus,  a  um.  Ancient,  early. 


Antistes,  itis,  m.  and  f.  Presi¬ 
dent  ;  priest,  priestess. 

Anxietas ,  dtis,  f.  Anxiety,  solici¬ 
tude. 

Aperte.  Openly,  publicly. 

Apparatus,  us,  m.  Preparation, 
equipment. 

Apparatus,  a,  um.  Prepared, 
ready,  equipped. 

Appellatio  (appello),  onis,  f.  Name, 
title. 

Appello,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  call, 
name. 

Appello  (ad,  pello),  ere,  puli,  pul- 
sum.  To  drive  to,  bring  to,  in¬ 
duce. 

Appropinquo,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To 
approach. 

Apud,  prep,  with  acc.  At,  near, 
among. 

Aqua,  ae,  f.  Water. 

Aquila,  ae,  f.  Eagle. 

Ara,  ae,  f.  Altar. 

Arbitror,  ari,  dtus  sum,  dep.  To 
think,  judge. 

Arcesso,  ere,  ivi,  Itum.  To  call,  in¬ 
vite  ;  summon. 

Archon,  tis,  m.  The  chief  magis¬ 
trate  at  Athens,  archon. 

Ardeo,  ere,  arsi,  arsum.  To  be  on 
fire,  burn. 

Ardesco,  ere,  arsi.  To  take  fire, 
kindle. 

Argenteus  (argentum),  a,  um. 
Made  of  silver. 

Argentum ,  i,  n.  Silver. 

Argumentum,  i,  n.  Argument, 
sign,  mark. 

Argyraspis,  idis,  adj.  Armed  with 
silver  shields,  a  title  applied  to 
a  company  of  Macedonian  sol¬ 
diers  who  had  silver  shields. 

Arma,  drum,  n.  pi.  Arms,  force 
of  arms. 

Armdtus  (anno),  a,  um.  Armed. 

Armilla,  ae,  f.  Bracelet. 

Armo  (arma),  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To 
arm. 

Arrogans,  tis.  Proud,  arrogant 

Ars,  tis,  f.  Art;  skill 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


291 


Arx,  arcis,  f.  Citadel. 

Aspis,  idis,  f.  Asp. 

Asporto,  are ,  dvi,  dtum.  To  bear 
or  carry  away. 

Asseveratio,  onis,  f.  Declaration, 
assertion. 

Assiduus,  a ,  um.  Assiduous ;  fre¬ 
quent;  continual,  incessant. 

Assigno ,  are]  dvi,  dtum.  Assign, 
bestow. 

Asto,  are ,  stiti.  To  stand  near  or 

by* 

Astu,  n.  indecl.  A  city,  generally 
applied  to  Athens. 

Asylum ,  i,  n.  Asylum,  place  of 
refuge. 

At,  conj.  But,  yet. 

Atque,  conj.  And,  and  also,  and 
besides  ;  atque — atque ,  both — 
and. 

Attingo,  ere,  tigi,  tactum.  To  at¬ 
tain,  touch. 

Auctor  (augeo),  oris,  m.  Author, 
founder;  approver,  adviser. 

Auctoritas  (auctor),  iitis,  f.  Au¬ 
thority,  influence. 

Audax  (audeo),  dels.  Bold,  auda¬ 
cious,  desperate. 

Audeo,  ere,  ausus  sum.  To  dare, 
attempt. 

Audio,  Ire,  Ivi  or  ii,  Itum.  To  hear, 
listen  to. 

Aufero  (ab,  fero),  ferre,  abstuli, 
abldtum.  To  take  away  or  from, 
remove. 

Aufugio  (ab,  fugio),  ere,  fugi.  To 
flee  from. 

Augeo,  ere,  auxi,  auctum.  To  en¬ 
large,  increase. 

Augur ium,  i,  n.  Augury,  omen. 

Augur  or,  ari,  atus  sum.  To  augur, 
predict. 

Aurarius  (aurum),  a,  um.  Per¬ 
taining  to  gold  ;  auraria  metal- 
la,  gold  mines. 

Aureus  (aurum),  a,  um.  Made  of 
gold,  golden. 

Auriga,  ae,  m.  and  f.  Charioteer, 
driver. 

Auris,  is,  f.  Ear. 


Aurum,  i,  n.  Gold. 

Auspicium,  i,  n.  Omen,  auspices. 

Aut. .  Or  ;  aut — aut,  either — or, 
partly — partly. 

Autem.  But,  likewise,  moreover. 

Auxilium  (augeo),  i,  n.  Aid,  plur. 
auxiliaries. 

Avaritia,  ae,  f.  Avarice. 

Averto  (ab,  verto),  erti,  ersum. 
To  avert,  turn  from,  remove. 

Avidus,  a,  um.  Desirous,  eager. 

Avis,  is,  f.  Bird. 

Avunculus  (avus),  i,  m.  Maternal 
uncle,  a  mother’s  brother. 

Avus,  i,  m.  Grandfather. 

B. 

Bacchans,  antis.  Revelling. 

Bacchantes,  ium,  pi.  Votaries  of 
Bacchus,  the  god  of  wine. 

Barba,  ae,  f.  Beard. 

Barbaras,  a,  um.  Foreign,  barba¬ 
rous,  rude. 

Barbaras,  i,  m.  Foreigner,  bar¬ 
barian. 

Beatus,  a ,  um.  Happy. 

Bellicdsus  (bellum),  a,  um.  War¬ 
like. 

Bello  (bellum),  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To 
carry  on  war. 

Bellum,  i,  n.  War. 

Bene,  adv.  Well. 

Beneficium  (bene,  facio),  i,  n.  Ben¬ 
efit,  favor. 

Benevolentia  (bene,  volo),  ae,  f. 
Kindness,  benevolence. 

Benigne,  adv.  Kindly. 

Bibo,  ere,  bibi,  bibitum.  To  drink. 

Biennium  (bis,  annus),  i,  n.  Pe¬ 
riod  of  two  years,  two  years. 

Biformis  (bis,  forma),  e.  Having 
two  forms,  biformed. 

Bis,  adv.  Twice. 

Boletus,  i,  m.  Mushroom. 

Bonum  (bonus),  i,  n.  Blessing, 
prosperity,  any  good ;  pi.  bona , 
goods,  property. 

Bonus,  a,  um.  Good,  noble,  brave. 


292 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Brachium,  i,  n.  Arm,  fore-arm. 

Brevis ,  e.  Short;  brevi  (sc.  tem¬ 
pore),  shortly,  in  a  short  time. 

a* 

C.  An  abbreviation  of  Caius ; 
On.,  of  Cneus. 

Cado,  ere ,  cecidi,  casum.  To  fall, 
fall  in  battle. 

Caducedtor,  oris,  m.  Herald  or 
ambassador  sent  to  treat  for 
peace. 

Caedes  (caedo),  is,  f.  Slaughter, 
bloodshed. 

Caedo,  ere,  cecidi,  caesum.  To  cut, 
kill,  slay. 

Calamitas,  atis,  f.  Loss,  calamity, 
disaster. 

Callide,  adv.  Shrewdly,  skilfully. 

Campus,  i ,  m.  A  plain,  field  of 
battle. 

Canities,  ei,  f.  Gray  hairs,  old 
age. 

Capax  (capio),  acis.  Capacious, 
large,  comprehensive,  able. 

Capesso  (capio),  ere,  Ivi ,  Itum.  To 
take,  seize ;  fugam  capessere,  to 
resort  to  flight,  betake  one’s  self 
to  flight. 

Capillus,  i,  m.  Hair. 

Capio,  ere,  cepi,  captum.  To  take, 
hold 

Captivitas  (captivus),  atis,  f.  Cap¬ 
tivity,  bondage. 

Captivus  (capio),  a,  um.  Captive, 
enslaved ;  substantively,  a  pris¬ 
oner,  a  captive. 

Captus  (part,  from  capio),  a,  um. 
Captured,  taken. 

Caput,  itis,  n.  Head,  capital ; 
capitis  damnare,  to  condemn  to 
death. 

Career,  eris,  m.  Prison. 

Carpentum,  i,  n.  Chariot,  car¬ 
riage. 

Caste ,  adv.  Virtuously,  chastely. 

Castellum  ( dimin .  castrum),  i,  n. 
Castle,  fortress. 


Castra  (pi.  of  castrum,  a  castle ), 
drum.  Camp. 

Casus  (cado),  us,  m.  Fall,  misfor¬ 
tune. 

Causa,  ae,  f.  Cause,  purpose,  bu¬ 
siness. 

Causidicus  (causa,  dico),  i,  m. 
Pleader,  advocate;  speaker. 

Cedo,  ere,  cessi,  cessum.  To  give 
place  to,  yield  to,  withdraw,  de¬ 
part. 

Celeber,  bris,  bre.  Renowned,  cel¬ 
ebrated 

Celebro  (celeber),  are,  avi,  atum. 
To  celebrate,  solemnize. 

Celeritas,  atis,  f.  Celerity,  swift¬ 
ness. 

Celeriter,  adv.  Swiftly,  quickly. 

Censeo,  ere,  ui,  censum.  To  think, 
judge,  decree. 

Census,  us,  m.  Census. 

Centum,  indecl.  Hundred. 

Centurio  (centum),  onis,  m.  Cen¬ 
turion. 

Certamen,  inis,  n.  Contest,  game, 
engagement. 

Certdtim,  adv.  Earnestly,  eagerly. 

Certus,  a  um.  Sure,  certain ;  cer- 
tidrem  facer e,  to  inform. 

Cesso  (cedo),  are,  avi,  atum.  To 
cease,  pause. 

Ceterus,  a,  um,  nom.  sing.  m.  not 
used.  The  other,  the  rest. 

Christidnus,  a,  um.  Christian, 
often  used  substantively. 

Cicatrix,  ids,  f.  Scar. 

Circa,  prep,  with  ace.  About, 
around,  among. 

Cirdter ,  prep,  with  ace.  About, 
near. 

Circum  =  circa. 

Circumdo  (circum,  do),  dare,  dedi, 
datum.  To  place  round,  sur¬ 
round,  invest. 

Circumeo  (circum,  eo),  ire,  ivi  or 
ii,  itum.  To  go  around,  sur¬ 
round,  encompass. 

Circumspicio  (circum,  specio),  ere, 
exi,  ectum.  To  look  round,  look 
for,  seek. 


\ 


LATIN- ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


293 


Circumvenio  (circum,  venio),  Ire , 
veni,  ventum.  To  circumvent, 
deceive;  surround. 

Gito,  are ,  dvi ,  dtum.  To  excite, 
urge,  hasten ;  citato  equo,  at  full 
gallop  or  speed. 

Citra,  adv.  and  prep,  with  acc. 
On  this  side. 

Civllis  (civis),  e.  Civil,  domestic. 

Civilxtas  (civllis),  dtis,  f.  Civility, 
politeness. 

Givis,  is,  m.  and  f.  Citizen. 

Civitas  (civis),  dtis,  f.  City,  state, 
citizenship. 

Glades,  is,  f.  Loss,  slaughter,  de¬ 
struction. 

Glam,  adv.  and  prep,  with  acc.  or 
abl.  Secretly,  without  the 
knowledge  of. 

Clarus,  a,  um.  Splendid,  renown¬ 
ed,  clear. 

Classiarius  (classis),  i,  m.  A  ma¬ 
rine,  pi.  naval  forces. 

Classis,  is,  f.  A  fleet. 

Glaudo,  ere,  si,  sum.  To  close, 
shut. 

Clemens,  entis.  Mild,  gentle,  clem¬ 
ent. 

Clementia  (clemens),  ae,  f.  Mild¬ 
ness,  clemency. 

Glipeus,  or  clypeus,  i,  m.  Shield. 

Cloaca,  ae,  f.  Sewer,  drain. 

Coelum,  i,  n.  The  heavens,  sky, 
weather. 

Coena,  ae,  f.  Principal  meal  of 
the  Romans,  supper,  dinner. 

Goeo  (con,  eo),  Ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum. 
To  collect,  assemble. 

Coepi,  isti,  it,  def.  (See  A.  &  S. 
183,  2.)  To  begin. 

Coerceo,  ere,  ui,  itum.  To  check, 
confine,  restrain. 

Coercitor  (coerceo),  oris,  m.  En¬ 
forcer. 

Cogito,  are,  avi,  dtum.  To  think, 
ponder. 

Gognatio,  onis,  f.  Relationship, 
resemblance,  relatives. 

Cogndtus,  a,  um.  Related,  subs,  a 
relative. 


Cognitus  (part,  from  cognosco ),  a, 
um.  Ascertained,  known. 

Cognomen  (con,  nomen),  mis,  n. 
Surname. 

Cognomino  (cognomen),  are,  dvi , 
dtum.  To  surname,  call,  name. 

Cognosco,  ere,  novi,  nitum.  To  as¬ 
certain,  recognize. 

Cogo,  ere,  coegi,  coactum.  To  col¬ 
lect,  force,  compel. 

Cohibeo  (con,  habeo),  ere,  ui,  itum. 
To  hold,  check,  confine. 

Cohors,  rtis,  f.  Cohort,  tenth  part 
of  a  legion. 

Gollega,  ae,  m.  Colleague. 

Colligo  (con,  lego),  ere,  egi,  ectum. 
To  collect,  bring  together. 

Colloco,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  place, 
set,  erect. 

Golloquor  (con,  loquor),  qui,  cutus 
sum.  To  converse,  talk  with. 

Colo,  ere,  ui,  cultum.  To  cultivate ; 
honor,  worship. 

Colonus  (colo),  i,  m.  Colonist. 

Comes,  itis,  m.  and  f.  Companion. 

Comissatio,  onis,  f.  Revelling. 

Comitor  (comes),  dri,  dtus  sum.  To 
accompany. 

Commedtus,  us,  m.  Supplies. 

Commigro  (con,  migro),  are,  dvi, 
dtum.  To  migrate. 

Committo  (con,  mitto),  ere,  Isi, 
issum.  To  bring  together,  unite, 
intrust,  commit;  pugnam  com - 
mittere,  to  engage  battle. 

Commoror  (con,  moror),  dri,  dtus 
sum.  To  tarry,  delay. 

Commoveo  (con,  moveo),  ere ,  ovi, 
dtum.  To  move,  excite. 

Communis,  e.  Common. 

Communiter  (communis),  adv.  In 
common,  conjointly. 

Commutatio ,  onis,  f.  Change. 

Compdro  (con,  paro),  are,  dvi, 
dtum.  To  prepare,  compare. 

Compello,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  ad¬ 
dress,  call. 

Compello  (con,  pello),  ere,  uli, 
ulsum.  To  force,  compel,  im¬ 
pel. 


294 


L  ATIN-EN GLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Compensatio,  dnis,  f.  Compensa¬ 
tion,  exchange,  barter. 

Comperio,  Ire,  peri,  pertum.  To 
find,  find  out. 

Compes  (con,  pes),  edis,  f.  Fetter, 
chain. 

Compesco,  ere ,  cui.  To  confine, 
check. 

Complector,  ti,  exus  sum.  To  em¬ 
brace,  encompass. 

Compleo,  ere,  evi,  etum.  To  fill, 
complete. 

Compono  (con,  pono),  ere,  osui , 
ositum.  To  settle,  adjust,  adapt. 

Comprehendo,  ere,  di,  sum.  To 
seize,  arrest,  comprehend. 

Concedo  (con,  cedo),  ere,  essi,  essum. 
To  concede,  grant ;  pass,  impers., 
it  is  conceded. 

Concido  (con,  cado),  ere,  idi.  To 
fall,  perish. 

Concilio  (concilium),  are,  avi,  dtum. 
To  unite,  conciliate. 

Concilium,  i,  n.  Council,  meet- 
ing. 

Condo,  dnis,  f.  Public  assembly. 

Concito  (con,  cito),  are,  avi,  dtum. 
To  raise ;  excite,  excite  rebel¬ 
lion. 

Concitor,  oris,  m.  Exciter,  mover. 

Concurro  (con,  curro),  ere,  curri 
( cucurri ),  cursum.  To  meet,  as¬ 
semble  ;  engage,  fight ;  rush  to. 

Concursus  (concurro),  us,  m.  Con¬ 
course,  meeting,  engagement. 

Concutio  (con,  quatio),  ere,  ussi, 
ussum.  To  agitate,  trouble. 

Conditio  (condo),  dnis,  f.  Condi¬ 
tion,  terms. 

Condo  (con,  do),  ere,  didi,  ditum. 
To  found ;  conceal,  hide ;  place, 
bury. 

Conduco  (con,  duco),  ere,  xi,  ctum. 
To  conduct,  collect;  hire,  con¬ 
tract  for. 

lonfero  (con,  fero),  ferre,  tuli, 
colldtum.  To  collect,  confer, 
engage  battle  ;  se  conferre,  to 
betake  one’s  self. 

Confestim,  adv.  Immediately. 


Conficio  (con,  facio),  ere,  fed ,  fec- 
tum.  To  finish,  accomplish, 
wear  out. 

Confldo,  ere,  Isus  sum.  To  trust* 
confide  in. 

Conflgo,  ere,  xi,  xum.  To  trans* 
fix,  fasten  together. 

Confingo  (con,  fingo),  ere,  nxi, 
ictum.  To  form,  feign,  pretend. 

Conflsus  (confido),  a,  um,  part. 
Trusting,  relying  upon. 

Conjligo,  ere,  xi,  ctum.  To  engage, 
fight. 

Confodio,  ere,  fodi,  fossum.  To 
pierce,  wound. 

Confugio  (con,  fugio),  ere,  fugi. 
To  flee  for  refuge. 

Congero  (con,  gero),  ere,  gessi,  ges- 
tum.  To  bring  together,  crowd, 
expend,  bestow  upon. 

Congredior  (con,  gradior),  di,  gres- 
sus  sum,  dep.  To  encounter, 
fight. 

Congrego,  are,  avi,  dtum.  To  col¬ 
lect,  congregate. 

Congressio  (congredior),  dnis,  f. 
Engagement,  battle. 

Conjicio  (con,  jacio),  ere,  jeci,  jec- 
turn.  To  discharge,  hurl,  throw, 
drive. 

Conjungo  (con,  jungo),  ere,  nxi, 
nctum.  To  join,  conjoin. 

Conjuratio  (conjuro),  dnis,  f.  Con¬ 
spiracy. 

Conjurdtus  (Id.),  a,  um.  Having 
conspired. 

Conjuro  (con,  juro),  are,  avi,  dtum . 
To  conspire. 

Conjux  (conjungo),  ugis,  m.  and  £ 
Husband,  wife. 

Conor,  dri,  atus  sum,  dep.  To  en¬ 
deavor,  attempt. 

Conscendo  (con,  scando),  ere,  di, 
sum.  To  ascend,  embark. 

Conscius,  a,  um.  Privy  to ;  subs. 
accomplice,  confidant. 

Consecro  (con,  sacro),  are  avi , 
dtum.  To  consecrate. 

Consector,  dri,  atus  sum,  dep.  Tc 
follow,  pursue. 


LATIN- ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


295 


Consenesco,  ere,  senui.  To  grow  old. 

Consequor  (con,  sequor),  qui,  cutus 
sum.  To  succeed,  follow,  pur¬ 
sue  ;  secure. 

Consero,  ere,  ui,  turn.  To  join  to¬ 
gether  ;  manum  or  pugnam  con- 
severe,  to  join  battle. 

Conservo  (con,  servo),  are,  avi, 
atum.  To  preserve,  watch  over, 
rescue. 

Consido,  ere,  sedi,  sessum.  To  en¬ 
camp,  settle. 

Consilium,  i,  n.  Counsel,  advice, 
wisdom,  design. 

Consobrinus,  a,  um.  Cousin,  often 
subs. 

Conspectus  (conspicio),  us,  m. 
Sight,  presence. 

Conspicio,  ere,  exi,  ectum.  To  see, 
observe. 

Conspiratio,  onis,  f.  Union,  con¬ 
spiracy. 

Constantia,  ae,  f.  Constancy,  firm¬ 
ness. 

Constat,  impers.  It  is  known,  is 
an  admitted  fact. 

Constituo  (con,  statuo),  ere,  ui, 
utum.  To  constitute ;  build, 
erect ;  station,  place  ;  appoint. 

Consto  (con,  sto),  are,  stiti,  statum. 
To  stand  together,  halt. 

Consuesco,  ere,  evi,  etum.  T  >  be 
accustomed. 

Consuetudo  (consuesco),  inis,  f. 
Custom,  usage,  habit. 

Consul  (consulo),  ulis,  m.  Consul, 
Roman  chief  magistrate. 

Consularis,  e.  Consular ;  subs. 
one  who  has  been  consul,  one  of 
consular  rank. 

Consuldtus  (consul),  us,  m.  Con¬ 
sulship. 

Consulo,  ere,  ui,  ultum.  To  con¬ 
sult,  consider ;  with  dat.  to  con¬ 
sult  for  one’s  good. 

Consummo,  are,  avi ,  atum.  To 
finish,  accomplish. 

Consumo  (con,  sumo),  ere,  umpsi, 
umptum.  To  consume,  wear 
out,  waste. 


Contego  (con,  tego),  ere,  exi,  ectum. 
To  cover. 

Contemno,  ere,  mpsi,  mptum.  To 
contemn,  despise,  disregard. 

Contemptus  (contemno),  us,  m. 
Contempt,  scorn,  disregard. 

Contendo,  ere,  di,  turn.  To  con¬ 
tend,  strive,  attempt,  labor ; 
betake  one’s  self,  go. 

Contentio  (contendo),  onis,  f.  Ef¬ 
fort,  contest,  struggle. 

Contentus,  a,  um.  Content,  con¬ 
tented. 

Continens  (contineo),  tis.  Adjoin¬ 
ing,  continuous :  subs.  f.  conti¬ 
nent. 

Continentia  (contineo),  ae,  f.  For¬ 
bearance,  self-control. 

Contineo  (con,  teneo), ere, ui,  tentum. 
To  hold,  keep,  check. 

Contra,  adv.  and  prep,  with  acc. 
Against,  opposite  to,  contrary 
to  ;  on  the  contrary. 

Contradlco  (contra,  dico),  ere,  dixi, 
dictum.  To  contradict,  object  to. 

Contraho  (con,  traho),  ere,  xi,  ctum. 
To  collect,  incur,  contract. 

Contrucido  (con,  trucido),  are,  avi, 
atum.  To  slay,  kill,  mangle. 

Contumax,  dcis.  Insolent,  disobe¬ 
dient. 

Convalcsco,  ere,  lui.  To  gain 
strength,  recover. 

Conveniens  (convenio),  tis.  Be¬ 
coming,  fit,  proper. 

Convenio  (con,  venio),  ire ,  veni, 
ventum.  To  convene,  meet, 
agree,  harmonize,  befit. 

Converto  (con,  verto),  ere,  ti,  sum. 
To  turn,  change,  alter,  convert. 

Convicium  (con,  vox),  i,  n.  Re¬ 
proof. 

Convinco  (con,  vinco),  ere,  ici, 
ictum.  To  conquer,  convict. 

Convivium,  i,  n.  Eeast,  banquet. 

Convivor,  dri,  dtus  sum.  To  feast. 

Copia,  ae,  f.  Abundance ;  pi. 
forces,  stores,  supplies. 

Cornu,  us,  n.  Horn,  wing  of  army 

Corona ,  ae,  f.  Garland,  crown. 


296 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Corpus,  oris,  n.  Body,  commu¬ 
nity. 

Corrigo  (con,  rego),  ere,  exi,  ectum. 
To  reform,  correct. 

Corripio  (con,  rapio),  ere,  ui,  eptum. 
To  seize,  lay  hold  of. 

Corrumpo  (con,  rumpo),  ere,  upi, 
upturn.  To  corrupt,  bribe,  se¬ 
duce. 

Corvus,  i,  m.  Raven. 

Crastinus,  a,  uni.  Of  to-morrow. 

Creber,  bra,  brum.  Frequent,  nu¬ 
merous.  ' 

Credo,  ere,  idi,  itum.  To  trust,  be¬ 
lieve. 

Creo,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  appoint, 
elect,  make. 

Cresco,  ere,  evi,  etum.  To  grow, 
increase. 

Crimen,  inis,  n.  Crime,  accusa¬ 
tion. 

Criminor  (crimen),  dri,  dtus  sum. 
To  accuse. 

Crinis,  is,  m.  Hair. 

Crucio  (crux),  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To 
pain,  afflict,  torture. 

Crudelis,  e.  Cruel. 

Crudelitas  (crudelis),  dtis,  f.  Cru- 
elty. 

Crudeliter  (Id.),  adv.  Cruelly. 

Crux,  crucis,  f.  Across. 

Culpa,  ae,  f.  Fault,  blame. 

Cultus,  us,  m.  Culture,  necessa¬ 
ries  as  food,  clothing,  <fcc. 

Cum ,  prep,  with  abl.  With. 

Cum,  conj.=quum. 

Cunctatio  (cunctor),  onis,  f.  De- 
lay. 

Cunctor,  dri,  dtus  sum.  To  delay, 
hesitate. 

Cunctus,  a,  um.  All,  all  together, 
entire. 

Cupide  (cupidus),  adv.  Eagerly. 

Cupiditas(l d.),  dtis,  f.  Desire, wish. 

Cupidus  (cupio),  a,  um.  Desirous, 
fond  of. 

Cupio,  ere,  ivi  or  ii,  itum.  To  de¬ 
sire. 

Cura,  ae,  f.  Care,  management. 

Curia,  ae,  f.  Senate-house. 


Curro,  ere,  cucurri,  cur&um.  To 
run. 

Currus  (curro),  us,  m.  Chariot. 

Cursus  (curro),  us,  m.  Course. 

Custodia,  ae,  f.  Care,  charge  of. 

D. 

Damno  (damnum),  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
To  condemn ;  capitis  damndre,  to 
condemn  to  death. 

Damnum,  i,  n.  Loss,  damage. 

De,  prep,  with  abl.  From,  of,  con¬ 
cerning. 

Debeo,  ere,  ui,  Hum.  To  owe, 
ought. 

Debilito,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  weak¬ 
en,  disable. 

Decedo  (de,  cedo),  ere,  cessi,  cessum. 
To  depart,  withdraw,  die. 

Decern,  indecl.  Ten. 

Decemplex,  ids.  Tenfold. 

Decemvir  (decern,  vir),  viri,  m.  A 
decemvir. 

Decerno,  ere,  crevi,  cretum.  To  de¬ 
cide  ;  contend,  fight ;  decree,  in¬ 
trust  by  decree. 

Decimus  (decern),  a,  um.  Tenth. 

Decipio  (de,  capio),  ere ,  cepi ,  ceptum. 
To  deceive. 

Decretum  (decerno),  i,  n.  Decree. 

Decus,  oris,  n.  Ornament,  honor. 

Dedecus  (de,  decus),  oris,  n.  Dis¬ 
grace. 

Dedicatio,  onis,  f.  Dedication. 

Deditio  (dedo),  onis,  f.  Surrender. 

Dedo  (de,  do),  ere,  didi,  ditum.  To 
surrender ;  devote  one’s  self  to, 
give  one’s  self  up  to. 

Deduco  (de,  duco),  $re,  duxi,  ductum. 
To  bring  down,  conduct ;  re¬ 
move. 

Defectio  (deficit)),  Onis,  f.  Failure, 
eclipse,  defection. 

Defendo,  ere,  di,  sum.  To  defend, 
ward  off. 

Defer o  (de,  fero),  ferre,  tuli,  latum. 
To  offer,  exhibit,  bestow,  pre¬ 
sent  ;  carry  or  bear  away. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


297 


Dei  Icio  (de,  facio),  ere,  feci,  fectum. 
To  fail,  spend  itself;  oe  eclipsed; 
desert,  revolt. 

Deformis  (de,  forma),  c.  Deform¬ 
ed,  ugly. 

Defungor  (de,  fungor),  gi,  functus 
sum  To  discharge,  execute; 
die. 

Dein  oi  deinde.  Then,  afterwards. 

Dejicio  (de,  jacio),  ere,  jeci,  jectum. 
To  throw  down,  overthrow,  slay. 

Delectus  (deligo),  a,  um.  Chosen. 

Deleo,  ere,  evir  etum.  To  destroy, 
efface,  put  an  end  to. 

Delibero,  are,  avi ,  dtum.  To  de¬ 
liberate. 

Deliciae,  arum,  f.  pi.  Delights, 
pleasures. 

Deligo  (de,  lego),  ere,  egi,  ectum. 
To  choose,  select ;  love. 

Delirium ,  i,  n.  Madness,  dotage, 
instances  of  it. 

Dementer,  adv.  Madly. 

Dementia,  ae,  f.  Madness,  folly. 

Demergo  (de,  mergo),  ere,  si,  sum. 
To  plunge  in,  bury  in,  sink. 

Demigro  (de,  migro),  are,  avi,  dtum. 
To  remove,  emigrate,  migrate. 

Demorior  (de,  morior),  mori,  mor- 
tuus  sum.  To  die. 

Demum,  adv.  At  length,  finally. 

Deni,  ae,  a.  Ten  by  ten,  ten  at  a 
time. 

Denique.  Finally 

Denudo,  are,  avi,  dtum.  To  make 
naked,  strip. 

Denuntiatio  (denuntio),  onis,  f. 
Denunciation,  warning. 

Denuntio  (de,  nuntio),  are,  avi, 
dtum.  To  declare,  denounce. 

Denuo,  adv.  Again,  afresh. 

Depello  (de,  pello),  ere,  uli,  ulsum. 
To  drive  away,  expeL 

Depono  (de,  pono),  ere ;  posui,  posi- 
tum.  To  lay  down  or  aside,  de¬ 
posit,  depose. 

Depopulor ,  dri,  dtus  sum.  To  pil¬ 
lage,  depopulate. 

Deporto ,  are,  avi,  dtum.  To  carry 
oft'  or  away. 


Depraedor,  dri,  dtus  sum.  To  rav¬ 
age,  plunder. 

Deprehendo,  ere,  di,  sum.  To  seize, 
catch,  detect,  surprise. 

Depugno,  are,  avi,  dtum.  To  fight. 

Deripio  (de,  rapio),  ere,  ipui,  eptum. 
To  seize,  tear  away,  snatch. 

Descendo,  ere,  di,  sum.  To  descend. 

Descnbo  (de,  scribo),  ere,  psi,  ptum. 
To  describe;  impose;  cess;  des¬ 
ignate. 

Desero,  ere,  ui,  turn.  To  abandon, 
desert. 

Desilio ,  &re,  silui,  sultum.  To 
alight,  dismount. 

Desino,  ere,  sivi  or  sii,  situm.  To 
cease,  desist. 

Desperatio,  onis,  f.  Despair,  des¬ 
peration. 

Despero,  are,  avi,  dtum.  To  de¬ 
spair. 

Despicio ,  ere,  exi,  xtum.  To  de¬ 
spise,  disregard. 

Destino,  dri,  dvi,  dtum.  To  destine, 
appoint,  design. 

Desum  (de,  sum),  esse,  fui,  futurus. 
To  fail,  be  wanting. 

Deterreo  (de,  terreo),  ere,  ui,  itum. 
To  deter. 

Detineo  (de,  teneo),  ere,  ui,  entum. 
To  detain,  hinder. 

Detraho  (de,  tralio),  ere,  axi,  actum. 
To  draw  or  take  away,  detract. 

Deus,  i,  m.  God,  deity.  (See  A. 
&  S.  53.) 

Devasto,  are.  To  devastate,  pil¬ 
lage. 

Devenio  (de,  venio),  ire,  veni,  v en¬ 
tum.  To  come  down,  arrive, 
reach. 

Devinco  (de,  vinco),  ere,  id,  ictum. 
To  conquer. 

Dexter,  tra,  trum.  Right,  on  the 
right  hand. 

Dextra,  ae,  f.  The  right  hand. 

Diadema,  dtis,  n.  Diadem. 

Dico,  ere,  dixi,  dictum.  To  say. 

Dictator  (dico),  oris,  m.  Dictator, 
an  officer  appointed  by  the  Bo- 
mans  in  times  of  great  danger. 


13* 


298  . 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Dies,  eiy.  m.  and  f.  Day. 

Difficile ,  adv.  With  difficulty. 

Digitus ,  i,  m.  Finger. 

Dignitas  (dignus),  dtis,  f.  Dignity, 
rank,  office. 

Dignor  (dignus),  dri,  dtus  sum. 
To  deem  worthy,  deign. 

Dignus ,  a ,  m  W orthy. 

Dilatio,  onis,  f.  Delay,  delaying. 

Diligens  (diligo),  entis.  Fond  of, 
mindful,  observant,  diligent. 

Diligentia  (diligens),  ae,  f.  Dili¬ 
gence. 

Diligo,  ere,  exi ,  ectum.  To  choose. 

Dimico,  are,  avi,  dtum.  To  en¬ 
counter,  fight. 

Dimitto,  ere ,  isi,  issum.  To  dis¬ 
miss. 

Diripio,  ere ,  ui,  eptum.  To  lay 
waste,  pillage. 

Diruo,  ere,  ui,  utum.  To  destroy, 
demolish. 

Discedo,  ere,  essi,  essum.  To  de¬ 
part,  retire  from. 

Disceptatio,  onis,  f.  Debate,  quar¬ 
rel. 

Disciplina,  ae,  f.  Discipline,  in¬ 
struction. 

Disco,  ere,  didici.  To  learn. 

Discordia,  ae,  f.  Discord,  strife. 

Discrimen,  inis,  n.  Danger,  cri¬ 
sis. 

Discurro,  ere,  curri,  cursum.  To 
run  different  ways,  run  about, 
separate. 

Dispergo,  ere,  si,  sum.  To  scatter, 
disperse. 

Displiceo,  ere,  ui,  Hum.  To  dis¬ 
please. 

Dissidium,  i,  n.  Dissension. 

Dissimulo,  are,  avi,  dtum.  To  dis¬ 
semble,  conceal,  omit. 

Dissipo,  are,  avi,  dtum.  To  dissi¬ 
pate,  scatter. 

Dissolvo,  ere,  olvi,  olutum.  To  de¬ 
stroy,  abolish,  dissolve. 

Distribuo,  ere ,  ui,  utum.  To  dis¬ 
tribute. 

Districtus  (distringo),  a,  um.  Busy, 
occupied  with. 


Distringo,  ere,  nxi,  ctum.  To  oc¬ 
cupy,  engage  attention. 

Ditio ,  onis ,  f.  Rule,  sway. 

Diu,  adv.  Long,  for  a  long  time. 

Diuturnitas  (diuturnus),  dtis,  t 
Long  time. 

Diuturnus  (diu),  a,  um.  Long, 
continual,  lasting. 

Diversus,  a,  um.  Diverse,  unlike, 
opposite. 

Dives,  itis.  Rich. 

Divido,  ere,  isi ,  isum.  To  divide, 
allot. 

Divinus,  a,  um.  Divine. 

Divitiae  (dives),  drum,  f.  Riches, 
wealth. 

Divus,  a ,  um.  Divine ;  subs,  god, 
goddess. 

Do,  dare,  dedi,  datum.  To  give, 
impute. 

Doceo,  ere ,  ui,  turn.  To  teach. 

Doctus  (doceo),  a,  um.  Learned, 
skilled. 

Documentum,  i,  n.  Lesson,  proo£ 
specimen,  mark. 

Doleo,  ere,  ui,itum.  To  grieve. 

Dolor  (doleo),  oris,  m.  Pain,  grief. 

Dolus,  i,  m.  Artifice,  deceit. 

Domesticus  (domus),  a,  um.  Do¬ 
mestic,  private,  personal. 

Dominatio,  onis,  f.  Rule,  tyranny. 

Dominus,  i,  m.  Master,  owner. 

Domo,  are,  ui,  itum.  To  subdue. 

Domus,  us  or  i,  f.  House ;  domi, 
at  home. 

Donee,  conj.  Until. 

Done  (donum),  are,  avi ,  dtum.  To 
give,  present  with. 

Donum  (do),  i,  n.  Present,  gift. 

Dos,  dotis,  f.  Gift,  dowry. 

Dubitatio  (dubito),  onis,  f.  Doubt* 
hesitation. 

Dubito,  are,  avi,  dtum.  To  doubt, 
hesitate. 

Dubius,  a,  um.  Doubtful;  neut 
often  subs,  doubt. 

Ducenti,  ae,  a.  Two  hundred. 

Duco,  ere,  duxi,  ductnm.  To  lead, 
conduct,  with  uxorem,  to  mar¬ 
ry- 


LATIJST-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


299 


Doctor  (duco),  oris,  m.  Leader, 
general. 

Ductus  (duco),  us,  m.  Guidance, 
command. 

Dum,  conj.  While,  until. 

Duo,  ae,  o.  Two,  both. 

Duodecim  (duo,  decern),  indecl. 
Twelve. 

Duodecimos  (duodecim),  a,  um. 
Twelfth. 

Duodeviginti ,  indecl.  Eighteen. 

Duplex,  ids.  Double. 

Durus,  a,  um.  Hard,  harsh,  rude. 

Dux  (duco),  ucis,  m.  and  f.  Lead¬ 
er,  guide,  general. 

E. 

E  or  ex,  prep,  with  abl.  From, 
out  of. 

Ebrietas,  citis,  f.  Drunkenness. 

Edo,  ere,  edidi,  cditum.  To  set 
forth,  publish ;  do,  perform  ; 
make. 

Educo,  are,  dvi,  dtum .  To  bring 
up,  educate. 

Educo  (e,  duco),  ere,  duxi,  ductum. 
To  lead  out  or  forth. 

Effero,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  en¬ 
rage,  madden,  render  unman¬ 
ageable. 

Effero  (ex,  fero),  ferre,  extuli,  da¬ 
tum.  To  bring  forth,  carry  forth 
or  out ;  elate. 

Efficax  (efficio),  dcis.  Effectual, 
efficacious. 

Efficio  (ex,  facio),  ere,  feci,  fectum. 
To  effect,  occasion. 

Effugio  (ex,  fugio),  ere,  ugi.  To 
flee,  escape  from. 

Effundo  (ex,  fundo),  ere,  udi,  usum. 

*  To  pour  out,  pour ;  indulge  in  ; 
squander,  waste. 

Effusus  (effundo),  a,  um.  Extrav¬ 
agant,  prodigal. 

Ego,  mei,  Ac.  I. 

Egregie  (egregius),  adv.  Excel¬ 
lently,  remarkably. 

Egregius,  a,  um.  Excellent. 


Ejicio  (e,  jacio),  ere,  jeci  jectum. 
To  throw  or  drive  out,  expel; 
reject. 

Elephantus,  i,  m.  and  f.  Elephant. 

Eligo  (e,  lego),  ere,  egi ,  ectum.  To 
choose,  elect. 

Emergo  (e,  mergo),  ere,  si,  sum. 
To  emerge,  come  to  light,  rise 
in  importance. 

Emineo,  ere,  ui.  To  stand  out,  be 
prominent  or  conspicuous. 

Emitto  (e,  mitto),  ere,  Isi,  issum 
To  send  forth  or  away ;  let  go. 

Emo,  ere,  emi,  emptum.  To  buy. 

Enim,  conj.  For. 

Eniteo,  ere,  ui.  To  shine  forth ; 
be  distinguished. 

Enixe,  adv.  Earnestly. 

Eo,  adv.  Thither,  therefore;  eo 
usque,  so  far,  to  such  an  extent 

Eodem,  adv.  To  the  same  place. 

Epigramma,  atis,  n.  Inscription. 

Epulae,  drum,  f.  pi.  Food,  ban¬ 
quet,  feast. 

Epulor  (epulae),  dri,  atus  sum.  Tc 
feast. 

Eques  (equus),  His,  m.  Horseman. 

Equester  (eques),  tris,  tre.  Eques¬ 
trian. 

Equitdtus,  us,  m.  Cavalry. 

Equus,  i,  m.  Horse. 

Ergo,  adv.  Therefore;  as  subs, 
abl.  on  account  of,  for,  with  gen. 

Erigo  (e,  rego),  ere,  exi,  ectum.  To 
raise  up,  animate. 

Eripio  (e,  rapio),  ere,  ipui,  eptum. 
To  snatch  or  take  away. 

Erudio,  ire,  ivi  or  ii,  Hum.  To  in¬ 
struct,  refine. 

Eruditus  (erudio),  a,  um.  Learned, 
instructed  m. 

Erumpo  (e,  rumpo),  ere,  upi ,  upturn. 
To  break  forth,  rush  forth. 

Eruo,  ere,  ui,  utum.  To  root  out, 
destroy. 

Et.  And ;  et — et,  both — and. 

Etiam.  Also,  even. 

Etsi  (et,  si).  Although,  though. 

Evado,  ere,  dsi,  dsum.  To  go  out; 
escape;  evade. 


800 


LATIN -EN GLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Eveho  (e,  veho),  ere,  cxi,  ectum. 
To  carry  or  lead  forth. 

Evenio  (e,  venio),  Ire,  veni,  ventum. 
To  come  forth,  happen;  evenit, 
ut,  it  chanced,  that. 

Everto  ( e ,  verto),  ere,  ti,  sum.  To 
pull  down,  overthrow. 

Evbco  (e,  voco),  are,  civi ,  atwn.  To 
call  forth,  summon. 

Evolo  (e,  volo),  are,  avi ,  atum.  To 
fly  or  flee  away,  hasten  away. 

Ex,  prep,  with  abl.  From.  (See 
e  or  ex). 

Exadversum  or  exadversus ,  adv. 
and  prep,  with  acc.  Opposite, 
against. 

Exanimo,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  de¬ 
prive  of  life  or  spirit ;  kill. 

Exardesco,  ere,  arsi.  To  kindle, 
be  inflamed ;  break  out  as  war. 

Excedo  (ex,  cedo),  ere,  cessi,  cessum. 
To  retire,  withdraw. 

Excelse,  adv.  On  high,  aloft, 
highly. 

Excidium,  ii,  n.  Destruction,  ruin. 

Excipio  (ex,  capio),  ere,  cepi,  cep- 
tum.  To  take  out,  except. 

Excito,  are ,  avi,  atum.  To  excite, 
arouse,  awake. 

Excludo  (ex,  claudo),  §re,  si,  sum. 
To  exclude,  shut  out,  cut  off. 

Excogito  (ex,  cogito),  are,  avi, 
titum.  To  devise,  think  out. 

Excutio  (ex,  quatio),  ere,  ussi, 
ussum.  To  shake  or  throw  off. 

Exemplum,  i,  n.  Example. 

Exeo  (ex,  eo),  Ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum. 
To  go  from  or  forth. 

Exerceo ,  ere,  cui,  citum.  To  exer¬ 
cise,  practise. 

Exercitus  (exerceo),  us,  m.  Ar- 
my. 

Exhaurio  (ex,  haurio),  Ire,  hausi, 
hausturt.  To  exhaust,  impov¬ 
erish. 

Exigo  (ex,  ago),  ere,  egi,  actum. 
To  drive  out,  expel ;  finish,  end ; 
demand. 

Exiguus,  a ,  um.  Small. 

Efailium,  i,  n.  Banishment,  exile. 


Eximius,  a,  um.  Excellent,  choice  , 
remarkable. 

Eximo  (ex,  emo),  ere,  emi,  emptum. 
To  take  away  or  from ;  exempt , 
rescue. 

Existimo,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  judge, 
think. 

Exitium  (exeo),  i,  n.  End,  death, 
destruction. 

Exorior  (ex,  orior),  iri,  ortus  sum, 
dep.  partly  of  3d  conj.  To  arise ; 
be  derived  from. 

Exorno,  are,  avi,  atwn.  To  adorn, 
furnish,  equip. 

Exosus,  a,  um.  Hating,  hated, 
odious. 

Expedio,  ire,  Ivi  or  ii,  Itum.  To 
release,  extricate ;  also  to  be  ex¬ 
pedient. 

Expeditio  (expedio),  onis,  f.  Ex¬ 
pedition. 

Expello  (ex,  pello),  ere,  puli,  pul- 
sum.  To  expel,  drive  away. 

ExpMo  (ex,  peto),  ere,  ivi  or  ii, 
Itum.  To  seek,  request. 

Expleo,  ere,  evi,  etum.  To  fill, 
make  full ;  fulfil. 

Explico,  are,  avi,  atwn.  To  unfold ; 
adjust;  settle. 

Explorator,  oris,  m.  Explorer, 
spy. 

Exporto,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  carry 
away. 

Expugno  (ex,  pugno),  are,  avi, 
atum.  To  take,  conquer,  storm. 

Exscindo,  ere,  idi,  issum.  To  de* 
stroy. 

Exsculpo,  ere,  psi,  ptum.  To  erase. 

Exsecrabilis,  e.  Detestable. 

Exsequiae,  arum,  f.  pi.  Funeral. 

Exsequor  (ex,  sequor),  qui,  cutus 
sum. .  To  prosecute,  accomplish, 
finish;  perform. 

Exsilium,  i,  n.  Banishment,  exile. 

Exspectatio  (exspecto),  onis,  f.  Ex¬ 
pectation,  high  hope. 

Exspecto  (ex,  specto),  are,  avi,  atum. 
To  await,  expect. 

Exstinguo,  ere,  nxi,  nctum  To  ex¬ 
tinguish,  destroy. 


LATIN -ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


301 


Exsto,  are ,  stitL  To  stand  ont,  be 
conspicuous. 

Exsul,  ulis,  m.  and  f.  An  exile. 
Extemplo ,  ad  v.  Immediately. 
Extorqueo,  ere,  or  si,  ortum.  To  ex¬ 
tort,  obtain  by  force. 

Extra,  adv.  and  prep,  with  ace. 
Without,  on  the  outside  ;  be¬ 
yond. 

Extraho  (ex,  traho),  ere,  axi,  actum. 
To  extract;  rescue. 


F. 

Fabula,  ae,  f.  Report,  narrative. 

Fabulosus  (fabula),  a,  um.  Fabu¬ 
lous. 

Facile  (facilis),  adv.  Easily. 

Facilis  (facio),  e.  Easy. 

Facilitas  (facilis),  dtis,  f.  Facility, 
affability. 

Facinus,  oris,  n.  Wickedness, 
crime;  deed,  act. 

Facio,  ere,  feci,  factum.  To  do, 
make. 

F actio,  dnis,  f.  Faction,  party. 

Factum  (facio),  i,  n.  Deed,  exploit. 

Fallo,  ere,  fefelli,  falsum.  To  de¬ 
ceive,  foil. 

Fama,  ae,  f.  Fame,  report. 

Fames,  is,  f.  Hunger,  famine. 

Familia,  ae,  £  Retinue  of  slaves, 
a  family. 

Familiaritas,  dtis,  f.  Friendship, 
intimacy 

Famula,  ae,  f.  Female  slave. 

Fatdlis  (fat  am),  e.  Fated,  fatal. 

Fatigo,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  oppress, 
trouble,  weary,  importune. 

Fatum,  i,  n.  Fate,  destiny,  oracle. 

Faveo,  ere,  favi,  fautum.  To  favor. 

Favor  (faveo),  oris,  m.  Favor, 
kindness. 

Felicitas,  dtis,  f.  Felicity,  success. 

Feliciter,  adv.  Happily,  prosper¬ 
ously. 

FemXna,  ae,  f.  Woman,  female. 

Femur,  oris,  n.  Thigh. 

Fcra ,  ae,  f.  Wild  beast. 


Fere,  adv.  Almost. 

Ferme,  adv.  Almost. 

Fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum.  To  bear, 
endure;  raise;  say,  tell;  pro¬ 
pose  as  law. 

Ferrum,  i,  n.  Iron,  sword. 

Ferus,  a,  um.  Wild,  rude,  cruel; 
ferus  and  fera  (subs.),  wild  ani¬ 
mal  or  beast. 

Fessus,  a,  um.  Wearied,  exhausted. 

Festino,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  hasten. 

Festus,  a,  um.  Festal ;  festum 
(subsA  a  festival,  feast. 

Fidelis  (fides),  e.  Faithful,  trusty. 

Fides,  ei,  f.  Fidelity,  allegiance; 
protection,  confidence,  assur¬ 
ance  ;  infidem,  under  protection. 

Fiducia,  ae,  f.  Trust,  confidence. 

Filia,  ae,  £,  dat.  and  abl.  pi.  f  lid- 
bus.  Daughter. 

Filius,  i,  m.  Son. 

Fingo,  ere,  finxi,  fictum.  To  form, 
feign. 

Finio,  (finis),  ire,  ivi,  itum.  To 
finish,  put  an  end  to. 

Finis ,  is,  m.  and  f.  Limit,  end; 
pi.  territory. 

Finitimus,  a,  um.  Neighboring; 
subs,  a  neighbor. 

Fio,  fieri,  f actus  sum,  pass,  of  facio. 
To  be  made ;  become,  happen. 

Firme,  adv.  Firmly,  resolutely. 

Flagitiosus,  a,  um.  Infamous, 
abandoned. 

Flagro,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  burn, 
be  carried  on  with  zeal. 

Flamma,  ae,  f.  Flame. 

Flecto,  ere,  xi,  xum.  To  bend, 
turn. 

Fletus,  us,  m.  Weeping,  tears. 

Florens  (floreo),  tis.  Blooming, 
excellent. 

Floreo,  ere,  ui.  To  bloom,  flour¬ 
ish,  prosper;  excel. 

Flumen,  'inis,  n.  Stream,  river. 

Fluvius,  i,  m.  River. 

Foedus,  eris,  n.  League,  alliance. 

Forem ,  es ,  Ac.  =  essem ,  es,  Ac., 
might  be  ;  fore  — futurum  esse. 

Forma,  ae,  f.  Form,  shape. 


302 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


For  mo  (forma),  are,  avi,  atum.  To 
form,  fashion. 

Fors,  tis,  f.  Chance ;  abl.  forte  as 
ady.,  by  chance,  perhaps. 

Forth,  e.  Brave,  valiant. 

Fortiter  (fortis).  Bravely. 

Fortitudo  (fortis),  inis,  f.  Forti¬ 
tude,  bravery. 

For  tuna,  ae ,  f.  Fortune. 

Forum ,  i,  n.  Market-place,  forum. 

Frango  ere ,  fregi,  fr actum.  To 
break. 

Frater,  tris,  m.  Brother. 

Fraudo  (fraus),  are,  avi,  atum .  To 
defraud,  cheat. 

Fraus,  dis,  f.  Fraud,  deceit. 

Frequenter,  adv.  Frequently,  in 
great  numbers. 

Fretum,  i,  n.  A  strait,  sound. 

Fretus,  a,  um.  Trusting,  relying 
upon. 

Frigus,  oris ,  n.  Coldness,  cold. 

Frugalitas,  atis,  f.  Frugality,  in¬ 
tegrity.  < 

Frumentarius  (frumentum),  a,  uni. 
Producing  corn,  fruitful. 

Frumentum,  i,  n.  Corn,  grain. 

Fruor,  i,  itus  and  ctus  sum.  To 
enjoy. 

Frustra,  adv.  In  vain. 

Fuga,  ae,  f.  Flight. 

Fugio,  ere,  fugi,  fugitum.  To  fly, 
flee. 

Fugo,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  rout,  put 
to  flight. 

Fulmen,  inis ,  n.  Lightning,  thun¬ 
der-bolt. 

Funale,  is,  n.  Torch. 

Fundamentum,  i,  n.  Foundation. 

Funditus,  adv.  Utterly,  entirely. 

Fundo,  ere,  fudi,  fusum.  To  pour 
out,  shed,  rout;  also  to  make, 
cast. 

Fundus,  i,  m.  Land,  estate. 

Funebris  (funus),  e.  Funeral,  fu¬ 
nereal. 

Funestus  (funus),  a,  um.  Deadly, 
destructive. 

Fungor ,  gi,  ctus  sum,  dep.  To  dis¬ 
charge,  perform.  ! 


Funus,  eris,  n.  Dead  body,  corpse. 
Fur cula,  ae,  f.  Harrow  defile. 
Furor,  oris,  m.  Fury,  madness,. 
Furtum,  i,  n.  Theft. 


Gaudeo,  ere,  gavisus  sum.  To  re¬ 
joice,  take  pleasure  in. 

Gelu,  us,  n.  Cold,  hail. 

Geminus ,  a,  um.  Twin,  double. 

Gener,  eri,  m.  Son-in-law. 

Gens,  tis,  f.  Clan,  race,  tribe,  na¬ 
tion. 

Genus,  eris,  n.  Race,  people,  kind. 

Gero,  ere,  gessi,  gestum.  To  bear 
wear ;  carry  on,  perform ;  wage 
as  war. 

Gestio,  ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum.  To  de¬ 
sire,  long  for. 

Gesto  (gero),  are,  avi,  atum.  To 
bear,  carry. 

Gigno,  ere,  genui,  genitum.  To 
bring  forth,  beget,  produce. 

Gladiator,  oris,  m.  Gladiator,  a 
fighter  at  the  public  games. 

Gladiatorius  (gladiator),  a,  um. 
Gladiatorial. 

Gladius,  i,  m.  Sword. 

Glisco,  ere.  To  grow,  spread ; 
rise. 

Gloria,  ae,  f.  Glory. 

Gradus,  us,  m.  Step,  stair,  posi¬ 
tion. 

Grandis,  e.  Large,  great. 

Grando,  inis,  f.  Hail. 

Gratia,  ae,  f.  Favor,  gratitude; 
pi.  thanks. 

Gratiis  or  gratis,  adv.  For  nor¬ 
thing,  without  pay. 

Gratulatio,  onis,  f.  Gratulation, 
congratulation. 

Gratus,  a,  um.  Pleasing,  accept¬ 
able;  grateful. 

Gravis,  e.  Heavy,  severe. 

Graviter  (gravis),  adv.  Heavily, 
severely. 

Gravo  (gravis),  ai  e,  avi,  atum.  To 
burden,  load. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


303 


H. 

Habeo,  ere ,  ui,  iturn.  To  have ; 
regard;  keep. 

Habitus  (habeo),  us,  m.  Habit, 
dress,  attire. 

Hasta,  ae ,  f.  Spear. 

Hastlle,  is,  n.  Spear. 

Hastilis  (hasta),  e.  Belonging  to 
a  spear. 

Hand,  adv.  Not. 

Haurio,  ire,  si,  stum.  To  drink, 
draw  out,  exhaust. 

Hedera,  ae,  f.  Ivy. 

Heres ,  edis,  m.  and  f.  Heir,  heiress. 

Heros,  dis,  m.  Hero. 

Hesternus,  a,  um.  Of  yesterday. 

Hie,  haec,  hoc.  This,  he,  she,  it. 

Ilic,  adv.  Here,  in  this  place. 

Hiems,  emis,  f.  Storm,  winter. 

Hinc  (hie),  adv.  Hence,  on  this 
side  ;  hinc — hinc,  on  the  one 
side — on  the  other  side. 

Hodie,  adv.  To-day. 

Homo,  inis,  m.  and  f.  Human 
being,  man. 

Honestas,  atis,  f.  Honor,  honesty. 

Honor,  oris,  m.  Honor,  rank,  dig- 
nity. 

Honorifice,  adv.  Honorably. 

Honoro  (honor),  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To 
honor,  reverence. 

Hortor,  dri,  dtus  sum.  To  exhort, 
incite. 

Hortus,  i,  m.  Garden. 

Hostia,  ae,  f.  Victim. 

Hostllis  (liostis),  e.  Hostile. 

Hostis,  is,  c.  Enemy. 

Humdnus,  a,  um.  Human. 

Ilumo,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  bury. 

I. 

Ibi,  adv.  There,  in  that  place. 

Tco,  ere,  id,  ictum.  To  strike; 
make,  ratify. 

Idem,  eadem,  idem.  The  same ; 
sometimes  bett  rendered  by  also. 


Idoneus,  a,  um.  Suitable,  fit. 

Igitur,  conj.  Therefore,  accord* 
ingly. 

Ignavus ,  a,  um.  Slothful,  indolent. 

Ignis ,  is,  m.  Fire. 

Ignobiliter ,  adv.  Meanly,  dis¬ 
gracefully. 

Ignoro,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  be  ig¬ 
norant  of,  not  know. 

Hie,  a,  ud.  That ;  he,  she,  it. 

Illigo,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  bind. 

Illustris ,  e.  Illustrious,  famous. 

Illustro  (illustris)  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
To  enlighten,  illumine,  illus¬ 
trate. 

Illuvies,  ei,  f.  Flood, 

Irnber,  bris,  m.  Rain,  shower. 

Imbuo,  ere,  ui,  utum.  To  imbue, 
impress. 

Imitatio,  onis,  f.  Imitation. 

Immanis,  e.  Inhuman,  cruel. 

Immaturus,  a,  um.  Young,  imma¬ 
ture. 

Immemor,  oris.  Unmindful,  for¬ 
getful. 

Immitto  (in,  mitto),  ere,  isi,  issum. 
To  send  or  let  in ;  let  go ;  bring 
forward. 

Immortalis,  e.  Immortal. 

Immunitas,  atis,  f.  Immunity,  ex¬ 
emption. 

Impatiens,  tis.  Impatient. 

Impatienter  (impatiens),  adv.  Im¬ 
patiently. 

Impedimentum  (impedio),  i,  n.  Im¬ 
pediment,  obstacle ;  pi.  baggage. 

Impedio,  ire ,  ivi  or  ii,  itum.  To 
impede,  embarrass ;  hinder,  pre¬ 
vent 

Impello  (in,  pello),  ere,  puli,  pul  sum. 
To  impel,  induce. 

Impendeo  (in,  pendeo),  ere.  To  im 
pend,  threaten,  overhang. 

Impensa,  ae,  f.  Expense,  cost. 

Imperator  (impero),  oris,  m.  Com¬ 
mander,  emperor. 

Imperium  (impero),  i,  n.  Com¬ 
mand,  power,  rule,  sway,  reign. 

Impero,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  com¬ 
mand,  rule,  govern. 


304 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Impetus ,  us,  m.  Attack,  fury. 

Impono  (in,  pono),  ere,  osui,  ositum. 
To  place  or  put  in  or  to ;  enjoin ; 
impose. 

Improbo,  dre,  dvi,  atum.  To  reject. 

Imprudenter ,  adv.  Imprudently. 

Impubes,  eris.  Youthful,  young. 

Impugno  (in,  pugno),  are,  avi,  dtum. 
To  assail,  attack. 

Impulsus  (impello),  us,  m.  Insti¬ 
gation. 

In,  prep,  with  acc.  or  abl.  Into, 
to,  for,  against,  with  acc. ;  in,  on, 
with  abl. 

Incendium  (incendo),  i,  n.  Fire, 
conflagration. 

Incendo,  ere,  di,  sum.  To  set  on 
fire,  inflame,  excite. 

Incertus  (in,  certus),  a,  um.  Un¬ 
certain. 

Incesso,  ere,  Ivi  or  i.  To  attack. 

Inchoo,  dre,  dvi,  dtum.  To  begin, 
commence. 

Incido  (in,  cado),  ere,  cidi,  cdsum. 
To  fall  into  or  upon,  fall  in  with, 
happen. 

Incido  (in,  caedo),  ere,  cidi,  clsum. 
To  cut,  destroy. 

Incipio  (in,  capio),  ere,  epi,  eptum. 
To  begin,  undertake. 

Incitamentum  (incito),  i,  n.  Incen¬ 
tive,  inducement. 

Incitdtus  (incito),  a,  um.  Run¬ 
ning;  equoincitdto,  at  full  speed. 

Incito,  dre,  dvi,  dtum.  To  incite, 
hasten,  spur  on ;  inspire. 

Incllno,  dre,  dvi,  dtum.  To  incline, 
bend ;  pass,  to  sink,  go  to  ruin. 

Incola  (incolo),  ae,  c.  Inhabitant. 

Incolo  (in,  colo),  ere,  colui,  cultum. 
To  dwell,  abide  in,  inhabit. 

Incolumis,  e.  Safe,  uninjured. 

Incommbdum,  i,  n.  Misfortune,  de¬ 
feat. 

Incredibilis,  e.  Incredible. 

Incrementum,  i,  n.  Growth,  in¬ 
crease. 

hide,  adv.  Thence,  from  that 
place. 

Indecore ,  adv.  Disgracefully. 


Index  (indlco),  ids,  m.  and  f.  In¬ 
former,  witness. 

Indlco  (in,  dico),  ere,  dixi,  dictum 
To  declare,  publish,  appoint. 

Indigeo,  ere,  ui.  To  need ;  part,  in - 
digens  subs,  an  indigent  person. 

Indignor  (indignus),  dri  dtus  sum. 
To  disdain,  scorn ;  be  indignant. 

Indignus  (in,  dignus),  a,  um.  Un¬ 
worthy,  harsh,  indecent. 

Indoles,  is,  f.  Nature,  native  qual¬ 
ity,  excellence. 

Indomitus  (in,  domitus),  a,  um. 
Unsubdued,  invincible. 

Indubitatus,  a,  um.  Undoubted, 
certain. 

Induciae,  or  indutiae,  drum,  f.  pi. 
Truce. 

Induco  (in,  duco),  ere,  duxi ,  ductum. 
To  induce,  lead  into,  overlay, 
adorn  with,  gild. 

Induratus  (induro),  a,  um.  Obdu¬ 
rate. 

Induro,  dre,  dvi,  dtum.  To  harden. 

Industria ,  ae,  f.  Industry. 

Ineo  (in,  eo),  ire,  ivi  or  ii,  Hum. 
To  enter,  go  into ;  gratiam  inlre , 
to  obtain  the  favor  of,  conciliate. 

Inermis  (in,  arma),  e.  Unarmed. 

Inf  amis,  e.  Infamous,  notorious. 

Infelix  (in,  felix),  Ids.  Unhappy, 
unfortunate. 

Infensus ,  a,  um.  Exasperated,  en¬ 
raged. 

Inferior ,  us.  Inferior. 

Infero  (in,  fero),  ferre ,  tuli,  illatum 
To  carry  against,  wage  against 

Infesto  (infestus),  dre,  dvi,  dtum. 
To  infest,  trouble. 

Infestus,  a,  um.  Infested,  trouble 
some,  hostile. 

Infinltus ,  a,  um.  Great,  infinite. 

Inf  ammo,  dre,  dvi,  dtum.  To  in¬ 
flame,  arouse. 

Informis  (in,  forma),  e.  Shapeless, 
deformed. 

Infringo  (in,  frango),  ere,  egi,  actum . 
To  infringe,  break. 

Infula,  ae,  f.  Fillet,  head-dress, 
badge  of  office. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULAR?. 


305 


Ingimo,  ere,  ui,  To  groan,  lament. 

Ingcnium ,  i,  n.  Character,  genius. 

Ingens ,  tis.  Great,  mighty. 

Ingenuus,  a,  um.  Freeborn,  in¬ 
genuous. 

Ingratia  (ingratus),  ae,  f.  Ingrati¬ 
tude. 

Ingratiis  or  ingrdtis,  adv.  Against 
one’s  wilL 

Ingratus  (in,  gratus),  a ,  um.  Dis¬ 
agreeable,  offensive,  ungrateful. 

Ingredior  (in,  gradior),  di,  gressus 
sum,  dep.  To  enter,  encounter. 

Inimicitia  (inimlcus),  ae,  f.  En¬ 
mity. 

Inimlcus  (in,  amicus),  a,  um.  Hos¬ 
tile;  subs,  an  enemy. 

Inxque  (inlquus),  adv.  Unjustly. 

Inlquus  (in,  aequus),  a,  um.  Un¬ 
favorable,  unjust. 

Initium  (ineo),  i,  n.  Beginning ; 
pi.  sacred  mysteries. 

Injicio  (in,  jacio),  ere,  jeci,  jectum. 
To  throw  in ;  cause ;  inspire 
with. 

Injuria,  ae,  f.  Injury,  wrong. 

Injuste,  adv.  Unjustly. 

Innocens,  tis.  Innocent. 

Innotesco ,  ere,  notui.  To  become 
known. 

Innoxius,  a,  um.  Harmless,  inno¬ 
cent. 

Inopinatus,  a,  um.  Sudden,  unex¬ 
pected. 

Inquam  or  inquio,  defect.  (See 
A.  <fc  S.  183,  5.)  To  say. 

Inscitia,  ae,  f.  Ignorance. 

Insequor  (in,  sequor),  qui,  ciitus 
sum.  To  follow,  pursue. 

Insidiae,  drum,  f.  pi.  Ambush, 
treachery. 

Insigne,  is,  n.  Mark,  sign;  pi. 
badges  of  office,  insignia. 

Insignis,  e.  Distinguished,  noted. 

Insisto,  ere,  st\ti,  stxtum.  To  per¬ 
sist;  urge;  entreat. 

Insolens,  tis.  Unusual,  insolent. 

Insolenter  (insolens).  Insolently. 

Inspicio,  ire,  exi,  ectum.  To  con-, 
eider,  inspect. 


Instauro ,  are,  avi,  dtum.  To  re¬ 
new. 

Instinctus,  us,  m.  Instigation,  im¬ 
pulse. 

Instituo  (in,  statuo),  ere,  ui,  utum. 
To  institute,  establish. 

Instrumentum  (instruo),  i,  n.  Im¬ 
plements,  movables,  goods. 

Instruo,  ere,  uxi,  uctum.  To  pre¬ 
pare,  build,  furnish  with,  equip. 

Insula,  ae,  f.  Island. 

Insuper.  Moreover. 

Intactus,  a,  um.  Unharmed. 

Intelligo,  ere,  exi,  ectum.  To  un¬ 
derstand,  perceive,  know. 

Inter,  prep,  with  acc.  Between, 
among,  in  the  midst  of. 

Intercipio  (inter,  capio),  ere,  cepi, 
ceptum.  To  catch;  intercept, 
take  from. 

Intercludo  (inter,  claudo),  ere,  si, 
sum.  To  prevent,  cut  off. 

Interdum,  adv.  Sometimes. 

Interea,  adv.  In  the  mean  time. 

Intereo  (inter,  eo),  Ire,  ivi  or  ii, 
xtum.  To  perish. 

Interfector  (interficio),  oris,  m. 
Murderer. 

Interficio  (inter,  facio),  ere,  feci, 
fectum.  To  kill. 

Interim,  adv.  In  the  mean  time, 
meanwhile. 

Interxmo  (inter,  emo),  ere,  emi, 
emptum.  To  deprive  of,  to  kill. 

Interior,  us.  Interior,  inland. 

Interxtus  (intereo),  us,  m.  Destruc¬ 
tion. 

Inter jicio  (inter,  jacio),  ere,  jeci, 
jectum.  To  place  between  ; 
anno  interjecto,  at  the  expira¬ 
tion  of  a  year. 

Internecio,  dnis,  f.  Slaughter. 

Internuncius ,  or  internuntius,  i,  m. 
Messenger. 

Interregnum  (inter,  regnum),  i,  n. 
An  interreign,  interregnum. 

Interrxtus  (in,  terntus),  a,  um. 
Fearless,  undismayed. 

Interrogo  (inter,  rogo),  are,  dviy 
dtum.  To  ask,  question. 


806 


L  ATIN-EN GL1SH  VOCABULARY. 


Interrumpo  (inter,  rumpo),  ere, 
rupi,  ruptum.  To  break  down, 
interrupt. 

Intersero ,  ere,  ui,  turn.  To  allege. 

Tntervenio  (inter,  venio),  Ire,  veni, 
ventum.  To  intervene,  occur. 

Tntestinus,  a,  um.  Intestine,  civil. 

Tntra,  adv.  and  prep,  with  acc. 
Within. 

Tntro,  are,  dvi,  atum.  To  enter. 

Introeo,  Ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum.  To  en¬ 
ter. 

Tntueor ,  eri,  itus  sum.  To  look  at, 
observe. 

Inusitdtus,  a,  um.  Unusual,  ex¬ 
traordinary. 

Invado ,  ere,  si,  sum.  To  invade, 
seize. 

Invenio  (in,  venio),  Ire ,  veni,  ven¬ 
tum.  To  find,  meet  with. 

Invicem,  adv.  By  turns,  one  an¬ 
other. 

Invictus  (in,  victus),  a,  um.  Un¬ 
conquered,  invincible. 

Invideo  (in,  video),  ere,  vidi,  visum. 
To  envy. 

Invidia,  ae,  f.  Envy. 

Invisus,  a,  um.  Odious,  hateful. 

Invito,  are,  dvi,  atum.  To  invite, 
allure. 

Invitus,  a,  um.  Unwilling. 

Ipse,  a,  um.  Self,  himself,  herself* 
itself. 

Ira,  ae,  f.  Anger. 

Iracundia,  ae,  f.  Anger,  hasty 
temper. 

Irrideo  (in,  rideo),  ere,  si,  sum.  To 
ridicule,  laugh  at. 

Irrumpo  (in,  rumpo),  ere,  rupi,  rup¬ 
tum.  To  rush  into ;  make  an  in¬ 
cursion  into. 

Is,  ea,  id.  He,  she,  it;  that. 

Ita,  adv.  Thus,  so;  to  such  an 
extent. 

Itdque,  conj.  Therefore,  and  thus. 

Item,  adv.  Likewise,  also. 

Iter,  itineris,  n.  Way,  march, 
route. 

Iterdto  (itero),  adv.  Again,  a  sec¬ 
ond  time. 


Itero  (iterum),  are,  dvi,  atum.  Tc 
repeat,  renew. 

Iterum ,  adv.  Again,  a  second  time. 


Jaceo,  ere,  ui,  itum.  To  lie. 

Jacio,  ere,  jeci,  jactum.  To  throw, 
hurl ;  also,  to  lay,  place,  erect. 

Jaculum  (jacio),  i,  n.  Dart,  javelin. 

Jam ,  adv.  Now,  already. 

Jubeo,  ere,  jussi,  jussum.  To  order, 
direct. 

Jucundus,  a,  um.  Pleasing,  de¬ 
lightful. 

Judex  (judico),  icis,  m.  and  f. 
Judge,  arbiter. 

Judicium  (judex),  i ,  n.  Judgment, 
decision,  trial. 

Judico,  are,  dvi,  atum.  To  judge. 

Jugulo,  are,  dvi,  atum.  To  kill, 
murder. 

Jugum,  i,  n.  Yoke. 

Jungo,  ere,  nxi,  nctum.  To  join, 
unite. 

Junior  (juvenis),  us.  Younger. 

Juro,  are,  dvi,  atum.  To  take 
oath,  swear. 

Jus,  juris,  n.  Right,  justice. 

Jusjurandum  jurisjurandi.  (See 
A.  &  S.  91.)  An  oath. 

Jussu  (jubeo),  abl.  sing,  used  only 
in  this  case.  Command,  order. 

Justitia  (justus),  ae,  f.  Justice. 

Justus  (jus),  a,  um.  Just. 

Juvenis,  e.  Young ;  subs,  a  youth, 
young  man. 

L. 

L.  An  abbreviation  of  Lucius. 

Labor,  oris,  m.  Labor. 

Laboro  (labor),  dre,  dvi,  atum.  To 
labor,  strive,  take  pains;  toil; 
suffer. 

Lac,  lactis,  n.  Milk. 

Lacesso,  dre,  ivi  or  ii,  itum.  To 
excite,  assail,  provoke. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


307 


Lacrima ,  or  lacryma ,  ae,  f.  Tear. 

Lacrimo ,  or  lacrymo  (lacrima),  are, 
ari,  aiara.  To  weep,  shed  tears. 

Lacus,  us,  m.  Lake. 

Laete  (laetus),  adv.  Gladly. 

Laetitia  (laetus),  ae,  f.  Joy,  glad¬ 
ness. 

Laetus,  a,  um.  Glad,  joyous. 

Laevus,  a,  um.  Left,  on  the  left 
hand. 

Largior,  iri,  Itus  sum.  To  bestow, 
lavish;  bribe. 

Lassitudo,  Inis,  f.  Fatigue,  weari¬ 
ness. 

Late,  adv.  Widely,  far  and  wide. 

Latebra ,  ae,  f.  Retreat,  hiding- 
place,  pretence. 

Latlne  (Latinus),  adv.  In  Latin. 

Latro,  onis,  m.  Mercenary,  rob¬ 
ber. 

Lotus,  eris,  n.  Side. 

Laudo  (laus),  are,  dvi ,  dtum.  To 
praise. 

Laureus,  a,  um.  Of  laurel,  lau¬ 
rel;  laurea  (subs.),  a  laurel-tree 
or  branch,  laurel  wreath. 

Laus,  laudis,  f.  Praise. 

Laxo,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  relax, 
loosen. 

Lectus  (lego),  a,  um.  Choice,  ex¬ 
cellent. 

Legatio,  onis,  f.  Legation,  em¬ 
bassy. 

Legdtus,  i,  m.  Ambassador,  lieu¬ 
tenant. 

Legio,  onis,  f.  Legion. 

Lego  (lex),  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  be¬ 
queathe  as  a  legacy. 

Lego,  Ere,  legi,  lectum.  To  choose, 
elect;  read. 

Lenltas,  atis,  f.  Lenity,  mildness. 

Leniter,  adv.  Gently,  mildly. 

Lctdlis,  e.  Deadly,  mortal. 

Levis,  e.  Light,  easy. 

Lender  (levis),  adv.  Lightly, 
slightly. 

Lex,  legis,  f.  Law,  condition, 
terms. 

Liber,  bri,  m.  Book. 

Liber,  era,  Zrum.  Free. 


Liberalitas,  atis,  f.  Liberality, 
generosity.* 

Liberi,  drum,  m.  pi.  Children. 

Libero  (liber),  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To 
liberate,  free. 

Libertas  (liber),  atis,  f.  Liberty, 
freedom.  t 

Libertus,  i,  m.  A  freedman. 

Libido,  Inis,  f.  Desire,  lust. 

Licet,  impers.  It  is  lawful,  is  per¬ 
mitted. 

Licet,  conj.  Although,  though. 

Ligneus ,  a,  um.  Wooden,  of  wood. 

Literae,  drum,  f.  pi.  Letter,  let¬ 
ters;  literature. 

Literarius  (literae),  a,  um.  Lite¬ 
rary. 

Litus,  oris,  n.  Shore,  sea-shore. 

Locupleto,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  en¬ 
rich,  make  rich. 

Locus,  i,  m.  pi.  loci,  or  loca,  n.  Place. 

Longe  (longus),  adv.  Much,  great¬ 
ly,  by  far. 

Longinquus,  a,  um.  Remote,  dis¬ 
tant. 

Longus,  a,  um.  Long. 

Loquor,  qui,  locutus  sum.  To 
speak,  converse. 

Lorlca,  ae,  f.  Coat  of  mail. 

Luctus  (lugeo),  us,  m.  Grief, 
mourning. 

Ludibrium,  i,  n.  Sport,  derision, 
laughing-stock. 

Ludicra,  crum,  adj.  nom.  sing.  m. 
not  used.  Sportive. 

Ludicrum,  i,  n.  Show,  game. 

Ludo,  ere,  lusi,  lusum.  To  play, 
sport. 

Ludus,  i,  m.  Play,  sport,  school. 

Lugeo,  ere,  luxi.  To  grieve,  mourn, 
weep  for. 

Luna,  ae,  f.  Moon. 

Lao,  ere,  lui,  luitum  or  lutum.  To 
pay ;  expiate,  atone  for. 

Lupa,  ae,  f.  A  she-wolf. 

Lustratio,  onis,  f.  Expiatory  sac¬ 
rifice  ;  review  attended  with 
sacrifices. 

Lustro,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  purify, 
review. 


SOS  LATIN- ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Lux,  lucis,  f.  Light*  light  of  day. 

Luxuria ,  ae,  f.  Luxury,  excess. 

Luxus,  us,  m.  Luxury,  luxuries, 
revelling. 

M. 

J f.  Au  abbreviation  of  Marcus. 

Jfagis,  adv.  More. 

Magister,  tri ,  m.  Master,  leader; 
teacher. 

Maffi stratus,  us,  m.  Magistracy, 
magistrate. 

Magn  if  ice  (magnifleus)  adv.  Mag¬ 
nificently,  splendidly. 

Magn i fi center,  a dv.  =  m agn  iflce. 

Magn  ifiexntia  (magnifieus),  ne,  f. 
Magnificence,  costliness. 

Magn  (ficus,  <i,  urn  ;  comp,  magni- 
rice'ntior,  superb  magnifieentiss 7- 
m us.  Splendid;  stately;  high- 
minded. 

Magnitudo  (magnus),  Unis,  f. 
Greatness,  size. 

Magnus,  a,  uni ;  comp,  major,  su¬ 
perb  maxtmus.  Great;  majores, 
forefathers,  ancestors;  majores 
with  uatu,  elders. 

Magus,  i,  m.  *A  wise  man,  par¬ 
ticularly  amony  the  Persians. 

Majestas,  at  is,  f.  Majesty,  dignity. 

Major.  (See  magn  us.) 

Male  (malus),  adv.  Badly,  with 
ill  success. 

Malo,  malic,  malui,  irregular.  (See 
F.  B.  410  ;  A.  &S.  178.)  To  pre¬ 
fer. 

Malum,  i,  n.  Misfortune,  evil. 

Mai  us,  a,  um  ;  comp,  pejor,  superl. 
pesslmus.  Bad,  wicked. 

Mil n do,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  bid, 
enjoin,  intrust, 

Manco,  ire,  nsi,  nsum.  To  remain. 

Manifesto,  are, ,  avi,  atum.  To 
show,  manifest. 

Man  umitto,  ere,  Jsi,  issum.  To 
emancipate,  make  free. 

Man  us,  us,  f.  Hand,  force. 

Mare,  is,  n.  Sea. 


Marin  us  (mare),  a,  um.  Marine, 
of  the  sen,  from  or  by  the  sea. 

J  fart  t  us,  i,  m.  Husband. 

Mas,  mans,  m.  Male,  the  male, 
man. 

Mater,  tris,  f.  Mother. 

Materia,  ae,  {.,  or  materics,  ii,  f. 
Materials. 

Matrimonium ,  i,  n.  Marriage. 

Matrona,  ae,  f.  Matron. 

Max) me,  adv.  Especially,  in  the 
highest  degree. 

Maximus,  a,  um  ;  superb  of  mag- 
n us.  G reatest.  (See  also  II.  A  G. 
Index.) 

Medi  c  us,  i,  m.  Physician. 

Medius,  a,  um.  Middle,  midst  of, 
middle  of.  (See  F.  B.  267.) 

Melior  (bonus),  us.  Better. 

Mem  drum,  i,  n.  Member,  limb. 

Me  min  i,  isti,  defect.  (See  A.  A  S. 
183.)  To  remember. 

Memorabllis,  e.  Memorable. 

Memoria,  ae,  f.  Memory,  recollec¬ 
tion. 

Memoro,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  men¬ 
tion,  relate. 

Mens,  tis,  f.  Mind,  reason. 

Men  sis,  is,  m.  Month. 

Mentio,  dnis,  f.  Mention. 

Mercatus,  us,  m.  Public  sale,  fair 
meeting. 

Mercor,  ari,  atus  sum.  To  trade, 
buy. 

Mereo,  ere,  ui,  Hum.  To  deserve, 
merit. 

Mergo,  ire,  si,  sum.  To  merge, 
sink,  destroy. 

Merit  um,  i,  n.  Reward,  merit. 

Merum,  i,  n.  "Wine,  pure  wine. 

Merx,  cis,  f.  Merchandise,  goods. 

Metal lu m,  i,  n.  Metal,  mine. 

Metuo,  ere,  ui.  To  fear. 

Metus,  us,  m.  Fear,  dread. 

Mens,  a,  um,  voe.  sing.  masc.  mi 
My,  mine. 

Mi  pro,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  migrate 
remove. 

Miles,  It  is,  m.  Soldier. 

Militaris  (miles),  e.  Military. 


LATIN -ENGLISH  VOCABULARY.  309 


Militia  (miles),  ae,  £  Warfare, 
military  service. 

Millto  (miles),  are,  dri,  Stum.  To 
serve  as  a  soldier,  to  serve. 

MUU ,  sabs,  and  adj.  Thousand ; 
millia,  subs.,  a  thousand,  a  thou¬ 
sand  men. 

Milliarius  (or  urn,  m),  i,  to.  Mile- 
stone,  mile. 

Minor  (parvus),  us.  Smaller,  less. 

Minus,  adv.  Less. 

Mi  rabilis  (miror),  e.  W onderfuL 

Miror,  dri,  dtus  sum.  To  wonder, 
admire. 

Miter,  (to,  erurn.  Unfortunate, 
miserable. 

Mlsereo,  'ere,  ui.  Hum.  To  pity ; 
often  impersonal. 

Misereor,  eri,  ertus  or  efitus  sum, 
dep.  To  pity. 

Miseria  (miser),  ae,  £  Misery, 
affliction. 

Miserieordia,  ae,  £  Compassion. 

Mitto ,  ere,  misi,  missum.  To  send. 

Moderate  (moderatus),  adv.  With 
moderation. 

Moderatio,  onis,  £  Moderation, 
self-eontroL 

Moderatus,  a,  um.  Discreet,  mod¬ 
erate. 

Moilius  (or  um,  m),  i,  m.  Measure, 
a  little  more  than  a  peck. 

Modus,  i,  m.  Manner,  measure, 
limits. 

Moenia,  ium,  n.  pi  Walls  of  a 
city,  city. 

Moles,  is,  £  Mole,  dam. 

Molitio,  onis,  £  Undertaking, 
preparation. 

MoUio,  I  re,  iri  or  ii.  Hum.  To 
soften. 

Momentum,  i,  n.  Weight,  influ¬ 
ence. 

Months*,  us,  m.  Advice. 

Mons,  tis,  m.  Mountain,  mount. 

Monstro,  are,  dri,  dtum.  To  show. 

Mora,  ae,  £  Delay. 

Morbus,  i,  m.  Disease. 

Morior,  iri  or  i,  inortuus  sum,  dep. 
To  die. 


Moror  (mora\  dri,  dtus  sum,  ^lep 
To  delay,  tarry. 

Mors,  tis,  £  Death. 

Mortifer  (mors  and  fero),  tra, 
trurn.  Deadly,  mortaL 

Mot,  moris,  m.  Custom,  manner ; 
jpl.  character,  morals. 

Motus,  us,  rn.  Motion;  commo¬ 
tion,  revolt. 

Moteo,  ere,  mam,  mot  urn.  To  move, 
excite. 

Mox,  adv.  Presently,  soon 

Macro,  Unis,  m.  Point  of  swor  i 
sword. 

Mvlxebris  (mulier),  e.  Belonging 
to  women,  womanly,  woman  s. 

Mulier,  eri.s,  £  Woman 

Multitude  (mnltus),  inis,  £  Mul¬ 
titude. 

MM  to,  are,  dri,  dtum.  To  punish, 
deprive  of  by  way  of  punish¬ 
ment  ;  to  fine. 

Multo,  adv.  By  far,  much. 

Multus,  a,  um;  comp,  plus,  n,  su¬ 
per!  plurimus.  Much,  many. 

Mania,  ium,  n  pL  Duties,  func¬ 
tions  of  office. 

Munimentum ,  i,  n  Fortification, 
defence,  covering. 

Munio,  ire,  lei  or  ii,  itum.  To 
fortify,  defend. 

Munxtio,  onis,  £  Fortification, 
rampart. 

Munitus,-a,  um.  Fortified. 

Munus,  eris ,  n  Rewar*!,  present ; 
service,  office. 

Murus,  i,  m.  WalL 

Muto,  dri,  dri,  dtum.  To  change, 
alter. 

Mutuus,  a,  um.  Mutual. 


N. 

.Yam,  c-onj.  For. 

Xamque,  conj.  For,  but 
Xancucor,  ci,  nactus  sum,  dep.  To 
obtain,  take  advantage  of. 
Xarro ,  are,  dri,  dtum.  To  I  elate, 
narrate. 


310 


LAT3X-EXGLISH  T OCAE  U  LAKY. 


No, scor,  ei,  flatus  sum  To  be 
bom,  to  arise. 

37zfio,  on  is,  £  Nation,  j^eople. 

Xatu,  defective,  abl  sing.  By 
birth,  in  age ;  maximus  nestu, 
eldest 


Naturilis,  «.  Natural 
Nasal  is  (navis),  e.  Naval 
Narigatio,  onis,  £  Navigation, 


ITawujo,  are,  avi,  often.  To  sail 
upon,  navigate. 

3~dti*,  t*,  £  Ship. 

3>,  adv.  and  eonj.  used  with  im¬ 
perative  and  subj.  Not,  that 
not,  lest ;  after  verbs  of  f  earing, 
that,  lest ;  nequidem,  or  rot — gai- 
dem,  not  even. 

Xe,  interrog.  particle,  177,  Bern. 
1  and  2. 

Xee  or  risque,  adv.  and  eonj.  Nei¬ 
ther,  nor ;  and  not,  not ;  nee — 
nee,  neque — negue,  neither — nor. 

Xeeessariux,  a,  urn.  Necessary. 

Xeeo,  are,  ari,  dturn.  To  slay,  kill 

Xeghgens,  tis.  Negligent,  neglect¬ 


ful 


Negligo,  ere,  exi,  ectum.  To  neg¬ 
lect,  disregard. 

Xego,  are,  avi,  dturn.  To  deny,  re¬ 
fuse. 

Xegotium,  i,  n.  Business,  diffi¬ 
culty. 

Xemo  (inis,  gen.  not  in  good  use). 
No  one,  nobody. 

Xepos,  Otis,  m.  Grandson. 

Xegue.  (See  Xee.) 

Xegueo,  Ire,  xvi  or  ii,  itum,  irreg. 
like  eo.  (See  A.  <k  S.  182,  R.  3.) 
To  be  unable,  not  to  be  able. 

Xeqmdem.  (See  Xe.) 

Xequis  or  ne  guts,  qua,  quod  or 
quid.  That  no  one. 

Xequitia ,  o.e,  £  Inactivity,  remiss- 
nes3. 

Nescio  (ne  and.  scio),  Ire,  Ini  or  ii, 
Itum.  To  be  ignorant,  not  to 
know. 

Nihil,  n.  indecL  Nothing;  adv. 
not,  in  nothing. 


Xitnis,  adv.  Exceedingly,  too 
much. 

Ximisa,  a,  ton.  Excessive,  too 
much,  too  great 

Xsi,  eon;.  Unless,  if  not,  except. 

31 tor,  ti,  nisvs  or  nirms  sum,  dep. 
To  strive,  attempt 

Nix,  niris,  £  Snow. 

NobUix,  e.  Noble,  famous. 

XobilUas  (nohilisV  diis,  £  Fame, 
nobleness ;  nobility,  nobles. 

Xoceo,  ire,  ui,  ituiru  To  hurt, 
harm. 

Xoctu,  abL  By  night. 

Xoctumus,  a,  um .  Nocturnal,  oc¬ 
curring  at  night. 

Xolo,  nolle,  nolui,  irreg.  (See  F.  B. 
410,  and  A.  <fc  S.  178.)  To  be 
unwilling. 

Xomen,  inis,  n.  Name. 

Non,  adv.  Not;  non  nisi,  only. 

Xonagesunus,  a,  um.  Ninetieth. 

Xondum,  adv.  Not  yet. 

Xonne,  in  terror.  particle.  (See 
177,  R.  2.)  "Whether,  expecting 
answer  yes. 

Xon.nuU.us,  a,  um  (declined  like 
rcullus'j.  Some. 

Xonus,  a,  um.  Ninth. 

Xovern,  indeed.  Nine. 

Xoverca ,  as,  £  Stepmother. 

Xovo  (novus),  are,  avi,  dturn.  To 
renew,  change;  revolutionize. 

Xovus,  a,  urn .  New;  novae  res, 
revolution. 

Xox,  noctis,  £  Night 

Xuho,  ere,  psi,  ptum.  To  veil  one’s 
self,  to  marry,  applied  to  the 
bride  as  she  was  covered  with  a 
veil. 

Xwlus,  a,  um.  Naked,  uncov¬ 
ered 

Xullus,  a,  um.  (See  F.  B.  113,  R.) 
No  one,  no. 

Xum,  interrog.  particle.  (See  177, 
R.  2,  and  381.)  Whether,  used 
both  in  direct  and  independent 
questions. 

NumZrus,  i,  m.  Number. 

Nunc.  Now. 


L  ATIX-EX GLI5H  YOCABULABY. 


311 


Xuncupo,  are,  aci,  ainr/u  To  call, 

name. 

Xunquam.  Xever. 

Xuntio  (or  do\  dre,  ad,  at  urn.  To 
announce,  relate. 

Xuntius,  i,  m.  Message,  news, 
messenger. 

Xuptiae,  arum,  £  pL  Marriage, 
nuptials. 

Xutria,  Ire,  iri  or  ii,  Uum.  To 
nourish,  support. 

X/mpha,  an,  £  Spouse,  wife, 
nyraph. 

0. 

Ob,  prep,  with  acc.  On  account 
of,  for. 

Obduco  (ob,  duco),  ere,  duxi,  due- 
turn.  To  draw  over,  overspread, 
cover. 

Obedio,  I re,  Iri  or  ii,  Uum.  To 
obey,  serve ;  be  subject  to. 

Obeo  (ob,  eo).  Ire,  Iri  or  ii,  Uum. 
To  meet;  die. 

Objecto,  are,  act,  atum.  To  expose, 
set  forth;  endanger. 

Objieio  (ob,  jacioT  ere,  jici,  jeetum. 

To  expose,  offer,  present. 

Obit  us,  us,  m.  Death. 

Oblioo,  are,  dri,  dtum.  To  oblige, 
put  under  obligation. 

Obiiriseor,  ri,  obi  it  us  sum,  dep. 
To  forget. 

Obruo ,  ere,  ui,  utum.  To  destroy, 
overwhelm. 

Obseure  (obscurus),  adv.  In  ob¬ 
scurity,  obscurely. 

Obseurus,  a,  tern.  Obscure,  hidden : 

mean. 

Obsequium,  i,  n  Submission, 
fealtv. 

•  _ 

Obserro,  ifre.  dri,  dtum.  To  ob¬ 
serve,  keep. 

Obses.  id  is.  el  and  £  Hostage. 
Obsideo  (ob.  sedeo\  err,  ids,  essvm. 

To  besiege,  invest. 

Oimdio  (obsid eo\  on  is,  £  Siege; 

blockade. 


Obstc  (ob,  -to),  are,  tf.Ui,  stdturu. 
To  oppose,  prevent. 

Obtero,  ere,  trim,  tfUum.  To  crush, 
wear  down. 

Obtestor,  dri,  dt-is  sum,  dep.  To 
call  to  witness,  implore,  conjure. 

Obtineo(ob,  teneoL  ere,  inui,  erUurn. 
To  obtain,  hold,  prevail 

Obtingo,  ere ,  tigi.  To  befall.  Lap- 
pen  to. 

Obtruneo,  dre,  dri ,  dtum.  To  slaugh¬ 
ter. 

Oeeasio ,  on  is,  £  Opportunity,  oc¬ 
casion. 

Oceido  fob,  eaedo\  ere,  eldi,  elsttm. 
TokilL 

Oecidte  (occultus),  adv.  In  secret, 
secretly. 

Occultus,  a,  um.  Secret,  hidden  ; 
reserved,  dissembling. 

Oecupa,  dre,  dri,  atom.  To  occu¬ 
py,  take  possession  o£ 

Oceurro  (ob,  eurro),  ire,  curri 
(cucurri  i.  atrsum.  To  meet,  at¬ 
tack. 

Oeednus,  i,  el  Ocean. 

Oetdcus  •  oetO  L  a,  vm.  Eighth. 

Qctingemti,  ae,  a.  Ehrht  hundred. 

Octo,  indecL  Eight. 

Octoginia  (octo\  indec-L  Eighty^ 

Odd  us.  i.  m.  Eye. 

Odium,  i,  n.  Hatred,  enmity. 

Oyfendo,  ire,  di,  sum.  To  offend, 
injure. 

Ofemsa,  ae,  £  Offence,  harm. 

Ojensus  (offendo  T  a.  um.  Offend¬ 
ed,  hostile. 

Ofero  (ob,  fero \ferre,  ociidi.  .  5Jj- 
turn.  To  offer,  show ;  cjperre, 
to  offer  one's  self  as  an  antago- 
nist,  to  oppose:  expose  one's 
self. 

Odtcium,  i.  n.  Office,  duty. 

0dm,  adv.  Formerly. 

Omen,  txu.  n.  Omen,  sign. 

Omnino  (omnis\  adv.  'Wholly 
only,  in  all ;  at  alL 

Omnis,  e.  AH.  every. 

Onerarie.  (onus\  ae,  £  Ship  of 
burden. 


812 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Onustus  (onus),  a,  um.  Laden,  full 
of. 

Opimus,  a,  um.  Rich,  fertile. 

Oportet ,  impers.  It  behooves,  one 
ought. 

Opperior,  iri,  oppertus  or  opperitus 
sum.  To  wait  for,  await. 

Oppeto,  ere,  ivi  or  ii,  Itum.  To  en¬ 
counter,  seek. 

Oppidanus  (oppidum),  a,  um.  In¬ 
habitant  of  a  town. 

Oppidum,  i,  n.  Town,  city. 

Opportunitas  (opportunus),  dtis,  f. 
Opportunity,  fitness. 

Opportunus,  a,  um.  Suitable,  fit. 

Opprimo,  ere ,  essi,  essum.  To  put 
down,  defeat,  overcome ;  sup¬ 
press;  oppress. 

Oppugno  (ob,  pugno),  are,  dvi, 
dtum.  To  attack,  storm,  take 
by  storm. 

Ops,  opis,  f.,  nom.  sing,  not  used. 
Power,  resources,  force,  aid. 

Optimas  (optimus),  dtis,  m.  and  f. 
A  noble,  one  of  the  aristocracy. 

Optimus  (superl.  bonus),  a,  um. 
Best,  most  excellent. 

Optio,  onis,  f.  Choice,  option. 

Opto,  are,  avi,  dtum.  To  wish,  de¬ 
sire;  ask. 

Opulens,  tis,  or  opulentus,  a,  um, 
adj.  "Wealthy,  rich. 

Opus,  eris,  n.  Work. 

Opus,  nom.  and  accus.  Need. 

Ora,  ae,  f.  The  shore,  coast. 

Oraculum,  i,  n.  Response,  oracle. 

Oratio  (oro),  onis,  f.  Oration, 
speech,  language. 

Orator  (oro),  oris,  m.  Orator. 

Orbis,  is,  m.  Circle,  world ;  orbis 
terrdrum,  the  world. 

Orbitas,  dtis,  f.  Bereavement, 
orphanage. 

Ordino  (ordo),  are,  avi,  dtum.  To 
arrange,  establish. 

Ordo,  inis,  m.  Row,  rank,  order ; 
bank  as  of  oars  ;  extra  ordinem, 
out  of  the  common  course. 

Oriens  (part,  orior),  tis.  Rising, 
east. 


Orlgo,  inis,  f.  Origin,  source. 

Orior,  iri,  ortus  sum,  dep.  mostly 
of  8d  conj.  (See  A.  <fc  S.  1Y7.) 
To  rise,  appear. 

Ornamentum,  i,  n.  Equipage,  or¬ 
nament. 

Or  no,  are,  avi,  dtum.  To  adorn, 
equip. 

Oro,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  ask,  speak. 

Ortus  (orior),  us,  m.  A  rising  ; 
birth;  beginning. 

Os,  ossis,  n.  Bone. 

Osculor,  ari,  atus  sum.  To  kiss. 

Ostemdo,  ere,  di,  sum  or  turn.  To 
show. 

Ostentum,  i,  n.  Prodigy. 

Ostium,  i,  n.  Mouth,  door. 

P. 

P.  An  abbreviation  of  Publius. 

Paco  (pax),  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To 
subdue. 

Pactum,  i,  n.  Bargain,  contract; 
abl.  pacto,  way,  manner. 

Paene,  adv.  Almost. 

Palam,  adv.  Openly. 

Palatium,  i,  n.  Palace. 

Pango,  ere,  nxi,  nctum,  or  pepigi, 
pactum.  To  contract,  ratify. 

Par,  paris,  adj.  Equal,  a  match 
for. 

Paratus  (paro),  a,  um.  Prepared, 
ready. 

Parco,  ere,  peperci  or  parsi,  parci- 
tum  or  parsum.  To  spare. 

Parens,  tis,  m.  and  f.  Parent. 

Parento  (parens),  are,  avi,  dtum. 
To  sacrifice  in  honor  of  parents, 
or  friends. 

Pareo,  ere,  ui,  itum.  To  obey,  be 
subject  to. 

Pario,  ere,  peperi,  paritum  or  par- 
turn.  To  bear,  bring  forth,  pro* 
duce. 

Paro,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  prepare, 
equip. 

Pars,  partis,  f.  Part,  portion; 
party. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


313 


Parsimonia,  ae,  f.  Frugality,  par¬ 
simony. 

Partim ,  adv.  Partly,  in  part; 
partim — partim,  some — others, 
either — or. 

Parvus,  a,  um ;  comp,  minor ; 
superL  minimus.  Small,  little. 

Passus,  us,  m.  Pace ;  mille passus, 
a  mile. 

Pastor  (pasco),  oris,  m.  Shepherd. 

Patefacio,  ere,  feci,  factum.  To 
disclose. 

Pateo,  ere,  ui.  To  lie  open,  be  ex¬ 
posed. 

Pater,  tris,  m.  Father. 

Paternus  (pater),  a,  um.  Paternal. 

Patior,  ti,  passus  sum.  To  per¬ 
mit,  keep,  endure. 

Patria,  ae,  f.  Country,  native 
country. 

Patrimonium,  i,  n.  Estate,  patri¬ 
mony. 

Patrius  (pater),  a,  um.  Fatherly. 

Patruelis,  is,  m.  and  f.  Cousin  by 
the  father’s  side. 

Patruus,  i,  m.  Uncle  by  the  fa¬ 
ther’s  side. 

Pauci,  ae,  a.  Few. 

Paulatim ,  adv.  By  degrees,  grad¬ 
ually. 

Paulus,  a,  um.  Little,  small. 

Pax,  pads,  f.  Peace. 

Pecco,  are ,  avi,  atum.  To  err,  sin. 

Pecunia,  ae,  f.  Money,  sum  of 
money. 

Pedes,  It  is,  m.  Foot-soldier. 

Pedester,  tris,  tre.  Pedestrian,  on 
foot,  on  land. 

Pellicio,  ere,  lexi,  ledum.  To  al¬ 
lure,  cajole. 

Pellis,  is,  f.  Skin,  hide. 

Pello,  ere,  pepuli ,  pulsum.  To 
drive. 

Pendeo,  ere,  pependi.  To  hang,  be 
suspended. 

Penetro,  are ,  avi,  atum.  To  pen¬ 
etrate. 

Penitus,  adv.  Inwardly ;  fully, 
entirely. 

Penuria,  ae,  f.  Poverty,  want. 


Per,  prep,  with  ace.  Through, 

bY 

Percussor  (percutio),  oris,  m.  As¬ 
sassin,  murderer. 

Percutio,  ere,  ussi,  ussum.  To  kill, 
slay,  strike. 

Perditus,  a,  um.  Lost,  abandoned, 
desperate. 

Per  do,  ere,  didi,  ditum.  To  de¬ 
stroy,  waste,  lose. 

Perduco  (per,  duco),  ere,  duxi,  duc- 
tum.  To  conduct,  bring  to. 

Peregrlnus,  a,  um.  Foreign. 

Perennis  (per,  annus),  e.  Contin¬ 
ual,  perpetual. 

Pereo,  ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum.  To 
perish. 

Perfero  (per,  fero),  ferre,  tuli,  la - 
turn.  To  carry  through  ;  bear ; 
suffer. 

Perfidia,  ae,  f.  Perfidy. 

Pergo,  ere,  rexi,  rectum.  T9  go  on 
or  to,  persevere. 

Periculosus  (periculum),  a,  um. 
Dangerous. 

Periculum,  i,  n.  Danger,  periL 

Perltus,  a,  um.  Skilled  in,  skilful. 

Permitto  (per,  mitto),ere,  isi,  issum. 
To  send ;  grant,  permit ;  permit - 
titur,  impers.  it  is  permitted. 

Permutatio,  onis,  f.  Exchange 
barter. 

Perniciosus  (pernicies),  a,  um.  De 
structive,  pernicious. 

Perpaucus,  a,  um.  Few,  very  few. 

Perpetro,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  fin 
ish,  achieve. 

Perpetwo,  adv.  Constantly,  ever. 

Perpetuus,  a,  um.  Perpetual,  con¬ 
stant. 

Persequor,  qui,  cutus  sum.  To  fol¬ 
low,  carry  on,  prosecute. 

Persevero,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  per¬ 
severe,  persist. 

Persona,  ae,  t.  Part,  character, 
person. 

Perspicio,  ere,  exi,  ecium.  To  per¬ 
ceive. 

Perstringo,  ere,  inxi,  idum.  To 
graze,  wound  slightly 


14 


314 


L  ATIN-EN GLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Persuadeo,  ere,  si,  sum .  To  per¬ 
suade. 

Perterreo,  ere,  ui,  itum.  To  ter¬ 
rify  greatly. 

Pertineo ,  ere,  ui.  To  pertain  to, 
tend. 

Pervenio  (per,  venio),  Ire,  veni, 
ventum.  To  reach,  come  to. 

Pervigilia,  ae,  f.  A  vigil,  keeping 
awake. 

Peto,  ere,  ivi  or  ii,  Itum.  To  seek, 
ask,  aim  at. 

Petulantia,  ae,  f.  Petulance,  wan¬ 
tonness. 

Phalerae,  drum,  f.  pi.  Trappings, 
ornaments  for  horses. 

Philosbphus,  i,  m.  Philosopher. 

Pictus  (pingo),  a,  um.  Painted. 

P ileus  (or,  um,  n.),  i,  m.  Hat. 

Pingo,  ere,  pinxi,  pictum.  To 
paint,  depict. 

Pirdta,  ae,  m.  Pirate. 

Placeo,  ere,  ui,  itum.  To  please, 


Placidus  (placeo),  a,  um.  Quiet, 
gentle. 

Plane,  adv.  Plainly. 

Plebs,  bis,  f.  Common  people. 

Plerumque,  adv.  Commonly,  fre¬ 
quently. 

Plerusque,  dque,  umque.  Most, 
many. 

Plurimus.  (See  Multus.) 

Plus,  adv.  More. 

Plus,  uris,  n.  adj.  (See  Multus.) 
Much,  pi.  many. 

Poculum,  i,  n.  Cup. 

Poena,  ae,  f.  Punishment. 

Poeta,  ae,  m.  Poet. 

Polliceor,  eri,  tins  sum.  To  prom¬ 
ise. 

Polluo,  ere,  ui,  utum.  To  pollute, 
defile. 

Pompa,  ae,  f.  Pomp. 

Pono,  ere,  posui,  posxtum.  To 
place,  build,  pitch. 

Pons,  tis,  m.  Bridge. 

Populatio,  onis,  f.  Pillaging, 
booty;  people,  population. 


Populo  (populus),  are,  dii,  atum 
To  depopulate;  populor,  dep 
=  populo. 

Populus,  i,  m.  People. 

Porrigo,  ere,  rexi,  rectum.  To  ex¬ 
tend,  stretch. 

Porta,  ae,  f.  Gate. 

Portendo,  ere,  di,  turn.  To  portend. 

Portio,  onis,  f.  Portion,  share. 

Portus,  us,  m.  Port,  harbor. 

Posco,  ere,  poposci.  To  demand, 
ask. 

Possessio,  unis,  f.  Possession. 

Possideo,  ere,  edi,  essum.  To  pos¬ 
sess. 

Possum,  posse,  potui,  irreg.  (See 
P.  B.  407,  and  A.  &S.  154.)  To 
be  able. 

Post,  adv.  and  prep,  with  ace. 
Afterwards,  after,  since. 

Postea,  adv.  Afterwards. 

Posteritas,  atis,  f.  Posterity. 

Posterus,  a,  um.  Poliowing,  en¬ 
suing;  posteri,  posterity,  de¬ 
scendants  ;  postremo,  ad  postre- 
mum,  at  last. 

Postquam,  or  post  quam,  conj. 
After,  after  that. 

Postremus  (superl.  posterus),  a,  um. 
The  last. 

Postridie,  adv.  On  the  following 
day. 

Postulo ,  are,  dvi,  atum.  To  de¬ 
mand. 

Potens  (possum),  tis.  Able,  pow¬ 
erful. 

Potestas,  dtis,  f.  Power. 

Potior,  iri,  itus  sum.  To  obtain, 
get  possession  of. 

Praebeo,  ere,  ui,  itum.  To  show, 
furnish. 

Praecedo,  ere,  essi,  essum.  To  pre¬ 
cede. 

Praeceptor,  oris,  m.  Preceptor, 
commander. 

Praecipio,  ere,  cVpi,  ceptum.  To 
admonish,  advise,  order. 

Praecipitium,  i,  n.  Precipice. 

Praecipito,  are,  dvi,  atum.  To 
throw  down,  precipitate. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


315 


jPraccipwe(praecipuus),  adv.  Espe¬ 
cially. 

Praecipuus,  a,  um.  Remarkable, 
prominent,  special. 

Praeclare ,  adv.  Excellently,  no¬ 
bly. 

Praecludo,  (prae,  claudo),  ere,  si, 
sum.  To  hinder,  preclude,  cut 
off. 

Praeco,  dnis,  m.  Herald,  crier. 

Praeda,  ae,  f.  Prey,  booty. 

Praedlco  (prae,  dico),  ere  dixi,  dic¬ 
tum.  To  predict,  forewarn. 

Praedictum,  i,  n.  Prediction, 
warning. 

Praeditus,  a,  um.  Endued  with. 

Praedor  (praeda),  ari,  atus  sum. 
To  plunder. 

Praefari,  defective.  (See  Fari, 
A.  &  S.  183,  6.)  To  predict,  pro¬ 
phesy;  say. 

Praefectus,  i,  m.  Commander, 
prefect. 

Praefero  (prae,  fero),  ferre,  tuli, 
latum.  To  prefer,  choose ;  carry 
or  bear  before. 

Praeficio  (prae,  facio),  ere,  feci, 
fectum.  To  place  over,  put  in 
command. 

Praemium,  i,  n.  Reward. 

Praepono  (prae,  pono),  ere,  posui, 
positum.  To  place  over,  intrust 
with. 

Praescrlbo  (prae,  scribo),  ere,  psi, 
ptum.  To  direct,  prescribe. 

Praesens ,  tis.  Present. 

Praesentia  (praesens),  ae,  f.  Pres¬ 
ence. 

Praesidium,  i,  n.  Guard,  garri¬ 
son. 

Praestans,  tis.  Excellent,  emi¬ 
nent. 

Praesto,  are,  stiti,  itum.  To  sur¬ 
pass,  be  superior  to  ;  furnish, 
do,  pay;  evince,  show. 

Praesum  (prae,  sum),  esse,  fui,  fu- 
tiirus.  To  preside  over,  com¬ 
mand. 

Fraetendo,  ere,  di,  turn.  To  pre¬ 
tend,  allege. 


Praeter,  prep,  with  acc.  Except, 
besides. 

Praeterea,  adv.  Besides,  more¬ 
over. 

Praetereo  (praeter,  eo),  Ire,  Ivi  or 
ii,  itum.  To  pass  by,  omit. 

Praetorius,  a,  um.  Praetorian,  be¬ 
longing  to  a  praetor  or  general ; 
praetorius,  subs,  one  who  has 
been  praetor. 

Pravus,  a,  um.  Depraved,  bad. 

Precor,  ari,  atus  sum.  To  beseech, 
pray. 

Premo,  ere,  essi,  essum.  To  press, 
urge. 

Pretium,  i,  n.  Price,  wcrth. 

Preces,  um,  f.  pi.  dat.  acc.  and  abl. 
sing,  also  occur.  Prayers,  en¬ 
treaties. 

Pridie,  adv.  On  the  day  before. 

Primo,primum  (primus),  adv.  At 
first,  first. 

Primus  (superl.  prior),  a,  um. 
First. 

Princeps,  ytpis,  m.  Prince,  ruler; 
chief  man. 

Principdtus,  us,  m.  Sovereignty, 
imperial  power. 

Principium,  i,  n.  Beginning. 

Prior,  us.  Former,  previous. 

Pristinus,  a,  um.  Ancient,  pris¬ 
tine. 

Prius,  adv.  Before;  priusquam 
or  prius  quam,  before  that,  be¬ 
fore. 

Privatus,  a,  um.  Private,  person¬ 
al,  subs,  a  private  citizen. 

Privlgnus,  i,  m.  Step-son. 

Privo,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  deprive 
of. 

Pro,  prep,  with  abl.  Before,  in 
front  of ;  for,  instead  of,  as  ; 
pro  hoste,  as  an  enemy. 

Probatio,  dnis,  f.  Approbation, 
proof. 

Probo,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  prove, 
show;  approve. 

Procedo,  ere,  essi,  essum.  To  step 
forth,  advance,  proceed,  come 
on. 


316 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Proconsul  (pro,  consul),  ulis,  m. 
Proconsul,  one  with  the  author¬ 
ity  of  consul. 

Procul ,  adv.  At  a  distance,  far 
off. 

Procuro ,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  at¬ 
tend  to,  have  the  care  of. 

Procurro  (pro,  curro),  ere,  curri 
(cucurri),  cur  sum.  To  run  forth, 
project. 

Prodigium,  i,  n.  Prodigy,  pro¬ 
phetic  omen. 

Proditio  (prodo),  onis,  f.  Treache¬ 
ry,  treason. 

Prodxtor  (prodo),  oris,  m.  Traitor. 

Prodo,  ere,  didi,  ditum.  To  dis¬ 
close,  betray. 

Produco  (pro,  duco),  ere,  duxi,  duc- 
tum.  To  lead  forth,  produce. 

Proelium,  i,  n.  Battle,  conflict. 

Profecto,  adv.  Indeed,  truly. 

Proficiscor,  ci,  profectus  sum.  To 
depart,  set  out,  go. 

Profligo,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  over¬ 
throw,  ruin. 

Profugio  (pro,  fugio),  ere,  fugi, 
xtum.  To  flee,  escape. 

Progredior,  i,  essus  sum.  To  pro¬ 
ceed,  advance. 

Prohibeo,  ere,  ui,  xtum.  To  pro¬ 
hibit,  prevent. 

Promissus,  a,  um.  Growing  long, 
long. 

Promitto  (pro,  mitto),  ere,  isi,  is- 
sum.  To  send  forth,  promise. 

Promontorium,  i,  n.  Promontory. 

Promptus,  a,  um.  Prompt,  ready. 

Propago,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  prop¬ 
agate;  prolong. 

Prope,  adv.  Near,  nearly. 

PropSro,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  hasten. 

Propius  (comp,  prope),  adv.  Near¬ 
er. 

Propono  (pro,  pono),  ere,  posui, 
posxtum.  To  set  forth,  state, 
propose. 

Proprius,  a,  xim.  Peculiar,  proper, 
one’s  own. 

Propter,  prep,  with  acc.  For,  on 
account  of. 


Propterea,  adv.  Therefore,  on 
that  account. 

Propxdso,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  re¬ 
pel,  ward  off. 

Prorumpo,  ere,  rupi,  ruptum.  To 
rush  or  break  forth. 

Proscrlbo  (pro,  scribo),  ere,  psi, 
ptum.  To  proscribe,  outlaw. 

Prosequor,  qui,  cutus  sum.  To  fol¬ 
low,  attend ;  pursue,  prosecute. 

Prosilio,  ire,  ivi,  ii  or  ui.  To  leap 
up,  spring  forth. 

Prospere,  adv.  Happily,  prosper¬ 
ously. 

Prosterno,  ere,  stravi,  stratum.  To 
prostrate,  overthrow. 

Prosum  (pro,  sum),  desse,  fui.  To 
profit,  avail. 

Protxnus,  adv.  Directly,  immedi¬ 
ately  after. 

Provideo  (pro,  video),  ere,  vldi, 
visum.  To  provide,  be  on  one’s 
guard. 

Provincia,  ae,  f.  Province. 

Provocatio  (provoco),  onis,  f.  Chal¬ 
lenge. 

Provoco,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  chal- 

-  lenge. 

Proximus,  a,  um.  Nearest,  next. 

Prudens,  tis.  Prudent,  wise. 

Prudentia  (prudens),  ae,  f.  Pru¬ 
dence. 

Pubes,  eris.  Grown  up,  adult. 

Publice  (publicus),  adv.  Publicly. 

Publicus,  a,  u?n.  Public. 

Pudor,  oris,  m.  Regard,  respect, 
modesty,  awe,  shame. 

Puella,  ae,  f.  Girl. 

Puer,  eri,  m.  Boy. 

Puerilis( puer),  e.  Boyish,  youthful. 

Pueritia  (puer),  ae,  f.  Boyhood. 

Pugio,  onis,  m.  Dagger,  poniard. 

Pugna,  ae,  f.  Battle. 

Pulcher,  chra,  chrum.  Beautiful. 

Punio,  ire,  ivi,  Hum.  To  punish. 

Pupillus,  i,  m.  Pupil. 

Pur  go,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  purify, 
purge. 

Puto,  are,  avi,  (xtum .  To  think, 
imagine. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


317 


Q. 

Q.  or  Qu.  An  abbreviation  of 
Quintus. 

Quadragesimus,  a,  um.  Fortieth. 

Quadraginta,  indecl.  Forty. 

Quadriennium,  i,  n.  Space  of  four 
years. 

Quadriga,  ae,  f.  Chariot,  four- 
horse  chariot. 

Quadringentesimus,  a,  um.  The 
four  hundredth. 

Quadringenti,  ae,  a.  Four  hundred. 

Quaero,  ere,  sivi,  sltum.  To  seek, 
inquire,  ask. 

Quaestio  (quaero),  onis,  f.  Ques¬ 
tion. 

Quaestor,  oris,  m.  Treasurer, 
quaestor. 

Quaestorius  (quaestor),  a,  um. 
Quaestorian;  quaestorius  (subs.), 
one  who  has  been  quaestor. 

Qualis,  e.  What,  what  sort ;  talis 
— qualis,  such — as. 

Quam,  adv.  and  conj.  How ;  quam 
multi,  how  many;  with  superl. 
intensive,  quam  maximus,  as 
great  as  possible  ;  than,  after. 

Quamdiu,  adv.  How  long,  as 
long  as. 

Quamquam,  conjunc.  Although, 
though. 

Quamvis.  However,  however 
much,  though. 

Quando  ?  adv.  When  ? 

Quantus,  a,  um.  How  great ;  tan- 
tus — quantus ,  so  great  as. 

Quare.  Wherefore,  whereby. 

Quartus,  a,  um.  Fourth. 

Quasi.  As  if. 

Quatio,  be,  — ,  quassum.  To  shake. 

Quatriduum  (quatunr,  dies),  i,  n. 
Space  of  four  days,  four  days. 

Quatuor,  indecL  Four. 

Quatuordecim  (quatuor,  decern), 
indecl.  Fourteen. 

Que,  appended  to  another  word. 
And. 

Querela  (queror),  ae,  f.  Complaint. 


Queror,  i,  questus  sum,  dep.  Tc 
complain. 

Qui,  quae,  quod,  rel.  and  interrog. 
Who,  which,  what. 

Quia,  conj.  Because. 

Quicumque  (or  cunque),  quaecum - 
que,  quodcumque.  Whoever, 
whatever. 

Quidam,  quaedam,  quoddam  or 
quiddam.  A  certain  one,  cer¬ 
tain. 

Quidem.  Indeed. 

Quietus,  a,  um  Quiet,  at  rest. 

Quin.  That  not,  but  that. 

Quindecim,  indecl.  Fifteen. 

Quingenti,  ae,  a.  Five  hundred. 

Quinquagesimus,  a,  um.  Fiftieth. 

Quinquaginta,  indecl.  Fifty. 

Quinque,  indecl.  Five. 

Quinquennium,  i,  n.  Five  years, 
space  of  five  years. 

Quintus,  a,  um.  Fifth. 

Quippe,  conj.  Indeed. 

Quis,  quae,  quid?  interrog.  subs. 
Who,  which,  what  ? 

Quisnam  or  quinam,  quaenam, 
quodnam  or  quidnam.  Who, 
which,  what. 

Quisquam,  quaequam,  quidquam  or 
quicquam.  Any,  any  one. 

Quisque,  quaeque,  quodque  or  quid- 
que.  Every,  every  one,  who¬ 
ever,  whatever ;  with  superl.  in¬ 
tensive,  primo  quoque  tempore,  on 
the  very  first  opportunity. 

Quisquis,  quaequae,  quidquid  or 
quicquid.  Whoever,  whatever. 

Quo.  Where,  whither,  that,  in 
order  that. 

Quoad.  Till,  until. 

Quod,  conj.  That,  because. 

Quominus  (quo,  minus).  That 
not,  from. 

Quondam ,  adv.  Formerly. 

Quoniam ,  conj.  Since. 

Quoque.  Also,  likewise. 

Quotidie.  Daily,  every  day. 

Quum  or  cum.  When,  since 
quum — turn,  not  only — but  also, 
both — and ;  rarely,  either— -or 


318 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


R. 

Rabies ,  ei,  f.  Madness,  rage. 

Radix ,  Ids ,  f.  Root,  foot,  base  as 
of  mountain. 

Ramus,  i,  m.  Branch. 

Rapina,  ae,  f.  Rapine,  plunder. 

Rapio,  ere,  ui,  turn.  To  rob,  carry 
off. 

Rapto  (rapio),  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To 
carry  or  drag,  ravage,  rob. 

Raptor  (rapio),  oris,  m.  Robber, 
plunderer. 

Raro  (rarus),  adv.  Rarely,  sel¬ 
dom. 

Rarus,  a,  um.  Rare,  uncommon. 

Ratio,  onis,  f.  Plan,  method;  kind. 

Ratis,  is,  f.  Raft. 

Rebello,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  rebel. 

Recedo,  ere,  essi,  essum.  To  with¬ 
draw,  recede. 

Recipio  (re,  capio),  ere,  cepi,  cep- 
tum.  To  receive,  recover,  re¬ 
sume  ;  se  recipere,  to  betake 
one’s  self,  withdraw. 

Recito,  are,  dvi ,  dtum.  To  repeat, 
recite. 

Recognosco,  ere  novi,  nitum.  To 
recognize. 

Recordor,  dri,  atus  sum,  dep.  To 
recollect. 

Recte,  adv.  Rightly 

Rector,  oris,  m.  Director,  ruler. 

Recupero,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  re¬ 
gain. 

Reddo,  ere,  didi,  ditum.  To  re¬ 
store,  return;  render;  assign. 

Redeo,  Ire,  ivi  or  ii,  ituvi.  To  go 
back,  return. 

Redigo,  ere,  egi,  actum.  To  force, 
reduce,  compel. 

Redimo,  ere,  emi,  emptum.  To 
ransom. 

Reditus  (redeo),  us,  m.  Return, 
revenue. 

Reduco,  ere,  xi,  ctum.  To  lead 
back,  reduce. 

Refero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum.  To  re¬ 
fer  ;  requite ;  place  among. 


Reficio,  ere,  eci,  ectum.  To  repair, 
restore ;  recover. 

Refluo,  ere,  xi,  xum.  To  flow  back. 

Refugio,  ere,  ugi,  ugitum.  To  re¬ 
treat. 

Regina,  ae,  f.  Queen. 

Regio,  onis,  f.  Region,  country. 

Regius  (rex),  a,  um.  Royal. 

Regno  (regnum),  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
To  reign,  rule. 

Regnum  (rex),  i,  n.  Kingdom, 
sovereignty. 

Rego,  ere,  xi,  ctum.  To  direct, 
manage. 

Regredior,  i,  essus  sum.  To  return. 

Religio,  onis,  f.  Religion,  obliga¬ 
tion. 

Relinquo,  ere,  llqui,  lictum.  To 
leave,  desert. 

Reliquiae,  drum,  f.  pi.  Remnant, 
those  who  escaped. 

Reliquus,  a,  um.  The  rest,  re¬ 
maining. 

Remaneo,  ere,  ansi,  ansum.  To 
remain. 

Remedium,  i,  n.  Remedy. 

Reminiscor,  ci,  dep.  To  remem¬ 
ber. 

Remitto,  ere,  misi,  missum.  To 
send  back. 

Removeo,  ere,  movi,  motum.  To 
take  away,  remove. 

Remus,  i,  m.  Oar. 

Renovo,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  renew 

Renuntio,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  re¬ 
port. 

Repdro,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  renew, 
repair. 

Repello,  ere,  uli,  ulsum.  To  repel, 
drive  back. 

Repente,  adv.  Suddenly. 

Repentlnus,  a,  um.  Unexpected, 
sudden. 

Reperio,  Ire,  peri,  pertum.  To  find. 

Repleo,  ere,  evi,  etum.  To  fill,  fill 
again. 

Repono,  tire,  osui,  ositum.  To  re¬ 
place,  restore,  lay  up. 

Reporto,  are ,  dvi,  dtum.  To  gain, 
bear  off. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


319 


Repraesento,  are ,  dvi,  dtum.  To 
represent. 

Reprehendo ,  ere ,  di,  sum.  To  blame, 
censure. 

Repudio,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  reject, 
divorce. 

Repugno,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  resist. 

Res,  rci,  f.  Thing;  state;  deed; 
battle. 

Reservo,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  keep, 
reserve;  spare,  save. 

Resisto,  ere,  stiti,  stitum.  To  op¬ 
pose,  resist. 

Respectus,  us,  m.  Respect,  regard. 

Respicio,  ere,  exi,  ectum.  To  look 
back ;  regard,  respect. 

Respondeo,  ere,  di,  sum.  To  reply. 

Responsum,  i,  n.  Answer,  re¬ 
sponse. 

Respublica,  reipublicae,  f.  comp. 
(See  A.  &  S.  91.)  Republic. 

Restituo,  ere,  ui,  utum.  To  restore. 

Retardo,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  detain, 
retard,  check. 

Retineo,  ere,  ui,  tentum.  To  retain. 

Reus,  i,  m.  Criminal,  defendant. 

Reverentia,  ae,  f.  Reverence. 

Revereor,  eri,  itus  sum.  To  fear, 
reverence. 

Reverto,  ere,  ti,  sum  ;  revertor,  dep. 
To  come  back,  return. 

Revdco,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  recall. 

Rex,  regis,  m.  King. 

Rideo,  ere,  si,  sum.  To  laugh. 

Rip  a,  ae,  f.  Bank  as  of  a  river. 

Rite,  adv.  Rightly,  in  due  form. 

Robur,  oris,  n.  Strength. 

Robustus  (robur),  a,  um.  Robust, 
strong. 

Rogo,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  ask. 

Rotundas,  a,  um.  Round,  spherical. 

Rulna,  ae,  f.  Ruin,  fall. 

Rumpo,  ere,  rupi,  ruptum.  To 
break. 

Ruo,  ere,  rui,  ruitum  or  rutum.  To 
run,  rush  forth. 

Rapes,  is,  f.  Rock,  cliff. 

Rursus  (or  um),  adv.  Back,  again. 

Rua,  ruris,  n.  Country  as  opposed 
to  city' 


S. 

S.  An  abbreviation  of  Sextius  oi 
Spurius ;  Sp.  for  Spurius. 

Sacer,  sacra,  sacrum.  Sacred. 

Sacerdos  (sacer),  otis,  m.  and  f. 
Priest,  priestess. 

Sacrijicium,  i,  n.  Sacrifice. 

Sacro  (sacer),  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To 
consecrate. 

Sacrum,  i,  n.  Sacred  rite  or  insti¬ 
tution  ;  sacrifice. 

Saepe,  adv.  Often. 

Saevio,  Ire,  ivi  or  ii,  Hum.  To 
rage,  be  cruel. 

Saluber,  bris ,  bre.  Healthful,  sa¬ 
lubrious. 

Salus,  utis,  f.  Safety. 

Saluto,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  salute. 

Salvus,  a,  um.  Safe,  unhurt. 

Sancte,  adv.  Chastely. 

Sanguis,  mis,  m.  Blood. 

Sapiens,  tis.  Wise ;  subs,  a  wise 
man. 

Sapientia  (sapiens),  ae,  f.  Wisdom. 

Satelles,  itis,  m.  and  f.  Lifeguard, 
attendant. 

Satio,  onis,  f.  Sowing. 

Satis,  adv.  adj.  subs.  Enough, 
sufficiently;  satis  habere,  to  be 
content. 

Saucius,  a,  um.  Wounded,  intoxi¬ 
cated. 

Saxum,  i,  n.  Rock,  stone. 

Scando,  ere,  di,  sum.  To  climb. 

Scelestus  (scelus),  a,  um.  Wicked. 

Scelus,  eris,  n.  Crime,  wickedness. 

Scio,  scire,  scivi,  scitum.  To  know. 

Scriba  (scribo),  ae,  m.  Scribe, 
clerk. 

Scribo,  ere,  psi,  ptum.  Tc  write, 
prepare. 

Scutum ,  i,  n.  Shield. 

Secedo,  ere,  cessi,  cessum.  To  re¬ 
tire,  withdraw. 

Secundus,  a,  um.  Second,  favora¬ 
ble. 

Sed.  But. 

Sedecim,  indecl.  Sixteen. 


320 


LATIN- ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Sedeo,  ere,  sedi,  sessum.  To  sit, 
stay. 

Sedes,  is,  f.  Seat,  abode,  residence. 

Seditio,  onis,  f.  Quarrel,  sedition. 

Siditiosus  (seditio),  a,  um.  Muti¬ 
nous,  seditious. 

Sedo,  are,  dvi,  atum.  To  allay, 
quiet. 

Segnis,  e.  Slothful,  inactive. 

Segniter,  adv.  Slothfully. 

Semel ,  adv.  Once. 

Semianimis,  e.  Half-dead. 

Semper,  adv.  Always,  ever. 

Senator  (senex),  oris,  m.  Senator. 

Sendtus  (senex),  us,  m.  Senate. 

Senex,  senis,  m.  and  f.,  comp,  senior. 
An  old  man,  an  aged  person. 

Sententia,  ae,  f.  Opinion,  sentence. 

Sentio,  Ire,  si,  sum.  To  perceive, 
think,  judge. 

Sepelio,  Ire,  pellvi  or  it,  pultum. 
To  bury. 

Sepio,  Ire,  psi,  ptum.  To  guard, 
shelter. 

Septem,  indecl.  Seven. 

Septimus,  a,  um.  Seventh. 

Septingentesimus,  a,  um.  The  seven 
hundredth. 

Septingenti,  ae,  a.  Seven  hundred. 

Septuagesimus,  a,  um.  Seventieth. 

Septuaginta,  indecl.  Seventy. 

Sepultura,  ae,  f.  Burial. 

Sequor,  qui,  cutus  sum.  To  follow, 
succeed. 

Serpo,  ere,  psi,  ptum.  To  spread, 
extend. 

Servitus,  utis,  f.  Servitude. 

Servo,  are,  dvi,  atum.  To  observe, 
keep;  preserve. 

Servus,  i,  m.  Slave. 

Seu.  Whether ;  seu — seu,  whether 
— or. 

Severitas  (severus),  dtis,  f.  Sever¬ 
ity. 

Severus,  a,  um.  Severe,  strict. 

Sex,  indecl.  Six. 

Sexagesimus,  a,  um.  Sixtieth. 

Sexaginta,  indecl.  Sixty. 

Sexcentesimus,  a,  um.  Six  hun¬ 
dredth. 


Sexcenti,  ae,  a.  Six  hundred. 

Sextus,  a,  um.  Sixth. 

Si,  conj.  If. 

Sic,  adv.  Thus,  so. 

Siccus,  a,  um.  Dry. 

Sicut  or  sicuti.  Just  as,  so  as,  as  if 

Sido,  ere,  sidi  or  sedi.  To  sit,  to 
settle  down. 

Significo,  are,  dvi,  atum.  To  show, 
indicate,  mean. 

Signum,  i,  n.  Mark,  standard. 

Similis,  e.  Similar,  like. 

Simul,  adv.  At  the  same  time. 

Simulo,  are,  dvi,  atum.  To  coun 
terfeit,  feign. 

Sine,  prep,  with  abl.  Without. 

Singuldris,  e.  Single,  singular. 

Singulus,  a,  um.  Single,  one  by 
one. 

Sinister,  tra,  trum.  Left,  on  the 
left. 

Sino,  ere,  sivi,  situm.  To  permit; 
situs,  put,  placed. 

Sinus,  us,  m.  Bosom,  bay. 

Siquidem.  If  indeed,  inasmuch  as. 

Socer,  eri,  m.  Eather-in-law. 

Socialis  (socius),  e.  Social,  friendly. 

Societas  (socius),  dtis,  f.  League, 
alliance. 

Socius,  i,  m.  Ally,  confederate. 

Sol,  solis,  m.  Sun. 

Solemniter,  adv.  Solemnly,  in  due 
form. 

Soleo,  ere,  itus  sum.  To  be  accus¬ 
tomed. 

Solertia,  ae,  f.  Sagacity,  shrewd¬ 
ness. 

Solidus,  a,  um.  Solid. 

Solitudo  (solus),  inis,  f.  Solitude. 

Solitus  (soleo),  a,  um.  Usual. 

Solum,  adv.  Only,  alone. 

Solus,  a,  um.  (See  F.  B.  11S,  R.) 
Alone. 

Solutus  (solvo),  a,  um.  Unrestrain¬ 
ed,  dissolute. 

Solvo,  ere,  vi,  utum.  To  loose,  un¬ 
bind. 

Somnus,  i,  m.  Sleep. 

Sonus,  i,  m.  Sound. 

Sordidus,  a,  um.  Sordid,  filthy. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


321 


Soror,  oris,  f.  Sister 

Sors,  sortis ,  f.  Lot. 

Spargo,  &re,  si,  sum.  To  scatter, 
let  fall  loose. 

Spatium,  i,  n.  Space. 

Species,  ei,  f.  Appearance,  guise. 

Spectaculum ,  i,  n.  Spectacle,  show. 

Specto,  are ,  avi,  atum.  To  view, 
witness. 

Spes,  ei,  f.  Hope. 

Spolio  (spolium),  are,  avi,  atum. 

To  rob;  spoil;  despoil. 

Spolium,  i,  n.  Plunder,  spoil,  booty. 

Statim,  adv.  At  once,  immedi¬ 
ately. 

Statua,  ae,  f.  Statue. 

Statuo,  8re,  ui,  utum.  To  deter¬ 
mine  ;  appoint,  place. 

Status,  us,  m.  State,  condition. 

Sterno,  ere,  stravi,  stratum.  To 
prostrate. 

Sto,  sare,  steti,  statum.  To  stand. 

Strages,  is,  f.  Slaughter,  defeat. 

Strangulo,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  stran¬ 
gle. 

Strenue  (strenuus),  adv.  Vigor¬ 
ously,  carefully. 

Strenuus,  a,  um.  Active,  valiant. 

Studeo,  ere,  ui.  To  study,  favor. 

Studiose,  adv.  Diligently,  ear¬ 
nestly. 

Studium,  i,  n.  Zeal,  study. 

Suadeo ,  ere,  si,  sum.  To  advise. 

Sub,  prep,  with  acc.  or  abl.  Un¬ 
der,  at  the  foot  of. 

Subdolus,  a,  um.  Crafty,  deceitful. 

Subduco  (sub,  duco),  ere,  duxi,  duc- 
tum.  To  take  away,  withdraw. 

Subigo  (sub,  ago),  ere,  egi,  actum. 

To  subdue. 

Subito,  adv.  Suddenly. 

Subllmis,  e.  High,  on  high. 

Suborno,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  bribe, 
suborn. 

Subsidium,  i,  n.  Aid,  reinforce¬ 
ment. 

Subsum  (sub,  sum),  esse,  fui.  To 
be  at  hand  or  near ;  be  under. 

Subtraho  (sub,  traho),  ere,  axi,  ac¬ 
tum.  To  take  away,  remove. 

14* 


Subvenio  (sub,  venio),  ire,  veni, 
ventum.  To  come  to;  to  aid, 
relieve. 

Suburbanus,  a,  um.  Suburban; 
suburb anum  (subs.),  an  estate 
near  a  city. 

Succedo  (sub,  cedo),  ere,  essi,  essum. 
To  succeed,  come  after. 

Successio,  dnis,  f.  Succession. 

Successor  (succedo),  oris,  m.  Suc¬ 
cessor. 

Successus,  us,  m.  Success. 

Succumbo,  ere,  cubui,  cubitum.  To 
yield,  submit  to. 

Sufficio  (sub,  facio),  ere,  feci,  fectum. 
To  substitute ;  be  sufficient,  suf¬ 
fice. 

Sui,  sibi,  Ac.  Himself,  herself, 
itself,  Ac. 

Sum,  esse,  fui,  futurus.  To  be. 

Summa  (summus),  ae,  f.  Supreme 
power. 

Summoveo  (sub,  moveo),  ere,  movi, 
motum.  To  remove,  displace. 

Summus.  (See  Superus.) 

Sumo,  ere,  mpsi,  mptum.  To  take, 
inflict. 

Sumptus,  us,  m.  Expense,  cost. 

Super,  prep,  with  acc.  or  abl.  Over, 
above,  upon;  of,  concerning. 

Superbia,  ae,  i.  Pride,  haughti¬ 
ness. 

Superbus,  a,  um.  Proud. 

Supero  (superus),  are,  avi,  atum. 
To  surpass ;  conquer ;  pass  by. 

Supersum  (super,  sum),  esse,  fui. 
To  remain,  be  left,  survive. 

Supervenio  (super,  venio),  ire,  veni, 
ventum.  To  come  to,  surprise. 

Superus,  a,  um;  comp,  superior ; 
superL  supremus  or  summus. 
High,  above;  past,  former. 

Supplementum,  i,  n.  Supplies, 
reinforcement. 

Supplicium ,  i,  n.  Punishment. 

Supra,  prep,  with  acc.  Above, 
upon. 

Suscipio,  ere,  cepi,  ceptum.  To 
bear,  endure;  receive;  under¬ 
take. 


322 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


guspedus,  a,  um.  Suspected. 

guspendo ,  -ere,  di,  sum.  To  sus¬ 
pend,  hang  up. 

guspensus  (suspendo),  a,  um.  Un¬ 
certain,  undecided;  anxious. 

Suspicio,  onis ,  f.  Suspicion. 

Suspicio,  ere,  exi,  edum.  To  sus¬ 
pect. 

guspicor,  ari,  dtus  sum.  To  suspect. 

gustineo,  Sre,  ui ,  tentum.  To  sus¬ 
tain,  withstand ;  endure,  endure 
the  thought  of. 

Situs,  a,  um.  His,  her,  its,  their, 
Ac.  ;  pi.  often,  one’s  party, 
friends. 


T. 

T.  An  abbreviation  of  Titus. 
Tabernaculum,  i,  n.  Tent. 

Tabula,  ae,  f.  Tablet,  table. 
Tactus,  us,  m.  Touch. 

Taedet,  impers.  It  disgusts,  wea¬ 
ries. 

Talentum,  i,  n.  Talent,  sum  of 
money. 

Talis,  e.  Such. 

Tam.  So. 

Tamdiu.  So  long. 

Tamen,  conj.  Yet,  nevertheless. 
Tandem,  adv.  At  length. 
Tanquam ,  adv.  As,  just  as, 
Tantum.  Only. 

Tantus ,  a,  um.  Such,  so  great; 

tanti  esse,  to  be  worth  the  while. 
Tedum  (tego),  i,  n.  House. 

Tego,  ere,  texi,  tedum.  To  cover. 
Telum,  i,  n.  Weapon. 

Temere,  adv.  Rashly. 

Tempestas  (tempus),  dtis,  f.  Time ; 
tempest,  storm. 

Tempestlve,  adv.  Seasonably,  just 
at  the  time,  opportunely. 
Templum,  i,  n.  Temple. 

Tempus,  oris,  n.  Time. 

Teneo,  ere,  ui,  tentum.  To  hold, 
keep,  occupy. 

Tento,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  try ;  at¬ 
tack. 


Tergemanus,  a,  um.  Threefold 
tergemini,  three  brothers  born 
at  a  birth. 

Tergum,  i,  n.  Back. 

Termino  (terminus),  are,  avi,  atum. 
To  limit,  bound. 

Terminus,  i,  m.  Limit,  boundary ; 
end. 

Terra,  ae,  f.  Earth,  land. 

Terreo,  ere,  ui,  itum.  To  terrify. 

Terrester  (terra),  iris,  tre.  Terres¬ 
trial,  on  land,  land  (as  adj.). 

Territorium,  i,  n.  Territory. 

Terror  (terreo),  oris,  m.  Terror, 
alarm ;  fear  of. 

Tertius,  a,  um.  Third. 

Testamentum,  i,  n.  Testament, 
will. 

Testis,  is,  m.  and  f.  Witness. 

Testor  (testis),  ari,  dtus  sum.  To 
affirm ;  call  to  witness. 

Thedtrum,  i,  n.  Theatre. 

Thorax,  acis,  m.  Breastplate. 

Tiblcen,  inis,  m.  Fluter,  piper. 

Timeo,  ere,  ui.  To  fear. 

Timor,  oris,  m.  Fear. 

Tollo,  ere,  sustuli,  sublatum.  To 
raise,  elate ;  take  away;  destroy; 
discard. 

Tonitru,  us,  n.  Thunder. 

Tono,  are,  ui.  To  thunder;  im¬ 
pers.  it  thunders. 

Torquis,  is,  m.  and  f.  Collar. 

Tot,  indecl.  So  many. 

Totidem,  indecL  Just  as  many, 
the  same  number. 

Totus,  a,  um.  (See  F.  B.  113,  R.). 
All,  the  whole,  sometimes  best 
rendered  by  adv.  wholly,  entirely. 

Tracto,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  use, 
treat,  manage. 

Trado,  ere,  didi,  datum.  To  deliver, 
give,  consign  to  ;  also  to  relate, 
say;  traditur  (when  impers.),  it 
is  said. 

Traho,  ere,  xi,  cturn.  To  draw 
protract;  derive. 

Trajicio  (trans,  jacio),  ere,  jeci,  jec- 
tum.  To  throw  over ;  to  cross ; 
conduct  over. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


328 


Trano ,  are ,  dvi,  dtum.  To  swim 
over. 

Trans ,  prep,  with  acc.  Across, 
beyond. 

Transeo  (trans,  eo),  Ire ,  ivi  or  ii, 
itum.  To  go  over. 

Transflro  (trans,  fero),  ferre,  tuli, 
latum.  To  transport,  transfer. 

Transfigo,  ere,  fixi,  Jixum.  To 
transfix. 

Transfuga ,  ae,  m.  Deserter,  fugi¬ 
tive. 

Transgredior,  i,  gressus  sum.  To 
go  or  pass  over. 

Transigo  (trans,  ago),  ere ,  egi,  ac¬ 
tum.  To  accomplish,  finish. 

Transilio,  Ire,  ivi,  ii,  or  ui.  To 
leap  or  pass  over. 

Transitus,  us,  m.  Passage. 

Transmarinus,  a,  um.  Transma¬ 
rine,  over  the  sea. 

Transno  —  trano. 

Trecentesimus,  a,  um.  The  three 
hundredth. 

Trecenti ,  ae,  a.  Three  hundred. 

Tredecim ,  indecl.  Thirteen. 

Trepidus,  a,  um.  Alarmed,  in  ter¬ 
ror. 

Tres ,  tria.  Three. 

Tribunus,  i,  m.  Tribune. 

Tribuo,  ere ,  ui,  utum .  To  bestow, 
impute. 

Tributarius,  a,  um.  Tributary. 

Tributum  (tribuo),  i,  n.  Tax,  tri¬ 
bute. 

Tricesimus,  a,  um.  The  thirti¬ 
eth. 

Tricies,  adv.  Thirty  times. 

Trigeminus  =  tergemxnus. 

Trigesimus  =  tricesimus. 

Triginta,  indecl.  Thirty. 

Triplex,  ids.  Triple,  threefold. 

Tripudio,  are.  To  leap,  dance. 

Tripus,  odis,  m.  Tripod. 

Triremis,  is,  f.  Galley  with  three 
banks  of  oars. 

Tristis,  e.  Sad. 

•  Triumpho  (triumphus),  are ,  dvi, 
dtum.  To  triumph,  have  a  tri¬ 
umphal  procession. 


Triumphus,  i,  m.  Triumph. 

Tropaeum,  i,  n.  Trophy,  victory, 

Trucido  (trux,  caedo),  are,  av\ 
dtum.  To  slay,  massacre. 

Trux,  trucis.  Fierce,  stern. 

Tu,  tui,  &c.  Thou,  you. 

Tueor,  eri,  tuitus  or  tutus  sum.  To 
look  upon ;  preserve,  defend. 

Turn.  Then ;  turn — turn,  not  only 
— but  also ;  both — and. 

Tumultuo,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  make 
a  noise  or  tumult. 

Tumultus,  us,  m.  Tumult,  sedition. 

Tumulus,  i,  m.  Tomb,  grave. 

Tunc,  adv.  Then;  tunc  temporis, 
then. 

Turba,  ae,  f.  Crowd,  throng,  mul¬ 
titude. 

Turbo  (turba),  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To 
disturb,  throw  into  confusion. 

Turpiter,  adv.  Basely,  disgrace¬ 
fully,  in  disgrace. 

Turris,  is,  f.  Tower. 

Tutor,  oris,  m.  Tutor,  guardian. 

Tutus,  a,  um.  Safe. 

Tyrannis,  idis,  f.  Tyranny. 

Tyrannus,  i,  m.  Tyrant,  monarch. 

U. 

Uber,  eris,  n.  Udder,  dug. 

Ubertas,  atis,  f.  Richness,  fertility. 

TJbi,  adv.  Where,  when,  some¬ 
times  interrog. 

TJbique.  Every  where. 

Ulciscor,  ci,  ultus  sum,  dep.  To 
avenge,  revenge. 

Ullus,  a,  um.  (See  F.  B.  113,  R.) 
Any,  any  one. 

Ulterior,  us  ;  superl.  ultimus.  Fur¬ 
ther,  more  remote;  superl.  last. 

Ultio,  onis,  f.  Revenge. 

Ultra,  adv.  and  prep,  with  acc. 
Beyond,  more  than. 

Ultro,  adv.  Voluntarily,  of  one’s 
own  accord. 

Ululo,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  To  howl. 

Unde,  adv.  Whence,  also  interrog. 
whence  ? 


324 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Undecim,  indecl.  Eleven. 

Undenonagesimus ,  a ,  um.  The 
eighty-ninth. 

Undequinquaginta,  indecl.  Forty- 
nine. 

Undevicesimus ,  a,  um.  Nineteenth. 

Undique,  adv.  From  all  quarters 
or  sides. 

Unguentum ,  i,  n.  Ointment,  per¬ 
fume. 

Unguis,  is,  m.  Nail,  claw,  talon. 

Universus,  a,  um.  Whole,  entire; 
all  together. 

Unquam,  adv.  At  any  time,  ever. 

Unns,  a,  um.  (See  F.  B.  113,  R.) 
One,,  alone. 

Unusquisque,  unaquaque ,  Ac. 

(unus,  quisque,  both  parts  de¬ 
clined.)  Each,  each  one. 

Urbs,  urbis,  f.  City. 

Urgeo,  ere,  ursi.  To  urge,  drive; 
press  upon. 

Usque,  adv.  So  far  as ;  usque  ad, 
even  to  ;  usque  eo,  to  such  an 
extent. 

Usurpo,  are,  dvi,  atum.  To  usurp, 
assume. 

Usus,  us,  m.  Use,  service ;  need. 

Ut  or  uti,  conj.  That,  as ;  after 
verbs  of  fearing,  that  not. 

Utcumque  or  utcunque,  adv.  How¬ 
ever,  somewhat. 

Uterqix,  utrdque,  utrumque,  like 
uter.  (See  F.  B.  113,  R.)  Both, 
each. 

Utilis,  e.  Useful. 

Utilitas,  dtis,  f.  Utility,  service. 

Utor,  i,  usus  sum.  To  use. 

Utrimque  or  utrinque,  adv.  On 
both  sides. 

Utrum,  in  double  questions. 
Whether. 

Uxor ,  oris,  f.  Wife. 

Y. 

Vacuus,  a,  um.  Vacant,  empty. 

Vadum,  i,  n.  Ford,  shallow  water. 

Vagltus,  us,  m.  Crying. 


Vagor,  dri,  dtus  sum.  To  wander 
about. 

Vagus,  a,  um.  Wandering. 

Valeo,  ere,  ui,  itum.  To  have 
strength,  avail. 

Validus,  a,  um.  Strong,  powerful. 

Vanus,  a,  um.  Empty,  yain,  false. 

Varietas  (varius),  dtis,  f.  Variety, 
change. 

Varius,  a,  um.  Various. 

Vasto  (vastus),  are,  dvi,  atum.  To 
lay  waste,  devastate. 

Vastus,  a,  um.  Waste,  desert,  vast. 

Votes,  is,  m.  and  f  Prophet,  pro¬ 
phetess. 

Vaticinium,  i,  n.  Prediction. 

Vaticinor  (vates),  dri,  dtus  sum. 
To  prophesy,  predict. 

Vecors,  dis.  Mad,  insane. 

Vehiculum  (veho),  i,  n.  Carriage. 

Veho,  ere,  xi,  ctum.  To  carry, 
bear. 

Vel,  conj.  Or,  even  ;  vel — vel , 
either — or. 

Velut  or  veluti,  adv.  As,  like  as, 
as  if. 

Vendo,  ere,  didi,  ditum.  To  sell; 
sub  corona  vendere,  to  sell  as 
slaves. 

Venenum,  i,  n.  Poison. 

Veneror,  dri,  dtus  sum.  To  vene¬ 
rate,  worship. 

Venio,  Ire,  veni,  ventum.  To  come. 

Venter,  tris,  m.  Belly,  stomach. 

Verbero,  are,  dvi,  atum.  To  whip, 
scourge,  beat. 

Verbum ,  i,  n.  Word. 

Vere  (verus),  adv.  Truly. 

Vereor,  eri,  itus  sum.  To  fear. 

Vero  (verus),  adv.  and  conj.  Truly, 
indeed;  but. 

Verso,  are,  dvi,  atum,  or  versor , 
dep.  To  turn ;  busy  one’s  self, 
be  occupied  with. 

Versus,  us,  m.  A  verse. 

Vertex  (verto),  zcis,  m.  Summit, 
top. 

Verto,  ere,  ti,  sum.  To  turn. 

Verum,  conj.  But. 

Verus,  a,  um.  True,  real. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


325 


Vesdnus,  a ,  um.  Mad,  frantic. 

Vescor,  ci.  To  enjoy,  feed  upon. 

Vesper  a,  ae,  f.  Evening. 

Vcsperasco  (vespera),  ere,  rdvi .  To 
become  evening. 

Vespillo,  onis,  m.  A  corpse-bearer. 

Vester,  tra,  trum.  Your. 

Vestibulum,  i,  n.  Vestibule,  en¬ 
trance. 

Vestio  (vestis),  Ire,  ivi,  itum.  To 
clothe. 

Vestis,  is,  f.  Garment. 

Veter  anus  (vetus),  a,  um.  Veteran. 

Veto ,  are,  ui,  Hum.  To  forbid. 

Vetus,  eris.  Old,  of  long  standing, 
ancient. 

Vetustas  (vetus),  atis,  f.  Antiqui¬ 
ty,  age. 

Vetustus,  a,  um.  Old,  ancient. 

Via,  ae,  f.  Way. 

Vicesimus,  a,  um.  Twentieth. 

Viclnus,  a,  um.  Neighboring. 

Victor,  oris,  m.  Conqueror. 

Victoria,  ae,  f.  Victory. 

Victus  (vivo),  us,  m.  Food,  provi¬ 
sions. 

Vicus,  i,  m.  Village. 

Video,  ere,  di,  sum.  To  see ;  pass, 
videor,  <fcc.,  to  be  seen ;  to  seem. 

Vigeo,  ere ,  ui.  To  flourish,  thrive. 

Viginti,  indecl.  Twenty. 

Villa,  ae,  f.  Country-seat,  villa. 

Vincio,  ire,  vinxi ,  vinctum.  To  bind. 

Vinco,  ere,  vici,  vitum.  To  con¬ 
quer. 

Vinculum  or  vinclum ,  i,  n.  Fetter, 

chain. 

Vindex,  vcis,  m.  and  f.  Defender. 


Vindico,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  claim ; 
rescue,  defend;  punish,  avenge. 

Vinolentus  (vinum),  a,  um.  Full 
of  wine,  intoxicated  with  wine. 

Vinum,  i,  n.  Wine. 

Violo,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  violate, 
do  violence  to ;  profane,  harm. 

Vir,  viri,  m.  Man,  hero,  husband. 

Virga,  ae,  f.  Rod,  twig. 

Virgo,  inis,  f.  Virgin,  maiden. 

Virtus  (vir),  utis,  f.  Manliness, 
bravery,  virtue. 

Vis,  vis,  pi.  vires.  Power,  strength, 
force ;  forces  ;  abundance. 

Viscus,  eris,  n.  Vitals,  bowels. 

Viso,  ere,  si,  sum.  To  view,  see, 
visit. 

Vita,  ae,  f.  Life. 

Vitis,  is,  f.  Vine. 

Vitium,  i,  n.  Fault,  vice. 

Vito,  are,  avi,  atum.  To  shun, 
avoid. 

Vivo,  ere,  xi,  ctum.  To  live. 

Vivus,  a,  um.  Living,  alive. 

Voco  (vox),  are ,  avi,  atum.  To 
call,  name. 

Volo,  velle,  volui,  irreg.  (See  F.  B. 
410.)  To  will,  be  willing. 

Voluntarius,  a,  um.  Voluntary. 

Voluntas  (volo),  atis,  f.  Wish,  in¬ 
clination  ;  good  will. 

Vox,  vocis,  f.  Voice,  word. 

Vulgus,  i,  n.  Populace,  common 
people. 

Vulnero  (vulnus),  are,  avi ,  alum. 
To  wound. 

Vulnus,  eris,  n.  Wound. 

Vultus,  us,  m.  Countenance. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


A. 

Acca.  Acca,  ae,  f. 

Accept.  Accipio,  ere,  cepi,  ceptum. 

Accompany.  Comitor,  dri ,  dtus 
sum. 

Accuse.  Accuso,  are,  avi,  atum. 

Achaean.  Achaeus,  a,  um ;  subs. 
Achaeus,  i,  m. 

Act,  do.  Ago,  ere,  egi,  actum;  to  act, 
behave,  se  gero,  ere,  gessi,  gestum. 

Add.  Adjungo,  ere,junxi,junctum ; 
addo,  ere,  didi,  ditum. 

Adopt  measures,  to  deliberate. 
Consulo,  ere,  ui,  turn;  to  adopt 
cruel  measures,  crudeliter  con¬ 
sul  ere,  &c. 

Advice.  Consilium,  i,  n. 

Advise.  Suadeo,  ere,  suasi,  suasum. 

Aeneas.  Aeneas,  ae,  m. 

Aetolian.  Aetolus,  a,  um;  subs. 
Aetolus,  i,  m. 

Africa.  Africa,  ae,  f. 

After  ( prep .).,  Post,  with  acc. 

After  ( adv .).  Post;  postquam  ; 

postea;  a  few  years  after,  paucis 
post  annis. 

Afterwards.  Postea. 

Against.  Contra,  with  acc. ;  also 
indicated  by  the  indirect  object. 

Agriculture.  Agricultura,  ae,  f. 

Agrippina.  Agrippina,  ae,  f. 

Aid.  Auxilium,  i,  n. 

Aid,  to  bear  aid.  Auxilium  fero, 
ferre,  tuli,  latum. 

Aim  at,  seek.  Quaero,  ere,  sivi  or 
ii,  itum. 

Alba.  Alba,  ae,  f. 


Alban.  Albanus,  a,  um ;  subs. 
Albanus,  i,  m. 

Albanus.  Albanus,  i,  m. 

Alcibiades.  Alcibiades,  is,  m. 

Alexander.  Alexander ,  dri,  m. 

All,  every.  Omnis,  e. 

All,  the  whole.  Totus ,  a,  um. 

(See  F.  B.  118,  R.) 

Already.  Jam. 

Although.  Quamquam,  etsi,  eti- 
amsi. 

Always.  Semper. 

Ambassador.  Legdtus,  i,  m. 

American.  Americdnus ,  a,  um; 
subs.  Americdnus,  i,  m. 

Ammon  or  Hammon.  Ammon  or 
Hammon,  onis,  m. 

Amphictyon.  Amphictyon,  onis,  m. 

Amphipolis.  Amphipolis,  is,  f. 

Amulius.  Amulius,  i,  m. 

Anchises.  Anchises,  ae,  m. 

Ancient.  Antiquus,  a,  um. 

Ancus.  Ancus,  i,  m. 

And.  Et,  atque,  ac,  que  (enclitic). 

Anger.  Ira,  ae,  f. 

Announce.  Nuntio,  are,  avi,  atum. 

Antigonus.  Anti g anus,  i,  m. 

Antiochus.  Antiochus,  i,  m. 

Antipater.  Antipater,  tri,  m. 

Any.  Ullus,  a,  um  (F.  B.  113,  R.); 
any  one,  aliquis,  qua,  quid. 

Apollo.  Apollo,  inis,  m. 

Appear,  seem.  Videor,  eri,  visus 
sum. 

Appoint.  Creo,  are,  avi,  atum ; 
instituo,  ere,  ui,  utum. 

Appoint  over,  commission.  Prae - 
pono,  8re,  posui,  positum. 


328 


ENGL1SH-LATIN  VOCABULARY, 


Approach,  arrival.  Adventus,  us,  m. 

Apulia.  Apulia,  ae,  f. 

Arbela.  Arbela,  drum,  n. 

Ardea.  Ardea,  ae,  f. 

Aridaeus.  Aridaeus,  i,  m. 

Arise.  Orior,  iri,  ortus  sum. 

Arm,  furnish  with  arms.  Armo, 
are,  dvi,  dtum. 

Armed.  Armatus,  a,  um. 

Armenia.  Armenia,  ae,  f. 

Arms.  Arma,  drum,  n.  pi. 

Army.  Exerdlus,  us,  m. 

Around.  Circa,  circum  with  ace. 

Arrival,  approach.  Adventus,  us,  m. 

Arrive,  arrive  at  or  in.  Advenio, 
Ire,  veni,  ventum. 

Artaxerxes.  Artaxerxes,  is,  m. 

Artemisium.  Artemisium ,  i,  n. 

As.  TJt  ;  as  is  often  omitted  in 
rendering  into  Latin. 

As  slaves.  Sub  corona  ;  to  sell  as 
slaves,  sub  corona  vendere,  didi, 
ditum. 

Ascanius.  Ascanius,  i,  m. 

Asia.  Asia,  ae,  f. 

Asiaticus.  Asiaticus,  i,  m.  Sur¬ 
name  of  one  of  the  Scipios. 

Ask.  Rogo,  are,  dvi,  dtum ;  ask, 
ask  for,  seek,  peto,  ere,  ivi  or  ii, 
Itum. 

Assassinator,  assassin.  Percussor, 
oris,  m. 

Assistance.  Auxilium,  i,  n. 

At.  In  with  abl. ;  ad,  apud  with 
acc. ;  before  names  of  towns  in¬ 
dicated  by  gen.  or  abl.  280. 

At  a  high  price.  Magni ;  at  a 
very  high  price,  maximi ;  at  a 
low  price,  parvi. 

At  home.  Domi. 

At  one  time,  at  a  certain  time. 
Quondam. 

At  that  time,  then.  Rio  tempore, 
tunc. 

Athenian.  Athenicnsis,  e;  subs. 
Atheniensis,  is. 

Athens.  Athenae,  drum,  f.  pi. 

Atthis.  Atthis,  idis,  f. 

Attica.  Attica,  ae,  f. 

Auxiliaries.  Auxilia,  drum ,  n.  pi. 


Await,  wait  for.  Opperior,  iri, 
perltus  or  oppertus  sum. 

B. 

Babylon.  Babylon ,  dnis,  f. ;  Baby' 
Ionia,  ae,  f. 

Bad,  depraved.  Malus,  a,  um; 
pravus,  a,  um. 

Balbus.  Balbus,  i,  m. 

Battle.  Pugna,  ae,  f. ;  proelium,  i,  n. 

Battle-array.  Acies,  ei,  f. 

Be.  Sum,  esse,  fui  futurus. 

Be  able,  can.  Possum,  posse ,  potui. 

Be  envious.  Invideo,  ere,  vidi,  vi¬ 
sum. 

Be  made.  Fio,  fieri,  f  actus  sum. 

Be  occupied.  JDistringor,  gi,  ictus 
sum. 

Be  willing.  Volo,  velle,  volui. 

Be  wise.  Sapio,  ere,  ivi  or  ii  ;  sa¬ 
piens  esse. 

Beautiful.  Pulcher,  chra ,  chrum  ; 
formosus,  a,  um. 

Because.  Quod;  quia. 

Become.  Fio,  eri,  f actus  sum. 

Become  unmanageable.  Efferor , 
dri,  atus  sum. 

Before  ( adv .).  Antequam,  prius- 
quam. 

Believe.  Credo,  ere,  didi,  ditum* 

Belong,  be  to.  Sum,  esse,  fui ,  fie- 
turus. 

Benefit.  Beneficium,  i,  n. 

Bequeathe.  Lego,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 

Beseech.  Precor,  dri,  atus  sum. 

Besiege.  Oppugno,  are,  dvi,  dtum; 
obsideo,  ere,  sedi,  sessum. 

Best.  Optimus,  a,  um,  superl.  of 
bonus. 

Between.  Inter  with  accus. 

Beyond.  Extra,  with  acc. 

Bind.  Vincio,  ire,  nxi,  nctum. 

Bird.  Avis,  is,  f. 

Bite.  Mordeo,  ere,  momordi,  mor- 
sum. 

Book.  Liber,  bri,  m. 

Booty.  Praeda,  ae,  f. 

Boston.  Bostonia,  ae,  £ 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


329 


Both — and.  Et — et;  quum — turn. 

Boy.  Puer,  eri,  m. 

Brave.  Fortis,  e. 

Bravely.  Fortiter. 

Bravery,  boldness.  Virtus,  utis,  f. ; 
fortiticdo,  inis ,  f. 

Break,  break  down.  Rumpo ,  ere, 
rupi,  ruptum. 

Brennus.  Brennus ,  i,  m. 

Bridge.  Pons,  tis ,  m. 

Brother.  Prater,  tris,  m. 

Brutus.  Brutus,  i,  m. 

Build.  Aedifico,  are,  avi,  citum. 

Burning,  a  tire,  a  conflagration. 
Incendium,  i,  n. 

But.  Sed,  at,  autem. 

By.  A,  ab,  abs  with  abl.  (before 
voluntary  agent) ;  in  other  cases, 
indicated  by  abl.  alone. 

C. 

Cadmea.  Cadmca,  ae,  f. 

Caecilius.  Caecilius,  i,  m. 

Caesar.  Caesar,  aris,  m. 

Caius.  Caius,  i,  m. 

Caligula.  Caligula,  ae,  m. 

Call,  name.  Appello,  are,  avi, 
atum;  voco,  are,  avi,  atum. 

Camillus.  Camillas,  i,  m. 

Capital.  Caput,  itis,  n. 

Capitol.  Capitolium,  i,  n. 

Captive.  Captivus,  a,  um;  subs. 
captivus,  i,  m. 

Capua.  Capua,  ae,  f. 

Carthage.  Carthago,  inis,  f. 

Carthaginian.  Carthaginiensis,  e ; 
subs.  Carthaginiensis,  is. 

Cassander.  Cassander,  dri,  m. 

Castle.  Gastellum,  i,  n. 

Cat.  Feles  or  felis,  is,  f. 

Catiline.  Catilina,  ae,  m. 

Cause,  to  effect,  make.  Efficio,  ere, 
feci,  effectum. 

Cavalry.  Equates,  um,  m.  pi.  ; 
equitdtus,  us,  m. 

Cecrops.  Cecrops,  opis,  m. 

Censure  {verb).  Vitupero,  are,  civi 

atum. 


Census.  Census,  us,  m. 

Certain.  Certus,  a,  um 

Certain  one,  some  one.  Quidam, 
quaedam,  quoddam. 

Chaeronea.  Chaeronea,  ae,  f. 

Chain,  fetter.  Compes,  edis,  f. ; 
vinculum,  i,  n. 

Challenge  {subs.).  Provocatio, 
onis,  f. 

Challenge  {verb).  Provoco,  are , 
avi,  atum. 

Change.  Muto,  are,  avi,  atum,. 

Character,  nature.  Jngenium,  i ,  n. 

Chariot.  Currus,  us,  m. 

Charles.  Carolus,  i,  m. 

Check,  put  down.  Compesco,  ere,  ui. 

Choose.  Lego,  ere,  legi,  lectum  ; 
deligo,  ere,  legi,  lectum. 

Christian.  Christianas,  ij  m. 

Cineas.  Cineas,  ae,  m. 

Citadel.  Arx,  arcis,  f. 

Citizen.  Civis,  is,  m.  and  f. 

City.  Urbs,  urbis,  f. 

Civil.  Civilis,  e. 

Claim.  Vindico,  are,  Civi,  atum. 

Cloud.  Pubes,  is,  f. 

Cnaeus  or  Cneus.  Cnaeus  or  Cneus , 
i,  m. 

Codes.  Codes,  itis,  m. 

Cold,  frost.  Frigus ,  oris,  n. ;  gelu, 
us,  n. 

Collatinus.  Collatlnus,  i,  m. 

Come.  Venio,  ire ,  veni,  ventum. 

Command  {verb).  Impero,  are, 
avi,  atum. 

Commander,  leader.  Imperator, 
oris,  m. ;  dux,  ducis,  m. 

Commence,  enter  upon.  Incipio, 
ere,  cepi,  ceptum ;  inchoo,  are, 
avi,  atum. 

Compel.  Compello,  ere,  puli,  pul- 
sum. 

Conceal.  Occulto,  are,  avi,  atum. 

Conclude,  finish,  make.  Facio, 
ere,  feci,  factum;  to  conclude 
peace,  pacem  facere. 

Condemn.  Damno,  are,  avi,  atum  ; 
to  condemn  to  death,  capitis 
damnare. 

Condition,  terms.  Conditio ,  onis,  £ 


380 


ENGL1SH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


Confer  upon,  commit  to.  Tribuo , 
ere ,  ui,  utum. 

Conon.  Conon,  dnis,  m. 

Conquer.  Vinco,  ere,  vici,  victum. 

Consul.  Consul,  ulis,  m. 

Consult.  Consulo,  ere,  ui,  turn. 

Content,  contented.  Contentus,  a, 
um. 

Continual,  incessant.  Assiduus,  a, 
um. 

Contrary  to,  on  the  contrary. 
Contra,  adv.  and  prep,  with  acc. 

Corinth.  Corinthus,  i,  f. 

Corinthian.  Corinthius,  a,  um ; 
subs.  Corinthius,  i,  m. 

Coriolanus.  Coriolanus,  i,  m. 

Cornelius.  Cornelius,  i,  m. 

Country,  region,  territory.  Regio, 
dnis,  f. ;  fines,  ium,  m. ;  native 
country,  one’s  country,  patria, 
ae,  f.  ;  country  (as  opposed  to 
city),  rus,  ruris,  n. 

Cranaus.  Cranaus,  i,  m. 

Crassus.  Crassus,  i,  m. 

Cremona.  Cremona,  ae,  f. 

Crime.  Crimen,  mis,  n. 

Cursor.  Cursor,  oris,  m. 

Cut  off,  hinder.  Intercludo,  ere,  si, 
sum. 

Cyrus.  Cyrus,  i,  m. 

D. 

Dagger.  Pugio,  dnis,  m. 

Danger.  Periculum,  i,  n. 

Danube.  Danubius  (the  upper 
part),  i,  m. ;  Ister  (the  lower 
part),  tri,  m. 

Darius.  Darius,  i,  m. 

Datis.  Datis,  is,  m. 

Daughter.  Filia,  ae,  f.  (Dat.  pi. 
filiabus.') 

Day.  Dies,  ei,  m.  and  f. 

Death.  Mors,  mortis,  f. 

Deceive.  Decipio,  ere,  cepi,  ceptum. 

Decemvir.  Decemvir,  iri,  m. 

Declare.  Indico,  ere,  dixi ,  dictum; 
to  declare  war,  bellum  indicere. 

Defeat.  Vinco,  ere,  vici ,  victum. 


Defend.  Defendo,  ere,  di,  sum. 

Defraud.  Fraudo ,  are,  dvi,  dtum 

Delight  in,  rejoice.  Gaudeo,  ere , 
gavisus  sum. 

Deliver.  Trado,  ere,  didi,  ditum. 

Delphi.  Delphi,  drum,  m. 

Demetrius.  Demetrius,  i,  m. 

Depart.  Proficiscor,  ci,  profectus 
sum ;  abeo,  Ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum. 

Depraved.  Pravus,  a,  um. 

Deprive.  Privo,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 

Descendants,  posterity.  Posteri , 
drum,  m.  pi. 

Design,  s.  Consilium ,  i,  n. 

Design,  designate.  Designo,  are, 
dvi,  dtum. 

Desirous ;  desirous  of.  Cupidus, 
a,  um. 

Desist.  Discedo,  ere,  cessi,  cessum. 

Despair.  Desperatio,  dnis,  f. 

Destroy.  Everto ,  ere,  ti ,  sum  ; 

diruo,  ere,  ui,  utum;  deleo,  ere, 
evi,  etum. 

Destruction.  Pernicies,  ei,  f. 

Determine.  Statuo,  ere,  ui,  utum. 

Dictator.  Dictator,  oris,  m. 

Die.  Morior,  iri  or  i,  mortuus 
sum. 

Difficult.  Difficilis,  e. 

Direct,  order.  Jubeo,  ere,  jussi, 
jussum. 

Discharge.  Fungor,  gi,  functus 
sum. 

Discourse.  Sermo,  dnis,  m. 

Disregard,  despise.  Contemno,  ere, 
psi,  ptum. 

Distinguished.  Praestans,  tis. 

Divine.  Divinus,  a,  um. 

Do,  make.  Facio,  ere,  feci,  factum. 

Do  wrong.  Pecco,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 

Dog.  Canis,  is,  c. 

Dove.  Columba,  ae,  f. 

Drive.  Pello,  ere ,  pepuli,  pulsum. 

During.  Inter  with  acc. 

Dutiful.  Pius,  a,  um. 

Duty.  Officium,  i,  n. 

Dwell.  Habito ,  are ,  dvi,  atum. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


331 


E. 

Early,  ancient.  Antiquus,  a,  um. 

Earth.  Terra ,  ae,  f. 

Educate,  bring  up.  Educo ,  are , 
avi,  atum. 

Egypt.  Aegyptus,  i,  f. 

Egyptian.  Aegyptius,  a ,  um ; 
subs.  Aegyptius ,  i,  m. 

Eight.  OctoT  indecl. 

Either.  Aut  ;  either — or,  aut — 
aut ;  vel — vel.  475. 

Elder.  Major ,  us,  comp,  of  mag- 
nus  ;  major  natu. 

Elect,  choose.  Oreo,  are,  avi,  atum  ; 
lego,  ere,  legi,  lectum;  eligo,  ere, 
legi,  lectum. 

Elephant.  Elephantus,  i,  m. ;  ele- 
phas,  antis,  m. 

Embassy.  Legatio,  onis ,  f. 

Eminent.  Insignis,  e  ;  praestans,tis. 

Empire.  Imperium,  i,  n. 

End.  Finis,  is,  m.  and  f. 

Enemy.  Hostis,  is,  m.  and  f. ;  per¬ 
sonal  enemy  or  foe,  inimlcus,  i,  m. 

Engage  battle,  engage.  Confllgo, 
ere,  Jlixi,  jlictum. 

Engagement.  Proelium,  i,  n.  ; 
pugna ,  ae,  f. 

Enjoy.  Fruor ,  frui,  fructus  sum. 

Enlarge.  Amplio,  are,  avi,  atum. 

Enter.  Introeo,  Ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum. 

Envy,  be  envious.  Invideo,  ere, 
viai,  visum. 

Epaminondas.  Epaminondas,  ae,  m. 

Equity.  Aequitas,  dtis,  f. 

Escape.  Effugio,  ere,  fugi. 

Even,  equal.  Par,  paris. 

Ever,  at  any  time.  Unqvam ; 
ever,  always,  semper. 

Exchange  (subs.).  Permutatio, 
onis,  f. 

Excite,  arouse,  sharpen.  Acuo, 
ere,  ui ,  utum. 

Exile,  person  banished.  Exsul, 
ulis,  m. 

Exile,  banishment.  Exsilium,  i,  n. 

Expense.  Sumpfis,  us,  m. 

Eye.  Oculus,  %  vn. 


F. 

Fabius.  Fabiue,  i,  m. ;  pi.  FabiL 

Fabricius.  Fabricius,  i,  m. 

Falerii.  Falerii,  drum,  m. 

Fall  in  battle,  fall.  Cado,  ere , 
cecidi,  casum. 

Falsehood.  Mendacium,  i,  n. 

Family,  descent.  Genus,  eris ,  n. ; 
family,  members  of  a  family, 
familia,  ae,  f. 

Famous.  Clarus,  a,  um ;  nobi- 
lis,  e. 

Father.  Pater,  tris,  m. 

Father-in-law.  Socer,  soceri,  m. 

Faustulus.  Faustulus,  i,  m. 

Favor  (verb).  Faveo,  ere,  favi , 
fautum. 

Fear  (trans.  v.).  Metuo,  ere,  ui, 
utum. 

Feast.  Convivium,  i,  n.  ;  coena, 
ae,  f. 

Festival.  Festum,  i,  n. 

Few.  Pauci,  ae,  a. 

Field.  Ager,  agri,  m. 

Fifteen.  Quindecim,  indecl. 

Fifth.  Quintus,  a,  um. 

Fifty.  Quinquaginta,  indecl. 

Fight.  Pugno,  are,  avi,  atum ; 
committo ,  ere,  misi,  missum. 

Fill.  Compleo,  ere,  evi,  etum. 

Finally.  Postremo ;  ad  postre- 
mum  ;  denique. 

Finish.  Finio,  ire,  ivi,  itum. 

First.  Primus,  a,  um. 

Fish.  Piscis,  is,  m. 

Five.  Quinque,  indecl. 

Flatterer.  Adulator,  oris,  m. 

Flee.  Fugio,  ere,  fugi,  fugitum  ; 
to  flee  for  refuge,  confugio,  ere, 
fugi,  fugitum. 

Fleet.  Classis,  is,  f. ;  naves,  ium, 
f.  pi. 

For  tconj.).  Enixn,  nam,  namque. 

For  (prep.).  Pro  with  abl. ;  also 
indicated  by  the  dative. 

For  a  year,  lasting  a  year.  An- 
nuus,  a,  um. 

For  ever.  Perpetuo. 


832 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


Force,  force  of  arms.  Vis,  vis ,  f. ; 
pi.  vires  ;  arma,  drum,  n.  pi. 

Forces.  Copiae,  drum,  f.  pi. ;  vires, 
ium,  f.  pi. 

Forget.  Obliviscor,  ci,  lltus  sum. 

Former — latter.  Ille — hie. 

Fortieth.  Quadragesimus,  a,  um. 

Fortification.  Munitio,  dnis,  f. 

Fortified.  Munltus,  a,  um;  very 
strongly  fortified,  munitissimus, 
a,  um. 

Fortune.  Fortuna,  ae,  f. 

Forty.  Quadraginta,  indecl. 

Fought.  Commissus,  a,  um;  in  a 
battle  fought  at  Chaeronea,  in 
proelio  ad  Chaeroneam  commis- 
so. 

Found,  to  build.  Condo,  ere,  didi, 
ditum. 

Four.  Quatuor,  indecl. 

Four  hundred.  Quadring enti,  ae,  a. 

Fourth.  Quartus,  a,  um. 

Fraud.  Fraus,  dis,  f. 

Friend.  Amicus,  i,  m. 

Friendly.  Amicus,  a,  um. 

Friendship,  intimacy.  Familiari¬ 
ty IS,  dtis,  f. 

From.  A,  ab,  de,  e,  ex  with  abl. ; 
also  indicated  by  abl.  alone ;  from, 
on  account  of,  propter  with  acc. 

Frost,  cold.  Gelu,  us,  n. ;  frigus, 
oris ,  n. 

G. 

Galba.  Calba,  ae,  m. 

Game.  Ludus ,  i,  m.  ;  certdmen, 
inis,  n. 

Gaul.  Gallia,  ae,  f. 

Gaul,  a  Gaul.  Gallus,  i,  m. 

General,  leader.  Dux,  duds,  m. 
and  f. 

German.  Germanus,  a,  um  ;  subs. 
Germanus,  i,  m. 

Get  or  take  possession  of.  Occupo, 
are,  dvi,  dtum. 

Girl.  Fuella,  ae,  f. 

Give.  Do,  dare,  dedi,  datum;  to 
give  as  a  present,  dono  dare. 


Gladiator.  Gladiator,  oris,  m. 

Gladiatorial.  Gladiatorius ,  a,  um- 

Gladly.  Expressed  by  adj.  laetus , 
a,  um,  in  agreement  with  the 
subject. 

Glory.  Gloria,  ae,  f. 

Go.  Eo,  Ire,  ivi,  itum ;  contendo, 
ere,  di,  sum;  go,  set  out,  profi- 
ciscor,  ci,  profectus  sum. 

God,  a  god.  Deus,  i,  m.  (See 
A.  &  S.  53.) 

Golden,  of  gold,  gold.  A  ureus,  a, 

um. 

Good.  Bonus,  a,  um. 

Government,  royal  authority.  Reg. 
num,  i,  n. 

Grand-daughter.  Neptis,  is,  f. ; 
nepos ,  dtis,  f. 

Grand-father.  Avus,  i,  m. 

Grand-mother.  Avia,  ae,  f. 

Grand-son.  Nepos,  dtis,  m. 

Grant,  assign  to.  Tribuo,  ere,  ui, 
utum. 

Great.  Magnus,  a,  um  ;  ingens, 
tis. 

Greatness.  Magnitudo,  inis,  f. 

Grecian,  Greek.  Graecus,  a,  um; 
subs.  Graecus,  i ,  m. 

Greece.  Grecia,  ae,  f. 


H. 

Hamilcar.  Hamilcar,  dris,  in. 
Hannibal.  Hannibal,  alis,  m. 
Happen,  come  to  pass.  Fio,  fieri, 
f  actus  sum. 

Happily.  Beate. 

Happy.  Beatus,  a,  um. 
Hasdrubal.  Hasdrubal,  alis,  m. 
Hasten,  make  haste.  Festlno,  are t 
dvi,  dtum. 

Have.  Habeo,  ere,  ui,  Itum. 

He,  she,  it.  Ille,  a,  ud;  is,  ea,  id. 
He  himself,  himself.  Ipse,  a,  um. 
Here.  Ilic. 

Hero.  Heros,  dis,  m. 

High,  lofty.  Altus,  a,  um. 
High-minded,  magnanimous.  Mag - 
nanimus,  a,  um. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


333 


Him,  himself,  herself,  itself  (oblique 
case  referring  to  subject).  Sui, 
sibi,  &c. 

His,  her,  its,  <fec.  Suus,  a,  um,  re¬ 
ferring  to  the  subject ;  ejus  (gen. 
of  is)  not  referring  to  subject. 

Historian.  Historicus,  i,  m. 

Hither.  Hue. 

Hold.  Teneo,  ere,  ui,  turn ;  obti- 
neo ,  ere,  ui,  turn. 

Home.  i)omus ,  us  or  i,  f. ;  at 
home,  domi. 

Honor.  Honor,  oris,  m. 

Horatius.  Horatius,  i,  m. 

Horse.  Equus,  i,  m. 

Hostage.  Obses,  idis,  m.  and  f. 

House.  Homus,  us  or  i,  f. ;  tec¬ 
tum,  i,  n. 

How.  Quam ;  how  many,  quam 
multi  ;  quot. 

How,  by  what  means?  quomodo, 
qui  ?  How  does  it  happen  ?  qui 
Jit  ? 

How,  of  what  sort  or  nature.  Qua- 
lis ,  e. 

How  long  ?  Quamdiu  ? 

How  old.  Quot  annos  with  natus  ; 
How  old  is  he  ?  Quot  annos  na¬ 
tus  est  ? 

Hundred.  Centum,  indecl. 

Hunger.  Fames,  is,  f. 

I 

I.  Eqo,  mei. 

If.  Si. 

Impute,  give.  Bo,  dare,  dedi,  da¬ 
tum  ;  to  impute  as  a  crime,  cri- 
mXni  dare. 

In.  In  with  abl. 

In  the  mean  tim  i.  Interim  ;  in- 
lerea. 

In  order  that,  in  order.  Ui,  quo. 

In  vain.  Frustra. 

Increase.  Augeo,  ere,  xi,  ctum. 

Individual,  separate,  one  by  one. 
Singuli,  ae,  a. 

Infantry.  Pedites,  um,  m. 

Inhabitant.  Incola,  ae,  m.  and  f. 


Inhabitant  or  citizen  of  Catina. 
Catinensis  or  Catiniensis,  is, 
m.  and  f. 

Inquire.  Interrogo,  are,  avi,  dtum. 

Insolent.  Insolens,  tis. 

Institute.  Instituo,  ere,  ui,  utum. 

Instructed,  accomplished  in.  Erur 
dltus,  a,  um. 

Into.  In  with  acc. 

Invade.  Invado,  ere,  si,  sum. 

Invite.  Invito,  are,  avi,  dtum. 

Island.  Insula,  ae,  f. 

Issus.  Issus,  i,  f. 

It  is  better.  Fraestat. 

It  is  characteristic  of,  duty  of,  part 
of,  <fec.  Est  with  genitive.  (See 
434;  also  F.  B.  187.) 

It  is  ordered,  the  order  is  given. 
Fraescribitur. 

It  is  usual.  Sold. 

It  is  well  known,  is  an  admitted 
fact.  Constat. 

Italian.  Italus,  a,  um  ;  subs.  Ita¬ 
lics,  i,  m. 

Italy.  Italia,  ae,  i. 

J. 

Jerusalem.  Hierosolyma,  ae,  f.,  or 
drum,  n.  pi. 

John.  Johannes,  is,  m. 

Journey.  Iter,  itineris,  n. 

Judea.  Judaea ,  ae,  f. 

Jugurtha.  Jugurtha,  ae,  m. 

Junius.  Junius,  i,  m. 

Jupiter.  Jupiter,  Jovis,  m. 

Just.  Justus,  a,  um. 

K. 

Keep,  hold.  Habeo ,  ire,  ui,  iturn. 

Kid.  Haedus,  i,  m. 

KilL  Inter pcio,  ere,  feci,  fectum  ; 
occldo,  ere,  cldi,  cisum. 

Kind.  Benignus,  a,  um. 

King.  Rex,  regis,  m. 

Kingdom.  Regnum,  i,  n. 

Know.  Scio,  scare,  scivi,  scitum, 
not  to  know,  nescio,  Ire,  ivi  or 
ii,  Hum. 


334 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY, 


l 

L. 

L.  L.,  abbreviation  of  Lucius  ;  L. 
Crassus  for  Licinius  Crassus. 

Lacedaemonian.  Lacedaemonius, 
a,  urn;  subs.  Lacedaemonius ,  i,  m. 

Lamb.  Agnus,  i,  m. 

Land.  Terra ,  ae,  f. ;  ager,  agri,  m. 

Large,  great.  Magnus,  a,  um. 

Larissa.  Larissa,  ae,  f. 

Lasting,  Sempiternus,  a,  um. 

Latinus.  Latinus,  i,  m. 

Latter,  this.  Hie,  haec,  hoc ;  for¬ 
mer — latter,  ille — hie. 

Laugh,  laugh  at.  liideo ,  ere,  risi, 
risum. 

Laurentia.  Laurentia,  ae,  f. 

Law.  Lex,  legis,  f. ;  law,  right, 
jus,  juris,  n. ;  law  of  nations, 
jus  gentium. 

Lay  siege  to,  besiege.  Obsideo, 
ere,  sedi,  sessum. 

Lay  waste.  Populor,  dri,  atussum. 

Lead.  JDuco,  ere,  duxi,  ductum ; 
to  lead  back,  reduco,  ere,  duxi, 
ductum ;  to  lead  forth,  cduco, 
ere,  duxi,  ductum. 

Leader.  Dux,  ducis,  m.  and  f. 

Learn.  Disco,  ere,  didici. 

Leonidas.  Leonidas,  ae,  m. 

Letter.  Literae,  arum,  f.  pi. ;  epis- 
tola,  ae,  f.  ;  letters,  learning, 
literae,  arum,  f.  pi. 

Liberate,  set  free.  Libero,  are, 
avi,  atum. 

Liberty.  Libertas,  dtis,  f. 

Life.  Vita,  ae,  f. 

Limit.  Terminus,  i,  m. ;  finis,  is, 
m.  and  f. 

Literary.  Literarius,  a,  um. 

Live.  Vivo,  ere,  vixi,  victum  ;  to 
live,  dwell,  habit  o,  are,  avi, 
atum. 

Livia.  Livia,  ae,  f. 

Longa  (in  Alba  Longa).  Longa, 
ae,  f. 

Lose.  Amitto,  ere,  misi,  missum; 
to  lose,  waste,  destroy,  perdo, 
&re,  didi,  ditum. 


Love  (subs.).  Amor,  oris,  m. 

Love  (verb).  Amo,  are,  avi ,  atum. 

Lucius.  Lucius,  i,  m. 

Lucretia.  Lucretia,  ae,  f. 

Lucullus.  Lucullus,  i,  m. 

Lycurgus.  Lycurgus,  i,  m. 

Lysander.  Lysander,  dri,  m. 

M. 

M.  M.,  abbreviation  of  Marcus. 

Macedonia.  Macedonia,  ae,  f. 

Macedonian.  Macedonicus,  a,  um , 
subs.  Macedo,  onis,  m. 

Magi,  wise  men.  Magi,  drum,  m.  pi. 

Majesty,  dignity,  rank.  Majestas, 
dtis,  f. 

Make,  form.  Facio,  ere,  feci,  fac - 
turn;  to  make,  appoint,  creo, 
are,  avi,  atum. 

Make  an  irruption.  Irrumpo,  ere, 
rupi,  ruptum. 

Man.  Homo,  inis,  m. ;  man,  hero, 
husband,  vir,  viri,  m. 

Manlius.  Manlius,  i,  m. 

Many,  much.  Multus,  a,  um;  many, 
several,  very  many,  plures,  a. 

March,  advance.  Incedo,  ere,  cessi, 
cessum  ;  proficiscor  ci ,  profectus 
sum. 

Marcius.  Marcius ,  i,  m. 

Marius.  Marius,  i,  m. 

Marriage.  Matrimonium,  i,  n. 

Master.  Magister,  tri,  m. ;  master 
as  owner  or  proprietor,  domi- 
nus,  i,  m. 

Matron.  Matrona,  ae,  f. 

Metellus.  Metellus,  i,  m. 

Minor  (in  proper  names).  Minor , 
oris,  m.  and  f. 

Misenum.  Misenum,  i,  n. 

Mithridates.  Mithridates,  is,  m. 

Mithridatic.  Mithridaticus,  a,  um 

Mother.  Mater,  tris,  f. 

Mountain,  mount.  Mons,  tis,  m. 

Mourn,  mourn  for.  Lugeo,  ere,  xi~ 
ctum. 

Move  (trans.).  Moveo,  ere ,  viovi^ 
motum. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


335 


Much.  Multus,  a,  urn  ;  much  good, 
multum  boni ;  much  time,  mul- 
tum  temporis. 

Mummius.  Mummius,  i,  m. 

Murderer.  Interfector,  oris,  m. 

Must.  Expressed  by  periphrastic 
conj.  (F.B.425;  A.  <fcS.  162, 15.) 

My.  Mens,  a,  urn,  voc.  m.  sing.  mi. 

N. 

Name.  Nomen,  mis,  n. 

Narrow  pass  or  passage.  Angus- 
tiae,  arwn,  f.  pi. 

Nation,  race.  Gens ,  gentis,  f. 

Naval.  Navdlis,  e. 

Near.  Apud,  ad  with  acc. 

Nearly.  Fere. 

Need,  there  is  need.  Opus  est. 

Neighboring.  Finitimus,  a,  um. 

Neither.  Neque,  nec  ;  neither — 
nor,  neque — neque ,  nec — nec. 

Neptune.  Neptunus,  i,  m. 

Nero.  Nero,  onis,  m. 

Nest.  Nidus,  i,  m. 

Never.  Nunquam. 

New.  Novus,  a,  um. 

Night.  Nox,  noctis,  f. 

No,  ad/.  Nullus,  a,  um.  (F.  B. 
113,  R.)  No  one,  nobody,  nemo, 
inis,  gen.  and  abl.  not  in  good 
'  use. 

Noble.  Nobilis,  e. 

Not.  Non  ;  with  imper.  and  subj. 
ne  ;  not  only — but  also,  non  so¬ 
lum — sed  etiam. 

Not  to  know,  be  ignorant  of.  Nes- 
cio,  ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum. 

Now.  Nunc. 

Numa.  Numa,  ae,  m. 

Number.  Numerus,  i,  m. 

Numitor.  Numitor,  oris,  m. 

O. 

Obey.  Obedio,  ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum. 

Observe,  keep  as  a  law.  Observo, 
dve,  dvi,  dtum;  servo,  are,  dvi, 
dtum. 


Obtain.  Obtineo,  ere,  ui,  tentum. 

Occupied  with,  busy  with.  Lis - 
trictus;  to  be  occupied  with, 
distringor,  gi,  districtus  sum. 

Occupy.  Occupo,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 

Offer  sacrifices  (in  honor  of  the 
dead).  Parento,  are,  dvi,  dtum , 

Often.  Saepe. 

Olympic.  Olympius,  a,  um;  Olyrn. 
pic  games,  Olympia ,  drum,  n.  pl- 

Old  (in  expressions  of  age).  Natus, 
a,  um;  two  years  old,  duo  an * 
nos  natus. 

On.  In  with  abl. 

On  account  of.  Propter  with 
accus. 

Once.  Semel. 

One.  Unus  a,  um.  (F.  B.  113,  R.) 
Certain  one,  quidam,  quaedam, 
quoddam,  subs,  quiddam. 

Opening,  beginning.  Initium,  i,  n. 

Opinion.  JSententia,  ae,  f. 

Opportunity,  power.  Potestas, 
dtis,  f. 

Or.  Aut,  vel. 

Oracle.  Oraculum,  i,  n. 

Oration.  Oratio,  onis,  f. 

Orator.  Orator,  oris,  m. 

Order,  to  direct.  Jubeo,  ere,  jussi, 
jussum;  to  order,  arrange,  in¬ 
stitute,  ordino,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 

Order,  by  order.  Jussu,  used  only 
in  abl.  sing. 

Other.  Alius,  a,  ud.  (F.  B.  113, 
R.)  Some — others,  alii — alii. 

Otherwise.  Aliter. 

Otho.  Otho,  onis,  m. 

Ostia.  Ostia,  ae,  f. 

Our.  Noster,  tra,  trum. 

Over.  Super,  supra,  sometimes 
indicated  by  gen.,  as,,  the  bridge 
over  the  Ister,  pons  Istri. 

Overwhelm.  Obruo,  ere,  ui,  utum. 

P. 

P.*  P.,  abbreviation  of  Publius. 

Pain,  grief.  Dolor,  oris,  m. 

Palace.  Palatium,  i,  n. 


336 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


Palestine.  Palaestina,  ae,  f. 

Pannonia.  Pannonia,  ae,  f. 

Papirius.  Papirius,  i,  m. 

Pardon.  Ignosco,  ere,  novi,  notum. 

Parent.  Parens,  tis,  m.  and  f. 

Part.  Pars,  tis ,  f. 

Past.  Praeteritus,  a,  urn ;  the 
past,  praeterita,  drum,  n.  pi. 

Pausanias.  Pausanias,  ae,  m. 

Peace.  Pax,  pads,  f. 

Peacock.  Pavo,  onis,  m. 

Pelopidas.  Pelopidas,  ae,  m. 

Peloponnesian.  Peloponnesidcus, 
a,  um. 

Penetrate.  Penetro,  are,  avi ,  atum. 

People.  Populus,  i,  m. ;  common 
people,  plebeians,  plebs,  plebis ,  f. 

Perdiccas.  Perdiccas  or  Perdicca, 
ae,  m. 

Pericles.  Pericles,  is,  m. 

Perish.  Pereo,  ire,  ivi  or  ii,  Hum. 

Perseus.  Perseus ,  i,  m. 

Persian.  Persicus,  a,  um  ;  subs. 
Persa  or  Perses,  ae,  m. 

Persuade.  Persuadeo,  ere,  si,  sum. 

Pharsalia.  Pharsalia,  ae,  f. 

Pharsalus.  Pkarsdlus,  i,  f. 

Philip.  Philippus,  i,  m. 

Phyle.  Phyle,  es,  f. 

Pierce.  Confodio,  ere,  fodi,  fos- 
sum. 

Pity  (verb).  Misereor,  eri,  miseri- 
tus  or  misertus  sum. 

Place.  Locus,  i,  m.  (pi.  i,  m.  and 
a,  n.) 

Plan.  Consilium,  i,  n. 

Play,  sport.  Ludus,  i,  m. 

Play  (verb).  Ludo,  ere,  si,  sum. 

Please,  be  pleasing  to.  Placeo, 
ere,  ui,  itum;  to  displease,  not 
to  be  pleasing  to,  displiceo,  ere, 
displicui,  displicitum. 

Plunder,  rob.  Spolio,  are,  avi, 

atum. 

Pompey.  Pompeius,  i,  m. 

Pompilius.  Pompilius,  i,  m. 

Poniard.  Pugio,  onis,  m. 

Pontius.  Pontius,  i,  m. 

Pontus.  Pontus,  i,  m. 

Poor,  poor  man.  Pauper,  Zris. 


Porsena.  Porsena,  ae,  m. 

Portion,  part.  Part,  tis,  f. 

Possession.  Possessio,  onis,  f. 

Power,  reign.  Imperium,  i,  n. ;  un¬ 
restricted  power,  tyranny,  domi- 
natio,  onis,  f. 

Powerful.  Potens,  tis  ;  very  pow¬ 
erful,  most  powerful,  potentissi- 
mus,  a,  um. 

Praise  (subs.).  Laus,  dis,  f. 

Praise  (v.).  Laudo,  are,  avi,  atum. 

Prayers.  Preces,  um,  f.  pi. 

Prepare.  Paro,  are,  avi,  atum 
praeparo,  are,  avi,  atum. 

Prediction.  Praedictum,  i,  n. 

Present.  Donum,  i,  n. 

Priest,  priestess.  Sacerdos,  Otis, 
m.  and  f. 

Priscus.  Priscus,  i,  m. 

Prison.  Career,  eris,  m. 

Prize.  Aestimo,  are,  avi,  atum ; 
prize  highly,  magni  aestimdre. 

Proconsul.  Proconsul,  ulis,  m. 

Promise.  Promitto,  ere,  misi,  mis - 
sum  ;  to  promise,  offer,  polliceor , 
eri,  itus  sum. 

Provided,  provided  that.  Dum- 
modo. 

Providence.  Providentia,  ae,  f. 

Prudence.  Prudentia,  ae,  f. 

Prudent.  Prudens,  tis. 

Ptolemy.  Ptolemaeus,  i,  m. 

Publicola.  Publicola ,  ae,  m. 

Pupil.  Discipulus,  i,  m. 

Put,  place.  Pono,  ere,  posui,  posi- 
turn. 

Put  an  end  to.  Finio,  ire,  ivi, 
itum. 

Put  to  or  upon.  Impono,  ere,  po¬ 
sui,  positum. 

Put  to  death,  kill.  Occido,  ere, 
cidi,  cisum. 

Pyrrhus.  Pyrrhus,  i,  m. 

Q. 

Q.  Q.,  abbreviation  of  Quintus. 

Queen.  Regina,  ae,  f. 

Question.  Quaestio,  onis,  £ 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


337 


Quickly.  Celeriter. 
Quintus.  Quintus ,  i,  m. 


R. 

Ransom.  Redimo ,  ere,  emi,  emptum. 

Reach,  arrive  at.  Pervenio ,  Ire, 
v'eni ,  ventum. 

Read.  Lego ,  ere,  legi,  lectum. 

Rebellious,  rebelling.  Rebellans, 
antis. 

Receive.  Accipio,  ere,  cepi,  cep- 
tum;  recipio,  ere,  cepi,  ceptum. 

Recover.  Recipio,  8re,  cepi,  cep¬ 
tum. 

Regal,  royal.  Regius,  a,  um. 

Regulus.  Rcgulus ,  i,  m. 

Reign  (subs.).  Regnum,  i,  n. ;  im- 
perium,  i,  n. 

Reign  (v. ).  Regno,  are,  civi,  dtum. 

Reject.  Improbo,  are,  dvi,  dtum ; 
reject,  divorce,  repudio,  are,  dvi, 
dtum. 

Relying  upon,  trusting  to.  Fretus, 
a,  um  ;  to  rely  upon,  fretus  esse. 

Remain.  Maneo,  ere,  si,  sum  ;  re- 
maneo,  ere,  &c. 

Remember.  Reminiscor,  ci. 

Remnant,  part  left.  Reliquiae, 
drum,  f.  pi. 

Remus.  Remus,  i,  m. 

Render.  Reddo,  ere,  didi ,  ditum. 

Render  thanks,  to  thank.  Gratias 
agere,  egi,  actum. 

Report,  rumor.  Fama,  ae,  f. ;  ru¬ 
mor,  oris,  m. 

Report,  communicate.  Nuntio,  are, 
dvi,  dtum. 

Represent.  Repraesento,  are,  dvi, 
dtum. 

Republic.  Respublica,  reipublicae. 
(See  A.  &  S.  91.) 

Reside,  dwell.  Llabito,  are,  dvi, 
dtum. 

Response,  answer.  Responsum,  i,  n. 

Restore.  Restituo,  ere,  ui,  utum  ; 
reddo,  ere,  didi,  ditum. 

Return,  come  back.  Reverto,  $re, 
ti,  sum  ;  redeo,  Ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum. 


Reward.  Praemium,  i,  n. 

Right  (subs.).  Jus,  juris,  n.  ; 
rights,  jura. 

Right,  rightly.  Recte. 

Ring.  Annulus,  i,  m. 

Rise,  rise  in  importance,  come  into 
notice.  Fmcrgo,  ere,  si,  sum. 

River.  Flumen,  inis,  n. ;  fluvius,  «,m 

Rock,  piece  of  rock,  stone.  Sax- 
um,  i,  n. 

Roman.  Romdnus,  a,  um;  subs. 
Romdnus,  i,  m. 

Rome.  Roma,  ae,  f. 

Romulus.  Romulus,  i,  m. 

Rout.  Fundo,  ere,  fudi,  fusum. 

Royal.  Regius,  a,  um. 

Ruler.  Rector,  oris,  m. 

Rullianus.  Rullidnus,  i,  m. 

Rush,  rush  together  to  or  into. 
Concur  ro,  ere,  curri,  cur  sum. 

S. 

Sacrifice,  offer  sacrifices  (in  honor 
of  the  dead).  Parento,  are,  dvi, 
dtum. 

Salamis.  Saldmis,  is  or  inis,  f. ; 
Salamitia,  ae,  f. 

Samnites.  Samnites,  him,  m.  pi. 

Sardinia.  Sardinia,  ae,  f. 

Saturn.  Saturnus,  i,  m. 

Saturnia.  Saturnia,  ae,  f. 

Say.  Pico,  ere,  dixi,  dictum. 

Scaevola.  Scaevola,  ae,  m. 

Scipio.  Scipio,  dnis,  m. 

School.  Ludus,  i,  m. 

Scythian.  Scythes  (or  a),  ae,  m. 

Sea.  Mare,  is,  abl.  e  or  i,  n. ;  by 
sea  and  land,  terra  marique. 

Secretary.  Scriba,  ae,  m. 

Second.  Secundus ,  a,  um;  some¬ 
times  alter,  a,  um.  (F.  B.  113,  R.) 

Secure,  obtain.  Consequor,  qui, 
cutus  sum. 

See.  Video,  ere,  vidi,  visum ;  to 
see,  witness,  specto,  are,  dvi , 
dtum. 

Seek.  Peto,  8re,  ivi  or  ii,  itum. 

Self-control.  Moderatio,  dnis ,  f. 


15 


838 


*  ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


Sell.  Vendo ,  ere,  didi,  ditum ;  to 

sell  as  slaves,  sub  corona  ven- 
dere. 

Senate.  Sendtus,  us,  m. 

Senator.  Senator,  oris,  m. 

Send.  Mitto,  ere,  misi,  missum ; 
to  send  to  take  one’s  place,  in 
locum  mittere. 

Serve  as  soldier,  serve  in  the  field 
or  in  war,  serve.  Milito,  are, 
am,  atum. 

Service,  nse.  TJsus,  us,  m. 

Servitude.  Servitus,  utis,  f. 

Servius.  Servius,  i,  m. 

Set  fire  to,  set  on  fire.  Incendo, 
ere,  di,  sum. 

Seven.  Septem,  indecl. 

Seven  hundred.  Septingenti,  ae,  a. 

Seventh.  Septimus,  a,  um. 

Seventy.  Septuaginta,  indecl. 

Severe.  Acer,  acris,  acre. 

Sewer,  drain.  Cloaca,  ae,  f. 

Shepherd.  Pastor,  oris,  m. 

Shield.  Clypeus  or  clipeus,  i,  m. 

Ship.  Navis,  is,  f. 

Short.  Brevis,  e  ;  shortly,  a  short 
time,  brevi ;  a  short  time  after, 
brevi  postea. 

Show,  exhibit.  Ostendo,  ere,  di, 
sum ;  praesto,  are,  stiti,  stitum 
or  statum ;  monstro,  are,  avi, 
atum. 

Shun.  Vito,  are,  avi,  atum. 

Sicily.  Sicilia,  ae,  f. 

Silver.  Argentum,  i,  n. 

Silvius.  Silvius,  i,  n. 

Since.  Quum  with  subj. 

Six.  Sex,  indecl. 

Sixth.  Sextus,  a,  um. 

Slave.  Servus,  i,  m. 

Slay.  Occido,  ere,  cidi ,  cisum. 

Sleep.  Somnus,  i,  m. 

-Slightly,  lightly.  Lev  iter. 

Snow.  Nix,  nivis,  f. 

So.  Tam,  sic,  adeo ;  so — as,  just 
— as;  ut — ita,  tarn — quam. 

So  great,  such.  Tantus,  a,  um. 

Soldier.  Miles,  itis,  m.  and  f. 

Son.  Filius,  i  (abl.  sing,  jili),  m. 

Son-in-law.  Gener,  eri,  m. 


Sparta.  Sparta,  ae,  f. 

Spartan.  Spartanus,  a,  um;  subs. 
Spartanus,  i,  m. 

Spear.  Hasta,  ae,  f. 

Spirit,  courage.  Animus,  i,  m. 

Sport.  Ludus,  i,  m. 

Spring.  Ver,  veris,  m. 

State.  Civitas,  dtis,  f. 

Star.  Stella,  ae,  £ 

Statue.  Statua,  ae,  f. 

Stay,  remain.  Maneo,  ere,  si,  sum. 

Storm.  Imber,  bris,  m. 

Strength.  Vis,  vis  (pi.  vires),  £ ; 
robur,  oris,  n. ;  opes,  um,  f.  ph 

Strike,  strike  through.  Percutio , 
ere,  cussi,  cussum. 

Study.  Studeo,  ere,  ui. 

Subdue.  Subigo,  ere,  egi,  actum. 

Subjugate.  Subigo,  ere,  egi,  actum  ; 
to  subjugate,  impose  the  yoke 
of  servitude,  servitutis  jugum 
impono,  ere,  imposui,  impositum. 

Succeed.  Succedo,  ere,  cessi,  ces~ 
sum;  sequor,  qui,  cutus  sum. 

Sue  for,  seek.  Peto,  ere,  ivi  or  ii, 
itum. 

Sufficiently.  Satis. 

Summon.  Arcesso,  ere,  ivi  or  ii, 
itum. 

Superbus  (surname  of  one  of  the 
Tar  quins.)  Superbus,  i,  m. 

Superior.  Superior,  us  ;  superior, 
greater,  major,  us. 

Supper.  Coena,  ae,  f. 

Supplies,  provisions.  Commedtus, 
us,  m. 

Surpass.  Supero,  are,  avi,  atum. 

Surrender,  give  up.  Dedo,  ere, 
didi,  ditum. 

Surround.  Circumdo,  dre,  dedi , 
datum;  cingo,  ere,  cinxi,  cine • 
turn. 

Syracusan.  Syracusdnus,  a,  um ; 
subs.  Syracusdnus,  i,  m. 

Syracuse.  Syracusae,  drum,  £  pi. 

Sword.  Gladius,  i,  m. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


389 


T. 

T.  T.,  abbreviation  for  Titus ; 
T.  Nero  for  Tiberius  Nero. 

Take.  Capio,  &re,  cepi ,  cap  turn. 

Take,  take  possession  of.  Occupo, 
are,  dvi,  dtum. 

Tarquinius.  Tarquinius,  i,  m. 

Teach.  Doceo ,  ere,  ui,  turn. 

Tell.  Dico,  ere,  dixi,  dictum. 

Temple.  Templum,  i,  n. 

Ten.  Decern,  indecl. 

Tenth.  Decimus ,  a,  um. 

Terms,  condition.  Conditio,  onis,  f. 

Terrify.  Terreo,  ere,  ui,  itum  ;  to 
terrify  greatly,  perterreo,  ere,  ui, 
itum. 

Terror.  Terror,  oris,  m. 

Than.  Quam. 

Thanks.  Gratiae,  drum,  f.  pi. ;  to 
give  or  render  thanks,  gratias 
agSre,  egi ,  actum. 

Thanksgiving.  Supplicatio,  onis,  f. 

That.  Ille,  a,  ud ;  (followed  by  a 
relative  clause  explaining  it)  is, 
ea,  id. 

That  (conj.).  Ut ;  with' compara¬ 
tives  quo. 

That  not.  Ne,  quominus,  quin. 

Theban.  Thebdnus,  a,  um;  subs. 
Thebdnus,  i,  m. 

Thebes.  Thebae,  drum,  f.  pi. 

Theft.  Furtum ,  i,  n. 

Their  ( referring  to  the  subject). 
Suus,  a,  um  ;  their  ( not  referring 
to  the  subject ),  expressed  by  geni¬ 
tive  of  the  demonstratives,  as  illo- 
rum,  eorum,  &c. 

Themistocles.  Themistocles,  is,  m. 

Then.  Tunc,  illo  tempore. 

There.  D)i,  illic. 

Therefore.  Frgo,  igitur. 

Thermopylae.  Thermopylae,  drum, 
f.  pi. 

Thessalian.  Thessdlus,  a,  um  ; 
subs.  Thessdlus,  i,  m. 

Thessalus.  Thessdlus,  i,  m. 

Thessaly.  Thessalia,  ae,  f. 

Thing.  Res,  ret,  f. 


Think.  Puto,  are,  dvi,  dtum;  to 
think  earnestly  about,  weigh  in 
mind,  agito,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 

Third.  Tertius,  a,  um. 

Thirst.  Sitis,  is,  f. 

Thirtieth.  Tricesimus,  a,  um. 

Thirty.  Triginta,  indecl. 

This.  Hie,  haec,  hoc. 

Thither.  Eo,  illo,  illuc. 

Thou,  you.  Tu,  tui,  &o. 

Though,  although.  Etiamsi,  etsi, 
quamquam. 

Thousand.  Mille  ;  a  thousand 
men,  mille,  oftener  millia. 

Thrasybulus.  Thrasybulus,  i,  m. 

Three.  Tres,  tria. 

Through.  Per  with  accus. 

Thus.  Sic,  ita. 

Tigranes.  Tigranes,  is,  m. 

Tigranocerta.  Tigranocerta,  drum 

Time.  Tempus,  oris,  n. 

Titus.  Titus,  i,  m. 

To.  Ad,  in  with  acc. ;  before 
names  of  towns  indicated  by 
the  accusative  without  a  preposi¬ 
tion. 

To-day.  Hodie,  hodierno  die. 

To  death.  Capitis ;  to  condemn 

to  death,  capitis  damnare. 

To-morrow.  Gras,  crastino  die. 

Tomb.  Tumulus,  i,  m. 

Torquatus.  Torquatus,  i,  m. 

Treachery,  treason.  Proditio , 

onis,  f. 

Trojan.  Trojdnus,  a,  um ;  subs. 
Trojanus,  i,  m. 

Troy.  Troja,  ae,  f. 

Try,  attempt.  Tento,  are,  dvi, 
dtum. 

Tullius.  Tullius,  i,  m. 

Turn,  turn  to  or  upon  ( trans .). 
Converto,  ere,  ti,  sum. 

Twelve.  Duodecim,  indecl. 

Twenty.  Viginti,  indecl. 

Two.  Duo,  ae,  o. 

Two  hundred.  Ducenti,  ae,  a. 

Two  years,  space  of  two  yeara 
Biennium,  i,  n. 

Tyrant.  Tyrannus,  i,  m. 

Tyre.  Tyrus,  i,  f. 


340 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


Tyrian.  Tyrius,  a,  um;  subs.  Ty¬ 
rius,  i,  m. 

U. 

Uncertain.  Incertus,  a,  um. 

Understand.  Intelligo,  ere,  lexi, 
ledum. 

Undertake.  Suscipio,  ere,  cepi, 
ceptum. 

Unfavorable.  Non  aequus,  a,  um; 
iniquus,  a,  um. 

Union,  concord.  Conspiratio,  onis,i. 

United  Foederatus,  a,  um. 

Unlearned.  Indoctus,  a,  um. 

Unless.  Nisi. 

Untouched,  unharmed.  Intadus, 
a,  um. 

Unwilling.  Invltus,  a,  um. 

Unworthy.  Indignus,  a,  um. 

Upon,  on,  in.  In  with  abl. 

Use,  make  use  of.  Utor,  uti,  usus 
sum. 

Useful.  Utilis,  e. 

Useless.  Inutilis,  e. 

V. 

Valerius.  Valerius,  i,  m. 

Very.  Often  indicated  by  the 
superlative  of  the  adjective  ;  very 
powerful,  potentissimus. 

Vespasian.  Vespasidnus,  i,  m. 

Victim.  Victimo \  ae,  f. 

Victorious,  a  victor.  Expressed 
by  victor,  oris,  m.,  in  apposition 
with  the  noun. 

Victory.  Victoria,  ae,  f. 

Village.  Vicus,  i,  m. 

Violate.  Violo,  are,  avi,  atum. 

Virgin.  Virgo ,  inis,  f. 

Virginia.  Virginia,  ae,  f. 

Virginius.  Virginius,  i,  m. 

Viriathus.  Viriathus,  i,  m. 

Virtue.  Virtus,  utis,  f. 

Visit,  go  to.  Adeo,  Ire,  Ivi  or  ii, 
\tum. 

Vitellius.  Vitellius ,  i,  m. 


Voice.  Vox,  vocis,  f. 

Volscian.  Volscus,  a,  um;  subs. 
Volscus,  i,  m. 

Voluntary.  Voluntarius,  a,  um. 

Voluptuousness,  pleasures.  Deli- 
ciae,  drum,  f.  pi. 

W. 

Wage,  carry  on  as  war.  Gero,  ere, 
gessi,  gestum  ;  inf  Sr  o,  inf  err  e,  in- 
tuli,  illdtum. 

Wait  for,  await.  Opperior,  Iri, 
perltus  or  pertus  sum. 

Walk.  Ambulo,  are,  avi,  atum. 

War.  Bellum,  i,  n. 

Watching,  keeping  awake.  Per 
vigilia,  ae,  f. 

Wealthy.  Dives,  Xtis ;  locuples, 
etis. 

Wear  out,  weaken.  Conficio,  ere, 
feci,  fedum. 

Weariness.  Lassitudo,  inis,  f. 

What,  which  ( interrog .  adj.).  Qui, 
quae,  quod  ? 

When.  Quum;  interrog.  quando. 

Where.  Ubi,  when  not  interrog. 
generally  with  the  correlative 
ibi  in  the  principal  clause. 

Whether.  Utrum  ;  whether — or 
(in  double  questions),  xitrum — 
an;  (in  other  cases)  seu — seu ; 
sive — sive;  whether  in  depend¬ 
ent  questions,  num,  ne,  nonne ; 
num  is  more  common  than  in 
direct  questions  and  here  does 
not  necessarily  expect  the  an¬ 
swer  no.  (177,  R.  2.) 

While.  Dum. 

Whither.  Quo,  quonam. 

Who,  which,  what.  Quis,  quae, 
quod  or  quid? 

Whole.  Totus,  a,  um.  (F.  B.  113,  R.) 

Whose.  Cujus,  a,  um  ;  cujus,  quo¬ 
rum. 

Why.  Cur. 

Wife.  Uxor,  oris,  f.  ;  conjux, 
ugis,  f. 

Winter.  Haems,  emis,  f. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


341 


Wisdom.  Consilium ,  i,  n. ;  sapi- 
entia,  ae,  f. 

Wise.  Sapiens ,  entis. 

Wish.  Volo,  velle,  volui.  (F.  B. 
410 ;  A.  &  S.  178.) 

With.  Cum  with  abl.  ;  also  indi¬ 
cated  by  the  abl.  alone. 

Withdraw,  come  off  (from  Jbattle). 
Discedo,  ere,  cessi,  cessum. 

Without.  Sine  with  abl. 

Withstand.  Sustineo,  ere,  ui,  ten- 
turn. 

Witness,  see.  Specto ,  tire,  avi,dtum. 

World.  Orbis,  is,  m.  ;  orbis  ter- 
rdrum. 

Worthy.  Dignus,  a,  um. 

Wound  (subs.).  Vulnus,  eris,  n. 

Wound  (v.).  Vulnero,  are,  dvi, 
dtum. 

Write.  Scribo ,  ere,  psi,  ptum. 


X. 

Xanthippus.  Xanthippus ,  i,  m. 

Xerxes.  Xerxes,  is,  m. 

Y. 

Year.  Annus,  i,  m. 

Yesterday.  Heri  ;  hesterno  die. 

Yet.  Tamen. 

You.  Tu,  tui,  &c. 

Your.  Tuus,  a,  um  (in  reference 
to  one  person) ;  vester,  tra,  trum 
(in  reference  to  more  than  one). 

Yourself.  Tu  ipse,  tui  ipslus,  (fee. ; 
sometimes  particularly  as  object, 
tu,  tui. 

Youth,  a  young  person.  A  dole s- 
cens,  entis,  m.  and  f. 


'  ‘ 


\ 


.  -  '  .  ■  : 

' 


, 

,  :  .  *  ■  :  •  ■  -■  1 

■ 


' 


*  —  "-i 

f 

. 

«  -I '  ■  - 

; 

■ 


■ 


- 


.C. 


HISTORICAL  AND  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX. 


f^°*  The  numerals  accompanying  the  proper  names  in  the  following  Index  refer  to 
one  or  more  paragraphs  in  the  Latin  where  those  names  occur. 


A. 

A.  An  abbreviation  for  Aulus,  a  man’s  name;  46,  85. 

Acca,  ae,  f. ;  Acca  Laurentia ,  ae,  f.  The  wife  of  Faustulns,  and  nurse 
of  Romulus  and  Remus ;  7. 

Achaia,  ae,  f.  Achaia,  an  important  province  in  the  northern  part 
of  the  Peloponnesus.  After  the  destruction  of  Corinth  all  south¬ 
ern  Greece  was  reduced  to  a  Roman  province  with  the  name  of 
Achaia;  90. 

Achaeus,  a,  um ;  Acliaicus,  a,  um,  adj.  Achaean,  156  ;  subs. 
Achaeus ,  i,  m.,  an  Achaean;  97,  155. 

Actium,  i,  n.  A  promontory  and  town  at  the  entrance  of  the  Ambra- 
cian  Gulf  on  the  western  coast  of  Greece ;  celebrated  for  the 
victory  of  Augustus  over  Antony  and  Cleopatra ;  82. 

Adherbal,  alls,  m.  Son  of  Micipsa  and  cousin  of  Jugurtha.  Micipsa 
left  the  kingdom  of  ISTumidia  to  his  two  sons,  Adherbal  and 
Hiempsal,  and  his  nephew  Jugurtha  whom  he  had  adopted  as  a 
son.  Jugurtha,  however,  not  satisfied  with  a  share  merely 
of  the  government,  slew  his  cousins  and  became  sole  king  of 
Numidia ;  65. 

Adrastla ,  ae,  f.  A  district  and  city  of  Mysia;  130. 

Aeacides,  ae,  m.  A  patronymic  denoting  a  descendant  of  Aeacus  who 
was  the  grandfather  of  Achilles.  The  name  is  often  applied  to 
Achilles;  Alexander  the  Great  also  claimed  it  for  himself;  140. 

Aegeus,  i,  m.  One  of  the  early  kings  of  Athens,  and  the  father  of 
Theseus;  95. 

Aegos  Jiumen.  Aegospotamos,  a  river  and  town  in  the  Thracian  Cher- 
sonesus,  noted  for  the  defeat  of  the  Athenians  by  Lysander;  115. 

Aegyptus,  i,  f.  Egypt;  78. 

Aegyptius,  a,  um.  Egyptian;  subs.  Aegyptius,  i,  m.,  an  Egyp¬ 
tian;  95,  133. 


344  HISTORICAL ,  A  HD  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX. 


Aemilius,  i,  m.  The  family  name  of  several  distinguished  Romana 
L.  Aemilius ,  surnamed  Paullus,  fell  in  the  battle  of  Cannae ;  49. 
Another  of  the  same  name  conquered  Perseus  and  reduced  Mace- 
donia  to  a  Roman  province;  59,  154. 

Aeneas,  ae,  m.  A  Trojan  prince  who  after  the  destruction  of  Troy  is 
said  to  have  fled  into  Italy  and  formed  a  settlement ;  2. 

Aequi,  drum,  m.  pi.  A  warlike  people  of  Latium  in  Italy ;  31. 

Aetolus,  a,  um.  Aetolian;  subs.  Aetolus,  i,  m.,  an  Aetolian;  145, 
154,  155. 

A frica,  ae,  f.  Africa ;  44,  46. 

Africanus,  a,  um.  African.  Also  the  surname  given  to  the  two 
most  distinguished  Scipios  for  their  achievements  in  Africa 
during  the  Punic  wars ;  56,  61. 

•  Africus ,  i,  m.  (sc.  ventus ).  Southwest  wind,  as  blowing  from 
Africa;  132. 

Agis,  idis,  m.  A  king  of  the  Lacedaemonians  in  the  time  of  Alexan 
der  the  Great;  136. 

Agrigentum,  i,  n.  A  large  and  wealthy  town  in  Sicily ;  52. 

Agrippa,  ae,  m.  A  family  name  among  the  Romans.  Mencnius 
Agrippa  induced  the  people  who  had  revolted  at  Rome  and  taken 
up  their  quarters  upon  Mons  Sacer,  to  return  into  the  city;  27. 
Herodes  Agrippa,  son  of  Aristobulus  prince  of  Judea,  was  edu¬ 
cated  at  Rome  with  Drusus,  the  son  of  Tiberius.  He  gave  offence 
to  Tiberius,  and  was  thrown  into  prison,  but  on  the  accession  of 
Caligula  was  set  at  liberty;  83. 

Agrippina,  ae,  f.  (1)  The  wife  of  Germanicus  and  mother  of  the 
emperor  Caligula  ;  84.  (2)  The  daughter  of  Germanicus  and 

Agrippina  (No.  1) ;  she  was  the  mother  of  the  emperor  Nero,  and 
as  her  third  husband  was  married  to  the  emperor  Claudius ;  85,  86. 

Alba,  ae,  f. ;  Alba  Longa,  ae,  f.  A  city  of  Latium  founded  by  Asca 
nius ;  3,  14. 

Alb  anus,  a,  um.  Alban.  Mons  A  Ibanus,  a  rocky  mountain  sixteen 
miles  southeast  of  Rome ;  3.  Lacus  Albanus,  the  Alban  Lake 
west  of  Mount  Albanus  ;  4. 

Albanus,  i,  m.  An  Alban,  a  citizen  of  Alba;  5,  14. 

Alcibiddes,  is,  m.  An  Athenian  general  in  the  Peloponnesian  war ; 
109,  110,  112,  113,  Ac. 

Alcmaeon,  onis,  m.  The  last  of  the  Athenian  archons  appointed  for 
life ;  99. 

Alexander,  dri,  m.  The  most  distinguished  of  this  name  was  the  son 
and  successor  of  Philip,  king  of  Macedonia ;  127 — 141.  A  second 
by  the  same  name  was  king  of  Epirus  and  son-in-law  of  Philip ; 
127.  A  third  was  the  son  of  Perseus,  the  last  king  of  Macedo¬ 
nia  ;  154. 

Alexandria,  ae,  f.  Alexandria,  a  celebrated  city  of  Egypt  built  by 
Alexander  the  Great;  78,  79. 

Allia,  ae,  f.  A  small  river  a  few  miles  north  of  Rome ;  33. 

A  Ipes,  ium,  f.  The  Alps,  a  high  range  of  mountains  north  of  Italy ;  48, 7  5 

Ammon  or  Mammon,  onis,  m.  An  appellation  of  Jupiter  as  worship¬ 
ped  in  Africa ;  133. 


HISTORICAL  AND  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX.  345 


Amphictyon ,  onis,  m.  One  of  the  early  kings  of  Athens ;  95. 

A mphipolis,  is,  f.  A  city  of  Macedonia,  now  Emboli;  123. 

Amulius,  i,  m.  Son  of  Procas,  king  of  Alba ;  he  was  the  brother  of 
Numitor;  5,  6,  8. 

Anaxarchus,  i,  m.  A  philosopher  of  Abdera,  who  accompanied  Alex¬ 
ander  into  Asia ;  139. 

Anchises,  ae,  m.  Anchises,  the  father  of  Aeneas ;  2. 

Ancus,  i,  m. ;  Ancus  Marcius,  i,  m.  The  fourth  king  of  Rome ;  15, 17. 

Andriscus,  i,  m.  A  Macedonian  who  claimed  to  be  the  son  of  Per¬ 
seus,  and  was  accordingly  called  Pseudophilippus,  i.  e.,  False 
Philip;  62. 

Anio,  enis,  m.  A  small  river  of  Italy,  a  tributary  of  the  Tiber;  now 
Teverone  ;  27,  34. 

Antigonus,  i,  m.  One  of  Alexander’s  generals ;  143. 

Antiochla,  ae,  f.  The  chief  city  of  Syria,  founded  by  Seleucus  and 
named  by  him  in  honor  of  his  father  Antiochus ;  73. 

Antiochus,  i,  m.  Antiochus  the  Great,  king  of  Syria,  long  engaged 
in  war  against  the  Romans,  and  finally  defeated  by  Cornelius 
Scipio  near  Magnesia ;  58,  150. 

Antipater,  tri,  m.  One  of  Alexander’s  generals ;  after  the  death  of 
Alexander  he  received  the  government  of  Greece  and  Mace¬ 
donia;  136,  142. 

Antonia,  ae,  f.  Paternal  aunt  of  Nero,  by  whom  she  was  put  to 
death;  86. 

Antonins,  i,  m.  Antony ;  M.  Antonins  formed  a  triumvirate  with 
Octavius  and  Lepidus ;  80,  81,  82.  C.  Antonins  was  the  colleague 
of  Cicero  in  the  consulship;  74. 

Apollo,  \nis,  m.  The  god  of  divination;  98,  107,  145. 

Appius,  i,  m. ;  Appius  Claudius,  i,  m.  One  of  the  Decemviri ;  30. 

Apulia,  ae,  f.  A  province  in  southern  Italy ;  49,  7 0. 

Arbela,  drum,  n.  A  town  in  Assyria,  famous  for  the  victory  of  Alex¬ 
ander  over  Darius ;  134. 

Ardea,  ae,  f.  A  city  of  Latium,  a  few  miles  south  of  Rome ;  21,  22. 

Argos,  n.  (only  in  nom.  and  acc.),  or  Argi,  drum,  m.  pi.  The  capital 
of  the  province  of  Argolis  in  the  Peloponnesus ;  the  name  was 
often  applied  to  the  province  itself,  and  poetically  to  all 
Greece;  42,  96. 

Argivus,  i,  m.  An  inhabitant  or  citizen  of  Argos ;  also  a  Greek ;  96. 

Argyraspxdes,  um ,  m.  pL  A  term  applied  to  a  company  of  Macedo¬ 
nian  soldiers  who  wore  silver  shields ;  137. 

Aridaeus,  i,  m.  Brother  and  successor  of  Alexander  the  Great ;  142, 

Arimxnum,  i,  n  A  town  in  Umbria,  on  the  Adriatic ;  77. 

Aristobulus,  i,  m.  A  king  of  Judea,  who  was  taken  by  Pompey  and 
carried  as  prisoner  to  Rome ;  73. 

Aristoteles,  is,  m.  A  distinguished  philosopher,  and  the  teacher  of 
Alexander  the  Great ;  141. 

Armenia,  ae,  f.  A  country  of  Asia,  divided  by  the  river  Euphrates 
into  two  unequal  parts,  viz. :  the  eastern,  called  Armenia  Major, 
and  the  western,  called  Armenia  Minor  ;  71. 

Armenius,  a,  um.  Armenian;  71. 

15* 


346  HISTORICAL  AND  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX. 


Artaphernes,  is,  m.  Nephew  of  Darius ;  101. 

Artaxerxes,  is,  m.  Son  and  successor  of  Darius,  king  of  Persia 
119,  120. 

Artemisium,  i,  n.  A  promontory  of  the  island  Euboea ;  104. 

Aruns,  untis,  m.  Son  of  Tarquin  the  Proud ;  24. 

Ascanius,  i,  m.  Son  of  Aeneas  ;  3. 

Asia,  ae,  f.  Asia;  101. 

Asiaticus,  a,  um .  Asiatic ;  also  a  surname  given  to  L.  Cornelius 
Scipio  for  his  achievements  in  Asia,  especially  his  victory  over 
king  Antiochus ;  58. 

A  sina,  ae,  m.  A  surname  of  Cneus  Cornelius,  who  was  the  colleague 
of  Duillius  in  the  consulship  in  the  early  part  of  the  first  Punic 
war;  43. 

Athenae,  arum,  f.  pi.  The  capital  of  Attica;  95,  97,  112,  116. 

Atheniensis,  e,  adj.  Athenian;  subs.  Athcniensis,  is,  m.,  an  Athe¬ 
nian;  95,  100,  116. 

Atilius,  i,  m.  A  family  name  among  the  Romans,  as  M.  Atilius  sur- 
named  Regulus  ;  44. 

Atreus,  i,  m.  Son  of  Pelops  ;  99. 

Attains,  i,  m.  One  of  Philip’s  generals  and  the  uncle  of  his  wife 
Cleopatra ;  127. 

Atthis,  idis,  f.  The  daughter  of  Cranaus,  who  was  one  of  the  early 
kings  of  Attica;  95. 

Attica,  ae,  f.  An  important  province  in  Greece ;  102,  108,  118. 

Atticus,  a,  um.  Attic,  Athenian;  subs.  Atticus,  i,  m.,  an  inhabit¬ 
ant  of  Attica;  95. 

Augustus,  i,  m.  Surname  of  Octavius  Caesar,  the  first  of  the  Roman 
emperors;  81,  86.  This  surname  was  also  often  applied  to  the 
emperors  generally. 

Aurelius,  i,  m.  Name  of  a  Roman  gens  or  family,  as  L.  Aurelius 
Cotta;  69. 

A  ventlnus,  i,.  m.  The  Aventine,  one  of  the  seven  hills  of  Rome ;  8. 


B. 

Babylonia,  ae,  f.  Babylonia,  a  province  of  Syria ;  also  Babylon,  the 
capital  of  Babylonia ;  139. 

Balbus,  i,  m.  Balbus,  a  man's  name  ;  247,  248. 

Bacchantes,  ium,  pi.  The  votaries  of  Bacchus,  the  god  of  wine;  137. 

Bestia,  ae,  m.  A  surname  in  the  Calpurnian  family  at  Rome ;  L.  Cal  • 
purnius  Bestia  was  consul  when  war  was  declared  against  Ju- 
gurtha;  65. 

Bibtilus,  i,  m.  A  proper  name ;  L.  Bibulus  was  Caesar’s  colleague  in 
the  consulship ;  75. 

Bithynia,  ae,  f.  A  fruitful  province  of  Asia  Minor ;  69. 

Boeotia,  ae,  f.  A  district  of  Greece  north  of  Attica ;  96. 

Boeotius,  i,  m.  A  Boeotian;  121. 

Brennus,  i,  m.  A  distinguished  Gallic  leader ;  147,  148. 


HISTORICAL  AND  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX.  347 


Britannia ,  ae ,  f.  Great  Britain ;  85,  86. 

Britannxcus,  a,  um.  British ;  also  a  surname  given  to  Germanicus, 
the  son  of  the  emperor  Claudius  ;  7 5,  85. 

Britannus,  i,  m.  An  inhabitant  of  Great  Britain,  a  Briton ;  7  5. 

Bruttii ,  drum ,  m.  A  people  in  the  south  of  Italy ;  also  their  country ;  54. 

Brutus,  i,  m.  A  Roman  surname  ;  L.  Junius  Brutus,  one  of  the  first 
consuls  of  Rome ;  22,  23,  24 ;  M.  Junius  Brutus  and  B.  Junius 
Brutus  acted  prominent  parts  in  the  assassination  of  Caesar ;  79,  81. 

Byzantium,  i,  n.  A  city  on  the  Bosporus,  now  Constantinople,  69 
90,  113. 


C. 

C.  Abbreviation  for  Caius  ;  Cn.  for  Cneus,  Cneius  or  Cnaeus,  names 
common  among  the  Romans;  43,  46,  64,  72. 

Cablra,  indecl.  A  town  in  Pontus;  71. 

Cadmea,  ae,  f.  The  citadel  of  Thebes  in  Boeotia,  named  after  Cad¬ 
mus,  its  founder ;  120. 

Cadmus,  i,  m.  A  Phoenician  who  is 'said  to  have  been  the  inventor 
of  alphabetic  writing ;  96. 

Caecilius,  i,  m.  A  Roman  name,  as  Q.  Caecilius  Metellus  ;  62. 

Caepio,  onis,  m.  A  Roman  consul ;  63. 

Caesar,  dris,  m.  A  surname  of  the  Julian  family ;  C.  Julius  Caesar, 
a  distinguished  general  and  statesman;  75,  77,  83.  The  title  or 
surname  Caesar  was  applied  generally  to  denote  the  Roman 
emperors;  88. 

Caius,  i,  m.  A  Roman  name. — Caius  Caligula,  ae,  m.  A  Roman 
emperor,  successor  of  Tiberius ;  84,  86,  94.  Caius  Augustus,  son 
of  Germanicus ;  83. 

Calpurnius,  i,  m.  (See  Bestia.) 

CamiUus,  i,  m.  A  distinguished  Roman  general ;  31,  32,  33. 

Campania,  ae,  f.  A  province  in  Central  Italy ;  40,  51. 

Cannae,  arum,  f.  pi.  A  village  in  Apulia,  famous  for  the  great  vic¬ 
tory  of  Hannibal  over  the  Romans ;  49. 

Cannensis,  e,  adj.  Of  or  belonging  to  Cannae;  53. 

Capitolium,  i,  n.  Capitol.  This  was  the  citadel  of  Rome,  and  waa 
erected  on  the  Capitoline  Hill;  21,  33,  85. 

Cappadocia,  ae,  f.  A  country  of  Asia  Minor ;  83. 

Caprea,  ae,  f.,  or  Capreae,  arum.  An  island  in  the  Tuscan  Sea ;  now 
Capri;  83. 

Capua,  ae,  f.  The  chief  city  of  Campania;  70. 

Carrae,  arum,  f.  pi.  A  city  near  the  Euphrates,  famous  for  the  defeat 
of  Crassus  by  the  Parthians ;  7 6. 

Carthago,  mis,  f.  An  ancient  city  in  Northern  Africa;  47,  50. — Car¬ 
thago  Nova.  New  Carthage,  a  town  in  Spain ;  now  Cartha - 
gena  ;  53. 

Carthaginiensis,  e,  adj.  Carthaginian;  subs.  Carthaginicnsis,  is,  a 

Carthaginian ;  43,  44,  45,  46,  &c. 

*  «• 


348  HISTORICAL  AND  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX. 


Casca ,  ae,  m.  Surname  of  Servilius,  one  of  the*  conspirators  against 
Caesar;  79. 

Cassander,  dri,  m.  Son  of  Antipater  and  king  of  Macedonia  after  the 
death  of  Alexander;  143,  144. 

Cassius,  i,  m.  A  Roman  name.  C.  Cassius,  one  of  the  conspirators 
against  Caesar;  76,  79,  81. 

Catilina,  ae,  m.  {L.  Sergius ).  The  notorious  conspirator  against  the 
Roman  government ;  74. 

Catinensis  or  Catiniensis,  is.  A  Catinean,  a  citizen  of  Catina  a  city 
in  Sicily;  109. 

Catti,  drum,  m.  pi.  A  people  in  Germany ;  94. 

Catuhcs,  i,  m.  Surname  of  C.  Lutatius,  a  Roman  consul  at  the  close 
of  the  first  Punic  war ;  46. 

Caudlnus,  a,  um.  Caudine ;  Furculae  Caudlnae,  the  Caudine  Forks, 
a  narrow  defile  near  Caudium,  in  Italy ;  37. 

Cecrops ,  opis,  m.  The  most  ancient  king  of  Attica ;  95. 

Censorlnus,  i,  m.  Surname  of  L.  Marcius,  a  Roman  consul  in  the 
third  Punic  war ;  60. 

Chaeronea,  ae,  f. .  A  town  in-Boeotia ;  125. 

Chalcedon,  onis,  f.  A  town  on  the  Thracian  Bosporus,  opposite  to 
Byzantium;  69> 

Charops,  opis,  m.  The  first  decennial  archon  at  Athens ;  99. 

Cicero,  onis, m.  The  celebrated  Roman  orator;  74,  80. 

Cilicia,  ae,  f.  A  province  in  the  southern  part  of  Asia  Minor ;  90. 

Cineas,  ae,  m.  A  friend  and  favorite  minister  of  Pyrrhus ;  41. 

Cinna,  ae,  m.  A  surname  among  the  Romans.  L.  Cornelius  Cinna, 
confederate  of  Marius  in  the  civil  war ;  68. 

Cirrhaeus,  a,  um.  Cirrhaean,  of  or  pertaining  to  Cirrha,  a  town  near 
Delphi;  145. 

Claudius,  i,  m.  The  fourth  Roman  emperor ;  85,  90.  Appius  Clau¬ 
dius,  on  2  )f  the  decemviri ;  30.  M.  Claudius  Marcellus,  a  Roman 
consul;  51. 

Cleomenez.  is,  m.  A  king  of  Sparta ;  '150. 

Cleopatra,  ae,  f.  Queen  of  Egypt,  79,  82.  Another  of  the  same 
name  was  the  daughter  of  Philip  of  Macedon ;  127. 

Cluentius,  i,  m.  A  leader  in  the  Social  war;  66. 

Cnaeus  or  Cneus  (abbrev.  Cn. ),  i,  m.  A  Roman  name,  as  Cnaeus 
Octavius,  154;  Cn.  Pompeius,  72. 

Codes ,  itis,  m.  ( Horatius ).  A  Roman  distinguished  in  the  war  with 
Porsena;  25. 

CoUatlnus,  i,  m.  Surname  of  Tarquinius,  the  husband  of  Lucre- 
tia;  21,  22,  23. 

Commagene,  es,  f.  The  northern  province  of  Syria ;  90. 

Conon,  onis,  m.  A  celebrated  Athenian  general;  114,  115. 

Corinthus,  i,  f.  Corinth,  a  city  of  Achaia;  16,  62,  155,  156. 

Corinthius,  a,  um.  Corinthian ;  subs.  Corinthius,  i,  m.,  a  Corin¬ 
thian  ;  62. 

Ccriolanus,  i,  m.  A  surname  given  to  Qu.  Marcius,  derived  from 
Corioli,  the  name  of  a  town  which  he  had  taken  in  war ;  28. 

Corioli,  brum,  m.  pi.  A  town  in  Latium ;  28. 


HISTORICAL  And  geographical  index.  349 


Cornelius ,  i,  m.  The  name  of  a  distinguished  Roman  gens  or  clan, 
including  the  Scipios,  Sulla,  &c. ;  43,  48,  53,  66.  (See  also  Asma.) 

Corvlnus,  i,  m.  Surname  of  M.  Valerius,  tribune  of  the  soldiers ;  35. 

Cotta,  ae,  m.  Surname  of  M.  Aurelius,  a  Roman  consul  in  the  time 
of  the  Mithridatic  war;  69. 

Cranaus ,  i,  m.  King  of  Attica  and  successor  of  Cecrops ;  95. 

Crassus,  i,  m.  Surname  in  the  Licinian  gens.  M.  Licinius  Crassus, 
a  Roman  general  defeated  and  slain  by  the  Parthians ;  7  6. 

CratSrus,  i,  m.  A  general  in  the  army  of  Alexander  the  Great;  142. 

Cremera,  ae,  f.  A  river  of  Etruria,  in  Italy;  29. 

Cremona,  ae,  f.  A  town  of  Cisalpine  Gaul,  on  the  Po ;  88. 

Creon,  ontis,  m.  An  archon  at  Athens ;  99. 

Creta,  ae,  f.  The  island  of  Crete ;  now  Candia  ;  96,  98. 

Critias,  ae,  m.  One  of  the  thirty  tyrants  at  Athens;  118. 

Crixus,  i,  m.  A  leader  in  the  war  of  the  gladiators  ;  7 0. 

Cures,  ium,  f.  pL  The  ancient  capital  of  the  Sabines  ;  13. 

Curiatii,  drum,  m.  pi.  Three  brothers  who  were  selected  from  the 
Alban  army  to  engage  in  combat  with  the  three  Horatii,  also 
brothers,  from  the  Romans ;  14.  (See  note  on  Horatiorum  et 
Curiatidrum,  14.) 

Cursor,  oris,  m.  Surname  of  L.  Papirius,  dictator  in  the  Samnite 
war;  36. 

Cynoscephdlae ,  drum ,  f.  pi.  “Dogs’  Heads,”  two  hills  in  Thessaly; 
57,  151. 

Cyprus,  i,  f.  An  island  in  the  Mediterranean  sea,  near  Asia  Minor ;  143. 

Cyrus,  i,  m.  Brother  of  Artaxerxes  ;  114,  119. 

Cyzlcus,  i,  f.,  or  Cyzicum,  i,  n.  An  ancient  city  in  Asia  Minor ;  69. 


D. 

Dacus,  a,  urn.  Dacian,  relating  to  Dacia,  a  province  north  of  the 
Danube ;  subs.  Dacus,  i,  m.,  a  Dacian ;  94. 

Danaus,  i,  m.  Brother  of  Aegyptus  and  founder  of  Argos;  96. 

Darius,  i,  m.  A  celebrated  king  of  Persia;  101,  103,  114,  131. 

Datis,  is,  m.  One  of  the  generals  of  Darius;  101,  102. 

Deiotdrus,  i,  m.  A  king  of  Galatia ;  73. 

Delphi,  drum  m.  pi.  A  town  of  Phocis,  celebrated  for  the  temple 
and  oracle  of  Apollo;  103,  107,  147. 

Delphicus,  a,  um.  Delphic;  98. 

Demaratus,  i,  m.  The  father  of  Tarquinius  Priscus ;  16. 

Demetrius,  i,  m.  The  name  of  several  Greeks,  one  of  whom  was  the 
son  of  Philip  V.  and  the  brother  of  Perseus,  the  last  king  of 
Macedonia;  51,  57,  143,  152. 

Demosthenes,  is,  m.  An  Athenian  general ;  111. 

Deucalion,  onis,  m.  An  ancient  king  of  Phthia,  in  Thessaly ;  95. 

Domitidnus,  i,  m.  A  Roman  emperor;  94. 

Draco,  onis,  m.  A  lawgiver  of  Athens  ;  100. 

Drusus,  i,  m.  Son  of  Germanicus;  83.  Drusus  Caesar,  dris,  in. 
Son  of  Tiberius ;  83. 


350  HISTORICAL  AND  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX. 


Duillius,  i,  m.  {Gains).  A  Roman  commander  and  consul  in  the 
first  Punic  war ;  43. 


E. 

Egeria,  ae,  f.  A  prophetic  nymph  from  whom  Numa  professed  to 
receive  instructions ;  13.  . 

Eleusis  or  Eleusin ,  Inis,  f.  (accus.  Eleusin).  An  ancient  town  of 
Attica;  95. 

Elius,  i,  m.  An  Elean,  native  of  Elis,  in  the  western  part  of  the 
Peloponnesus ;  99. 

Epaminondas,  ae,  m.  A  celebrated  Theban  general ;  121. 

Epirus,  i,  f.  A  province  in  the  north  of  Greece ;  38,  42,  82. 

Erectheus  or  Erechtheus,  i,  m.  An  ancient  king  of  Athens  ;  95. 

Eretria,  ae,  f.  Important  city  on  the  island  of  Euboea;  102. 

Eryxias ,  ae,  m.  The  last  of  the  decennial  archons  at  Athens ;  99. 

Etruria,  ae,  f.  A  country  of  Central  Italy;  Tuscany;  16. 

Etruscus,  i,  m.  An  Etruscan ;  25. 

Euboea,  ae,  f.  An  island  in  the  Aegean  sea ;  102,  104. 

Euphrates,  is,  m.  A  large  river  of  Asia;  134. 

Europa,  ae,  f.  The  continent  of  Europe  ;  58.  Also  the  name  of  the 
sister  of  Cadmus ;  96. 

Eurybiddes,  is,  m.  A  king  of  Sparta ;  105. 

Eurymedon,  ontis,  m.  An  Athenian  general  in  the  Peloponnesian 
war;  111. 


F. 

Fdbius,  i,  m.  The  name  of  a  distinguished  Roman  family ;  29,  36. 

Eabricius,  i,  m.  A  distinguished  leader  of  the  Romans  in  the  war 
against  Pyrrhus ;  40,  42. 

Falerii,  drum,  m.  pi.  A  town  of  Etruria ;  32. 

Faliscus,  a,  um.  Of  or  belonging  to  Falerii ;  subs.  Faliscus,  i,  m., 
a  citizen  of  Falerii ;  33. 

FcCustulus,  i,  m.  A  shepherd  who  brought  up  Romulus  and  Remus ;  7. 

Flaminius,  i,  m.  (G.)  A  Roman  consul  defeated  by  Hannibal  at  the 
Lake  of  Trasimenus ;  48.  T.  Quinctius  Flaminius  or  Flamini- 
nus,  i,  m.,  the  conqueror  of  king  Philip  of  Macedonia ;  151. 

Furculae,  drum,  f.  pi.  (See  Caudlnus  ;  37.) 

Furius,  i,  m.  A  Roman  family  name  as  M.  Furius  Camillus ;  see 
Camillus  ;  32. 


G. 

Galatia,  ae,  f.  A  country  of  Asia  Minor;  73. 
Galba ,  ae,  m.  {Sergius).  A  Roman  emperor ;  87. 


HISTORICAL  AND  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX.  851 


Gallia ,  ae,  f.  The  ancient  country  of  Gaul ;  75,  81. 

Gallicus,  a,  um.  Gallic;  146. 

Gallus,  i,  m.  A  Gaul,  a  native  of  Gaul ;  33,  34,  35,  48. 

Gamdla,  ae,  f.  A  town  in  Palestine  ;  143. 

Germania,  ae,  f.  Germany;  90. 

Germanicus,  a,  um,  adj.  German ;  88. 

Germanicus ,  i,  m.  Surname  of  several  Roman  generals  who 
achieved  victories  over  the  Germans;  Germanicus  Caesar  was 
the  father  of  the  emperor  Caligula  and  the  grandfather  of 
Nero ;  83,  84,  86. 

Germdnus,  i,  m.  A  German ;  7 5. 

Gracchus,  i,  m.  (Sempronius).  A  Roman  general  defeated  by  Han¬ 
nibal  at  the  river  Trebia ;  48. 

Graecia,  ae,  f.  The  country  of  Greece;  42,  57,  96,  116,  Ac. 

Graecus  or  Graius,  a,  um.  Grecian,  98 ;  subs.  Graecus  or  Graius,  i,  m., 
a  Greek;  107,  119,  120. 

Gylippus,  i,  m.  A  Spartan  commander  in  the  Sicilian  expedi¬ 
tion;  110,  111. 


H. 

Halys,  yos ,  m.  A  river  in  Asia  Minor;  134. 

Hamilcar,  aris,  m.  The  father  of  Hannibal ;  44,  47. 

Hammon,  dnis,  m.  (See  Ammon.) 

Hannibal,  alis,  m.  A  celebrated  Carthaginian  general  in  the  second 
Punic  war;  29,  47,  51. 

Hanno,  dnis,  m.  A  Carthaginian  general  in  the  second  Punic  war;  55. 

Hasdrubal,  alis,  m.  Son  of  Hamilcar  and  brother  of  Hannibal ;  48, 
50,  54.  Another  of  the  same  name  was  the  brother-in-law  of 
Hannibal,  and  the  founder  of  New  Carthage,  in  Spain. 

Hellespontus,  i,  m.  The  straits  of  the  Dardanelles;  106,  113,  134. 

Hercules,  is,  m.  A  hero  of  antiquity,  celebrated  for  his  great  strength 
and  his  wonderful  achievements  ;  99. 

Herennius,  i,  m.  The  father  of  Pontius  Thelesinus,  who  conquered 
the  Romans  at  the  Caudine  Forks ;  37. 

Her  odes,  is,  m.  (See  Agrippa.) 

Hiempsal,  alis,  m.  Son  of  Micipsa  and  cousin  of  Jugurtha ;  65.  (See 
Adherbal.) 

Hiero,  dnis,  m.  A  king  of  Syracuse  at  the  time  of  the  first  Punic 
war ;  43. 

Hierosolyma,  ae,  {.,  or  drum,  n.  pi.  Jerusalem,  the  capital  of  Ju¬ 
dea;  73,  90,  91.  _ 

Hispania,  ae,  f.  Spain;  48,  53,  81,  &c , 

Hispdnus,  a,  um.  Spanish ;  subs.  Hispdnus,  i,  m.,  a  Spaniard ;  53. 

Horatii ,  drum,  m.  pi.  (See  Curiatii ;  also  note  on  Horatiorum  et 
Curiatiorum,  14.) 

Horatius,  i,  m.  (See  Codes  and  Pulvillus.) 

Hostilius,  i,  m.  A  Roman  name ;  Tullus  Hostilius,  the  third  king 
of  Rome ;  14.  C.  Hostilius  Mancinus,  a  Roman  consul ;  64. 

Hyphdsis,  is,  m.  A  river  of  India,  a  tributary  of  the  Indus ;  138. 


352  HISTORICAL  AND  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX. 


I. 

Iberus,  i,  m.  A  rrv  er  of  Spain ;  now  the  Ebro  ;  46. 

Ilium,  i,  n.  Ilium  or  Troy;  129. 

Illyricus,  a,  um,  or  Illyrius,  a,  um.  Illyrian,  of  or  pertaining  to  Illy 
ria,  a  country  on  the  northeastern  coast  of  the  Adriatic ;  141, 146. 
Subs.  Illyricus  or  Illyrius,  i,  m.,  an  Illyrian;  123. 

Inccchus,  i,  m.  The  first  king  of  Argos ;  96. 

India,  ae,  f.  India,  an  extensive  country  of  Asia,  deriving  its  name 
from  the  river  Indus  ;  137. 

Ionia,  ae,  f.  A  country  in  the  western  part  of  Asia  Minor ;  113,  114. 

Iones,  um,  m.  pi.  The  Ionians  ;  101. 

Iphitus,  i,  m.  A  king  of  Elis,  who  revived  the  Olympic  games,  and 
may  almost  be  regarded  as  their  founder ;  99. 

Ister,  tri,  m.  The  river  Danube.  This  name  is  applied  to  the  lower 
part  of  the  river,  the  upper  part  usually  taking  the  name  Da~ 
nubius ;  101. 

Italia,  ae,  f.  The  country  of  Italy;  38,  46,  81. 

Italicus  or  Italus,  a,  um,  adj.  Italian  •  subs.  Itdlus ,  i,  m.,  an  Italian ;  1. 

J. 

■m  ,  .  ~  X  g  A  -•  ? 

Ja/niculum,  i,  n.  A  hill  on  the  west  side  of  the  Tiber,  not  one  of  the 
seven  hills  of  Rome,  though  included  within  the  wall  built  by 
Aurelian  in  the  third  century ;  1. 

Judaea,  ae,  f.  The  country  of  Judea ;  73. 

Judaeus,  a,  um..  Jewish;  subs.  Judaeus,  i,  m.,  a  Jew;  73. 

Jugurtha,  ae,  m.  A  king  of  Numidia,  conquered  by  the  Romans  ;  65. 
(See  Adherbal.) 

Julius,  i,  m.  (See  Caesar.) 

Junius,  i,  m.  (See  Brutus.) 

Jupiter,  Jovis,  m.  The  king  of  the  gods ;  4,  21,  133. 

Juvencius ,  i,  m.  A  Roman  general ;  62. 

L. 

L.  An  abbreviation  for  Lucius,  a  Roman  name ;  22,  36,  49,  68,  60,  &c. 

Lacedaemon,  onis,  f.  The  city  of  Lacedaemon  or  Sparta,  the  capital 
of  Laconia;  111. 

Lacedaemonius,  a,  um.  Lacedaemonian  or  Spartan ;  subs.  Lacedae- 
monius,  i,  m.,  a  Lacedaemonian  or  Spartan ;  44,  57,  98,  102,  &c. 

Laconia,  or  Laconica,  ae,  f.  A  country  of  the  Peloponnesus;  97,  108. 

Laco  or  Lacon,  onis,  m.  A  Laconian;  120. 

Laevinus,  i,  m.  A  Roman  family  name  ;  P.  Valerius  Laevinus,  a 
Roman  consul ;  38,  39.  M.  'Valerius  Laevinus,  also  a  Roman 
consul  and  a  distinguished  commander;  61,  52. 

Lamdchus,  i,  m.  An  Athenian  general  in  the  Sicilian  expedition  ; 
109,  110. 


HISTORICAL  AND  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX.  353 


Larissa,  ae,  f.  A  town  in  Thessaly ;  123. 

Latlnus,  i,  m.  An  ancient  king  of  the  Laurentians  in  Italy ;  2. 

Latium,  i,  n.  Latium,  a  country  of  Italy  containing  Rome  ;  21. 

Latlnus,  a,  um,  adj.  Latin ;  subs.  Latlnus,  i,  m.,'  an  inhabitant  of 
Latium,  a  Latin;  pi.  the  Latins;  15. 

Laurentia,  or  Larentia,  ae,  f.  (See  Acca.) 

Lavinia,  ae,  f.  Daughter  of  Latinus  and  wife  of  Aeneas ;  2. 

Lavinium,  i,  n.  A  town  in  Latium,  a  few  miles  south  of  Rome, 
founded  by  Aeneas  and  named  by  him  after  his  wife  Layinia ;  % 

Leonidas,  ae,  m.  A  Spartan  king  who  fell  at  Thermopylae ;  104. 

Lepldus,  i,  m.  One  of  the  triumvirs  with  Octavius  and  Antony ;  80. 

Leuctra,  drum ,  n.  pi.  A  small  town  in  Boeotia ;  121. 

Leuctrlcus,  a,  um.  Leuctrian ;  of  or  belonging  to  Leuctra ;  122. 

Libdnus,  i,  m.  Mount  Lebanon  in  Syria ;  132. 

Liber,  eri ,  m.  A  name  sometimes  applied  to  Bacchus,  the  god  of 
wine;  137. 

Licinius,  i,  m.  A  Roman  name.  P.  Licinius,  a  Roman  consul  and 
commander  in  the  war  with  Perseus ;  59.  L.  Licinius  Lucullus , 
a  Roman  consul  in  the  time  of  the  Mithridatic  war;  69,  71. 

Ligures,  um,  m.  pi.  The  Ligurians,  inhabitants  of  Liguria,  in  the 
western  part  of  Italy ;  48. 

Liilybaeum,  i,  n.  A  promontory  on  the  Southwestern  coast  of  Si¬ 
cily;  46. 

Livia,  ae,  f.  The  mother  of  Tiberius ;  83. 

Luc  anus,  i,  m.  A  poet  put  to  death  by  Nero  ;  he  was  the  nephew  of 
Seneca  the  philosopher;  86. 

Lucius,  i,  m.  A  name  common  among  the  Romans ;  as  Lucius  Tar- 
quinius  Priscus,  16 ;  usually  represented  by  the  abbreviation 
L.,  as  L.  Brutus ;  22. 

JLucretia,  ae,  f.  The  wife  of  Collatinus  ;  21,  23,  24. 

Lucretius,  i,  m.  The  father  of  Lucretia ;  24. 

Lucullus,  i,  m.  (See  Licinius.) 

Lusitania,  ae,  f.  Lusitania ;  now  Portugal ;  63. 

Lutatius,  i,  m.  (See  Catulus.) 

Lycia,  ae,  f.  The  country  of  Lycia  in  Asia  Minor ;  90,  96. 

Lycurgus,  i ,  m.  The  great  lawgiver  of  Sparta ;  98.  Another  was 
king  of  Sparta,  successor  of  Cleomenes;  150. 

Lydia,  ae,  f  A  country  in  Asia  Minor;  114,  119. 

Ly sander,  ari,  m.  A  celebrated  Spartan  general;  114,  115,  116. 

Lysim&chus,  i ,  m.  One  of  the  generals  of  Alexander  the  Great ; 
143,  144 


M. 

M.  An  abbreviation  for  Marcus,  a  Roman  name;  35,  44,  60,  74,  <fce. 
Macedonia,  ae,  f.  Macedonia,  Macedon,  a  country  north  of  Thes¬ 
saly;  51,  62. 

Macido,  5nis,  m.  A  Macedonian;  122,125. 

Macedonicus,  a,  um,  adj.  Macedonian;  57,  154. 


354  HISTORICAL  AND  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX. 


Magi ,  drum,  m.  pi.  The  Magi,  the  .learned  men  among  the  Per 
sians ;  139. 

Magnesia ,  aey  f.  A  city  in  Lydia,  in  Asia  Minor;  58. 

Magnus ,  i,  m.  Surname  of  Alexander,  meaning  the  Great  ;  143. 

Manclnus ,  i,  m.  A  Roman  consul  in  the  war  with  the  Numan- 
tians;  64. 

Manlius,  i,  m.  ( M .)  A  Roman  consul  m  the  third  Punic  war;  60. 
v  T.  Manlius,  a  Roman  youth,  surnamed  Torquatus  for  his  achieve¬ 
ments  in  the  Gallic  war ;  34. 

Mantinea,  ae,  f.  A  city  of  Arcadia,  in  the  Peloponnesus;  121. 

Marathon,  dnis,  m.  A  town  and  plain  in  Attica,  celebrated  for  the 
victory  of  Miltiades  over  the  Persians ;  102. 

Marathonius,  a,  urn.  Marathonian ;  of  or  belonging  to  Mara¬ 
thon;  103,  106. 

Marcellus,  i,  m.  (See  Claudius.) 

Marcius,  i,  m.  (See  Ancus,  Censorlnus,  and  Corioldnus.) 

Mardonius,  i,  m.  A  Persian  general,  defeated  by  Pausanias  in  the 
battle  of  Plataea ;  107. 

Marius,  i,  m.  A  distinguished  Roman  general,  the  conqueror  of 
Jugurtha,  and  leader  in  the  civil  war  against  Sulla.  He  was 
consul  seven  times ;  65,  67. 

Mars,  Martis,  m.  The  god  of  war;  sometimes  put  for  war  itself; 

6,  115. 

Marsi,  drum,  m.  pi.  A  people  of  Latium  ;  66. 

Maximus,  i,  m.  A  Roman  surname ;  as  of  Q.  Fabius,  the  famous  dic¬ 
tator  in  the  second  Punic  war,  who  weakened  the  force  of  Han¬ 
nibal  by  delay;  29. 

Medius,  i,  m.  A  Thessalian,  friend  of  Alexander  the  Great;  139. 

Megarensis,  is,  m.  and  f.  A  Megarian,  a  native  of  Megara,  in  Si¬ 
cily;  100. 

Meleager,  gri,  m.  A  commander  in  the  service  of  Alexander  the 
Great;  142. 

Memphis,  is,  f.  A  city  in  Egypt ;  133. 

Menenius,  i,  m.  (See  Agrippa.) 

Metellus,  i,  m.  (Q.  Caecilius).  A  Roman  consul  and  leader  in  the 
war  against  Jugurtha ;  62. 

Metius,  i,  m.  (See  Suffetius.) 

Micipsa,  ae,  m.  A  king  of  Numidia,  the  father  of  Adherbal  and 
Hiempsal,  and  the  uncle  of  Jugurtha ;  65. 

Miltiades,  is,  m.  A  celebrated  Athenian  general,  conqueror  at  Mara-  . 
thon;  102. 

Minerva,  ae,  f.  Goddess  of  wisdom  and  patron  divinity  of  Athens ;  95. 

Minor,  oris.  (See  Armenia.) 

Minos,  ois,  m.  A  king  and  lawgiver  of  Crete  ;  96. 

Misenum,  i,  n.  A  promontory  and  town  in  Campania,  in  Italy ;  83. 

Mithridates,  is,  m.  A  celebrated  king  of  Pontus;  67,  68,  69,  71. 

Mithridaticus,  a,  um.  Mithridatic;  of  or  belonging  to  Mithri 
dates ;  67. 

Muclus,  i,  m.  A  Roman  name.  Mucius  Scaevola,  a  Roman  youth 
who  attempted  to  assassinate  Porsena  ;  26. 


HISTORICAL  AND  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX.  355 

* 


Mummius,  i,  m.  A  Roman  general  who  destroyed  Corinth;  62,  156. 
Munychia,  ae,  f.  A  hill  in  the  peninsula  of  Piraeus,  at  the  foot  of 
which  lies  the  harbor  of  the  same  name;  118. 

Mycdle ,  es,  f.  A  high  promontory  or  mountain  of  Ionia,  in  Asia 
Minor;  107. 


Nabis ,  is  or  tdis,  m.  A  king  of  Sparta ;  57. 

Naslca,  ae,  m.  A  surname  in  the  Scipio  family.  JP.  Scipio  Naslca,  a 
Roman  consul  in  the  war  against  Jugurtha ;  65. 

Neptunus,  i,  m.  The  god  of  the  sea ;  9. 

Nero,  dnis,  m.  The  fifth  Roman  emperor;  86,  94.  Another  of  th8 
same  name  was  the  son  of  Germanicus ;  83.  Also  a  surname  of 
Tiberius  and  Claudius  ;  83,  85. 

Nicias,  ae,  m.  An  Athenian  statesman  and  general ;  109,  110. 

Nicomedes,  is,  m.  A  king  of  Bithynia ;  69. 

Nilus,  i,  m.  The  river  Nile,  in  Egypt ;  79,  133. 

Nola,  ae,  f.  An  ancient  city  in  Campania ;  51. 

Nova,  ae,  f.  (See  Carthago.) 

Numa,  ae,  m.  ( Pompilius ).  The  second  king  of  Rome;  13,  15. 

Numantia,  ae,  f.  A  city  in  Spain ;  64. 

Numantlni,  drum,  m.  pL  The  inhabitants  of  Numantia,  the  Nu- 
mantines;  64. 

Numidia,  ae,  f.  The  country  of  Numidia,  in  Africa;  55. 

Numida,  ae,  m.  A  Numidian ;  65,  65. 

Numltor,  oris,  m.  A  king  of  Alba,  grandfather  of  Romulus  and  Re¬ 
mus  ;  5,  8. 

Nysa,  ae,  f.  A  city  in  India ;  137. 

O. 

Ocednus,  i,  m.  The  Ocean;  often  used  also  to  denote  the  Atlantic, 
sometimes  the  Pacific ;  75,  137. 

Octavia,  ae,  f.  The  wife  of  the  Emperor  Nero;  86. 

Octavidnus,  i,  m.  (Caesar).  The  first  Roman  emperor,  usually  called 
Augustus  after  his  victory  at  Actium ;  80. 

Octavius,  i,  m.  (Cnaeus).  A  Roman  commander  in  the  war  agamst 
Perseus ;  154. 

Oenomaus,  i,  m.  A  celebrated  gladiator;  70. 

Olympia,  drum,  n.  pi.  The  Olympic  games;  99. 

Olympidcus,  or  Olympius,  a,  um.  Olympic;  141. 

Olynthus,  i,  f.  A  city  of  Thrace ;  120. 

Olynthii,  drum,  m.  pi.  The  Olynthians  ;  124. 

Orcddes,  um,  f.  pi.  The  Orkney  islands,  near  Scotland;  85. 

Oriens,  entis,  m.  The  East,  the  countries  of  the  East;  81,  129. 

Orddes,  is,  m.  The  king  of  Parthia,  by  whom  Crassus  was  taken  and 
slain;  76. 


356  HISTORICAL  AND  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX. 


Ostia,  ae,  f.  A  town  in  Latium,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Tiber;  15. 
Otlio,  onis ,  m.  A  Roman  emperor  who  reigned  but  a  few  months 
87,  88. 


P. 

P.  An  abbreviation  for  Publius ,  a  Roman  name ;  38,  48,  49,  69,  &c 

Palaestina,  ae ,  f.  Palestine;  90. 

Palatium ,  i,  n.  The  Palatine,  one  of  the  seven  hills  of  Rome.  The 
residence  of  Augustus  was  upon  this ;  hence  the  term  came  to 
signify  a  palace  ;  86. 

Pannonia,  ae,  f.  A  Roman  province  north  of  Illyria ;  146. 

Papirius,  i,  m.  (See  Cursor.) 

Parmenio,  onis,  m.  A  general  in  the  service  of  Alexander  the 
Great;  134,  135. 

Parnassus ,  i,  m.  A  high  mountain  in  Phocis,  whose  two  summits 
were  sacred  to  Apollo  and  the  Muses ;  at  its  base  stood  the  city 
of  Delphi ;  147. 

Parthi,  drum,  m.  pi.  A  Scythian  people  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Cas¬ 
pian,  principally  known  as  roving  warriors ;  7  6. 

Paullus,  or  Paulus,  i,  m.  A  surname  in  the  Aemilian  gens  or  tribe. 
L.  Aemilius  Paulus,  the  name  of  two  Roman  consuls,  one  of 
whom  fell  in  the  battle  of  Cannae,  49;  the  other  conquered 
Perseus  at  Pydna;  59,  154. 

Pausanias,  ae,  m.  The  leader  of  the  Spartans  in  the  battle  of  Plataea ; 
107.  Another  of  the  same  name  murdered  Philip  of  Macedon;  127. 

Pelasgi,  drum,  m.  pi.  The  Pelasgians,  the  earliest  inhabitants  of 
Greece;  97. 

Peligni ,  drum,  m.  pi.  A  people  of  Central  Italy;  66. 

Pelopidas,  ae,  m.  A  celebrated  Theban  general;  120,  122. 

Peloponnesus,  i,  f.  The  Peloponnesus,  a  peninsula  forming  the  south¬ 
ern  part  of  Greece  ;  now  the  Morea  ;  42,  96. 

Peloponnesidcus,  a,  um.  Peloponnesian;  109. 

Pelops,  opis,  m.  Probably  a  Phrygian,  the  son  of  Tantalus.  He 
settled  in  the  southern  peninsula  of  Greece,  which  from  him  was 
called  Peloponnesus,  i.  e.  the  island  of  Pelops  ;  96,  99. 

Perdiccas,  or  Perdicca,  ae,  m.  One  of  the  most  distinguished  of  the 
generals  of  Alexander  the  Great ;  140,  142,  143. 

Pericles,  is,  m.  A  celebrated  Athenian  orator  and  statesman ;  108. 

Persa,  ae,  m.  A  Persian;  102,  107,  114,  119,  <fcc. 

Perseus,  i,  m.  The  last  king  of  Macedonia ;  152,  153,  154. 

Persicus,  a,  um,  adj.  Persian;  129. 

Phalerum,  i,  n.  The  oldest  harbor  of  Athens ;  often  called  PhalerX 
cus  portus  ;  107. 

Pharndces,  is,  m.  Son  of  Mithridates ;  7.2. 

Pharsdlus,  i,  f.  A  city  in  Thessaly,  where  Pompey  was  defeated  by 
Caesar;  78. 

Philippi,  drum,  m.  pi.  A  city  in  Macedonia ;  81. 

f 


HISTORICAL  AND  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX.  357 


Philippus,  i,  m.  The  name  of  several  Macedonian  kings,  the  most 
celebrated  of  whom  was  the  father  of  Alexander  the  Great;  51, 
57,  59,  122,  125,  &c. 

Philopator,  oris,  m.  A  surname,  meaning  a  lover  of  a  father,  given 
in  derision  to  Ptolemy,  king  of  Egypt,  who  slew  his  father  and 
mother;  150. 

Phoebidas,  ae,  m.  A  Lacedaemonian  commander,  who  treacherously 
got  possession  of  the  Cadmea ;  120. 

Phoenlce,  es,  or  Phoenicia,  ae,  f.  The  country  of  Phoenicia,  in  Syria; 
96,  132,  143. 

.  Phoroneus,  i,  m.  Son  of  Inachus,  king  of  Argos  ;  96. 

Phyle,  es,  f.  A  castle  in  Attica;  118. 

Picenum,  i,  n.  A  district  in  the  eastern  part  of  Italy ;  54. 

Picentes,  um,  pi.  The  Picenes,  the  inhabitants  of  Picenum ;  66. 

Piraeeus,  or  Piraeus ,  i,  m.  The  Piraeus,  the  celebrated  port  of 
Athens;  107,  118. 

Pisa,  ae,  f.  A  city  of  Elis,  in  Greece  ;  96. 

Plataeae,  arum,  f.  pi.  Plataea,  a  city  in  Boeotia;  107. 

Plataeenses,  ium,  m.  pi.  The  Plataeans,  the  inhabitants  of  Pla¬ 
taea;  102. 

Plautius,  i,  m.  (A.)  A  Roman  commander  who  subdued  the  southern 
part  of  the  island  of  Britain  in  the  reign  of  Claudius ;  85. 

Poenus,  i,  m.  A  Carthaginian ;  43,  44,  45. 

Pompeius,  i,  m.  The  name  of  a  Roman  gens.  Cn.  Pompeius,  a 
Roman  "consul  and  a  distinguished  commander,  defeated  by 
Caesar  at  Pharsalia;  72,  73,  77,  78.  Q.  Pompeius,  also  consul 
and  commander,  defeated  in  several  engagements  by  the  Numan- 
tines ;  64. 

Pompeianus,  a,  um,  adj.  Pompeian,  of  or  belonging  to  Pompey;  79. 

Pompilius,  i,  m.  (See  Numa. ) 

Pontius,  i,  m.  ( Theleslnus ).  A  general  of  the  Samnites,  who  con¬ 
quered  the  Romans  at  the  Caudine  Forks ;  37. 

Pontus,  i,  m.  A  province  in  Asia  Minor,  south  of  the  Black  sea ;  67. 

Porsena,  ae,  m.  A  king  of  Etruria,  in  Italy ;  25,  26. 

Postumius ,  i,  m.  The  name  of  a  Roman  gens  or  clan.  A.  Postumius, 
a  Roman  in  whose  consulship  the  first  Punic  war  was  brought 
to  a  close;  46.  Spurius  Postumius,  a  Roman  consul,  defeated 
by  the  Samnites  at  the  Caudine  Forks ;  37. 

Praeneste,  is,  n.  A  town  in  Latium ;  40. 

Priscus,  'i,  m.  The  surname  of  Lucius  Tarquinius,  the  fifth  king  of 
Rome ;  16,  18,  19. 

Procas,  ae,  m.  ( Silvius ).  A  king  of  Alba  ;  5. 

Pseudophilippus,  i,  m.  (See  Andriscus.) 

Ptolemaeus,  i,  m.  Name  of  the  kings  of  Egypt  after  Alexander  the 
Great;  79,  143,  150.  Another  of  the  same  name  was  the  son  of 
Pyrrhus,  king  of  Epirus  ;  149. 

Publicola,  ae,  m.  Surname  of  Valerius ,  one  of  the  first  consuls  at 
Rome ;  23,  24. 

Pulvillus,  i,  m.  ( Horatius ).  A  Roman  consul  the  first  year  after  the 
banishment  of  Tarquin ;  24. 


358  HISTORICAL  AND  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX. 


Punicus,  a,  um.  Punic,  belonging  to  Carthage  or  the  Carthaginians 
( Poeni ) ;  46,  56,  57. 

Pydna,  ae ,  f.  A  town  of  Macedonia,  celebrated  for  the  victory  of 
Paulus  over  Perseus ;  59. 

Pyrenaeus,  i,  m.  The  Pyrenees,  a  range  of  mountains  between 
France  and  Spain ;  48.  - 

Pyrrhus,  i,  m.  A  king  of  Epirus  ;  88 — 42. 

Pythia,  ae,  f.  The  priestess  of  Apollo,  at  Delphi ;  103. 


Q. 

Q.  or  Qu.  An  abbreviation  for  Quintus;  26,  29,  62,  Ac. 

Quinctius,  i,  m .  (T.)  A  Roman  general  at  the  time  when  the  city 
was  taken  by  the  Gauls;  34.  (See  also  Flaminius.) 


R. 

Regulus,  i,  m.  (M.  Atilius).  A  distinguished  Roman  consul,  taken 
prisoner  by  the  Carthaginians  in  the  first  Punic  war ;  44,  45. 

Remus,  i,  m.  The  brother  of  Romulus ;  6,  8. 

Rhadamanthus,  i,  m.  Brother  of  Minos ;  96. 

Rhea,  ae,  f.  (Silvia).  Daughter  of  Numitor  and  mother  of  Romulus 
and  Remus ;  6. 

Rhenus,  i,  m.  The  river  Rhine  ;  7  5. 

Rhoddnus,  i,  m.  The  river  Rhone,  in  Gaul ;  7  5. 

Rhodus,  i,  f.  The  island  of  Rhodes,  on  the  coast  of  Asia  Minor ;  90. 

Roma,  ae,  f.  Rome;  16,  17,  19,  23,  Ac. 

Romanus,  a,  um,  adj.  Roman;  subs.  Romdnus,  i,  m.,  a  Roman; 
9,  19,  24,  Ac. 

Romulus,  i,  m.  The  founder  of  Rome;  8,  11,  13,  Ac.  Romulus  Sil- 
vius,  an  Alban  king ;  4. 

Rullidnus,  i,  m.  ( Q .  Fabius).  Master  of  the  knights  or  cavalry 
(magister  equitum )  under  the  dictator  Papirius  Cursor;  36. 

Rutilius,  i,  m.  A  Roman  consul,  slain  in  the  Social  war;  66. 


S. 

S.  An  abbreviation  for  Sextius  or  Spurius  ;  Sp.  for  Spurius  ;  24. 
Sabini,  drum,  m.  pi.  The  Sabines,  a  people  of  Italy,  bordering  upon 
Latium;  13,  14,  91. 

Saguntum,  i,  n.  A  town  in  Spain,  on  the  Mediterranean ;  47. 

Saguntmi ,  drum,  m.  pi.  The  Saguntines,  Citizens  of  Saguntum ;  47. 
Salamis,  is  or  inis,  f.  (hcc.  Salamlna),  or  Salamlna,  ae,  f.  The  island 
of  Salamis,  off  the  coast  of  Attica ;  100,  103,  106. 

Samnites,  ium,  m.  pi.  The  Samnites,  the  inhabitants  of  Samnhim,  in 
Italy;  36 — 38. 

Samothracia ,  ae,  f.  An  island  near  the  coast  of  Thrace ;  154 


HISTORICAL  AND  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX.  359 


Samns,  or  Samos ,  i,  f.  An  island  on  the  coast  of  Asia  Minor;  90,  11& 

Sardes ,  ium,  f.  Sardis,  the  ancient  capital  of  Lydia  ;  101. 

Sardinia,  ae ,  f.  The  island  of  Sardinia,  west  of  Italy;  46,  139. 

Sarmdtae ,  drum,  m.  pi.  The  Sarmatians,  a  people  dwelling  between 
the  Vistula  and  the  Don,  i.  e.  in  parts  of  Poland  and  Russia  ;  94. 

Saturnia,  ae,  f.  The  town  and  citadel  built  by  Saturn ;  1. 

Saturnus,  i,  m.  Saturn,  the  most  ancient  king  of  Latium  ;  1. 

Scaevola,  ae,  m.  (See  Mucius.) 

Scipio,  onis ,  m.  The  name  of  a  distinguished  Roman  family;  48i 
50,  58. 

Scythia,  ae,  f.  Scythia,  an  extensive  country  in  the  north  of  Europe 
and  Asia  ;  101,  125. 

Scythae,  drum,  m.  pi.  The  Scythians;  101,  125. 

Sejanus,  i,  m.  The  prefect  of  the  praetorian  bands  under  Tiberius ;  83. 

Seleucia,  ae,  f.  A  city  of  Syria,  on  the  Orontes ;  7  3. 

Seleucus,  i,  m.  A  general  of  Alexander  the  Great;  143,  150. 

Sempronius,  i,  m.  (See  Gracchus .) 

Sena,  ae,  f.  A  town  on  the  coast  of  Umbria  ( not  Picenum ),  in  Ita- 
iy;  54.  • 

Seneca,  ae,  m.  A  philosopher  and  rhetorician,  put  to  death  by  the 
order  of  Nero ;  86. 

Senones ,  um ,  m.  pi.  A  powerful  people  in  Gaul ;  33. 

Sergius,  i,  m.  (See  Catillna  and  Galba.) 

Servilius,  i,  m.  (See  Casca.) 

Servius,  i,  m.  A  Roman  name.  Servius  Tullius,  i,  m.,  the  sixth  king 
of  Rome  ;  18,  19,  20. 

Sicilia,  ae,  f.  The  island  of  Sicily;  43,  52,  108,  109,  &c. 

Silvia,  ae,  f.  (See  Ph$a.) 

Silvius,  i,  m.  The  name  of  several  kings  of  Alba,  the  first  of  whom 
was  the  son  of  Aeneas ;  3,  4,  5.  Also  a  surname  of  Otho ;  88. 

Solon,  onis,  m.  The  celebrated  lawgiver  of  Athens;  100. 

Sparta,  ae,  f.  The  capital  of  Laconia,  in  the  Peloponnesus  ;  also  called 
Lacedaemon;  98,  121. 

Spartdnus,  a,  um,  adj.  Spartan;  subs.  Spartdnus,  i,  m.,  a  Spar¬ 
tan;  98,  108,  116. 

Spartdcus,  i,  m.  A  celebrated  gladiator  who  waged  war  against  the 
Romans;  70, 

Spurius,  i,  m.  (See  Postumius.) 

Suffetius,  i,  m.  (Metius).  Dictator  of  the  Albans.  Having  been  sum¬ 
moned  to  aid*the  Romans  against  the  Veientines,  he  drew  off  his 
forces  at  the  very  moment  of  battle  and  awaited  the  issue  of  the 
engagement.  For  this  perfidy  he  was  put  to  death  by  order  cf 
Tullius  Hostilius ;  14. 

Sulla,  ae,  m.  A  distinguished  Roman  dictator  and  general ;  66 — 68. 

Sulpicius,  i,  m.  A  Roman  consul;  154. 

Superbus,  i,  m.  The  surname  of  Tarquin,  the  last  king  of  Rome ;  20, 21. 

Surenas,  ae,  m.  A  general  of  the  Partliians  who  defeated  Crassus ;  7  6. 

Sutrlni,  drum,  m.  pi.  The  inhabitants  of  Sutrium,  in  Etruria ;  31. 

Syphax,  dcis,  m.  King  of  Numidia  at  the  time  of  the  second  Punic 
war;  55. 


360  HISTORICAL  AND  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX. 


Syracusae,  drum ,  f.  pi.  A  city  in  Sicily;  43,  52,  110. 

Syracusdni,  drum ,  m.  pi.  The  Syracusans,  the  citizens  of  Syra¬ 
cuse;  109,  110. 

Syria,  ae,  f.  A  country  in  Asia,  on  the  Mediterranean;  132. 

Syriacus,  a ,  um,  adj.  Syrian ;  58. 

T. 

T.  An  abbreviation  for  Titus  ;  34,  3 7,  57. 

Tanaquil ,  ilis,  f.  The  wife  of  Tarquinius  Priscus;  16,  18,  19. 

Tantalus,  i,  m.  The  father  of  Pelops  ;  96. 

Tarentum,  i,  n.  A  town  of  Lower  Italy ;  42. 

Tarentlni,  drum ,  m.  pi.  The  Tarentines,  the  inhabitants  of  Taren* 
turn;  38. 

Tarpeia,  ae,  f.  A  Roman  maiden  who  betrayed  the  citadel  of  Rome 
to  the  Sabines  ;  10. 

Tarpeius,  i,  m.  One  of  the  seven  hills  of  Rome,  also  called  Capitoll 
nus.  The  Capitol  was  erected  upon  it ;  11. 

Tarquinii,  drum ,  m.  pi.  An  ancient  town  of  Etruria ;  16. 

Tarquinius,  i,  m.  Tarquin,  the  name  of  the  fifth  king  of  Rome  and 
of  his  descendants,  as  Tarquinius  Superbus,  the  last  king  of 
Rome;  and  Tarquinius  Collatlnus,  the  husband  of  Lucretia;  16, 
18,  19,  21,  23,  &c. 

Taurus,  i,  m.  A  range  of  mountains  forming  the  southern  limit  of 
the  high  table-lands  of  Central  Asia ;  in  a  more  restricted  sense 
the  term  usually  denotes  only  the  mountain-chain  in  the  south 
of  Asia  Minor ;  58. 

Terentius,  i,  m.  (See  Varro .) 

Thaebae,  drum,  f.  pi.  The  capital  of  Boeotia,  in  Greece ;  96,  120. 

Thebanus,  a,  um,  adj.  Theban,  121;  subs.  Thebdnus,  i,  m.,  a  The¬ 
ban;  120,  121,  125. 

Thelesinus,  i,  m.  (See  Pontius .) 

Themistocles,  is,  m.  A  celebrated  Athenian  commander ;  103 — 107. 

Theramenes,  is,  m.  One  of  the  Thirty  Tyrants  of  Athens ;  117. 

Thermopylae,  drum,  f.  pi.  The  famous  defile  or  pass  between  Locris 
and  Thessaly  where  Leonidas  fell ;  104,  105. 

Theseus,  i,  m.  An  ancient  king  of  Athens,  son  of  Aegeus ;  95. 

Thesprotius,  i,  m.  A  Thesprotian ;  a  native  of  Thesprotia,  in  Epirus ;  97. 

Thessalia,  ae,  f.  The  country  of  Thessaly,  in  Greece,  south  of  Mace¬ 
donia;  78,  95,  97,  124. 

Thessdlus,  a,  um,  adj.  Thessalian,  123  ;  subs.  Thessdlus,  i,  m.,  a 
Thessalian;  139. 

rThessalus,  i,  m.  A  native  of  Thesprotia,  in  Epirus,  who  is  said  to 
have  formed  a  settlement  in  Thessaly,  and  to  have  given  his 
name  to  the  country ;  97. 

Thessalonlca,  ae,  f.  A  city  of  Macedonia ;  149. 

Thracia,  ae,  f.  The  country  of  Thrace,  east  of  Macedonia;  90,  124. 

Thrasybulus,  i,  m.  An  Athenian  who  liberated  the  city  from  the 
Thirty  Tyrants ;  118. 


/ 


HISTORICAL  AND  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX.  361 


Tiberis,  is,  m.  The  river  Tiber,  in  Italy;  6,  7,  15. 

Tiberius ,  i,  m.  The  second  Roman  emperor;  83,  84,  94. 

Ticlnus,  i,  m.  A  river  in  Cisalpine  Gaul,  famous  for  the  victory  of 
Hannibal  over  the  Romans ;  48,  53. 

Tigranes,  is,  m.  Son-in-law  of  Mithridates  and  king  of  Armenia ;  71. 
Tigranocerta,  drum,  n.  A  city  of  Armenia,  built  by  Tigranes ;  7 1. 
Tissaphernes,  is,  m.  A  distinguished  Persian  satrap  of  Lower  Asia, 
under  Darius;  afterwards  general  in  the  service  of  Artaxerxes;  114. 
Titus,  i,  m.  A  Roman  emperor;  91,  92. 

Torquatus,  i,  m.  Surname  of  T.  Manlius  and  his  descendants  ;  34. 
Trasimenus,  i,  m.  A  lake  in  Etruria ;  48. 

Trebia,  ae,  f.  A  river  in  Cisalpine  Gaul ;  48. 

Triptolemus,  i,  m.  A  king  of  Eleusis  who  was  regarded  as  the  in¬ 
ventor  of  agriculture ;  95. 

Troezen,  enis,  f.  (acc.  Troezena).  An  ancient  city  of  Argolis ;  103. 
Troja,  ae,  f.  The  city  of  Troy ;  2,  86. 

Trojdni,  drum,  m.  pi.  The  Trojans;  2. 

Tullia ,  ae,  f.  The  daughter  of  Servius  Tullius  and  wife  of  Tarquinius 
Superbus ;  20. 

Tullius,  i,  m.  (See  Servius  and  Cicero.) 

Tullus,  i,  m.  (See  Hostilius.) 

Tuscia,  ae,  f.  Tuscany,  in  Italy,  the  same  as  Etruria ;  48. 

Tusculum,  i,  n.  An  ancient  town  of  Latium;  26. 

Tyrus,  i,  f.  The  city  of  Tyre,  in  Phoenicia;  132. 

Tyrii,  drum,  m.  pi.  Tyrians,  the  inhabitants  of  Tyre;  132. 


Y. 


Valerius,  i,  m.  A  Roman  name.  (See  Publicola,  Corvinus,  Laevlnus.) 

Varro,  onis,  m.  (C.  Terentius).  A  Roman  consul  defeated  at  Cannae;  49. 

Vecta,  ae,  f.  An  island  off  the  southern  coast  of  Britain;  now  the 
Isle  of  Wight ;  90.  » 

Veientes,  um,  or  Veientani,  drum,  m.  pi.  The  Veientians,  the  inhab¬ 
itants  of  Yeii,  in  Etruria;  29,  32. 

Vespasidnus,  i,  m.  The  emperor  Vespasian ;  89,  90,  92. 

Vesta,  ae,  f.  Vesta,  the  goddess  of  the  hearth,  to  whom  a  perpetual 
fire  was  kept  burning ;  6. 

Vestdlis,  e,  adj.  Vestal;  6. 

Veturia,  ae,  f.  The  mother  of  Coriolanus ;  28. 

Veturius,  i,  m.  ( I !)  A  Roman  consul  defeated  by  the  Samnites  at 
the  Caudine  Forks ;  37. 

Virginia,  ae,  f.  The  daughter  of  Virginius,  slain  by  her  father  to 
save  her  from  the  designs  of  Appius  Claudius ;  30. 

Virginius,  i,  m.  (L.)  A  distinguished  Roman  centurion,  father  of 
Virginia;  30. 

Vindthus,  i,  m.  The  leader  of  the  Lusitanians  in  their  war  with  the 
Romans;  63. 


16 


362  HISTORICAL  AMD  GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX. 

Vitcllius ,  i,  m.  A  Roman  emperor ;  88,  89. 

Volsci ,  drum,  m.  pi.  The  Yolsci  or  Yolseians,  a  people  of  Latium; 
28,  31. 

Volumnia ,  ue,  f.  The  wife  of  Coriolanus ;  28. 


X. 

Xanthippus,  i,  m.  A  Spartan  commander  who  took  Regulus  prisoner 
in  the  first  Punic  war ;  44. 

Xerxes,  is,  m.  A  celebrated  Persian  king ;  103 — 107. 


Z. 

Zarna,  ae,  f.  A  town  of  Numidia,  in  Africa,  famous  for  the  victory 
~  of  Scipio  over  Hannibal ;  66. 


I>.  APPLETON  &  CO.'S  PUBLICATIONS. 


A.  Latin  Grammar  for  Schools  and  Colleges. 

By  A.  BARENESS,  Ph.D.,  Professor  in  Brown  University. 

To  explain  the  general  plan  of  the  work,  the  Publishers  ask  the  attention 
of  teachers  to  the  following  extracts  from  the  Preface : 

1.  This  volume  is  designed  to  present  a  systematic  arrangement  of  the 
great  facts  and  laws  of  the  Latin  language ;  to  exhibit  not  only  grammatical 
forms  and  constructions,  but  also  those  vital  principles  which  underlie,  con¬ 
trol,  and  explain  them. 

2.  Designed  at  once  as  a  text-book  for  the  class-room,  and  a  book  of 
reference  in  study,  it  aims  to  introduce  the  beginner  easily  and  pleasantly  to 
the  first  principles  of  the  language,  and  yet  to  make  adequate  provision  for 
the  wants  of  the  more  advanced  student. 

3.  By  brevity  and  conciseness  in  the  choice  of  phraseology  and  compact¬ 
ness  in  the  arrangement  of  form3  and  topics,  the  author  has  endeavored  to 
compress  within  the  limits  of  a  convenient  manual  an  amount  of  carefully- 
selected  grammatical  facts,  which  would  otherwise  fill  a  much  larger  volume. 

4.  He  has,  moreover,  endeavored  to  present  the  whole  subject  in  the 
light  of  modem  scholarship.  Without  encumbering  hi  spages  with  any  un¬ 
necessary  discussions,  he  has  aimed  to  enrich  them  with  the  practical  results 
of  the  recent  labors  in  the  field  of  philology. 

5.  Syntax  has  received  in  every  part  special  attention.  An  attempt  has 

been  made  to  exhibit,  as  clearly  as  possible,  that  beautiful  system  of  laws 
which  the  genius  of  the  language — that  highest  of  all  grammatical  authority 
✓—has  created  for  itself.  • 

6.  Topics  which  require  extended  illustration  are  first  presented  in  their 
completeness  in  general  outline,  before  the  separate  points  are  discussed  in 
detail.  Thus  a  single  page  often  foreshadows  all  the  leading  features  of  an 
extended  discussion,  imparting  a  completeness  and  vividness  to  the  impress¬ 
ion  of  the  learner,  impossible  under  any  other  treatment. 

7.  Special  care  has  been  taken  to  explain  and  illustrate  with  the  requisite 
fulness  all  difficult  and  intricate  subjects.  The  Subjunctive  Mood — that 
severest  trial  of  the  teacher’s  patience — has  been  presented,  it  is  hoped,  in  a 
form  at  once  simple  and  comprehensive. 


D.  APPLETON  &  CO.'S  PUBLICATIONS. 


Harkness’s  Latin  Grammar. 

From  Eev.  Prof.  J.  J.  Owen,  D.D.,  New  York  Free  Academy. 

“  I  have  carefully  examined  Harkness’s  Latin  Grammar,  and  am  so  well  pleased 
with  its  plan,  arrangement,  and  execution,  that  I  shall  take  the  earliest  opportunity  of 
introducing  it  as  a  text-book  in  the  Tree  Academy.” 

From  Mr.  John  D.  Pihlbrick,  Superintendent  of  Public  Schools ,  Poston,  Mass. 

“  This  work  is  evidently  no  hasty  performance,  nor  the  compilation  of  a  mere  book 
maker,  but  the  well-ripened  fruit  of  mature  and  accurate  scholarship.  It  is  eminently 
practical,  because  it  is  truly  philosophical.” 

From  Mr.  G.  1ST.  Bigelow,  Principal  of  State  Norma*  School,  Framingham ,  Mass. 

“  Harkness’s  Latin  Grammar  is  the  most  satisfactory  text-book  I  have  ever  used.” 

From  Bev.  Daniel  Leach,  Superintendent  Public  Schools ,  Providence,  P.  I. 

“  I  am  quite  confident  that  it  is  superior  to  any  Latin  Grammar  before  the  public. 
It  has  recently  been  introduced  into  the  High  School,  and  all  are  much  pleased  with  it.” 

From  Dr.  J.  B.  Chapin,  State  Commissioner  of  Public  Instruction  in  Rhode  Island. 

“The  vital  principles  of  the  language  are  clearly  and  beautifully  exhibited.  The 
work  needs  no  one’s  commendation.” 

From  Mr.  Abner  J.  Phipps,  Superintendent  of  Public  Schools,  Lowell,  Mass. 

“ The  aim  of  the  author  seems  to  be  fully  realized  in  making  this  ‘a  useful  Book, 
and  as  such  I  can  cheerfully  commend  it.  The  clear  and  admirable  maimer  in  which 
the  intricacies  of  the  Subjunctive  Mood  are  unfolded,  is  one  of  its  marked  features. 

“  The  evidence  of  ripe  scholarship  and  of  familiarity  with  the  latest  works  of  Ger¬ 
man  and  English  philologists  is  manifest  throughout  the  book.” 

From  Dr.  J.  T.  Champlin,  President  of  Waterville  College. 

“I  like  both  the  plan  and  the  execution  of  the  work  very  much.  Its  matter  and 
manner  are  both  admirable.  I  shall  be  greatly  disappointed  if  it  does  not  at  once  win 
the  public  favor.” 

From  Prof.  A.  S.  Packard,  Powdoin  College,  Prunswick,  Maine. 

“  Harkness’s  Latin  Grammar  exhibits  throughout  the  results  of  thorough  scholar 
ship.  I  shall  recommend  it  in  our  next  catalogue.” 

Froyi  Prof.  J.  J.  Stanton,  Pates  College. 

“We  have  introduced  Harkness’s  Grammar  into  this  Institution.  It  is  much  more 
.ogical  and  concise  than  any  of  its  rivals.” 

From  Mr.  Wm.  J.  Kolfe,  Principal  Cambridge  High  School. 

“  Notwithstanding  all  the  inconveniences  that  must  attend  a  bhange  of  Latin  Gram¬ 
mars  in  a  large  school  like  mine,  I  shall  endeavor  to  secure  the  adoption  of  Harkness’s 
Grammar  in  place  of  our  present  text-book  as  soon  as  possible.” 

From  Mr.  L.  E.  Williston,  Principal  Ladies'  Seminary,  Cambridge ,  Mass. 

“  I  think  this  work  a  decided  advance  upon  the  Grammar  now  in  use.” 

From  Mr.  D.  B.  Hager,  Princ.  Eliot  High  School,  Jamaica  Plain,  Mass. 

“This  is,  in  my  opinion,  by  far  the  best  Latin  Grammar  ewer  published.  It  is 
admirably  adapted  to  the  use  of  learners,  being  remarkably  concise,  clear,  compre¬ 
hensive,  and  philosophical.  It  will  henceforth  be  used  as  a  text-book  in  this  school.” 


V 


D.  APPLBWN  &  CO:S  PUBLICATIONS. 


v- 

Harkness’s  Latin  Grammar. 

From  Prof.  C.  S.  Harrington  and  Prof.  J.  C.  Tan  Benschoten,  of  the  Wesleyan 

University. 

“This  work  is  clear,  accurate,  and  happy  in  its  statement  of  principles,  is  simple  yet 
scholarly,  and  embraces  the  latest  researches  in  this  department  cf  philological  science. 
It  will  appear  in  our  catalogue.” 

From  Mr.  Elbridge  Smith,  Principal  Free  Academy ,  Norwich ,  Ct. 

“This  is  not  only  the  best  Latin  Grammar,  hut  one  of  the  most  thoroughly  prepared 
school-books  that  I  have  ever  seen.  I  have  introduced  the  book  into  the  Free  Acade 
my,  and  am  much  pleased  with  the  results  of  a  month’s  experience  in  the  class-room.” 

From  Mr.  H.  A.  Pratt,  Principal  High  School ,  Hartford ,  Ct. 

“  I  can  heartily  recommend  Harkness’s  new  work  to  both  teachers  and  scholars.  It 
is,  in  my  judgment,  the  best  Latin  Grammar  ever  offered  to  our  schools.” 

From  Mr.  I.  F.  Cady,  Principal  High  School ,  Warren ,  B.  I. 

“  The  longer  I  use  Harkness’s  Grammar  the  more  fully  am  I  convinced  of  its  superior 
excellence.  Its  merits  must  secure  its  adoption  wherever  it  becomes  known.” 

From  Messrs.  S.  Thurber  and  T.  B.  Stockwell,  Public  Eigh  School ,  Providence. 

“An  experience  of  several  weeks  with  Harkness’s  Latin  Grammar,  enables  us  to 
say  with  confidence,  that  it.  is  an  improvement  on  our  former  text-book.” 

From  Mr.  C.  B.  Goff,  Principal  Boys'  Classical  Eigh  School ,  Providence ,  B.  I. 

“  The  practical  working  of  Harkness’s  Grammar  is  gratifying  even  beyond  my  ex¬ 
pectations.” 

From  Eev.  Prof.  M.  H.  Beckham,  University  of  Vermont. 

“  Harkness’s  Latin  Grammar  seems  to  me  to  supply  the  desideratum.  It  is  philo¬ 
sophical  in  its  method,  and  yet  simple  and  clear  in  its  statements ;  and  this,  in  my 
judgment,  is  the  highest  encomium  which  can  be  bestowed  on  a  text-book.” 

From  Mr.  E.  T.  Qctmby,  Appleton  Academy,  New  Ipswich ,  N.  E. 

“  I  think  the  book  much  superior  to  any  other  I  have  seen.  I  should  be  glad  to  . 
introduce  it  at  once.” 

From  Mr.  H.  Orctttt,  Glenwood  Ladies'  Seminary ,  W.  Brattleboro',  Vt. 

“  I  am  pleased  with  Harkness’s  Latin  Grammar,  and  have  already  introduced  it  into 
this  seminary.” 

From  Mr.  Charles  Jewett,  Principal  of  Franklin  Academy. 

“  I  deem  it  an  admirable  work,  and  think  it  will  supersede  all  others  now  in  use. 
In  the  division  and  arrangement  of  topics,  and  in  its  mechanical  execution,  it  is  supe¬ 
rior  to  any  Latin  Grammar  extant.” 

From  Mr.  C.  C.  Chase,  Principal  of  Lowell  Eigh  School. 

“  Prof.  Harkness’s  Grammar  is,  in  my  opinion,  admirably  adapted  to  make  the  study 
of  the  Latin  language  agreeable  and  interesting.” 

From  Mr.  J.  Kimball,  Eigh  School ,  Dorchester ,  Mass. 

“  It  meets  my  ideal  of  what  is  desirable  in  every  grammar,  to  wit :  compression  of 
general  principles  in  terso  definitions  and  statements,  for  ready  aso ;  and  fulness  of 
detail,  well  arranged  for  reference.” 


D.  APPLETON  &  CO.'S  PUBLICATIONS. 


HAKKNESS’S  LATIN  GRAMMAR. 

12mo,  355  pages. 

Although  this  work  has  been  published  only  a  few  weeks,  it  is  recommended  by 
Mid  introduced  into  a  largo  number  of  Colleges  and  Classical  Schools,  among  which  an 
the  following : 

BOWDOIN  COLLEGE,  Brunswick,  Me. 

BATES’  COLLEGE,  Lewiston,  Maine. 

LEWISTON  FALLS  ACADEMY,  Auburn,  Me. 

DOVER  HIGH  SCHOOL,  Dover,  N.  H. 

DARTMOUTH  COLLEGE. 

NORWICH  UNI  VERSITY,  Norwich,  Yt. 

GLENWOOD  LADIES’  SEMINARY,  Brattleboro,  Yt. 

AMHERST  COLLEGE,  Amherst,  Mass. 

TUFT’S  COLLEGE,  Medford,  Mass. 

PHILLIPS’  ACADEMY,  Andover,  Mass. 

STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,  Framingham,  Mass. 

HIGHLAND  SCHOOL,  Worcester,  Mass. 

NEWTON  HIGH  SCHOOL,  Newton,  Mass. 

PUBLIC  HIGH  SCHOOL,  Springfield,  Mass. 

ROXBURY  LATIN  SCHOOL,  Roxbury,  Mass. 

LAWRENCE  ACADEMY,  Groton,  Mass. 

AUBURNDALE  FEMALE  SEMINARY,  Aubumdale,  Mass. 

SPENCER  ACADEMY,  Spencer,  Mass. 

JAMAICA  PLAIN  HIGH  SCHOOL,  Jamaica  Plain,  Mass. 

BROWN  UNIVERSITY,  Providence,  R.  I. 

UNIVERSITY  GRAMMAR  SCHOOL,  Providence,  R.  I. 

PUBLIC  HIGH  SCHOOL,  Providence,  R.  I. 

FRIENDS’  BOARDING  SCHOOL,  Providence,  R.  I. 

WARREN  HIGH  SCHOOL,  Warren,  R.  I. 

PROVIDENCE  CONFERENCE  SEMINARY,  East  Greenwich,  R.  L 
WESLEYAN  UNIVERSITY,  Middletown,  Ct. 

FREE  ACADEMY,  Norwich,  Ct. 

NEW  LONDON  ACADEMY,  New  London,  Ct. 

YALE  COLLEGE,  New  Haven,  Ct. 

ROCHESTER  UNIVERSITY,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 

MADISON  UNIVERSITY,  Hamilton,  N.  Y. 

NEW  YORK  FREE  ACADEMY,  New  York. 

CORTLAND  ACADEMY,  Homer,  N.  Y. 

OSWEGO  HIGH  SCHOOL,  Oswego,  N.  Y. 

HAMILTON  COLLEGE,  Clinton,  N.  Y. 

HOBERT’S  FREE  COLLEGE,  Geneva,  N.  Y. 

CANANDAIGUA  ACADEMY,  Canandaigua,  N.  Y. 

NEWTON  HIGH  SCHOOL,  Newton,  N.  J. 

HAVERFORD  COLLEGE,  West  Haverford,  Pa, 

CLASSICAL  AND  MILITARY  SCHOOL,  Columbia,  Pa 
SHURTLEFF  COLLEGE,  Upper  Alton,  Ill . 

IOWA  STATE  UNIVERSITY,  Iowa  City,  Iowa. 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MICHIGAN,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan. 


D.  APPLETON  &  CO.'S  PUBLICATIONS. 


Germania  and  Agricola  of  Caius  Cornelius 
Tacitus  : 

With  Notes  for  Colleges.  By  W.  S.  TYLER,  Professor  of  the  Greek 
and  Latin  Languages  in  Amherst  College.  12mo,  193  pages. 

Tacitus’s  account  of  Germany  and  15fe*>f  Agricola  are  among  the  most  fascinating 
and  instructive  Latin  classics.  The  present  edition  has  been  prepared  expressly  for 
college  classes,  by  one  who  knows  what  they  need.  In  it  will  be  found :  1.  A  Latin 
text,  approved  by  all  the  more  recent  editors.  2.  A  copious  illustration  of  the  gram¬ 
matical  constructions,  as  well  as  of  the  rhetorical  and  poetical  usages  peculiar  to 
Tacitus.  In  a  writer  so  concise  it  has  been  deemed  necessary  to  pay  particular  regard 
to  the  connection  of  thought,  and  to  the  particles  as  the  hinges  of  that  connection. 
8.  Constant  comparisons  of  the  writer  with  the  authors  of  the  Augustan  age,  for  the 
purpose  of  indicating  the  changes  which  had  already  been  wrought  in  the  language  of 
the  Roman  people.  4.  An  embodiment  in  small  compass  of  the  most  valuable  labors 
of  such  recent  German  critics  as  Grimm,  Gunther,  Gruber,  Kiessling,  Dronke,  Roth, 
Euperti,  and  Walther. 

From  Peof.  Lincoln,  of  Brown  University. 

“  I  have  found  the  book  in  daily  use  with  my  class  of  very  great  service,  very 
practical,  and  well  suited  to  the  wants  of  students.  I  am  very  much  pleased  with  the 
Life  of  Tacitus  and  the  Introduction,  and  indeed  with  the  literary  character  of  the  book 
throughout.  "We  shall  make  the  book  a  part  of  our  Latin  course.” 


The  History  of  Tacitus. 

By  W.  S.  TYLER.  With  Notes  for  Colleges.  12mo,  453  pages. 

The  text  of  Tacitus  is  here  presented  in  a  form  as  correct  as  a  comparison  of  the 
best  editions  can  make  it.  Notes  are  appended  for  the  student’s  use,  which  contain 
not  only  the  grammatical,  but  likewise  all  the  geographical,  archaeological,  and  his¬ 
torical  illustrations  that  are  necessary  to  render  the  author  intelligible.  It  has  been 
the  constant  aim  of  the  editor  to  carry  students  beyond  the  dry  details  of  grammar 
and  lexicography,  and  introduce  them  to  a  familiar  acquaintance  and  lively  sympathy 
with  the  author  and  his  times.  Indexes  to  the  notes,  and  to  the  names  of  persons  and 
places,  render  reference  easy. 

From  Peof.  Hackett,  of  Newton  Theological  Seminary. 

“  The  notes  appear  to  me  to  be  even  more  neat  and  elegant  than  those  on  the 
♦Germania  and  Agricola.’  They  come  as  near  to  such  notes  as  I  would  be  glad  to  write 
myself  <n  a  classic,  as  almost  any  thing  that  I  have  yet  seen.” 


D.  APPLETON  &  COLS  PUBLICATIONS. 


The  Works  of  Horace. 

With  English  Notes,  for  the  use  of  Schools  and  Colleges.  By  J.  L 
LINCOLN,  Professor  of  the  Latin  Language  and  Literature  in 
Brown  University.  12mo,  575  pages. 

The  text  of  this  edition  is  mainly  that  of  Orelli,  the  most  important  readings  of 
other  critics  being  given  in  foot-notes.  The  volume  is  introduced  with  a  biographies, 
sketch  of  Horace  and  a  critique  on  his  writings,  which  enable  the  student  to  enter  in¬ 
telligently  on  his  work.  Peculiar  grammatical  constructions,  as  well  as  geographical 
and  historical  allusions,  are  explained  in  notes,  which  are  just  full  enough  to  aid  the 
pupil,  to  excite  him  to  gam  a  thorough  understanding  of  the  author,  and  awaken  in  him 
a  taste  for  philological  studies,  without  taking  all  labor  off  his  hands.  While  the  chief 
aim  has  been  to  impart  a  clear  idea  of  Latin  Syntax  as  exhibited  in  the  text,  it  has  also 
been  a  cherished  object  to  take  advantage  of  the  means  so  variously  and  richly  furnished 
by  Horace  for  promoting  the  poetical  taste  and  literary  culture  of  the  student. 

From  an  article,  by  Peof.  Bahe.  of  the  University  of  Heidelberg,  in  the  Heidelberg 

Annals  of  Literature. 

“  There  are  already  several  American  editions  of  Horace,  intended  for  the  use  of 
schools ;  of  one  of  these,  which  has  passed  through  many  editions,  and  has  also  been 
widely  circulated  in  England,  mention  has  been  formerly  made  in  this  journal;  but 
that  one  we  may  not  put  upon  an  equality  with  the  one  now  before  us,  inasmuch  as 
this  has  taken  a  different  stand-point,  which  may  servo  as  a  sign  of  progress  in  this 
department  of  study.  The  editor  has,  it  is  true,  also  intended  his  work  for  the  use  of 
schools,  and  has  sought  to  adapt  it,  in  all  its  parts,  to  such  a  use ;  but  still,  without 
.osing  sight  of  this  purpose,  he  has  proceeded  throughout  with  more  independence.  In 
the  preparation  of  the  Notes,  the  editor  has  faithfully  observed  the  principles  (laid 
down  in  his  preface) ;  the  explanations  of  the  poet’s  words  commend  themselves  by  a 
compressed  brevity  which  limits  itself  to  what  is  most  essential,  and  by  a  sharp  pre¬ 
cision  of  expression ;  and  references  to  other  passages  of  the  poet,  and  also  to  grammars, 
dictionaries,  &c.,  are  not  wanting.” 


Sallust’s  Jugurtha  and  Catiline. 

With  Notes  and  a  Vocabulary.  By  NOBLE  BUTLER,  and  MINARD 
STURGUS. .  12mo,  3  9  7  pages. 

The  editors  have  spent  a  vast  amount  of  time  and  labor  in  correcting  the  text,  by 
a  comparison  of  the  most  improved  German  and  English  editions.  It  is  believed  that 
this  will  be  found  superior  to  any  edition  hitherto  published  in  this  country.  In  ac¬ 
cordance  with  their  chronological  order,  the  “Jugurtha”  precedes  the  “  Catiline.” 
The  Notes  are  copious  and  tersely  expressed;  they  display  not  only  fine  scholarship, 
but  (what  is  quite  as  necessary  in  such  a  book)  a  practical  knowledge  of  the  difficulties 
which  the  student  encounters  in  reading  this  author,  and  the  aids  that  he  requires. 
The  Yocabulary  was  prepared  by  the  late  William  H.  G.  Butler.  It  will  be  found  an 
able  and  faithful  performance. 

55 


D.  APPLE  TOUT  d  CO.’S  PUBLICATIONS. 


Virgil’s  iEneid. 

With  Explanatory  Notes.  By  HENRY  S.  FRIEZE,  Professor  of  Latin 
in  the  State  University  of  Michigan.  Illustrated.  12mo,  598 
pages. 

The  appearance  of  this  edition  of  Virgil’s  JEneid  will,  it  is  be¬ 
lieved,  he  hailed  with  delight  by  all  classical  teachers.  Neither 
expense  nor  pains  have  been  spared  to  clothe  the  great  Latin  epic 
in  a  fitting  dress.  The  type  is  unusually  large  and  distinct,  and 
errors  in  the  text,  so  annoying  to  the  learner,  have  been  carefully 
avoided.  The  work  contains  eighty-five  engravings,  which  de¬ 
lineate  the  usages,  costumes,  weapons,  arts,  and  mythology  of  the 
ancients  with  a  vividnesss  that  can  be  attained  only  by  pictorial 
illustrations.  The  great  feature  of  this  edition  is  the  scholarly  and 
judicious  commentary  furnished  in  the  appended  Notes.  The  au¬ 
thor  has  here  endeavored  not  to  show  his  learning,  but  to  supply 
such  practical  aid  as  will  enable  the  pupil  to  understand  and  appre¬ 
ciate  what  he  reads.  The  notes  are  just  full  enough,  thoroughly 
explaining  the  most  difficult  passages,  while  they  are  not  so  ex¬ 
tended  as  to  take  all  labor  off  the  pupil’s  hands.  Properly  used, 
they  cannot  fail  to  impart  an  intelligent  acquaintance  with  the 
syntax  of  the  language.  In  a  word,  this  work  is  commended  to 
teachers  as  the  most  elegant,  accurate,  interesting,  and  practically 
useful  edition  of  the  iEneid  that  has  yet  been  published. 

From  John  H.  Brunner,  President  of  Hiwasse  College. 

“  The  typography,  paper,  and  binding  of  Virgil’s  iEneid,  by  Prof.  Freize,  are  all  that 
need  be  desired;  while  the  learned  and  judicious  notes  appended,  are  very  valuable 
Indeed.” 

From  Principal  of  Piedmont  (Fa.)  Academy. 

“  I  have  to  thank  you  for  a  copy  of  Prof.  Frieze’s  edition  of  the  JHneid.  I  have  been 
exceedingly  pleased  in  my  examination  of  it.  The  size  of  the  type  from  which  the 
text  is  printed,  and  the  faultless  execution,  leave  nothing  to  be  desired  in  these  respects. 
The  adherence  to  a  standard  text  throughout,  increases  the  value  of  this  edition.” 

From  D.  G.  Moore,  Principal  JJ.  High  School ,  Rutland. 

“  The  copy  of  Frieze’s  *  Virgil  ’  forwarded  to  me  was  duly  received.  It  ie  so  evt 
dently  superior  to  any  of  the  other  editions,  that  I  shall  unhesitatingly  adopt  %  in  mv 

classes” 


/ 


D.  APPLETON  &  00:S  PUBLICATIONS. 


Select  Orations  of  M.  Tullius  Cicero : 

With  Notes,  for  the  use  of  Schools  and  Colleges.  By  E.  A.  JOHNSON, 
Professor  of  Latin  in  the  University  of  New  York.  12mo.  459 
pages. 

This  edition  of  Cicero’s  Select  Orations  possesses  somo  special  advantages  for  the 
student  which  are  both  new  and  important.  It  is  the  only  edition  which  contains  the 
improved  text  that  has  been  prepared  by  a  recent  careful  collation  and  correct  de¬ 
ciphering  of  the  best  manuscripts  of  Cicero’s  writings.  It  is  the  wort  of  the  celebrated 
Orelli,  Madvig,  and  Klotz,  and  has  been  done  since  the  appearance  of  Orelli’s  complete 
edition.  The  Notes,  by  Professor  Johnson,  of  the  New  York  University,  have  been 
mostly  selected,  with  great  care,  from  the  best  German  authors,  as  well  as  the  English 
edition  of  Arnold. 

From  Thomas  Chase,  Tutor  in  Latin  in  Harvard  University. 

“An  edition  of  Cicero  like  Johnson’s  has  long  been  wanted;  and  the  excellence  of 
the  text,  the  illustrations  of  words,  particles,  and  pronouns,  and  the  explanation  ot 
various  points  of  construction  and  interpretation,  bear  witness  to  the  Editor’s  famili 
arity  with  some  of  the  most  important  results  of  modern  scholarship,  and  entitle  his 
work  to  a  large  share  of  public  favor.’’ 

“  It  seems  to  us  an  improvement  upon  any  edition  of  these  Orations  that  has  been 
published  in  this  country,  and  will  be  found  a  valuable  aid  in  their  studies  to  the  lovers 
of  classical  literature.” — Troy  Daily  Whig. 


Cicero’s  cle  Officiis : 

With  English  Notes,  mostly  translated  from  Zumpt  and  Bonnell.  By 
THOMAS  A.  THACHER,  of  Yale  College.  12mo,  194  pages. 

In  this  edition,  a  few  historical  notes  have  been  introduced  in  cases  where  the 
Dictionary  in  common  use  has  not  been  found  to  contain  the  desired  information;  the 
design  of  which  is  to  aid  the  learner  in  understanding  the  contents  of  the  treatises,  the 
thoughts  and  reasoning  of  the  author,  to  explain  grammatical  difficulties,  and  inculcate 
a  knowledge  of  grammatical  principles.  The  Editor  has  aimed  throughout  to  guide 
rather  than  carry  the  learner  through  difficulties ;  requiring  of  him  more  study,  in 
consequence  of  his  help,  than  he  would  have  devoted  to  the  book  without  it 

From  M.  L.  Stoeveb,  Professor  of  the  Latin  Language  and  Literature  in 

Pennsylvania  College. 

“  I  have  examined  with  much  pleasure  Prof.  Thacher’s  edition  of  Cicero  de  Officiis, 
and  am  convinced  of  its  excellence.  The  Notes  have  been  prepared  with  great  care 
and  good  judgment.  Practical  knowledge  of  the  wants  of  the  student  has  enabled  the 
Editor  to  furnish  just  the  kind  of  assistance  required;  grammatical  difficulties  are 
removed,  and  the  obscurities  of  the  treatise  are  explained,  the  interest  of  the  learner 
is  elicited,  and  his  industry  directed  rather  than  superseded.  There  can  be  but  one 
opinion  with  regard  to  the  merits  of  the  work,  and  I  trust  that  Professor  Thacher  will 
be  disposed  to  continue  his  labors  so  carefully  commenced,  in  this  department  of  classi* 
cal  learning.” 


1).  APPLETON  &  CO:S  PUBLICATIONS. 


Lincoln’s  Livy. 

Selections  from  the  first  Five  Books,  together  with  the  Twenty-First 
and  Twenty-Second  Books  entire ;  with  a  Flan  of  Rome,  a  Map  of 
the  passage  of  Hannibal,  and  English  Notes  for  the  use  of  Schools. 
By  J.  L.  LINCOLN,  Professor  of  the  Latin  Language  and  Litera- 
ture  in  Brown  University.  12mo,  329  pages. 

The  publishers  believe  that  in  this  edition  of  Livy  a  want  is  supplied  which  has 
been  universally  felt;  there  being  previous  to  this  no  American  edition  furnished 
with  the  requisite  aids  for  the  successful  study  of  this  Latin  author.  The  text  is 
chiefly  that  of  Alschefski,  which  is  now  generally  received  by  the  best  critics.  The 
notes  have  been  prepared  with  special  reference  to  the  grammatical  study  of  the 
language,  and  the  illustration  of  its  forms,  constructions,  and  idioms,  as  used  by  Livy. 
They  will  not  be  found  to  foster  habits  of  dependence  in  the  student,  by  supplying 
indiscriminate  translation  or  unnecessary  assistance ;  but  come  to  his  help  only  in 
such  parts  as  it  is  fair  to  suppose  ho  cannot  master  by  his  own  exertion#.'  They  also 
embrace  all  necessary  information  relating  to  history,  geography,  and  antiquities. 

Lincoln’s  Livy  has  been  highly  commended  by  critics,  and  is  used  in  nearly  all  the 
colleges  in  the  country. 

From  Prof.  Anderson,  of  Waterville  College. 

“A  careful  examination  of  several  portions  of  you?  work  has  convinced  me  that, 
for  the  use  of  students,  it  is  altogether  superior  to  any  edition  of  Livy  with  which  I 
am  acquainted.  Among  its  excellencies  you  will  permit  me  to  name  the  close  atten¬ 
tion  given  to  particles,  to  the  subjunctive  mood,  the  constant  reference  to  the  gram¬ 
mars,  the  discrimination  of  words  nearly  synonymous,  and  the  care  in  giving  the  locali¬ 
ties  mentioned  in  the  text.  The  book  will  be  hereafter  used  in  our  college.” 

Beza’s  Latin  Version  of  the  New  Testa¬ 
ment. 

12mo,  291  pages. 

The  now  acknowledged  propriety  of  giving  students  of  languages  familiar  works  rbr 
translation — thus  adopting  in  the  schools  the  mode  by  which  the  child  first  learns  to 
talk— has  induced  the  publication  of  this  new  American  edition  of  Beza’s  Latin  Version 
of  the  New  Testament.  Ever  since  its  first  appearance,  this  work  has  kept  its  place 
in  the  general  esteem ;  while  more  recent  versions  have  been  so  strongly  tinged  with 
the  peculiar  views  of  the  translators  as  to  make  them  acceptable  to  particular  classes 
only.  The  editor  has  exerted  himself  to  render  the  present  edition  worthy  of  patron¬ 
age  by  its  superior  accuracy  and  neatness ;  and  the  publishers  flatter  themselves  that 
the  pains  bestowed  will  insure  for  it  a  preference  over  other  editions. 


D.  APPLETON  &  CO!  8  PUBLICATIONS. 


Caesar’s  Commentaries  on  the  Gallic  War. 

With  English  Notes,  Critical  and  Explanatory ;  a  Lexicon,  Geographi¬ 
cal  and  Historical  Indexes,  a  Hap  of  Gaul,  &c.  By  Rev.  J.  A. 
SPENCER,  D.D.  12mo,  408  pages. 

In  the  preparation  of  this  volume,  great  care  has  been  taken  to  adapt  it  in  every 
respect  to  the  wants  of  the  young  student,  to  make  it  a  means  at  the  same  time  of 
advancing  him  in  a  thorough  knowledge  of  Latin,  and  inspiring  him  with  a  desire  for 
further  acquaintance  with  the  classics  of  the  language.  Dr.  Spencer  has  not,  like 
some  commentators,  given  an  abundance  of  help  on  the  easy  passages,  and  allowed  the 
difficult  ones  to  speak  for  themselves.  His  Notes  are  on  those  parts  on  which  the 
pupil  wants  them,  and  explain,  not  only  grammatical  difficulties,  but  allusions  of  every 
kind  in  the  text.  A  well-drawn  sketch  of  Caesar’s  life,  a  Map  of  the  region  in  which 
his  campaigns  were  carried  on,  and  a  Vocabulary,  which  removes  the  necessity  of  using 
a  large  dictionary  and  the  waste  of  time  consequent  thereon,  enhance  the  value  of  the 
volume  in  28  small  degree. 

- 

Quintus  Curtius : 

Life  and  Exploits  of  Alexander  the  Great.  Edited  and  illustrated  with 
English  Notes.  By  WM.  HENRY  CROSBY.  12mo,  385  pages. 

Curtius’  History  of  Alexander  the  Great,  though  little  used  in  the  schools  of  this 
country,  in  England  and  on  the  Continent  holds  a  high  place  in  the  estimation  of 
classical  instructors.  The  interesting  character  of  its  subject,  the  elegance  of  its  style 
and  the  purity  of  its  moral  sentiments,  ought  to  place  it  at  least  on  a  par  with  Caesar’s 
Commentaries  or  Sallust’s  Histories.  The  present  edition,  by  the  late  Professor  of 
Latin  in  Eutgers  College,  i3  unexceptionable  in  typography,  convenient  in  form, 
scholarly  and  practical  in  its  notes,  and  altogether  an  admirable  text-book  for  classes 
preparing  for  college. 

From  Pbof.  Owex,  of  the  Few  YorJc  Free  Academy. 

“  It  gives  me  great  pleasure  to  add  my  testimonial  to  the  many  you  are  receiving 
In  favor  of  the  beautiful  and  well-edited  edition  of  Quintus  Curtius,  by  Professor  Wm. 
Henry  Crosby.  It  is  seldom  that  a  classical  book  is  submitted  to  me  for  examination, 
to  which  I  can  give  so  hearty  a  recommendation  as  to  this.  The  external  appearance  is 
attractive;  the  paper,  type,  and  binding  being  just  what  a  text-book  should  be,  neat 
clean,  and  durable.  The  notes  are  brief,  pertinent,  scholar-like,  neither  too  exuberan 
nor  too  meagre,  but  happily  exemplifying  the  golden  mean  so  desirable  and  yet  s 
very  difficult  of  attainment.” 


. 


> 


'  *  *  „  N- 


✓ 


4 


Date  Due 


3  9031 


BOSTON  COLLEGE 


01400293  5 


55378 


/ 


155378 


_ Hackne  s.s  f  b_e  £i— 

author 

title 


BOSTON  COLLEGE  LIBRARY 
UNIVERSITY  HEIGHTS 
CHESTNUT  HILL,  MASS. 


*  Books  may  be  kept  for  two  weeks  and  may  be 
renewed  for  the  same  period,  unless  reserved. 

Two  cents  a  day  is  charged  for  each  book  kept 
overtime. 


If  you  cannot  find  what  you  want,  ask  the 
Librarian  who  will  be  glad  to  help  you. 


The  borrower  is  responsible  for  books  drawn 
on  his  card  and  for  all  fines  accruing  on  the  same. 


